CATALOG - University of Redlands · Convocation Series, University High Tables, Visiting Writers...

2001-2003

CATALOG

The University of Redlands is a private, independentliberal arts University committed to providing a

personalized education that frees students to makeenlightened choices.

Redlands emphasizes academic rigor, curriculardiversity, and innovative teaching. Redlands fosters acommunity of scholars and encourages a pluralistic notionof values by challenging assumptions and stereotypes inboth classes and activities. A Redlands education goesbeyond training to embrace a reflective understanding ofour world; it proceeds from information to insight, fromknowledge to meaning.

Welcoming intellectually curious students of diversereligious, ethnic, national, and socioeconomic backgrounds,the University seeks to develop responsible citizenship aspart of a complete education.

Redlands encourages a community atmosphere withexceptional opportunity for student leadership and inter-action. For working adults, the University offers innovativeacademic programs at convenient locations and times.

Redlands blends liberal arts and professional programs,applied and theoretical study, traditional majors and self-designed contracts for graduation. Small classes enableeach student to participate in class discussion, to workclosely with professors, and to receive extensive individualattention. Redlands remains sensitive to contemporarytrends in society and challenges students to committhemselves to a lifetime of learning.

Mission Statement

2001–2003 University of Redlands Catalog 1

Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . inside front coverIntroduction to the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

The College of Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Johnston Center for Integrative Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5The School of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6The School of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6The Campus Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6The Hunsaker University Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6The Armacost Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7The Academic Computer Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Academic Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Academic Standings and Academic Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Academic Review Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Committee on Academic Planning and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Disputed Grades Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Academic Honesty Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Academic Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Public Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Release of Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Recording of Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Auditing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Concurrent Coursework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Course Syllabi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Credit Obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Individualized Study—College of Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Independent Study—School of Business and School of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Leave of Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Overloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Prerequisite Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Re-enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Transfer Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Unit of Academic Credit, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

College of Arts and SciencesAcademic Calendar

2001–2002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Johnston Center for Integrative Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Off-Campus Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Course Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Programs of StudyAccounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Art and Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Communicative Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100English: Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Environmental Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Latin American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Liberal Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Physical Education and Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Race and Ethnic Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Religious Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Sociology and Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Theatre Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Women’s Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Integrated Programs of StudyPrelaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Premed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Proudian Interdisciplinary Honors Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Social Science Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Additional Course OfferingsUniversity Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210English as a Second Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Academic and Financial PoliciesUndergraduate Student Graduation Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Graduate Student Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

2 University of Redlands Catalog 2001–2003

Table of Contents

Financial Aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Awards and Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

School of BusinessAdmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Undergraduate Programs of Study

B.S. in Business and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241B.S. in Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Graduate Programs of StudyM.B.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244M.A. in Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245M.S. in Interactive Telecommunications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Graduate Certificate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246M.B.A. Certificate Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Extended Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Course Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Academic and Financial PoliciesUndergraduate Student Graduation Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Graduate Student Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Financial Aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Awards and Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

School of EducationAdmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Basic Teaching Credential Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284CLAD Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Technology and Learning Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Graduate Programs of Study

M.A. in Curriculum and Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286M.A. in Pupil Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287M.A. in Administrative Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Professional Administrative Services Credential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Course Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Academic and Financial PoliciesGraduate Student Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Financial Aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

ReferencesThe Faculty

Full-time Faculty, 2001–2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Faculty Emeriti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Adjunct Faculty, 2001–2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Administrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323


Table of Contents

Trustees Emeriti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Legal Statements

Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Statement Regarding Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Facilities and Services for Disabled Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Notice of Non-Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Student Right-to-Know. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Statistics Act . . . . . 326Notice of Equity in Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Communication with the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . inside back cover



Introduction to the University

Introduction to the UniversityLocated in Redlands, California, the Univer-sity of Redlands is an independent, coeduca-tional, liberal arts and sciences university of4,000 students. Approximately 2,000 of thesestudents are enrolled in the College of Artsand Sciences, of which 80 percent reside in on-campus housing.The remainder of the studentbody is enrolled in the University’s adultlearning programs for business or education,attending classes either on campus or at loca-tions throughout Southern California.

The University is accredited by the West-ern Association of Schools and Colleges and isgoverned by a Board of Trustees. It is one of255 colleges and universities in the country tohave an active chapter of Phi Beta Kappa.

Founded in 1907 by American Baptists,Redlands maintains an informal associationwith that denomination. The University hasalways been widely inclusive. We value thediversity of our faculty, staff, student body, andtrustees. As the first catalog declared in 1909,

the University of Redlands will avoidsectarianism and narrowness in its teach-ings and policy. It is a school to whichanyone may come for college trainingwithout having his denominational pref-erence interfered with in the least. Its aimis to educate the heart as well as thehead, and to develop the student physi-cally, intellectually, and morally.

For more than 90 years the University ofRedlands has offered its select student bodya high-quality, personalized education thatblends liberal arts and professional preparation.

The University defines itself as a commu-nity of scholars and encourages a value-centered education by challenging assumptionsand stressing moral concerns in both classesand activities. A commitment to liberaleducation forms the foundation of theUniversity’s programs. Skills and valuesdeveloped in this context not only supportspecific disciplines but also promote profes-sional flexibility and personal growth.

In seeking to develop responsible citizen-ship as part of a complete education, facultymembers, and other personnel strive toprovide students with a variety of opportu-

nities for learning and personal growththrough excellent teaching and close personalinteraction beyond the classroom. Intenseintellectual activity is complemented by timefor quiet reflection as well as programs forcultural enrichment, community involve-ment, recreation, and social life.

The University’s full-time faculty consistsof 184 teaching faculty, librarians, andcoaches. Ninety-one percent of the teachingfaculty hold a Ph.D. or terminal degree.

The College of Arts and SciencesThe College of Arts and Sciences offers under-graduate majors in more than 25 traditionalliberal arts disciplines. A smaller number ofgraduate programs are offered at the master’slevel as well. Numerous opportunities alsoexist for students to take advantage of specialhonors courses on campus and more than 100approved off-campus study programs.

The faculty of the College of Arts andSciences is talented and dedicated to thelearning process. Classes are generally small,and individual attention to students is abenchmark of a Redlands education. In addi-tion to their work with students in regularclasses, faculty members mentor students inmany ways, from First-Year Seminars (wherefaculty members serve as teachers as well asacademic advisors of first-year students) toguiding students in selecting and planningmajors. Faculty members work closely withstudents in such areas as individualized stud-ies and summer research projects, leadingshort-term travel courses, supervising intern-ships, guiding senior projects, and advisingfor postgraduate education and careers.

Students in the College of Arts and Sciencesmay enroll in almost any course (assumingthey satisfy prerequisites), regardless of major,and are encouraged both to study in depth ina major and to explore the range of ways ofknowing and creating through the Liberal ArtsFoundation and additional elective courses.

The Johnston Center for Integrative StudiesThe College of Arts and Sciences’ JohnstonCenter for Integrative Studies allows studentsto design their own majors in consultation



with faculty advisors. Students write contractsfor their courses and receive narrative evalu-ations in lieu of traditional grades.The Centerhas received national acclaim for its innova-tive approaches to education.

The School of EducationIn November 2000, the School of Educationwas officially launched. The designation of aschool, rather than the department it hadbeen, is an acknowledgement of its growth, ofthe important role it plays in the training ofeducation professionals, and of its vitality.The School of Education is dedicated to pro-viding a high-quality education for thoseinterested in becoming teachers, schooladministrators, or counselors. It offers fourcredential programs; certificate programs intechnology and Crosscultural, Language andAcademic Development; and master’s degreesin Curriculum and Instruction, Pupil Person-nel Services, and Education Administration.While the majority of programs are offered onthe University of Redlands campus, creden-tial programs and master’s degrees also areoffered at off-site locations.

The School of BusinessIn 1976 the University founded the AlfredNorth Whitehead College for Lifelong Learn-ing, dedicated to providing high-qualityeducation for adult students who areemployed and wish to undertake advancedundergraduate or graduate study. Recogniz-ing the evolution of its adult businessprograms, the University formally launchedthe School of Business in the fall of 2001.This development is the culmination of aquarter-century of experience in offeringbusiness programs to adult students. Under-graduate programs are offered in manage-ment and business and information systems;graduate programs are offered in businessadministration, management, and interactivetelecommunications. School of Businessclasses are held on the main campus and inRegional Centers and other classroom loca-tions throughout Southern California.

The Campus SettingLocated in Southern California 65 miles eastof downtown Los Angeles, the University ofRedlands is noted for its spacious tree-linedcampus and its accessibility to a diversity ofnatural and cultural attractions. The naturalbeauty of the campus is enhanced by its prox-imity to high and low deserts, ski resorts, andhiking trails in nearby mountains. Beachesand amusement attractions are little morethan an hour’s drive. Equally accessible arenationally known art galleries, libraries,theatres, and music centers. The University’shome, the historic city of Redlands, is listed asone of Southern California’s most livable cities.

The University itself serves the surround-ing community as a rich source of culturaland educational programming. It is home to the Redlands Symphony Orchestra andsponsors numerous performances in musicand theatre, as well as exhibits in thePeppers Art Gallery. It also provides a forumfor the exchange of ideas as speakers ofnational and international importance visitcampus each year to participate in theConvocation Series, University High Tables,Visiting Writers Series, Woodrow WilsonVisiting Fellows Program, the Charlotte S.Huck Children’s Literature Festival, andevents sponsored by the Jameson Center forthe Study of Religion and Ethics. Members ofthe faculty also present public lectures, mini-courses, and discussions on a range of topicsof current interest throughout the year.

Forty-eight buildings, including elevenresidence halls housing about 80 percent of the students in the College of Arts andSciences, are situated on the 140-acrecampus. The campus is also home to theOrton Center, a modern conference building;the 1,500-seat Memorial Chapel (site of manymajor events as well as voluntary weeklyworship services); the 350-seat GlennWallichs Festival Theatre; the Alumni-GreekAmphitheatre; and the Alumni House.

The Hunsaker University CenterLocated in front of Armacost Library, theHunsaker Center is known as the “livingroom” of the campus. Its buildings containthe main student dining hall, rooms for quiet



dinners, a fast-food service area, the studentstore and bookstore, seminar and discussionrooms, game rooms, television lounges, officesfor student government, student mail boxes,and a post office.

The center has been named in honor ofRichard and Virginia Moses Hunsaker, bothgraduates of the Class of 1952 and majordonors to the University.

The Armacost LibraryThe Armacost Library plays a central role in the intellectual and cultural life of theUniversity of Redlands. It contains approxi-mately 400,000 books, periodicals, CDs andCD-ROMs, music scores and recordings,maps, government documents, archival docu-ments, and microforms. Professional librari-ans assist students in their research andprovide bibliographic instruction. Using theon-line catalog, students can access thelibrary’s collections through on-site terminalsor from remote locations through the Inter-net. The on-line catalog is part of an inte-grated library system funded by generousdonations from the late U of R alumnusFrank E. Moore and his wife, Sidney R.Moore, of Redlands. The library also providesaccess to periodicals through on-line data-bases, and assists library users with findingacademic resources on the Internet.

Special collections include the FarquharCollection of California and the Great South-west, the MacNair Far Eastern Collection,the Irvine Map Library, the Ann Peppers ArtBooks Collection, and the Hawaii/PacificCollection. In addition, the Armacost Libraryhas been a federal document depository since1934 and contains a large collection of U. S.government documents and maps. In mostcases, materials the library does not own maybe obtained from other libraries through anefficient interlibrary loan service. Studentsmay also borrow materials from nearby aca-demic libraries through the Inland EmpireAcademic Libraries Cooperative.

School of Business students also haveaccess to libraries at School of BusinessRegional Centers and through the Internet.Regional centers offer Internet workstationslinked to the Armacost Library’s catalog and

on-line periodical resources. A business refer-ence collection, sample projects, and videosare also available at Regional Centers. Allstudents may access full-text periodical andreference sources over the Internet fromhome. Students attending classes in moreremote locations have access to mediated on-line searching and book delivery via a toll-free number or e-mail.

The Academic Computer CenterThe Fletcher Jones Academic ComputerCenter (FJC), located under the ArmacostLibrary, supports and enriches the Univer-sity’s academic programs. Classes for theCollege of Arts and Sciences and the Schoolsof Education and Business use the projec-tion-equipped electronic classrooms and labo-ratories for class sessions and specialprojects. The General Use Lab has PC andMacintosh computers, scanners, and laserprinters that are always available forassigned work and research. FJC houses over140 computers for campus use. EachRegional Center also provides a computer labwith projection capabilities. A variety ofproductivity and class-related software isprovided in all of the FJC classrooms andlabs as well as the regional centers.

Academic computing provides audio-visualservices to the campus with equipmentincluding TVs, VCRs, overhead projectors,slide projectors, cassette tape recorders, dataprojectors and laptops, and video cameras.

The campus network connects all comput-ers on campus and in regional centers in astate-of-the-art high-speed fiber optic network,UoRNet. The campus network also provides adata connection to every office and to allstudents in their residence hall rooms. ResNetservices to students include personal computerconnections to the UoRNet and consultants tohelp with software access and usage.

The Faculty Technology Center (FTC)houses specialty computers for the faculty.Here, faculty members can work on high-endtechnology projects such Web page develop-ment and video editing. The FTC alsoprovides services and support for facultymembers who want to learn new ways toenhance learning using technology.

Topics in this section are arranged alphabet-ically from Academic Standing and AcademicActions through Withdrawal. Please refer tothe Table of Contents for a detailed list oftopics covered in this section. Unless other-wise noted, policies apply University-wide.

ACADEMIC STANDING AND ACADEMIC ACTIONS

Undergraduate Academic Standing—College of Arts and Sciences

Satisfactory Academic StandingA student who is making reasonable progresstoward graduation (measured by completedcredits toward graduation) and who is notsubject to academic probation or academicdisqualification (see below) is considered tobe in good standing. A minimum cumulativeGPA of 2.00 in all work taken at the Univer-sity, and in the major, minor, and relatedfields, is necessary to graduate.

Academic Warning, Probationand DisqualificationUndergraduates who fail to meet the mini-mum requirements for good standing may beplaced on probation or disqualified. Studentswho encounter academic difficulty arestrongly encouraged to seek assistance fromfaculty, their academic advisors, and/or theStudent Services Center.

Students receive letters specifying theterms of academic probation. Students onacademic probation may not carry an overload of academic credits. Students onacademic probation may not participate inNational Collegiate Athletic Associationactivities unless they successfully petitionthe academic dean for an exemption.

Regulations governing academic actionswill be applied at the time grades are recorded. Academic actions are posted to thepermanent transcript at that time.

Academic WarningStudents will receive an academic warning ifthey have a semester GPA between 1.01 and1.99, even if their cumulative GPA is 2.00 or

higher. Students placed on warning receive aletter indicating this status, but (as they areconsidered to be in good standing) this actionis not reflected on transcripts.

Academic ProbationAcademic probation indicates that astudent’s difficulties are serious and his orher continuation at the University has beenplaced in question. Students have two semes-ters to restore their cumulative GPA to the2.00 required for continuing registration andfor graduation. Either of the following condi-tions will result in academic probation:1. a cumulative GPA below 2.00;2. a semester GPA of 1.00 or lower regard-

less of the cumulative GPA.Students on academic probation mustcomplete at least 12 credits per semester andmust achieve a GPA of at least 2.00 in eachsemester of academic probation, or they willbe academically disqualified.

Continued Academic ProbationStudents whose academic difficulties remainserious will continue on academic probation.Students are continued on academic proba-tion if they have two consecutive semesterswith GPAs below 2.00. Students continuedon academic probation must complete atleast 12 credits per semester and mustachieve a GPA of at least 2.00 in each semes-ter of academic probation, or they will beacademically disqualified.

Academic DisqualificationAcademic disqualification bars a studentfrom further study at the University ofRedlands for at least one year. Students aresubject to academic disqualification if theircumulative GPA falls below 2.00 for threeconsecutive semesters or if they fail toachieve a semester GPA of at least a 2.00during a semester of academic probation.

Restoration to Satisfactory Academic StandingStudents are automatically restored to goodstanding when their cumulative GPA reaches2.00. Students should be aware that in addi-tion to an overall GPA of 2.00 or higher, they


Academic Standards

must attain a cumulative GPA of 2.00 orhigher in their major, minor, and relatedfields to qualify for graduation.

Reinstatement from Academic DisqualificationAcademic disqualification may be appealed tothe Academic Review Board (ARB). Appealsinclude the following documentation:1. a personal statement from the student

analyzing her/his academic load, workcommitment, social and extracurricularactivities, any other factors that mighthave contributed to poor performance,and the specific actions the student hastaken and will take in the future tocorrect the situation (required);

2. a letter of support from the student’sacademic advisor indicating a plan forrestoration to satisfactory academic standing (required);

3. a letter from the chair of the student’smajor program indicating that thestudent should be readmitted and will beable to complete her/his major programby the time she/he intends to graduate(required—provided the student hasdeclared a major);

4. additional letters of support from faculty,staff, administrators, or others (optional);

5. for students who have spent time awayfrom the University of Redlands sinceacademic disqualification, official tran-scripts of work completed during thattime away forwarded to the ARB(required) or letters of support from theirplaces of employment as applicable(optional);

6. supporting documents from qualifiedprofessionals for students who have experienced medical difficulties or otherunusual circumstances.

Students who appeal successfully will havethe action on their transcripts changed fromAcademic Disqualification to Continued onAcademic Probation.

Johnston Center for Integrative StudiesGiven the narrative evaluation system usedfor the majority of Johnston courses, deci-sions of reasonable progress and academicstanding—warning, probation, and disquali-fication—are made by the center directoraccording to the following procedure. Evalu-ation of reasonable progress and recommen-dation of academic eligibility for scholarshipsupport to the Financial Aid office follow thesame procedure.

The center director, the registrar (ordesignee), and faculty advisors constitute anad hoc Johnston Center Academic StandingCommittee. After the end of each semester,this committee reviews the files of studentsexperiencing academic difficulty. Studentswhose records indicate difficulty are placedon either academic warning or academicprobation. Students who continue to haveserious difficulties after a semester of acad-emic probation are subject to academicdisqualification. Students are notified of thedecision prior to the start of the followingterm. Decisions may be appealed to theAcademic Review Board. All academicactions, except warnings, are noted onstudent transcripts.

A cumulative GPA is not used to determineacademic standing for Johnston studentsuntil a student has accumulated at least 32numerically graded credits or unless at leasthalf of the work completed at the Universityof Redlands has been numerically graded.When a cumulative GPA is used, it is consid-ered in conjunction with information providedin the narrative evaluations. Conditions forrestoring good standing can be found in the“Academic Warning, Probation, and Disquali-fication” section of this section. Since financialaid awards are tied to reasonable progressand, in some instances, quality of overallacademic performance, the center director, inconsultation with the ad hoc Academic Stand-ing Committee, also assesses the records ofthose students on financial aid. Evaluation ofreasonable progress and the level of perfor-mance is presented to the Financial Aid office.Appeals of the evaluation are addressed tothe center director.

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


Undergraduate AcademicStanding—School of Business

Satisfactory Academic StandingA student who is making reasonableprogress toward graduation (measured bycompleted credits toward graduation) andwho is not subject to academic probation oracademic disqualification (see below) isconsidered to be in good standing. A mini-mum cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all worktaken at the University and in the major isnecessary to graduate.

Academic WarningStudents receive an academic warning if theyreceive grades less than 2.0 in two consecutivecourses even if their cumulative GPA is 2.00 orhigher. Students placed on academic warningreceive letters indicating this status; but, asthey are considered to be in good standing,this action is not reflected on transcripts.

Academic ProbationAcademic probation indicates that astudent’s difficulties are serious and his orher continuation at the University has beenplaced in question. A student is placed onacademic probation when his/her cumulativeGPA falls below 2.00. Students have twoconsecutive courses to restore their cumula-tive GPA to the 2.00 required for continuingregistration and for graduation.

Academic DisqualificationStudents are subject to academic disqualifi-cation if their cumulative GPA is not restoredto 2.00 by the end of the second consecutivecourse following the academic probationaction.Academic disqualification bars studentsfrom further study at the University ofRedlands for a period of six months. Studentswho have begun a course prior to receivingnotification of academic disqualification arepermitted to complete that course.

Restoration to Satisfactory Academic StandingStudents are automatically restored to goodstanding if their cumulative GPA is restored

to 2.00 by the end of the second consecutivecourse following academic probation.

Reinstatement from Academic DisqualificationNo sooner than six months after notificationof academic disqualification, students mayappeal to the Academic Review Board (ARB)for reinstatement.

Appeals of academic disqualification includedocumentation of the following:1. a plan from the student analyzing his/her

academic load, work commitments, andany other factors that might havecontributed to poor performance, andwhat steps the student has taken andwill take in the future to correct the situation;

2. a letter of support from the student’s academic advisor or program directorindicating a plan for restoration tosatisfactory academic standing;

3. supporting documents from qualifiedprofessionals for students who haveexperienced medical difficulties or otherunusual circumstances;

4. for students who have spent time awayfrom the University of Redlands sinceacademic disqualification, official transcripts of work completed duringthat time must be forwarded to the Academic Review Board. Students mayinclude letters of support from personsqualified to assess their ability to returnto academic work.

For students who successfully appeal, thenotation on their transcripts will be changedfrom academic disqualification to continuedacademic probation.

Graduate Academic StandingA minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00 (basedon a 4.00 scale) in all graduate work taken atthe University of Redlands is required toqualify for a degree. A student whose cumu-lative GPA falls below 3.00 at the end of anysemester will be placed on probation andallowed one semester to restore the cumula-tive grade point average to 3.00. Any studentwho fails to restore his or her cumulativeGPA to 3.00 at the end of the probationary

Academic Standards


period will be academically disqualified.Academic disqualification also occurs if astudent receives one grade of 0.0 or twogrades of 1.0.

Credit for a course graded below 2.0 (underthe numerical grade option) cannot beapplied toward a graduate degree. However,the course may be retaken with the secondgrade determining acceptability toward boththe degree and the grade point average. Thefirst grade will remain on the student’spermanent record but will not become part ofthe cumulative grade point average.

Theses are graded only as High Pass, Pass,or Fail, as determined by the examiningcommittee upon completion of the oral exam-ination. Such grades are not included in thecalculation of the GPA, nor are they recordedon the transcript.

The Academic Review Board (ARB)The ARB, which reports to the Committee onAcademic Planning and Standards, has thefollowing responsibilities with regard to acad-emic matters:1. to review and approve all recommenda-

tions of the Office of Academic Affairsregarding the academic status ofstudents as established by the guidelinesof the Faculty Assembly;

2. to review, upon receiving a valid appealfrom any student, any decision todisqualify the student for academicreasons;

3. to hear the case and make a decisionregarding the sanction to be imposed onany student accused of violating thePolicy on Academic Honesty;

4. to rule, in consultation with the depart-ment or individual involved, on anyrequest by a student for a variance orexemption from any of the general gradu-ation requirements (such exemptions areseldom given);

5. to act on appeals by students who havefailed to comply with University dead-lines in cases where exceptional circum-stances made compliance impossible;

6. to review exceptions to satisfactory acad-emic progress to determine financial aideligibility;

7. to review petitions appealing disputedgrades and determine whether changesare appropriate. (Students are responsi-ble for following the procedures outlinedunder “Disputed Grades.”)

A student may bring a matter to the atten-tion of the ARB by filing a formal petitionwith the Registrar’s office. Policy does notpermit individuals to appear concerning anycase except those involving academic dishon-esty; the board acts only on written state-ments and documentation. A student mustpresent a very strong case to be exemptedfrom the usual rules of the University. Deci-sions of the Board are final.

Committee on Academic Planning and StandardsThe Committee on Academic Planning andStandards (CAPS) is charged with the reviewof all policies relating to the grading system,degree candidacy, honors, admissions, andthe establishment and administration of poli-cies relating to academic standards—includ-ing warning, probation, and disqualification.

This committee is also responsible forimplementing the Southern California Inter-collegiate Athletic Conference rules in deter-mining the eligibility of students to partici-pate in intercollegiate athletics.

Disputed Grades PolicyThe grade an instructor awards cannot bechanged by anyone other than the instructorof record. A disputed grade given by aUniversity of Redlands instructor may beappealed to the Academic Review Board formediation and resolution. Decisions of theboard in such cases are final and are notsubject to further appeal. If the appeal isapproved, the ARB may recommend that thestudent’s registration for the course bechanged to the Credit/No Credit (CN) gradeoption and recorded as CR (Credit) or NC(No Credit) as appropriate given the instructor’s grade. Credit and No Creditgrades are not computed in GPAs. (See“Credit/No Credit Grading Option.”)

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


Grounds for Appealing GradesThe following are considered grounds forappeal of a grade:1. capricious and inconsistent grading

standards;2. significant deviation from criteria stated

in the course syllabus;3. personal vindictiveness or prejudice on

the part of the instructor;4. gross professional incompetence or

grossly unprofessional behavior on thepart of the instructor; or

5. unreasonable expectations or require-ments made by an instructor that aregrossly inconsistent with standard practice and expectations.

Decisions Regarding the Appeal of GradesThe burden of proof rests entirely with thepetitioner. The decision of the committee,which is final, includes the following options:1. no action, in which case the disputed

grade will stand;2. change of grading option to Credit/No

Credit. Credit is awarded for 2.0 orhigher (undergraduate) or 2.7 or higher(graduate); or

3. withdrawal from the course. The student’stranscript will reflect a “W” for the course.

If a change of grading option is permitted by theboard, a letter explaining the change will beheld in the student’s file. Under these circum-stances, a change to Credit does not affect theapplicability of the course to major requirementsor, for Arts and Sciences students, to LiberalArts Foundation requirements.

ProcedureThe following steps must be taken for anappeal to be reviewed by the board. Petitionsthat do not follow procedures will notbe considered.1. The student first should discuss any

complaints with the instructor.2. If the student remains dissatisfied, she

or he should contact the departmentchair or program director, who mayreview the case and attempt to mediatethe dispute.

3. If a dispute remains unresolved, anappeal may be brought to the ARB.

4. Appeals of grades must be filed no laterthan six weeks into the following semes-ter for Arts and Sciences students or sixweeks following the end of the class inquestion for School of Business andSchool of Education students. Appealsmust be submitted in writing. Support-ing documents and statements by othersmust be filed at the same time as thepetition.

5. The chair of the Academic Review Boardwill invite a written response from theinstructor involved.

6. Policy does not permit individuals toappear concerning any case except thoseinvolving academic honesty. The boardacts only on written statements anddocumentation.

7. Results of the appeal are communicatedby the chair of the board to the peti-tioner, faculty member(s) involved, Officeof Academic Affairs, and the Office of theRegistrar.

Submission of a petition indicates that thestudent understands the disputed gradepolicy and agrees to accept the ARB’s decision.

Academic HonestyAcademic honesty stands at the center ofintellectual pursuits in the academic commu-nity. Faculty and student scholarship in allforms, individual and collaborative, expressesour understanding and esteem for intellec-tual honesty. Nurturing and sustaining aclimate of honesty are the responsibilities ofevery member of the community. This policystatement includes standards of academichonesty, obligations and responsibilities ofthe members of the academic community forcultivating a climate of academic honesty,violations of academic honesty, and the proce-dures for addressing academic dishonesty.

I. Standards of Academic Honesty Basic standards of honesty and academicintegrity include, but are not limited, to 1. independently producing all homework,

papers, laboratory reports, computer files

Academic Standards


on disks, and examinations submitted underone’s own name;2. properly and appropriately referencing all

work that draws on the ideas, words, andwork of others to credit those thinkers;

3. identifying the co-contributors or co-authorsof all work done in collaboration;

4. completing examinations without givingor receiving assistance or tampering withthe examination;

5. submitting one’s own original work foreach course;

6. respecting computer software copyrights,computer security systems, and fileprivacy of individuals, and protectingcomputer system performance;

7. accurately and completely disclosingresearch data, manuscripts, books orother documents, academicrecords/credentials, transcripts, andletters of recommendation; and

8. allowing equal access to any librarymaterials and comparable or relatedacademic resources.

II. Obligations and Responsibilities forCultivating a Climate of Honesty

Faculty and administrators are expected to:1. work together to design orientation and

first-year experiences that introducestudents to academic life, to the“currency of ideas” that fuel our intellec-tual pursuits, and to University stan-dards. Experiences that makeindependent intellectual work possibleare engaging in intellectual discussion,learning how to use the library andobtain academic assistance, learning howto engage in research, referencing thework of others, and becoming familiarwith the catalog (Students needing addi-tional information on proper referencingare advised to consult such sources as J.Garibaldi and W.S. Aschert’s MLA Hand-book for Writers of Research Papers orH.R. Fowler’s Little, Brown Handbook. Aselection of such handbooks can be foundat the Writing Lab or Armacost Libraryand are available for purchase at theUniversity Bookstore.);

2. demonstrate intellectual honesty in theirindividual research as well as in theiruse of others’ work and ideas (Carefulreferencing of sources used for lecturesand hand-out materials providesstudents with examples of intellectualhonesty that communicate more thanspeeches and printed policies.);

3. promote discussions of ideas, including arecognition and consideration of majorityand minority perspectives (Seldom isthere only one perspective on a topic.Intellectual honesty includes a recogni-tion of various points of view.);

4. clearly delineate the parameters onhomework, labs, and group projects inthe syllabus of each course (Syllabi arecourse-specific, and faculty need notrestate University policies stated in thecatalog. Faculty should make efforts tocommunicate clearly the learning objec-tives to be achieved and to explain howwork will be graded. Questions aboutcollaboration and assistance should bediscussed in the classroom.);

5. include statements about academichonesty with examinations, if they sochoose, as a way of bringing studentsface-to-face with standards of academichonesty (Each opportunity to declareoneself as working honestly reinforcesthe standards to which we are committedas a community.);

6. act on cases of suspected violations ofacademic honesty as outlined below insection IV.1.

Students are expected to 1. prepare adequately for all academic exer-

cises (Thorough preparation willdecrease the temptation of cheating.);

2. make sure that they understand the para-meters on assignments in each course;

3. condemn acts of academic dishonesty onthe part of others (This includes aresponsibility to report suspected viola-tions of academic honesty as outlinedbelow in section IV.2.);

4. refuse to cheat and/or assist others in dis-honest acts (this includes a responsibility toensure that others may not cheat for them).

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


III. Violations of Academic Honesty Academic dishonesty is any act that subvertsor compromises the integrity of instruction orresearch. This includes knowingly assistingany person in the commission of such an act.Offenses include, but are not limited to, theacts described in sections 1. through 4. below.1. Misrepresenting one’s background or

abilities byA. falsifying, misusing, omitting, or

tampering with information, (written,oral, or electronic)—such as testscores, transcripts, letters of recom-mendation, resumes, statements ofpurpose, or any other document—to gain initial or continued access tothe University’s programs or facilities;

B. offering as one’s own work the words,ideas, or arguments of another personwithout appropriate attribution byquotation, reference, or footnote—including, but not limited to, plagiarism(Plagiarism occurs when the words ofanother are reproduced withoutacknowledgment or when the ideas orarguments of another are paraphrasedand presented in such a way as to leadthe reader to believe that they origi-nated with the writer. It is the respon-sibility of all University students tounderstand the methods of properattribution and to apply those princi-ples in all written submissions.);

C. bringing to an examination or usingcrib sheets, supplemental notes, orcomparable aids during an examina-tion except as specifically permitted by the instructor;

D. unauthorized communication duringan examination or unauthorizedcollaboration in the presentation ofreports, laboratory reports, or take-home examinations; copying or givingaid, or otherwise failing to abide by theUniversity’s or instructor’s rulesgoverning the exercise or examinationwithout the instructor’s specificpermission;

E. soliciting, obtaining, possessing, orproviding to another person an exami-nation or portions of an examination

prior or subsequent to the administra-tion of the examination without theauthorization of the instructor;

F. acquiring from other persons, commer-cial organizations, or other sources(e.g., electronic sources)—or usingunauthorized assistance and submit-ting as one’s own work—term papers,research papers, computer files, orcomparable documents prepared inwhole or in part by others than oneself;

G. submitting work in the name ofanother student or arranging foranother student to substitute foroneself during an examination or in the completion of coursework;

H. falsifying data collected in the conductof research or presenting falsified datain papers, manuscripts, books, or otherdocuments submitted for publicationor for course or degree requirements;

I. presenting the same or substantially the same written work—term paper,research report, essay or the like—as part of the course requirement formore than one course, without theexpress prior written permission ofeach instructor involved.

2. Impeding fair and equal access to theeducational and research process by:A. altering or changing an examination

or comparable document so as tomislead other users or readers;

B. infringing upon the right of others tofair and equal access to any librarymaterials and comparable or relatedacademic resources, including tamper-ing with or damaging any librarymaterials or comparable academicresources (written or electronic);

C. attempting to prevent access by otherusers to the University’s computersystem and its resources, attempting to degrade the computer system’sperformance, or attempting to copy or destroy files or programs withoutauthorization.

3. Misrepresenting one’s relationship withthe University by:A. altering, changing, forging, or misus-

ing academic records or any official

Academic Standards


University form regarding oneself orothers;

B. causing any false information to bepresented at an academic proceedingor intentionally destroying evidenceimportant to an academic proceeding;

4. Offering bribes (e.g., monetary remuner-ation, gifts, or favors) to any Universityrepresentative in exchange for specialconsideration or waiver of procedures.

IV. Procedures for Addressing Academic Dishonesty

1. Procedures for Addressing Faculty Academic Dishonesty A. Reporting Alleged Offenses

Against Academic Honesty. When amember of the University communitysuspects an incident of faculty academicdishonesty, documentary evidence orother means supporting that suspicionwill be reported to the dean of theappropriate school or college. The deanwill refer the case to the FacultyReview Committee within one weekfor further review and investigation.

B. Sanctions. The Faculty ReviewCommittee must notify the accusedmember of the University communityof the charges within two weeks;within two weeks from the date ofnotification, the accused person mustacknowledge receipt of the chargesand work with the chair of thecommittee to determine a mutuallyagreed upon timetable for dispositionof the case. Upon the recommendationof the Faculty Review Committee, afaculty member found to be in violationof the University Academic HonestyPolicy is subject to sanctions up to andincluding dismissal under the guide-lines and provisions specified in theappropriate section (Dismissal) of theUniversity of Redlands Faculty Handbook.

C. Appeals. The decision rendered by the Faculty Review Committee can beappealed to the Faculty GrievanceCommittee within two weeks of thedecision. (See the appropriate section

of the University of Redlands FacultyHandbook.)

2. Procedures for Addressing Student Academic Dishonesty A. Reporting Alleged Offenses Against

Academic Honesty. Faculty areexpected to report alleged offenses in a timely manner. When a facultymember suspects an incident of academic dishonesty and establishesthrough conversation, documentaryevidence, or other means that thesuspicion is reasonable, the facultymember must contact the registrar todetermine if it is a first offense. Theregistrar checks the student’s file tosee if there is documentation of a prioroffense. The faculty member is thenexpected to contact the student for apersonal conference to discuss theallegation.(1) If it is a first offense, the facultymember has two options: (a) thefaculty member may impose a sanc-tion, or (b) the faculty member mayrefer the case directly to the AcademicReview Board (hereafter ARB). Therange of sanctions that may be appliedby the faculty member includes thefollowing: repetition of the examinationor assignment, completion of an addi-tional assignment or examination, fail-ure on the examination or assignment,failure in the course. When the facultymember applies a sanction, a letter ofdocumentation must be sent by thefaculty member to an administratordesignated by the Office of AcademicAffairs (hereafter, the facilitator). Thefacilitator will send to the student, byregistered mail, the original letter ofdocumentation; the facilitator also willinclude information concerning theappeal process and its timelines. Acopy of the original documentationletter must be delivered to the registrarto be available in case of any subse-quent offense. The letter will remainsealed in the student’s file unlesscalled for by the ARB. For the firstoffense, the student has recourse of

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


appeal to the ARB through the facili-tator. The student then has twelvecalendar days from the date of receiptof the documentation letter to contactthe facilitator and indicate a desire toinitiate an appeal. If the student doesnot respond within twelve calendardays, it is assumed the student hasreceived the letter, waived the right toappeal, and accepted the sanction. Ifthe student chooses to appeal, the ARBwill determine the guilt or innocenceof the student. For the first offense,the ARB may overturn the facultysanction if the student is found notguilty. The faculty sanction will not beoverturned, modified, or amended bythe ARB if the student is found guilty.(2) If the incident is a second or subse-quent offense, a written description ofthe incident must be sent directly tothe ARB. The facilitator will initiateformal charges by informing, by regis-tered mail, the accused student of thecharges and that such charges will bepresented to the ARB. A studentcharged with an offense has the rightto a formal hearing before the ARB.

B. When any student suspects an incidentof academic dishonesty and establishesthrough conversation, documentaryevidence, or other means that thesuspicion is reasonable, the studenthas a responsibility (1) to report theinfraction to the faculty memberteaching the course or to the appropri-ate academic administrator (in casesrelated to the library, computer center,etc.) or (2) to refer the case in writingdirectly to the ARB. The faculty member/administrator will deal with theinfraction in the manner described inIV.1 or 4. If the case is referred directlyto the ARB, the facilitator will initiateformal charges by informing, by regis-tered mail, the accused student of thecharges. Such charges will be presentedto the ARB. A student charged has theright to a formal hearing before the ARB.

C. When any other University-relatedindividual (e.g., administrator or staff)

suspects an incident of academicdishonesty and establishes throughconversation, documentary evidence,or other means that the suspicion isreasonable, the individual must referthe case in writing directly to the ARB.The facilitator will initiate formalcharges by informing, by registeredmail, the accused student of thecharges and that such charges will bepresented to the ARB. A studentcharged with an offense has the rightto a formal hearing before the ARB.

D. After receiving notification of thecharges from the facilitator, the studentis responsible for arranging a meetingwith the facilitator within twelvecalendar days. The student may beaccompanied to the meeting by aperson of his or her choice, but maynot be represented by an attorney. Ifmore than one student is charged in aparticular incident, each student maymeet privately with the facilitator.• The facilitator will explain the

procedures to each student chargedand will define the rights andresponsibilities of all parties to thecharges as indicated in this policy,including the right of the student toselect an advisor. The Office of Acad-emic Affairs will develop a list ofvolunteer advisors from administra-tors, faculty, and upper-divisionstudents.

• The advisor assists the student inthe preparation of the case, providesadvice during the hearing if it takesplace, or assists in preparation of anappeal, if necessary. The advisormay be selected from the list ofavailable advisors or may be anystudent, faculty member, friend, orfamily member. The student mayenlist the professional assistance ofan attorney in preparation of thecase or appeal; but an attorney maynot act as legal counsel at the hear-ing. Upon request, the facilitatorwill assist the student in identifyingan advisor.

Academic Standards


• A student charged with an offenseagainst the Academic Honesty Policywho wishes to appeal in writing mustsubmit his or her written appeal nolater than six (6) weeks, not countingscheduled breaks in the academiccalendar, following receipt of notifica-tion of the infraction. A student whowishes to appeal to the AcademicReview Board (ARB) in person mustmake himself or herself available sothat a hearing can be scheduled tooccur no later than six (6) weeks, notcounting scheduled breaks in the acad-emic calendar, following receipt of theinfractions. Failure to meet thesedeadlines will be regarded as accep-tance of any sanction(s) imposed as aresult of the infraction.

3. The Academic Review Board (ARB)The Academic Review Board meets throughout the year at the call of itschairperson and hears cases of academicdishonesty and student academic griev-ances brought to its attention. The ARBconsists of two faculty from the Collegeof Arts and Sciences, one from the Schoolof Business, one from the School ofEducation, and two students (one fromthe School of Business or the School ofEducation, and one from the College ofArts and Sciences). Representatives ofthe offices of the Registrar and StudentServices will function as consultants tothe board. If any member of the ARB isparty to the case before the board, thatmember shall not participate in thehearing.

4. Waiver of HearingThe student may waive the right to ahearing and admit to the charges in writing. In cases of admitted guilt, theARB will assign the appropriate sanc-tion, readmission procedures if appropri-ate, disposition of the record, and othermatters pertinent to the case. Withintwelve calendar days following thereceipt of the waiver of hearing, the chairof the ARB will send a registered letterto the student specifying the assignedsanction. The chair will also send a

confidential notice of the decision to theindividual who initiated the charges.The right to a hearing is automaticallywaived if, without reasonable cause, thestudent fails to respond to the letter ofnotification within twelve (12) calendardays of its receipt.

5. The HearingThe hearing is an internal Universitymatter. Only members of the immediateUniversity community who are invited toattend by the Chair of the ARB arepermitted to attend. This community isdefined as current students, faculty,administrators, or staff members. In rarecases the Chair of the ARB may, by virtueof their relevance to the case at hand,invite other person or persons to appear.The Chair’s ruling on all matters deter-mining who may attend the hearing willbe considered definitive. The followingpersons must be present at the hearing:the person initiating the charges, thefacilitator, and the members of the ARBas defined in 3 above. After proper notifi-cation (see 2, 3, and 4 above), if thestudent against whom charges arebrought does not attend the hearing, thehearing will proceed without him or her.All of the persons identified are partici-pants in the hearing and may initiate orrespond to questions by other participants.If the student’s advisor is a member ofthe University community, as definedabove, he or she may be present through-out the hearing and may, with approvalof the chair, address the ARB on behalf ofthe student charged, but only on mattersdirectly relevant to the charge. Witnessesmay be present only during their owntestimony and may be recalled. Anystudent, faculty member, or other personwho is asked to testify at a hearing isexpected to do so. It is expected that allstatements made to the ARB, while notprovided under oath, will be truthful.• It will be assumed that the student is

innocent of the charges until provenguilty. Any student charged will beprovided adequate opportunity topresent his or her version of the case

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


and will be allowed to call relevantwitnesses. The chair of the ARB willensure that the hearing be conductedin a fair, objective, and dignified fash-ion, with special attention to theprotection of rights of all participants.The chair is responsible for maintain-ing order during the hearing and forensuring that testimony is succinct,precise, and relevant to the charge.The chair will announce a recess, ifrequested, for the student charged toconsult with his or her advisors. In thecase of a second offense, the ARB willhave access to the contents of thesealed envelope from the student’s fileif requested. When the ARB is satis-fied that all relevant evidence hasbeen presented and that all partici-pants have been afforded the opportu-nity to state their versions of the caseor to provide relevant information, theARB will retire to executive session toconsider the evidence and reach a deci-sion. The ARB will find a studentguilty of the stated offense if and onlyif it is satisfied by the preponderanceof the evidence presented that thestudent’s actions meet the descriptionof an offense against academic honestyprovided above (Section III).In addition to determining whetherthe evidence presented justifies a find-ing of guilt of the charge, the ARB maychoose to consider extenuating circum-stances in its report. The ARB deter-mines guilt or innocence of the specificcharge by majority written vote. Thechair maintains a record of the vote.

• If the ARB finds the student not guiltyof the charges, the student will bepermitted to drop the course in whichthe charges arose without academicpenalty. If the course is dropped, therecord of the course will be removedfrom the student’s transcript.

• If the ARB finds the student guilty ofthe charges, it will decide on a sanctionby majority written vote. The chair ofthe ARB will inform the student byregistered mail of the sanction and its

effective dates. The chair of the ARBwill send a confidential notice of thedecision to the individual who initiatedthe charges.

• The ARB has the option of prescribinga sanction different from the standardsanctions described below but may doso only in case of extraordinary exten-uating circumstances.

• The student will be informed by thefacilitator that an appeal may bedirected to the appropriate academicdean. The written appeal, based solelyupon issues of procedure or clear abuseof discretion, must be forwarded to theappropriate dean within twelve calen-dar days of receipt of the letter indi-cating the assigned sanction. Thesanction will become effective immedi-ately unless an appeal is filed in atimely manner. If an appeal is filed ina timely manner, but is denied, thesanction will become effective as originally assigned. If the appeal isapproved, the sanction may be modi-fied or dropped by the appropriate dean.

6. The Range of SanctionsSanctions from the ARB for instances ofacademic dishonesty will include, butare not be limited to, the following: fail-ure in the assignment, failure in thatportion of the course directly related tothe falsified work, failure in the course,suspension from school (usually takingeffect at the beginning of the semesterfollowing the one in which the violationoccurred), permanent dismissal from theUniversity, or revocation of admission.Academic dishonesty discovered afterthe conferring of a degree may result inrevocation of the degree upon vote of theBoard of Trustees.• In the case of suspension or dismissal,

the designation “Academic Suspension”or “Academic Dismissal” will be recordedon the permanent record and transcript.If a student returns from academicsuspension, transcript notation of thataction will be removed after successfulcompletion of one semester at theUniversity of Redlands.

Academic Standards


7. RecordsThe registrar is responsible for maintain-ing the records of individual cases ofalleged academic dishonesty and theirdisposition. Access to such records issubject to the University’s policiesgoverning access to student records. Thefact that a student has been accused orfound guilty of an offense against acade-mic honesty will not be indicated on thestudent’s transcript.• If a student is found guilty, records of

the case will be retained in a sealedenvelope in the student’s file for inter-nal reference only. Under no circum-stances will such information be copied,microfilmed, or sent as part of thepermanent record. When a studentleaves the University permanently, allrecords (except notation of suspensionor dismissal on the permanent recordand transcript) will be removed fromthe student’s file and retained in thefiles of the Academic Review Board.

ACADEMIC RECORDS

Public InformationThe University of Redlands maintainsstudent records in compliance with theFederal Family Educational Rights andPrivacy Act of 1974 (as amended), whichassures students and parents of their right toprivacy of information. The University alsocomplies with the California Education Code,Sections 22509 through 22509.18, whichstates that the management of studentrecords shall be a matter of federal and statelaw and regulation.

The following is considered public infor-mation and may be released or publishedwithout the student’s consent:

Student name, date, and place of birth;major field of study; dates of attendance;degrees, honors, and awards received; mostrecent educational institution attended;campus address and telephone number;home address and telephone number; partic-ipation in special academic programs; partic-ipation in recognized student activities;participation in officially recognized sports;

class level, weight, and height of athleticteam members.

College of Arts and SciencesStudents who wish the above informationwithheld must sign a request to that effectin the Registrar’s office during the first twoweeks of each semester. Publication of perma-nent names and addresses in the studentdirectory may be restricted at Check-In.

School of Business and School of EducationStudents who wish the above informationwithheld must sign a request within twoweeks of their first registration and at thebeginning of each academic year (July 1)thereafter.

Release of Academic InformationConfidential information is defined as anyinformation not included in the Public Infor-mation section above. Current Universitypolicy makes accessible to parents or legalguardians copies of their dependent’s acade-mic record when a written request and proofof dependency are submitted to the Regis-trar’s office. The University will not releaseconfidential information for independentstudents (students over the age of 23 ordefined as “independent” by universityFinancial Aid Policy) without the writtenrequest of the student. A copy of the Univer-sity of Redlands policy on student recordscan be obtained from the Registrar’s office.

TranscriptsA transcript of a student’s complete academicrecord is issued only upon the student’s writ-ten, signed request. Transcripts are sent toother institutions or agencies only upon thestudent’s written, signed request.

Applications for transcripts should be filedin writing at least two weeks in advance ofthe time the transcript is needed. Transcriptsof records will be withheld if the student isfinancially obligated to the University or hasobligations under financial aid transactions.See the appropriate Tuition and Fees sectionof this Catalog for the cost of transcripts.

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


Transcripts submitted to the University ofRedlands for admission or credit transferbecome the property of the University ofRedlands and cannot be returned to thestudent, copied, or forwarded to other insti-tutions.

Recording of DegreesUniversity degrees are posted four times eachyear.The official recording dates are as follows:August 31December 31The final day of the Interim sessionCommencement day

Attendance

College of Arts and SciencesStudents are expected to attend all classesregularly. Each professor has the right toestablish regulations regarding attendance(e.g., the relation between attendance andthe final grade). Students who miss the firstclass of the semester may be dropped fromthe class by the professor.

The Office of the Dean of Student Liferoutinely notifies instructors when medicalproblems indicate an Arts and Sciencesstudent cannot attend classes or when anemergency situation arises that requires astudent to leave school temporarily.

School of BusinessStudents are expected to attend all sched-uled meetings of the courses for which theyare registered. Students who miss twoconsecutive class meetings without notifyingtheir instructor may be administrativelydropped from the course. Other consequencesmay arise as a result of enforcement of therequirements of financial aid programs. Seethe section Dismissal: School of Business inthis section of the Catalog.

School of EducationStudents are expected to attend all scheduledmeetings of the courses for which they areregistered. Students who miss two consecu-tive class meetings without notifying theirinstructor can be administratively droppedfrom the course. Other consequences may

arise as a result of enforcement of the require-ments of financial aid programs.

Auditing for No Credit

College of Arts and Sciences UndergraduateA student may audit a course with theapproval of the registrar and the instructor ofthe course. No charge is made for a full-timestudent within the limit of 38 credits for thefull year or 19 credits for the half year. Thefees for students other than full time arelisted in the College of Arts and SciencesTuition and Fees section of this Catalog. Theinstructor will not process or grade any examsor papers of an auditing student.

GraduateA full-time student may audit a maximum of one course during the Fall or Spring of anArts and Sciences semester, or one courseduring a School of Education or School ofBusiness term, with payment of an addi-tional fee. Students who register for less thana full load will be required to pay the usualfee for any audited course. No student mayaudit a course without the consent of theinstructor.

Classification of Students

Undergraduate Class LevelStudents are classified by level based onacademic credits completed:Freshman 0–32Sophomore 33–65Junior 66–98Senior 99 or more

College of Arts and Sciences Undergraduate Standing: Full-time Student LoadAll undergraduates must pursue full-timestudies unless admitted to Special Status.The normal load for undergraduates is 16semester credits. When registration fallsbelow 12 credits, students are not eligible toparticipate in certain extracurricular activi-ties, such as athletics, and jeopardize theirfinancial aid status.

Academic Standards


Degree-Seeking CandidatesA student who wishes to be considered fordegree status should formally apply beforeundertaking coursework. No more than 16credits of work taken at Redlands prior toformal admission can be applied toward anundergraduate degree. A student must beadmitted as a degree-seeking candidate priorto completing the last 32 credits toward grad-uation. Any student who pursues degreecandidacy must follow approved admissionpolicies. Admission status will be determinedby the dean of admissions. Graduationrequirements are based either on the catalogyear in effect for the year of formal admissionor catalog year in effect for the year of grad-uation. A student cannot select graduationrequirements from more than one catalog. IfUniversity programs or policies change,students must take the responsibility (withwritten departmental approval) to adjusttheir programs to comply with current stan-dards. Students who intend to work towardan advanced degree, but who are required tocomplete prerequisite work, must apply forgraduate status through the appropriatedepartment.• Students may pursue an undergraduate

degree on a special part-time basis.Most students in this category are not oftraditional college age and hold perma-nent employment and/or have familyobligations.

• University employees (with the exceptionof full-time faculty) may pursue a degreeprogram on a part-time basis in compliancewith personnel policies.

• Students who have completed four fullyears at the university, or transferstudents with at least 32 credits atRedlands, may take coursework on apart-time basis to meet graduationrequirements.

Special Status Non-Degree Students1. An individual who wishes to take courses

for enrichment may take no more than 8 credits per semester and must receivepermission from the registrar. With per-mission, students may take courses anynumber of semesters under this category.

A student should provide a transcript ofwork previously completed when seekingpermission from the registrar.

2. Upon recommendation of the academicdean, high school students may takecollege-level work for high school crediton a space-available basis, with theapproval of a high school representativesuch as the principal or a counselor.

3. University employees (including faculty)may, in accordance with personnel poli-cies, undertake part-time studies for thepurpose of personal enrichment.

Guest Student StatusA student may attend the University on afull-time or part-time basis as a degree candi-date from another institution. It is thestudent’s responsibility to ascertain thetransferability of credit back to the originalinstitution. Applicable financial aid shouldbe transferred from the degree-grantinginstitution.

Graduate StandingThere are four classifications of graduatestudents: (1) Regular, (2) Provisional, (3)Limited, and (4) Special. All students work-ing toward a degree must be admitted toeither regular or provisional standing.Regular Graduate Standing is a prerequi-site for acceptance to candidacy for a master’sdegree and is granted by the appropriate deanupon recommendation from the director orchair of the program for which application ismade. The basic requirements for RegularGraduate Standing are as follows:1. bachelor or higher-level degree from an

accredited college or university;2. a minimum undergraduate GPA of at

least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale (Note: Some programs may require ahigher minimum GPA.); and

3. maintenance of a satisfactory academicstanding. (See the paragraph titled,“Graduate Academic Standing” at thebeginning of this section.)

Provisional Graduate Standing may begranted to a student for one of the followingreasons: 1) application for Regular GraduateStanding is incomplete for reasons beyond

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


the applicant’s control (applicants should becautioned that this applies in very fewinstances), or 2) a decision is made by programfaculty to evaluate more of a student’s workbefore recommending Regular GraduateStanding.

Provisional Graduate Standing may begranted for no more than one term for eitherfull-time or part-time students, and registra-tion is limited to a maximum of 12 credits.

Limited Graduate Standing may begranted to a student who is approved as acredential candidate in education or to appli-cants for full-time, non-degree study.However, for those who later seek regulargraduate standing, no more than 6 creditsearned under limited graduate standing maybe applied toward a degree program.

Special Status Graduate Standing isavailable only to students who are takingindividual courses on a part-time basis anddo not intend to become candidates for adegree or credential program. Departmentsset their own criteria for special status grad-uate students. However, for those who laterseek regular graduate standing, no morethan 6 credits earned under Special Gradu-ate Standing may be applied toward a degreeprogram.

Advanced undergraduates who do notqualify for any type of graduate standingmay take graduate courses only with permis-sion of the chair of the program obtained bymeans of a form submitted at the time ofregistration.

CandidacySome programs require students intending tocomplete a master’s degree to file a petition forcandidacy and submit it for review andapproval by the program faculty and appro-priate dean. At least 15 credits must becompleted at the University of Redlands afterthe petition is approved. All remainingrequirements for the degree must becompleted within a period of three to fiveyears—depending on the program. Refer toindividual programs for more details.

CONCURRENT COURSEWORK

College of Arts and SciencesStudents who wish to take work at otherinstitutions either concurrently, duringInterim, or during summer sessions maytransfer only courses with a grade of 2.0 orbetter, subject to approval by the registrar inadvance of the term in which the course istaken. Quality grade points (derived fromnumeric grading) are not awarded for trans-fer work and credits from these courses arenot calculated into the GPA. The total creditfor all work taken concurrently at theUniversity and by correspondence, extension,or at another institution should not exceed 19credits per semester.

For further information, please refer toTransfer Credit in this section of the Catalog.

School of BusinessA matriculated School of Business studentmay take one regular (accelerated) courseplus one elective (non-accelerated) course, orthree non-accelerated courses (one of whichmust be an elective) concurrently if allcourses total no more than thirty hours perweek for undergraduates or thirty-four hoursper week for graduate students. If theselimits are to be exceeded, the student mustobtain approval of his or her academic advi-sor or program director.

Course SyllabiUniversity policy requires that instructorsprovide a syllabus to all students at thebeginning of each course. The syllabus mustinclude course objectives, an outline of thetopics to be covered, a schedule (by date ortopic) of major quizzes and examinations, thedates on which major assignments are due,and a detailed statement of grading explain-ing how test and assignment scores aretranslated into reportable grades. Thesyllabus must also state the minimumrequirements for receiving credit in thecourse. (See Credit/No Credit GradingOption.)

Academic Standards


CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

UndergraduateAny degree-seeking student in good stand-ing may challenge courses by examination.Departments may specify certain courses asinappropriate for credit by examination butmust permit full-time students in good stand-ing to challenge any course not specified asunavailable for challenge. In challenging acourse, the student must be prepared todemonstrate appropriate knowledge of thematerial covered without any guidance ordirection by a faculty member. The appropri-ate knowledge should not be less than a 2.0level of competency (more stringent require-ments may be set by individual instructors).Courses previously taken or audited may notbe challenged. No credit is given when thepurpose of an examination is to determinethe proper level at which students shouldbegin their studies, e.g., in art, music, foreignlanguage, or mathematics.

Upon payment of a processing fee, studentswho satisfy a course by challenge will receivethe approved credit on their academic recordand a mark of C.E. Grades and grade pointswill not be given. No entry of any type will bemade on the academic record if the exami-nation is failed. See the Tuition and Feessection of this Catalog.

For all undergraduates, a maximum of16 credits from such successful challengesmay be applied toward the baccalaureatedegree. A challenge to a major program coursemust be completed at least six weeks beforethe particular course is to begin. Studentsshould contact the appropriate departmentchair for information on this option.

GraduateA graduate student in good standing mayobtain up to 3 course credits by specialexamination in courses offered by the Univer-sity of Redlands. Application for credit byexamination must be made in advance to theappropriate dean. That approval, along withthat of the department concerned and areceipt from the Business office indicatingpayment of a special fee, are necessary beforethe examination may be taken.

CREDIT OBSOLESCENCE

GraduateNo course that has been completed morethan six years before the date of graduationwill be counted toward a University ofRedlands master’s degree.

DISMISSAL

School of Business

Administrative Dismissal for Non-Attendance.Should a student drop or be dropped fromtwo courses in sequence, or three courseswithin a twelve month period of matricula-tion, the student will automatically beadministratively withdrawn from theprogram. The amount of the student’s finan-cial obligation for tuition and fees is deter-mined by taking the last date the studentattended class.

School of Business and School of Education

Administrative Dismissal for Financial Obligation. Students who fail to meet their financialobligations will be dismissed and will beaccountable for tuition and fees accruedthrough the dismissal date (see RefundSchedule). Students dismissed for anyreason must stop attending class as they areno longer registered.

EXAMINATIONS

College of Arts and SciencesFaculty members may administer quizzesand tests during the semester at their discretion but are expected to announcemajor examinations (those that exceed onehour in length) no less than one week inadvance.

Final examinations must be held accord-ing to the examination schedule of the Acad-emic Affairs office. University regulationsrequire a final examination or major inte-grative work for every course.

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


Students usually will not be permitted tomake up missed final examinations.However, if absence from any announcedhour examination or final examination isrequired because of an emergency (such aspersonal or family illness), the examinationmay be made up if the instructor is providedwith written verification of the emergencyfrom a physician, parent, or guardian.

Students who are absent from quizzes orexaminations because of intercollegiateathletics, field trips, tours, or the like will bepermitted to make up the quiz or examina-tion only if they obtain approval in advancefrom the instructor of the class involved.Coaches and faculty members planning fieldtrips are expected to inform their students ofsuch events well in advance. Students arethen responsible for making suitablearrangements—in advance—with faculty ofany courses from which they will be absent.

School of Business and School of EducationFaculty members may administer quizzesand examinations during a course but areexpected to notify students of quizzes andexaminations in the course syllabus.Students will not usually be permitted tomake up missed final examinations; however,if absence from any announced examinationis required because of an emergency(personal or work related), the examinationmay be made up if the instructor is providedwith written verification of the emergency.

GRADING SYSTEM3.7–4.0 A Outstanding. The student

displayed exceptional grasp ofthe material, frequently withevidence of intellectual insightand original thought.

2.7–3.3 B Excellent. Work demonstrateda thorough grasp of the mater-ial with occasional errors andomissions. Assignments werethoroughly and completely done,with careful attention to detailand clarity and with evidenceof intellectual insight.

1.7–2.3 C Acceptable. The quality ofwork was acceptable, meetingminimal course standards butwas not exceptional. Perfor-mance on examinations andother assignments was satis-factory and demonstrated thatthe student was keeping upwith the material and attend-ing to detail.

0.7–1.3 D Poor. The quality of work wasnot always satisfactory butoverall was passing. Assignedwork was not always done or,when done, was inadequate.Performance on examinationsand other work was generallyweak with regard to under-standing of subject, properformulation of ideas, and thor-oughness.

0.0 F Failing. A grade of “F” indi-cates that the student failedthe course. The quality and/orquantity of work was not ofcollege level. A failing grademay be assigned for a varietyof reasons such as failure tocomplete course requirementsas outlined in the syllabus,inability to comprehend coursematerial or ineptitude in deal-ing with it, consistently unsat-isfactory performance onexaminations and/or assign-ments, or excessive absences.

CR Grade of 2.0 or better in CN course(Undergraduate only)

CR Grade of 2.7 or better in CN course(Graduate only)

NC Grade below 2.0 in CN course (Undergraduate only)

NC Grade below 2.7 in CN course(Graduate only)

I Incomplete AU Audit CE Credit by Examination W Withdraw EV Evaluation included in academic

record VZ Evaluation satisfactory, not yet in file

Academic Standards


VI Incomplete Evaluation VF Failure to complete terms of

evaluation contract Z No grade submitted by instructor

(a temporary grade)

Numeric Grade Option (NU). It is assumedthat all courses are taken for a numeric grade.Arts and Sciences students may choose analternate grading option (Credit/No Credit orEvaluation), if it is available and if they do soby the deadline published in the AcademicCalendar. Courses in the major and thosetaken to fulfill Liberal Arts Foundationrequirements must be taken for a numericgrade, except in those instances where thecourse is offered on a CN basis only or whenthe instructor has agreed to provide a narra-tive evaluation. School of Business studentsmay choose an alternate grading option, if itis available, only for independent studies thatdo not fulfill degree program requirements.The alternate grading option must bedeclared at the time of registration.

Evaluation Option (EV). A student mayreceive, by agreement with the professor, awritten evaluation of work in any course. Theevaluation becomes part of the student’spermanent academic record.

Credit/No Credit Grading Option (CN).Grades of CR (Credit) and NC (No Credit) donot enter into the computation of a student’sgrade point average (GPA). University policyrequires that the quality of work must beequivalent to a grade of 2.0 or better for anundergraduate and 2.7 or better for a gradu-ate student to receive “Credit.” More strin-gent requirements may be set by individualinstructors. Arts and Sciences students mayelect to take only one course of up to 6 cred-its for Credit/No Credit in any one semester.Catalog courses offered on a CN only basisare not included in this total.

Incomplete Grades (I). An instructor maysubmit a grade of Incomplete (I) whencoursework is of acceptable quality but hasnot been finished because of illness or someother extraordinary circumstance. It is not

given for poor or neglected work. If no alter-nate grade is provided on the original gradesheet, a grade of 0.0 or NC, as appropriate,is recorded automatically on the incompletedeadline date. Arts and Sciences studentsshould refer to the academic calendar for thedeadline. For School of Business and Schoolof Education students, the deadline is the endof the eighth week following completion ofthe course. Arts and Sciences students cross-registered in School of Business or School ofEducation courses must meet the School ofBusiness and School of Education deadline.School of Business and School of Educationstudents cross-registered in Arts andSciences courses must meet the Arts andSciences deadline.

Repeating Courses A student may repeat any course but onlythe grade and credits earned the second, orlatest, time are counted toward graduationand in the cumulative and semester GPAs.Notation of the first or earlier attemptsremains on the academic record. Coursesmay be repeated only for the same gradingoption as when the course was initiallytaken. Students must inform the Registrar’soffice when they repeat a course. Repeatingcourses outside of the University ofRedlands does not remove transcript nota-tions of courses previously taken at theUniversity of Redlands.

INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY—COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCESThe College of Arts & Sciences offers a vari-ety of means by which students may workindividually with faculty. Such individualizedstudy provides students with the option ofdesigning their own courses and workingwith faculty on a one-to-one basis. Theselearning experiences may be disciplinary,interdisciplinary, or from areas outside thecurrent curriculum. Students may takeadvantage of directed study, internship, orhonors research.

The following provisions apply to all indi-vidualized study:1. Appropriate forms for each type of indi-

vidualized study must be completed by

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


the student and faculty/InternshipProgram sponsor and approved by theregistrar by the close of registration forthe term in which the work is to be done.Students may petition the AcademicReview Board for later registration onlyif prior planning was not possible—e.g., if the individual is a new student orif a class in which a student enrolled wassubsequently canceled.

2. No course offered in the regular curricu-lum may be taken as individualizedstudy during the regular academic year.

3. Each student will write a final reflectivepaper, and each campus sponsor willwrite and file a narrative evaluationwith the student’s record.

4. Only one form of individualized study(170, 270, 370, 470, 180, 280, 380, 480,499) may be taken in any given semester.

5. Up to 4 credits of individualized studymay be taken during a given term andup to a total of 12 credits may be countedtoward the 132 earned hours of academiccredit required for graduation. Up to 8credits of any one type of individualizedstudy may be taken.

Directed Study

Directed Study 170, 270, 370, 470(department alpha): This provides studentsthe opportunity to gain experience withlearning on a one-to-one basis. Prerequisite:for 370 and 470, previous coursework orexperience in the field to be studied. 2–4 cred-its. CN grading only. Written evaluation.

Departmental InternshipsAcademic internships enable students to gainwork experience in the career field of theirchoice at either the exploratory or moreadvanced level. Specialized internshipsprovide extensive opportunities for advancedstudents in specific fields of study; these areusually taken after other coursework hasbeen completed in the area.Departmental Internships (departmentalpha): 2–4 credits. CN grading only. Writtenevaluation.

Honors ResearchHighly qualified students are eligible to applyfor departmental honors programs duringtheir junior year. Once accepted into aprogram, students begin work on their indi-vidual honors project during the first semes-ter of the senior year. For more information,see the appropriate department chair.Honors Research 499 (department alpha).Available only to students who are approvedhonors candidates, this entails 2 to 4 creditsper semester, but no more than 8 credits totalmay be applied toward the bachelor’s degree.Acceptance of these credits toward require-ments for a major is at the discretion of thedepartment. 2–4 credits. CN grading only.

Independent Study—School of Business and School of EducationIn exceptional cases, independent studyprovides alternatives not available throughregular course offerings or because of sched-uling limitations. Credit for a single course orarea of study ranges from 2 to 4 credits, butno more than 12 credits can be countedtoward the degree.

Independent Study is arranged only underthe following circumstances:1. to investigate topics not offered in the

catalog;2. for catalog courses not currently offered; or3. for catalog courses not available in the

student’s geographical area and notoffered in the region within three monthsof the end of the core program or date ofrequest.

First, students consult with their academicadvisor. Second, the program director mustapprove the independent study and assignand contact the faculty sponsor. Third, thestudent develops an independent studycontract with the assigned faculty sponsor.The completed contract, which specifiescourse requirements (e.g., the number ofmeetings, readings, fieldwork, papers, andexaminations) must be signed by the studentand the faculty sponsoring the study. Fourth,the contract must be approved and signed bythe appropriate program director or depart-ment chair prior to enrollment/registration

Academic Standards


or beginning any work. These four steps mustoccur in the specified order.

Leave of Absence

College of Arts and SciencesStudents who need or desire to take a leaveof absence from the University must submita formal petition to the College of Arts andSciences Office of Admissions indicating thereason for the leave. Leaves are normallygranted for a semester but in no case formore than one calendar year. Leaves may begranted at any time. If the leave occursduring a semester and before the course dropdeadline, students are required to withdrawfrom courses using the regular proceduresestablished by the Registrar’s office.Students taking a leave after the course dropdeadline must petition to withdraw fromcourses through the Academic ReviewBoard. See the Tuition and Fees section ofthis Catalog for financial information andfor the policy on refunds.

During a student’s leave of absence, theUniversity maintains all of his or her officialrecords on an active basis. Students return-ing from a leave of absence of one year orless are not required to be formally readmit-ted. Students will be expected to fulfill thegraduation requirements in effect at the dateof their original matriculation. Students whodo not return from a leave of absence withinone year are withdrawn from the University.To return they must be formally readmitted.

Overloads

College of Arts and Sciences Students who take more than 41 credits peryear, or more than 19 in a semester, will becharged an excess-credit fee. See the Collegeof Arts and Sciences Tuition and Fees sectionof this Catalog.

Prerequisite CoursesFor admission to a course that requires aprerequisite, a student must either havesatisfactorily completed a prerequisite coursewith a grade of 1.7 or higher or must obtainthe consent of the instructor.

Re-enrollment

College of Arts and SciencesStudents who have withdrawn and seekreadmission must submit a readmissionapplication to the Office of Admissions (forundergraduates) or to the appropriateprogram office (for graduate students). Read-mitted students must meet the graduationrequirements in effect at the time of read-mission. A student cannot select graduationrequirements from more than one catalog.

School of BusinessStudents who wish to re-enter a programmust complete the necessary registrationmaterials. Information regarding availablelocations and meeting dates may be obtainedby contacting one’s academic advisor. Studentsseeking readmission to the University afteran absence of more than one year must applyfor readmission and meet the requirementsfor the degree program at the time of read-mission. Upon their acceptance into theprogram, students receive an extension of thedeadline to complete the degree requirementsif their original four-year limit to complete thedegree has expired or will expire before thecore program can reasonably be completed.For undergraduate students, this extensionwill be granted as follows:

Major Program Credits to be Completed Time Extension20 or fewer Two years21 to 30 Three yearsMore than 30 Four years

Students seeking readmission to the Univer-sity in a different degree program fromtheir prior matriculation must meet therequirements of the program in which theyplan to enroll. These students have four yearsfrom the date of the first class meeting of thenew core program to complete their degree.Readmission is not required for students whohave completed their core program courses. Are-enrollment fee (see the School of BusinessTuition and Fees section of this Catalog)must accompany all registrations for re-entering students.

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


Students must re-enroll at the beginning ofa course and will be charged the tuition ratecurrently in effect. Students must notify theiracademic advisor in the Academic Advisingand Assessment Center to re-enroll. Astudent’s account must be current or re-enrollment will be denied.

School of EducationStudents who wish to re-enter a programmust contact the director of the appropriateprogram and complete the necessaryregistration materials. Students seekingreadmission to the University after anabsence of more than one year must meetthe degree program requirements at the timeof readmission.

Registration

College of Arts and SciencesNew students plan their program in consul-tation with their faculty advisors during theorientation periods that precede registrationday and the start of classes. Currentlyenrolled students register for their coursesduring the preceding semester.

Validation of registration takes place atCheck-In on the first day prior to each session.Students who fail to Check-In during thedesignated period must pay a late Check-Infee. (See the College of Arts and SciencesTuition and Fees and College of Arts andSciences Academic Calendars sections of thisCatalog.)

Changes in registration may be made at thebeginning of each session. The relevant datesare listed in the Academic Calendar sectionof this Catalog and in the Schedule of Classes.All courses for which a student is registeredat the end of the add-drop period will appearon the student’s permanent record.

Transfer Credit

College of Arts and SciencesSubject to approval by the registrar, courses(but not grades) taken at other accreditedinstitutions will be accepted for credit. TheUniversity will accept up to 66 credits fromaccredited two-year colleges and 100 credits

from accredited four-year colleges, but thelast 32 credits prior to graduation must becompleted at the University of Redlands. Astudent will not be granted credit for anyprior transferable coursework that is notdeclared at admission or during the firstsemester of attendance. Students alreadyadmitted to Redlands who wish to take workat other institutions either concurrently orduring Interim or summer sessions maytransfer only work with a grade of 2.0 orhigher subject to approval by the registrarin advance of the term in which the courseis taken.

Transfer courses must be approved by thedepartment or program if they are to beapplied to a major or minor. Additional workmay be required at the discretion of thedepartment or program.

Students seeking credit from the Univer-sity of Redlands for courses taken through aRedlands-approved but not regionally-accredited institution can do so only byenrolling for a directed study courseapproved by a Redlands faculty member.Quality grade points (derived from numericgrading) are not awarded for transfer workand credits from these courses are not calcu-lated into the GPA. Students must provideappropriate evidence that they havecompleted the proposed work, as required bythe sponsoring faculty member or depart-ment. Students receiving credit in thismanner will be charged a fee rather thantuition. See the College of Arts and SciencesTuition and Fees section of this Catalog formore details.

Correspondence and extension coursestaken at fully accredited institutions may beaccepted for credit only if approved inadvance by the registrar.

The maximum credit for all work takenconcurrently at the University and by corre-spondence, extension, or at another institu-tion should not exceed a total of 19 creditsper semester.

Advanced Placement and International BaccalaureateThe University of Redlands will grant creditfor Advanced Placement Tests and International

Academic Standards


Baccalaureate courses. For Advanced Place-ment Tests, each department assigning creditestablishes its own requirement for a level ofacceptance and number of credits accepted.The minimum level of acceptance is a three.Please refer to individual departments forfurther details. For International Baccalau-reate higher level courses, the minimum levelof acceptance is a five. Scores of five and sixearn 4 credits and scores of seven earn 8credits.

Many high schools have arrangementswith nearby post-secondary institutions,allowing students to take regular collegecourses while still in high school. The Univer-sity of Redlands will accept credits for trans-ferable courses if the courses are posted forcredits on the transcript of the college wherethe courses were taken. No matter how manycollege credits are earned before graduatingfrom high school, the student must gothrough the application process required ofall entering freshmen.

The maximum amount of credit acceptedthrough Advanced Placement, InternationalBaccalaureate, and college courses taken forhigh school credit is the equivalent of 32semester credits.

School of Business UndergraduateA maximum of 88 semester credits may betransferred from regionally accredited four-year colleges, and a maximum of 66 semestercredits may be transferred from regionallyaccredited two-year institutions. Final deter-mination of acceptability of transfer credit ismade by the registrar. Transfer courses thatapply to the major program are approved bythe registrar. Additional work may berequired at the discretion of the departmentor program. Students already admitted to theUniversity of Redlands who wish to takecourses at other institutions to complete theirdegree may only transfer work completedwith a grade of 2.0 or higher. Registration atthe other institutions must be approved bythe School of Business academic advisor inadvance of enrollment. Quality grade points(derived from numeric grading) are notawarded for transfer work and credits fromthese courses are not calculated into the

GPA. A student will not be granted credit forany prior transferable coursework that is notdeclared at admission or during the firstsemester of attendance.

School of Business and School of Education GraduateSchool of Business or School of Educationgraduate students may transfer a maximumof 6 credits from regionally accredited insti-tutions to waive program requirements.Transfer credit acceptability is determinedduring the admissions process. Programrequirements may be waived only where thecourse content equates with a University ofRedlands course and when obsolescence isnot a factor. No course that has beencompleted more than six years before theanticipated date of graduation shall becounted toward a University of Redlandsgraduate degree.

Definition of a Unitof Academic CreditOne unit of semester credit is awarded forthe amount of work an average studentwould accomplish in a minimum of 40 hours(undergraduate) and 45 hours (graduate),including the hours spent in the laboratoryor classroom.

VeteransVeterans or their dependents may be enti-tled to Veterans Administration educationbenefits as students of the University ofRedlands. Veterans who receive VA educa-tional benefits are responsible for notifyingthe Registrar’s Office of any change in acad-emic program class load, address, or maritalor dependent status. Questions about bene-fits or status should be directed to the veter-ans specialist in the Registrar’s office.

Withdrawal

College of Arts and SciencesA student who desires to withdraw from theUniversity must submit an official notifica-tion to the College of Arts and Sciences Officeof Admissions and complete an exit interviewwith a staff member. If the withdrawal occurs

Academic StandardsA

cademic S

tandards


during a semester and before the course dropdeadline, the student is required to dropcourses using the regular procedures in theRegistrar’s office. Students withdrawing afterthe course drop deadline must petition towithdraw from courses through the AcademicReview Board. If the petition is successful,the courses will remain on the transcriptwith a grade of “W.” If unsuccessful, the gradewill be determined at semester’s end by thefaculty. See the Tuition and Fees section ofthis Catalog for financial information and forthe policy on refunds.

School of Business and School of EducationSchool of Business and School of Educationstudents who find it necessary to withdrawfrom a course or their program must do so inwriting.

In order to drop a course prior to the firstmeeting, the registrar must be notified, inwriting, before the course begins. No record ofthe dropped course appears on the student’stranscript.

In order to drop a course after the coursehas begun but prior to the last meeting ofthe course, the registrar must be notified in

writing. The student is responsible forobtaining refunds of tuition and/or charges,which are calculated according to the tuitionrefund schedule located in the appropriateTuition and Fees section of this Catalog. Thestudent will receive a grade of “W” on his orher transcript.

Should a student miss the first twosessions of a course without notifying theirinstructor, they may be automatically droppedfrom the course without penalty.

If a student is dropped from two courses insequence, or three courses within a twelvemonth period of matriculation, he or she mayautomatically be administratively withdrawnfrom the program. The student should thencontact the program advisor if they wish toreenroll.

In order to withdraw from the program,the student must notify the registrar in writing. The withdrawal is effective the daythe notification is postmarked and is notbased on the number of classes attended. Thestudent is responsible for completing a coursein progress at the time of withdrawal. Acad-emic credit is not given for the partialcompletion of a course.

Academic Standards



Note: the academic calendar for the 2002–2003 will be included in the Catalog supplement tobe published in in the summer of 2002.

2001–2002FALL 2001Wednesday, August 29 First-year students arriveAugust 29 to September 3 New-Student WeekSaturday, September 1 All new students submit course selection cardsSunday, September 2 Continuing students arriveMonday, September 3 Continuing students check-in for Fall 2001Tuesday, September 4 Classes begin, late check-in fee assessedWednesday, September 17 Final day to add classes, Arts and Sciences and Johnston

Individualized Study contractsTuesday, September 25 Final day to submit Johnston regular course contractsOctober 8–9 Fall recessFriday, October 12 Final day to drop classes and change grading optionsOctober 22 to November 15 Advising and registration period for Interim

and Spring 2002 Wednesday, October 31 Final day to record a grade for Spring or

Summer 2001 IncompleteThursday, November 15 Advising and registration period for Interim

and Spring 2001 endsNovember 21–23 Thanksgiving recessFriday, November 30 Deadline for departmental honors awards to be

completed for Fall 2001 and Interim 2002 graduatesMonday, December 10 Last day of classesTuesday, December 11 Study dayDecember 12–16 Final examsMonday, December 17 Winter recess beginsTuesday, December 18 Noon deadline for Fall 2001 grade submission

INTERIM 2002Sunday, January 6 All students return to campusMonday, January 7 Classes beginWednesday, January 9 Final day to add a class, submit Johnston regular course

contract, submit Arts and Sciences and Johnston Individualized Study contract

Thursday, January 10 Final day to drop a class and change grading options Tuesday, January 15 Final day to submit Johnston evaluations for Fall 2001Friday, February 1 Last day of classesSaturday, February 2 Final ExamsSunday, February 3 Interim recess beginsMonday, February 4 12 noon deadline for Interim 2002 grade submission

SPRING 2002Thursday, February 7 All students arrive on campusThursday, February 7 New students register and continuing students

check-in for Spring 2002; New student orientationFriday, February 8 Classes begin; Late check-in fee assessed

College of Arts and Sciences Academic CalendarC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

College of Arts and Sciences Academic Calendar

Tuesday, February 19 Final day to submit Johnston evaluations for Interim 2002

Monday, February 25 Final day to add classes, submit Arts and Sciences and Johnston Individualized Study contracts

Friday, March 1 Final day to submit Johnston regular course contractsFriday, March 1 Continuing students’ deadline for 2002–2003 financial aid

applications (FAFSA and institutional forms) to be sent to processor

Monday, March 18 Final day to drop classes, change grading options, andsubmit Johnston regular course contracts

April 1-5 Spring recessMonday, April 8 Classes resumeTuesday, April 9 Final day to record a grade for Fall 2001 or

Interim 2002 IncompleteApril 15 to May 2 Advising and registration period for Fall 2002

and Interim 2003Wednesday, May 1 Publication deadline for departmental honors awards to

be completed for Spring 2002 graduatesThursday, May 2 Advising and registration period for Fall 2002

and Interim 2003 endsThursday, May 16 Final deadline for departmental honors awards to be

completed for Spring 2002 graduatesThursday, May 16 Last day of classesFriday, May 17 Study dayMay 18–22 Final examsSaturday, May 25 CommencementWednesday, May 29 12 noon deadline for Spring 2002 grade submissionFriday, June 22 Final day to submit Johnston evaluations for Spring 2002



UNDERGRADUATEThe University is committed to providing ahigh-quality, liberal education. It is our beliefthat the best education takes place in a chal-lenging and humanizing environment, onethat fosters intellectual growth and personaldevelopment. We are interested in studentswho possess high levels of motivation, involve-ment, commitment, and accomplishment.

Selection Criteria Candidates who apply to the University ofRedlands will be evaluated individually byadmissions officers or the Faculty ReviewCommittee. The following factors areconsidered:1. Academic record. We are interested in

the student who has performed well in ademanding curriculum. The quality ofacademic achievement (as demonstratedby high school grade point average)during the sophomore through senioryears for first-year students and incollege-level work for transfers is thesingle most important factor in our deci-sion-making process. Preferential consid-eration will be given to first-yearstudents and transfers whose schoolrecords reflect a B average or better inacademic areas.

2. Preparation. We recommend that appli-cants complete at least 16 credits in solidacademic areas during high school,although the cumulative grade pointaverage (GPA) is based on grades tenthrough twelve. No single academicschedule is required, but a college prepara-tory program is required. Specifically, astudent should have taken four years ofEnglish and two or three years each offoreign language, laboratory sciences, andsocial studies. Three years of mathe-matics up to and including Algebra II arealso required.

3. Standardized testing. Either theScholastic Assessment Test (SAT I) of theCollege Entrance Examination Board orthe American College Test (ACT) of theAmerican College Testing Program isrequired for all first-year applicants. SAT

II tests in areas of study are notrequired. Test results should reflect theability necessary to succeed in an acade-mically demanding environment.

4. Application. When considering astudent’s extracurricular activities andpersonal accomplishments, we look forquality and depth rather than quantity—factors that will enrich the campuscommunity and increase the student’ssense of participation. When reading astudent’s essay, we attend both to contentand style.

5. Interview. A personal interview,although not required, is strongly recom-mended.

First-year Student ApplicationProcedure Before a student can be considered for admis-sion, his or her file must include:1. A completed and signed application

with the appropriate application fee($40 for paper application, $30 for internetapplication available at www.redlands.edu).Checks or money orders should be madepayable to the University of Redlands. Ifthe fee poses a financial hardship, it maybe waived. Applicants should ask theircounselors to request a fee waiver.

2. Results of either the SAT I or ACT.Applications and scheduled dates forthese examinations can be obtained atsecondary schools. The SAT code numberfor the University of Redlands is 4848and the ACT code is 0464.

3. An official transcript. Request that anofficial transcript from the high schoolregistrar or counselor be sent directly tothe University of Redlands Office ofAdmissions. Hand delivered transcripts,even if they are in a sealed envelope,cannot be accepted.

4. Two personal recommendations.One should be given to an administrativeofficial (principal, vice principal, dean,director of guidance, or counselor) andthe other to a teacher of an academicsubject at the last school attended. If theapplicant has been out of school for more

College of Arts and Sciences AdmissionsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

College of Arts and Sciences Admissions

than three years, the reference formsmay be written by any two people (exceptrelatives) qualified to provide an evalua-tion of personal qualities and academicabilities.

Transfer Application Procedure Redlands welcomes applications from trans-fer students because of the valuable contri-butions that students from varied educationalbackgrounds and experiences make to theUniversity.

To be considered for admission, a transferapplicant must have graduated from secon-dary school or the equivalent and must havecompleted at least 24 semester credits oftransferable college-level work. Transfersshould have a record showing that at leasthalf of this total coursework has been ingeneral studies. We also recommend that, inthe absence of other strongly supportiveacademic evidence, a student possess a mini-mum GPA of 2.5. If fewer than 24 creditshave been completed, an applicant will bereviewed according to first-year student stan-dards. The University will accept up to 66credits from a community college transferand 100 credits from a four-year collegetransfer, but the last 32 credits prior to grad-uation must be completed at the Universityof Redlands.

An application for admission will be actedupon only after the University has received:1. A completed and signed application

with the appropriate application fee($40 for paper application, $30 for theinternet application available atwww.redlands.edu).

2. Official transcripts of record from thelast high school and each collegeattended. (No portion of a college recordmay be omitted in consideration of eligi-bility for admission.)

3. Two letters of recommendation.4. A personal interview for transfer

applicants, although not required, isrecommended.

Admissions Options and Action

Regular Application for Fall Semester Admission Candidates who apply for admission for theFall semester should carefully study theschedule of deadlines at the end of thissection. Applications may be submitted asearly as the previous September fromstudents applying for the Fall semester of theforthcoming year.

The University of Redlands operates on a“rolling admissions” policy with “phased”deadlines for Fall entrants. Applicants for theFall semester should apply by December 15,February 1, or March 1. Students will receiveadmissions notification approximately onemonth after the given deadline if the appli-cation is complete. Those notified of accep-tance who decide to matriculate must submita $200 admission deposit to guarantee botha place in the class and on-campus housing.The deposit, which will be applied towardtuition and fees, must be submitted prior tothe published deadlines. For the Fall semes-ter, the admission deposit deadline is May 1.Students who are admitted after May 1should submit the admission deposit withintwo weeks of notification.

Realizing that circumstances may arisethat make attendance impossible, theUniversity does provide a refund of $100 if awritten request is received prior to June 15.After that date, no part of the deposit isrefundable. (This refund policy applies onlyto the Fall semester and does not apply tostudents who defer matriculation.)

Spring Semester Admission Spring matriculants must have a completedapplication on file by January 1. The appli-cation will be processed when the file iscomplete on a policy of “rolling admissions.”As most mid-year entrants are transfers,they are advised to request all official tran-scripts well ahead of the one-month deadline.The $200 admission deposit is due two weeksafter admission and financial aid notifica-tion, and prior to registration.



Johnston Center Admission Students applying to the Johnston Center forIntegrative Studies are expected to meet thesame requirements for admission as theregular undergraduate applicant. In addi-tion, students must complete the JohnstonCenter Supplement and have a personal ortelephone interview.

Common Application The University of Redlands is one of morethan 190 select, private colleges that acceptsthe Common Application. Students applyingto more than one participating institution areencouraged to submit the Common Applica-tion, obtained at high school counselingoffices. The Common Application should besubmitted along with the $40 application feeand the University of Redlands CommonApplication Supplement.

Deferred Admission A student may wish to enroll at the Univer-sity later than the semester indicated on theletter of admission. Entrance may bedeferred by notifying the Office of Admissionsin writing. A deferred file will be kept activefor one calendar year. After that time, thecandidate must resubmit a complete read-mission application, available from theAdmissions office.

International Students The University of Redlands welcomes thediversity provided by students from variousnations and cultures. To be considered foradmission, an international student mustsubmit: a completed University of RedlandsApplication or a Common Application and aUniversity of Redlands InternationalStudent Supplement; a US $40 paper appli-cation fee, or a US $30 Internet applicationfee payable in the form of a bank draft in USdollars or by an American Express, Visa,Mastercard or Discover Credit Card; twoletters of recommendation; “Certified TrueCopies” of original secondary school recordsand certificates; an autobiographical essay;and a bank statement or certification ofFinances form. International students whoseprimary language is not English must

submit the results of the Test of English asa Foreign Language (TOEFL). The results ofthe SAT 1 and ACT are not required of inter-national students but may be submitted.Assuming above average or superior acade-mic credentials, unconditional admission willbe offered to students with TOEFL scoresabove 550 (213 for the computer-based test).Applicants with TOEFL scores between500–550 (or 173–210 for the computer-basedtest) may be admitted full-time with thecondition that they take ESL 55 AdvancedEnglish as a Second Language as one oftheir courses during their first semester.Successful completion of Level 109 of ELSLanguage Centers is accepted in lieu ofTOEFL. International students must submitall credentials to the Admissions office byApril 1 for Fall entry and by November 1 forSpring entry.

Guest Students A student who is a degree candidate atanother institution may attend the Univer-sity of Redlands as a guest student on a full-or part-time basis. A simplified admissionprocedure is provided for such students.Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of Special College Programs. It is the gueststudent’s responsibility to check whethercredits taken at Redlands may be transferredto the degree-granting institution. Univer-sity of Redlands scholarship aid is not avail-able to guest students.

Part-time Students Students who are not pursuing a degree maytake up to 8 credits per semester. Degreecandidacy on a part-time basis is limited tostudents of non-traditional college age whohold permanent employment or have familyobligations. The dean of admissions mustapprove such candidacy. No more than 16credits of non-degree, part-time courseworkmay be applied to candidacy.

Readmission Students who have previously attended theUniversity of Redlands or who have beenaccepted within the previous year may seek

College of A

rts & S

ciences



readmission by submitting the University ofRedlands reapplication for admission.

Appeal Procedure Students seeking reassessment of an admis-sion decision can appeal to the FacultyAdmissions Review Committee through theOffice of Admissions. Additional documenta-tion in support of the appeal must beprovided.

Dates and Deadlines

November 1. Application processing beginsfor Spring semester.

December 1. Application processing beginsfor Fall semester.

December 15. Phase I deadline for the Fallsemester. Students who are applying for atalent or merit scholarship should apply bythis date.

January 1. Application deadline for Springsemester.

February 1. Phase II deadline for the Fallsemester. Students seeking “need-based”financial assistance should apply by thisdate.

March 1. Phase II deadline for the Fallsemester. Transfer and late freshman appli-cants should apply by this date to receiveconsideration for on-campus housing andfinancial assistance.

April 1. Deadline for International StudentApplication for the Fall semester (Completed applications are processed within four weeks;deposit due within two weeks of notification.)

May 1. Candidate’s reply date. $200 admis-sion deposit due. International Studentsshould submit the $200 deposit in the form ofa bank draft in US dollars, or with an Amer-ican Express, Visa, Mastercard, or Discovercredit card.

June 15. Deadline for obtaining admissiondeposit refund of $100 for students with-drawing. (Refund policy only applies to theFall semester and does not apply to studentswho defer matriculation.)

GRADUATE PROGRAM ADMISSIONS The College of Arts and Sciences offersmaster’s degrees in communicative disorders,music, and environmental studies. Pleaserefer to the appropriate department sectionsin this Catalog for information.



THE DIRECTOR: Kathy J. Ogren

THE PROGRAMAided by a founding grant from JamesGraham Johnston, in 1969 the University of Redlands established an experimentalcluster college designed to combine high-quality education with minimal formality.The new institution attempted to free theeducational process from the influences ofdepartmentalism, numerical transcripts,traditional faculty status, and fixed gradua-tion requirements.

As a result of administrative reorganiza-tion, in fall 1979 Johnston College becamethe Johnston Center for IndividualizedLearning within the College of Arts andSciences, and in 1995 the name was changedto the Johnston Center for Integrative Stud-ies. It continues to offer an alternative modeof teaching and learning within a liberal artscontext. Johnston draws its faculty from theentire University and invites the participa-tion of all students.

The program is organized on four princi-ples: that self-direction is a motivating forcein learning, that negotiation among thoseinvolved in teaching and learning optimizesstudent ownership of education, that writtenevaluations are a highly effective means ofassessing student performance, and thateducation can be made more effective by inte-grating the living and learning environ-ments. These ideals are made concrete inindividual courses by contract; in the gradu-ation contract/review process; and in the inte-grated administrative, classroom, and livingspace of the Johnston Complex (Bekins andHolt Halls), the home of Johnston Center.

Course and Contract SystemsA Johnston Center course involves the following:1. At the beginning of each course, students

and instructor discuss and negotiate thecourse’s content, goals, and methodology.

2. Each student writes a course contractoutlining the mutual expectations andactivities to be completed. Both thestudent and instructor sign the contract,and it can be changed only by agreement.

The contract forms the basis for thecourse and its evaluation.

3. Students actively participate in allaspects of the academic dialogue—including discussion of reading material,written and oral presentations, andperformance or display of projects.

4. At the end of the course, each studentwrites an evaluation of her or his ownperformance and that of the instructor,as well as the group process and courseorganization. This self-evaluationprovides the basis for a detailed discus-sion that each student has with theinstructor in the final session.

5. The instructor writes an evaluation ofthe student’s work, which appearsverbatim in the student’s official tran-script. A student may obtain a gradetranslation, but only if requested by agraduate or professional school foradmission or by prospective employers.

In addition to identifying specific Johnstoncourses created at the Center, the Schedule ofClasses always notes departmental courses ofparticular interest to Johnston students,courses that are geared to the Johnstoneducational process. Cross-listing a coursemeans that the faculty member welcomesJohnston students for contract negotiationand is willing to write a narrative evalua-tion. Johnston students are encouraged torequest a written evaluation from all theirprofessors, although only faculty who agreeto course contracts are required to provideone.

Graduation ContractsJohnston courses are available to all University of Redlands students on an indi-vidual basis, and all Arts and Sciencesstudents have the option of writing, in theirsecond or third year, an individualized grad-uation contract through Johnston Center, asopposed to pursuing a departmental major.(See “Admission” below.) Such graduationcontracts are written with the help of afaculty advisor and include a narrative autobiographical statement, a list ofcompleted and proposed courses, and a stated

Johnston Center for Integrative StudiesC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Johnston Center for Integrative Studies

area of concentration with either a tradi-tional disciplinary or an interdisciplinaryfocus. Examples of the former are Englishliterature, biology, and psychology, while thelatter includes such possibilities as thehistory of ideas, communications, humanisticpsychology, anthropology and environmentalstudies, and women’s studies.

Each graduation contract entails a uniquecombination of Johnston and departmentalclasses, independent studies, and internshipsreflecting the individuality of the student’spersonal and educational goals. The contractis legitimized through negotiation with andreview by the Graduation Contract Commit-tee. This committee consists of a facultyconvener, the Johnston assistant registrar,students who already have accepted gradua-tion contracts on file, and faculty members.Although there are no fixed graduationrequirements, the committee reviews theproposed contract to see that:

• the contract addresses the objectives ofthe College of Arts and Sciences’ LiberalArts Foundation;

• there is sufficient representative worktaken in each of the broad areas ofhumanities, social sciences, naturalsciences, and fine arts;

• there is sufficient depth in the student’sarea of concentration;

• the area of concentration is one in whichthe University of Redlands can provideappropriate faculty resources;

• the student addresses the relevance ofthis educational experience to his or herpast and future;

• the student has included a provision foran in-depth cross-cultural experience.This expectation can be met by partici-pating in one of the internationalprograms offered by the University or byhaving the student create his or her ownindependent study involving the experi-ence of being a minority in a majorityculture.

Once the committee approves a contract, thestudent is obliged to complete it as stated tobe awarded the baccalaureate degree (B.A.

or B.S.). If a contract must be revised, allchanges are made in the form of a writtenaddendum that must be approved by theGraduation Contract Committee and/or theJohnston Center director. During thestudent’s last semester, a separate, similarlyconstituted body—the Graduation ReviewCommittee—reviews the student’s work and,if the terms of the contract have been met,approves the student for graduation.

Johnston Center is a community ofstudents and faculty who share educationalideals. Most students who intend to write orhave written a graduation contract choose tolive in Bekins or Holt Hall and considerthemselves a cohesive unit. Periodic commu-nity meetings for business of general interestare traditional, and faculty and studentsthrive on interaction and mutual respect.

Courses taught in the Center change fromyear to year and are the product of varyingstudent interests and faculty arrangementswith individual departments. Planning for thecoming year entails meetings of faculty andstudents, at which time proposed classes canbe negotiated. The result is a collection ofcourses that spans the disciplines of theliberal arts in both traditional and non-tradi-tional ways and includes lower- and upper-division offerings involving seminars (six tofifteen students), tutorials (two to fivestudents), and independent studies.

The academic progress of Johnstonstudents is monitored by the director of theCenter. Students who are experiencing acad-emic difficulty are reviewed individually bythe Center director, who makes decisionsregarding academic probation or disqualifi-cation after consultation with a committeecomprising faculty advisors and the Johnstonassistant registrar in the Registrar’s office.Criteria upon which such decisions are madeinclude the quantity of work completed, thequality of work in both graded and evaluatedcourses, and the student’s demonstrated abil-ity to complete a degree program. Appeal ofa decision on academic standing is possiblethrough the Academic Review Board. (Seethe paragraph entitled Undergraduate Acad-emic Standing—Johnston in the AcademicStandards section of this Catalog for details.)


Johnston Center for Integrative Studies

Johnston students must have an approvedgraduation contract on file in the Registrar’soffice no later than the first semester of theirjunior year. Thus, three full semesters andtwo Interims are open for planning and inno-vation. The student’s transcript will consist ofan official University cover sheet listing allcourses by semester and including grades forthose courses taken for grade, a précis writ-ten by the advisor, the student’s graduationcontract (both the narrative and the courselistings), and narrative evaluations. Johnstonstudents have no special difficulty in gainingadmittance to graduate or professionalschools or employment as a result of thisnarrative transcript format.

Johnston students are eligible to apply fordepartmental honors only. A student mustcomplete an honors project or a capstoneexperience in accordance with establisheddepartmental standards and procedures.Johnston students may apply for interdisci-plinary program honors (Proudian, AsianStudies, etc.). They also may be considered forelection to Phi Beta Kappa. Because theLatin honors (cum laude, etc.) are dependentupon cumulative GPAs, Johnston studentsare not eligible to apply for a program lead-ing to Latin honors.

AdmissionFirst-year student applicants who are inter-ested in this program should fill out theJohnston Center Supplement as well as theregular University application form. Contin-uing students who are interested in writinga graduation contract rather than pursuing adepartmental major should contact the direc-tor of Johnston Center before the end of theirfourth semester.

For working adults, Johnston’s individu-alized graduation contract plan has provenuseful for those who have completed somework toward their bachelor’s degree andwould like to finish it on a part- or full-timebasis. Such students are often able tocombine coursework done at other institu-tions with classes in Johnston Center andother departments to create a graduationplan compatible with their personal andprofessional goals. Working adults with

appropriate experience may be eligible toinclude in their graduation contracts recog-nition of prior learning that occurred outsidetraditional academic settings. Such experi-ential learning is assessed by the Universityof Redlands faculty and is then examined forincorporation into the graduation plan bythe Graduation Contract Committee. Infor-mation regarding the procedure for assess-ment is available from the director ofJohnston Center. C

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


UNDERGRADUATEStudents at the University of Redlandsquickly discover that learning is a full-timeexperience for all members of the Universitycommunity. Opportunities outside the class-room are a major part of the quality of lifeon campus.

All students are encouraged to participatein residence hall governance, service learn-ing, special-interest organizations, intra-mural activities, and planning andcoordination of campus-wide events.

A full life outside the classroom offersimportant lessons in creativity, moralconsciousness, responsible action, service,and leadership. In addition, students refinecareer goals and develop skills usable inthe workplace.

Student Governance (ASUR)Upon enrolling at the University, eachstudent automatically becomes a member ofan active system of student governance, theAssociated Students of the University ofRedlands (ASUR). Overall responsibility forASUR rests with its president, elected to aone-year term each spring. The presidentappoints a cabinet to assist in the manage-ment of media affairs, multicultural aware-ness, the Convocation Lecture Series, peereducation, social affairs, and clubs and orga-nizations. In addition, there is an ASURstudent senate comprising thirteen electedmembers. Senators represent the studentbody on University-wide committees andwork with the president to approve thebudget.

A substantial budget enables ASUR to fundvarious social events such as concerts, filmfestivals, clubs, educational symposia, and all-school parties. In addition, the student news-paper, yearbook, and Convocation LectureSeries are funded through this budget.

ConvocationsRedlands enjoys a significant reputation forits Convocation Series, which brings majorspeakers to campus. Additional speakers arebrought by student groups and academicdepartments. Recent guests have includedsuch notables as Robert F. Kennedy Jr.;

Coretta Scott King, former New York Gover-nor, Mario Cuomo; former Secretary of StateWarren Christopher; Maya Angelou; DannyGlover, Director of the Southern Poverty LawCenter, Morris Dees; Director of the Smith-sonian Native American Museum, RichardWest; and NBA legend Magic Johnson.

Redlands is one of the West Coast univer-sities affiliated with the Woodrow WilsonFellowship Program, which brings a leader inbusiness, industry, government, education, orthe arts to the campus for a one-week resi-dency each year.

The Convocation Series is completelymanaged by students. All speakers areselected and hosted by the ConvocationLecture Series committee.

The Fine and Performing ArtsEach year the Redlands Symphony Associa-tion, in cooperation with the University ofRedlands School of Music, presents a fullseason of concerts featuring the RedlandsSymphony Orchestra. Student tickets forthese concerts are available for five dollars.

The University Choir, closely linked tocampus religious life, presents the annualChristmas festival, “The Feast of Lights.”Music majors use their talents to perform ina variety of events including recitals, jazz,symphonic, and orchestral concerts both onand off campus.

Music and theatre are closely associated atRedlands. The School of Music and theTheatre Department each present majorofferings each semester and host guest artistsand musical master classes outside dramaproductions. Students are encouraged toparticipate in all phases of this program.

Peppers Art Gallery exhibits originalworks by visiting artists, students, andfaculty and represents a wide range of mediaand styles.

ForensicsThe University of Redlands has one of theoldest and most successful debate programsin the nation. In 1991, the debate teamclaimed the national championship for thethird time in the history of the University.Students may compete in both NDT and


Student Life

CEDA debate as well as individual events.Annually, Redlands is represented by one ormore teams at tournaments held at institu-tions such as Harvard, Wake Forest, andBaylor. Competition is available for begin-ners as well as seasoned debaters with highschool experience.

DiversityThe University of Redlands strives to be adynamic community that promotes learningfor students in a supportive and challengingenvironment. Diversity is crucial to the acad-emic excellence of our campus. To fulfill ourinstitutional mission in a state as diverse andmulti-ethnic as California, the University ofRedlands must be a campus where students,staff, and faculty from many different back-grounds and life experiences interact andlearn from each other. This commitment tofree inquiry and the personal developmentof our students enables us to engage, respect,and to cherish a diversity of ideas and intel-lectual perspectives, cultural differences, andindividual backgrounds. Diversity and educa-tional excellence are mutually beneficial.

The University is proud to note that thirty-seven percent of our student population inthe College of Arts and Sciences comes fromunderrepresented populations. At the sametime, we acknowledge that we must continueour efforts to attract an increasingly diversestudent body and to make this University aplace where every student can feel at home.

Various programs, activities, and organi-zations have been developed to promote,encourage, and celebrate diversity on campusand in the surrounding community. One suchactivity is the Multicultural Festival, heldeach spring. The student-run InterculturalAwareness Programming Board (ICAP) spon-sors this event. Other multicultural eventsinclude the annual Martin Luther King Cele-bration, the Cinco de Mayo and 16th ofSeptember celebrations, the Asian PacificNew Year Celebration, Black History Month,Women’s History Month, and the AnnualStudents of Color Graduation Ceremony(Tyehimba Celebration).

Other options for students include partici-pation in multicultural/multi-ethnic clubs

and organizations on campus that hosteducational programs, cultural events, polit-ical workshops, social gatherings, businessseminars, guest speakers, and renownedpolitical leaders. Two organizations, Rangi YaGiza, a Swahili term meaning a darker shade(a brotherhood of men also known as RYG),and Wadda Wa Rangi Wengi (also known asthe Sisterhood of Many Shades and WRW),emphasize the development of culturalconnections within a living community anddedicate countless hours of communityservice. They seek to unify cultural groups oncampus and to provide surrogate families formen and women of color. Both groups areactively involved in many campus activitiesand assist in many community-directedprograms promoting issues of diversity andcultural pluralism.

The African American Association (AAA),Asian Pacific-Islander Student Association(APSA), Hawaii Club, Latina Network,Movimiento Estudiantil Chicano de Aztlan(MEChA), and Hillel sponsor social andcultural events and provide a forum forstudents to meet for social, cultural, political,religious, and educational purposes.

The Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, StraightUnion (GLBSU) promotes and supportsawareness and concern for the issues of gay,lesbian, and bisexual students. It hostsforums and programs, including Coming OutDay. GLBSU members also provide theUniversity community with informationalworkshops and literature on homophobia.

The newly established MulticulturalCenter, which houses the office of the direc-tor of Multicultural Affairs, supports theabove-mentioned activities, programs, andevents, and works closely with studentgroups and organizations in an effort topromote and enhance diversity in all facets ofcampus life. One of the main purposes of theMulticultural Center is to serve as a catalystto the campus community on matters relatedto diversity, multicultural programming, andcultural pluralism. A secondary goal is tostrengthen the links between the Universityand minority communities in the surround-ing Inland Empire area.

Student LifeC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


International StudentsStudents from more than twenty-five coun-tries add an important dimension to campuslife. International student events throughoutthe year, culminating in an InternationalDinner for the campus, provide opportunitiesto interact with students from many cultures.

The international student advisor, whoseoffice is in Student Services, provides orienta-tion and advising for international studentsin areas of cross-cultural adjustment, visaregulations, and problem-solving within thecontext of the University.

Student ServicesStudent Services provides many services andprograms designed to enrich the collegiateexperience, to prepare students for careers,and to empower students to gain control oftheir academic, professional, and personaldevelopment. Located on the ground floor ofthe Armacost Library, Students Serviceshouses the offices of the Assistant Dean ofStudent Life, Academic Support Services,Career Development, International StudentAdvising, Personal Counseling, and StudentEmployment.

Academic Support Services offers assis-tance in developing and strengthening skillsessential for academic success. SSRV 154Learning Skills, a 2-credit course offered eachsemester, addresses time management, effec-tive study habits, and academic and careerplanning. Peer tutors are available at nocharge in all academic subjects. Writingtutors are available in the Tutoring Center,to assist students with organizing and writ-ing papers. Students with physical, mental,or learning disabilities coordinate theirrequests for accommodations through thedirector of Academic Support Services.

The Office of Career Developmentprovides guidance to students throughouttheir four years of college. Students can takeadvantage of career exploration resourcesthat include a career resource library, alumnicareer network, employment listings, job fair,individual career advising, internship place-ments, mock interview services, on-campusrecruiting, personality and interest assess-ments, placement file services, resume

critiques, and career-oriented workshops.Graduate and professional school informa-tion housed in Career Development includesapplications for standardized examinations,graduate school catalogs, and Peterson’sguides. SSRV 150 Real World 101 is a 3-credit course offered every Interim, whichcouples career decisions with practical infor-mation necessary for life after college.

Work-Study Employment opportunities,both on and off campus, are availablethrough Student Services. Those studentswho have work awards as part of their finan-cial aid package are referred to jobs by thedirector of student employment. StudentServices also solicits and posts part-time jobopportunities in the community available toall Redlands students, whether or not thestudent has a work award. While most ofthese jobs require transportation, some arewithin walking or biking distance.

The Office of Personal Counselingoffers a staff of professional, licensed thera-pists. Free, confidential psychological coun-seling is available to individuals, couples, andgroups. Referrals for psychiatric care, orother community resources, are also avail-able. Counseling can help students tomanage stress, anger, or hurt, and can signif-icantly improve academic performance.

Religious ActivitiesThe Office of the Chaplain coordinates religious programs and activities. Weeklyservices draw on the talents of the campuscommunity, including performances by theChapel Singers in both traditional andcontemporary forms. Worship leadership isprovided by faculty, students, and administra-tors. The Office of the Chaplain also supportsa variety of student religious groups andministries. The University recognizes thepluralistic character of its community and,accordingly, sponsors programs and lectureshonoring the contributions made by variousreligious and philosophical traditions. Thus,while conscious of its historical relationshipto the Christian faith, the religious outlook ofthe University is ecumenical.

The Jewish Student Union, also known asHillel, provides a forum where Jewish

Student Life


students meet for social, cultural, religious,and educational purposes. Their organizationsponsors Sabbath dinners, bagel brunches,and an annual Passover Seder. Often rabbisand rabbinical students visit with Hillelmembers to discuss topics such as Jewishfolklore, humor, and views on the afterlife.As an international organization, Hillel alsoparticipates in a number of activities withother schools and attends regional andnational conferences.

RESIDENCE HALLSAND FOOD SERVICE

UndergraduateResidence hall life has the potential to chal-lenge and educate students as they connecttheir learning experiences to their living real-ities. A variety of living options, coupled withfriendly, energetic residence hall staff,provide a significant community experience.

Approximately eighty percent of Redlandsstudents live in on-campus residence halls orimmediately adjacent houses and apart-ments. These facilities vary in size and aredesigned to accommodate many lifestyles.Living arrangements include both coed andsingle-sex halls. In co-ed halls, alternativesrange from women housed in one wing andmen in a separate wing while sharing a jointlounge, and recreational and television facil-ities; to men and women residing on differentfloors of the same building; to suites of allmales and all females on the same floor.

Members of the Residence Life staff act aseducational managers of the halls and areinvolved in all aspects of community living,including conflict resolution, conduct,management, community building, resourc-ing, programming, and administration. Eachresidence hall is managed by a professionalstaff member and trained undergraduateresident advisors.

Most residence hall rooms are designed fortwo people and are fully furnished.A limited number of single rooms is avail-able—often only to upper-classmen or thosewith a medical need. Each hall is equippedwith laundry and kitchen facilities, study

rooms, storage rooms, vending machines, andlounge/recreation areas.

There are halls that emphasize specialthemes such as the Johnston Center Halls(Bekins and Holt), Quiet Hall (Melrose), andspecial halls for first-year and transferstudents. All halls are smoke-free and someare substance-free.

Meals for students are served in a variety ofsettings on campus: the Irvine Commons, thePlaza Cafe, and the University Club. Each hasits unique ambiance and offers an assortmentof foods. Menus are planned to emphasizenutrition, quality, and variety. The Universitydining hours are planned to meet students’needs. Generally, food service is available from7:00 a.m. until midnight daily, and from 8:00a.m. until 11 p.m. on weekends. Bon AppetitManagement Company is responsible forcampus food services.

Most residence halls and dining rooms areclosed during vacations and semester breaks.However, the University recognizes thatsome students who come from distant localesmay need to stay on campus during theseperiods, so it provides space in Cal-FoundersHall free of charge for those who live morethan 500 miles away from Redlands. A smallfee is charged to other students who wish tostay on campus during breaks. All studentswho desire vacation housing must make areservation. Food is arranged by thoseremaining on campus.

GraduateLimited on-campus housing is available forgraduate students in all disciplines. TheUniversity Village Apartments, located oncampus, has twenty-four units available.Assignments are made in the following orderof priority: married students with children,single-parent students, married studentswithout children, special-circumstancestudents (regardless of marital status), singlegraduate students, and single undergradu-ates. Graduate students may also apply tolive in University residence halls if theydesire; in this case, priority is given to under-graduates.

Student LifeC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


Application for housing can be made uponacceptance into one’s program and paymentof the required admission deposit.

Graduate students approved for campushousing are subject to the same Universityhousing policies, regulations, and charges asundergraduates. Charges will be assessed atthe current room and board rates, or asapplicable.

RESIDENCE REGULATIONS AND POLICIESThe Labyrinth, a student handbook contain-ing the specific regulations governing studentconduct, is available to each student at thebeginning of the academic year. Detailedinformation on administrative policies andprocedures in non-academic areas ispresented in the Labyrinth and in other offi-cial University publications.

FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIESApproximately seventeen percent ofRedlands student body belongs to one of sixlocal social fraternities and five local socialsororities. In addition to internal activitiessuch as pledging, rush parties, and serviceprojects, Greek organizations provide a vari-ety of campus-wide formal and informalsocial events. These organizations are alsoinstrumental in promoting community andalumni interaction. All Greek organizationsare required to operate under guidelines setforth by the Student Leadership and Involve-ment Center and are reviewed each year.They are governed by an Inter-FraternityCouncil and Panhellenic Council.

Rush activities each semester allowprospective members to learn the distinctivepersonality of each Greek organization.Students are not allowed to rush until theirsophomore year.

HEALTH CENTERThe Health Center maintains regular hoursand is equipped to treat minor illness orinjury. Each weekday, the center is staffedfull time by an RN and part time by addi-tional nurses and physicians. In cases of seri-ous illness or emergency when a studentcannot be adequately cared for on campus,

appropriate referrals will me made tomedical facilities specialists as needed. TheUniversity, however, assumes no responsibil-ity for any expenses incurred.

The University of Redlands Student Insur-ance Plan is optional and/or secondary if youare fully covered by your own insurance. Ithelps with the expense of illness or injurynot entirely covered by the student’s primaryinsurance. The health insurance program isavailable at a nominal cost and is required offull-time undergraduates who do not carryother insurance. International students arerequired to carry a policy designed to meettheir needs.

COMMUNITY SERVICE LEARNINGThe Office of Community Service Learning,established in 1991, places interns, work-study students, volunteers, and service learn-ing students in hundreds of agenciesthroughout Redlands and other locations inthe United States and abroad. DuringInterim, an ideal time for focused study,between 250 to 350 students embark on aone-month service experience in places as faraway as India and as close as the RedlandsSmiley Library. Throughout the year,students contribute sixty-thousand servicehours at a variety of local not-for-profit agen-cies where excellent learning opportunitiesare created. These experiences not only fulfilla graduation requirement but reaffirm theUniversity’s belief that each individual doesmake a difference.

STUDENT LEADERSHIP ANDINVOLVEMENT CENTEREducating the complete person through lead-ership development programs is a goal of theStudent Leadership and Involvement Center.This is accomplished by hosting a series ofretreats, workshops, and classes; and byenabling students to attend conferences.Each year students have the opportunity toparticipate in the first-year retreat; TrainingRadical and Involved New Students(TRAIN); Outdoor Leadership Skills; LeadersEmerging and Developing (LEAD); theAdvanced Leadership Skills Retreat; and theSenior In Service. These programs allow

Student Life


students to take what they learn in the class-room and apply it to real-life situations.Learning by doing is the backbone of theleadership and opportunities program atRedlands.

ATHLETIC ACTIVITIESStudents can participate in a variety ofathletic activities on campus. The Universityfields twenty intercollegiate men’s andwomen’s athletic teams, offers physicaleducation courses, and sponsors a wide rangeof intramural activities. For more informa-tion, refer to the Physical Education andAthletics section of this Catalog.

Student LifeC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences



GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONSThe University encourages all students toplan for, and participate in, a significantinternational study experience.

Academic performance in any approvedoff-campus program is recorded on thestudent’s transcript and grades earned arecomputed in the student’s U of R grade pointaverage. Credit earned in these programs isapplied toward graduation when the Officeof the Registrar receives evidence that stud-ies have been completed with a grade of 1.7or above.

Departments determine the applicabilityof off-campus coursework toward the major,and the registrar determines acceptability ofcoursework toward fulfillment of Liberal ArtsFoundation requirements.

Once matriculated at the University ofRedlands, a student can apply academiccredit earned abroad toward the Universityof Redlands degree only if the student hasreceived prior approval for his or her off-campus program from the dean of SpecialCollege Programs. Students wishing to studyoff campus must complete an application forthat program no later than November 1 ofthe preceding year. Applications are obtainedfrom and returned to the Office of SpecialCollege Programs. It is the student’s respon-sibility to make certain that his or herparticipation in the program of off-campusstudy is fully compliant with the applicationand review calendar for study abroad, as wellas all University rules and regulationsregarding off-campus study.

University students are eligible for up totwo semesters of off-campus study. To qualifyfor participation in an off-campus program astudent typically must be a junior or senior;carry a 3.00 GPA, both as an applicant and atthe time the proposed study is to commence;and must demonstrate proper personal andacademic preparation for the program. Anystudent accepted for a full-year program whofails to maintain good academic standingduring the first term abroad may haveUniversity permission to participate in thesecond term rescinded.

All approved programs of off-campus studyare offered to Redlands students at thecurrent cost of room, board, tuition, and feesat the University of Redlands. The Univer-sity, in turn, underwrites the direct andrequired program expenses of tuition, room,and board. Elective program choices (e.g. fieldtrips, overloads, etc.) are the direct personalresponsibility of the student. During the firstterm off campus, students retain all financialaid except work-study. Redlands financial aidmay not be exported for a second term.

International ProgramsPotential applicants should consider carefullyhow a semester or year abroad would comple-ment their general education, majors, orcareer plans. Applicants should also recognizethe impossibility of taking full advantage ofstudy abroad without adequate preparation.Candidates will be carefully evaluated on thebasis of grades, language competency, andacademic preparation, as demonstrated byspecific courses in the proposed field of studyand general coursework.

Typically, 12 credits of coursework in thehistory, literature, and culture of the proposedstudy site are considered minimal prepara-tion for study abroad. Language programsusually require a minimum of two years ofcollege-level language training.

As part of preparation for a semesterabroad, students are responsible for arrang-ing and paying for their own transportationto and from the study center. Programs thatinclude transportation to the study site aspart of the comprehensive program fee willbe advised to bill the student directly forthese charges. Both travel and academicplans must be approved by the dean ofSpecial College Programs prior to departure.

The University is constantly evaluatingand changing its off-campus program profile.Students are advised to seek the mostcurrent information from the Special CollegePrograms office.

Each year, some Redlands students deter-mine that programs of study not included onthis list are persuasively linked to their careeror academic plans. In such cases, the studentmust propose and receive individual approval

Off-Campus Study

Off-Campus Study

from his or her major department advisor andthe dean of Special College Programs. Suchapproval is conducted under the traditionalcalendar guidelines noted below.

The guidelines for off-campus study notedhere are accurate but not complete. Toreceive the complete off-campus study guide-lines and policies, contact the Special CollegePrograms office.

CalendarStudents anticipating off-campus studymust make a preliminary application nolater than November 1 and complete allprogram application materials by December 1of the preceding year. Approvals willnormally be provided at the conclusion of theInterim semester.

Salzburg SemesterDirector: Dr. James M. Fougerousse

Redlands has sponsored a one-semesterstudy program in Salzburg, Austria, since1960. The program is available to under-graduates regardless of major, with prefer-ence given to class and academic standingand to those students who have shownevidence of preparing themselves academi-cally and personally for this group travel-study program.

Students may elect either the generalHumanities or the Music track. Both tracksshare the following 4-credit core courses:• GERM 101s, 102s, 201s, 202s, or 301s• IDS 240s Classical Themes in Contempo-

rary Europe• IDS 250s The Sites and Sounds of

Salzburg: An Interdisciplinary Windowon European Culture

The fourth course for music students will beapplied music, and all other students willtake IDS 270s Directed Study Project.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (IDS)

240S Classical Themes in ContemporaryEurope. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Designed to enhance students’ perspectiveson European intellectual history and culture.Students will read works of drama, poetry,

and short fiction by European authors fromancient Greece to Twentieth-CenturyAustria. Themes that trace the traditions ofWestern culture are explored and discussed.EV and NU only.

250S The Sites and Sounds of Salzburg: An Interdisciplinary Window on EuropeanCulture. Fall (4), Spring (4).An interdisciplinary examination of selectedthemes that cut across European art, archi-tecture, music, and literature. Blends fieldand museum study in and around Salzburgwith organized trips to selected Europeancities. Contemporary European literature,reference texts, and selected essays will bestudied to provide contextual reference forsite visits. EV and NU only.

270S Directed Study Project. Fall (4), Spring (4).The Directed Study Project offers each non-music student an opportunity to undertake afield research project of his or her own designas part of the Salzburg Semester. Studentspropose a project as part of the applicationprocess, and conduct initial library researchin the semester prior to departure. Duringthe semester in Salzburg, projects provide aspecial opportunity to encounter people,places, events, and institutions whileconducting the research project. Students areencouraged to develop projects that willmake their experience in Austria as person-ally meaningful as possible, whether thisinvolves a project that ties into their major(with departmental approval) or offers anopportunity to explore a topic that is simplyof personal interest. EV only.

For more information on Salzburg Germancourses, please refer to the College of Artsand Sciences German section of this Catalog.

Students in the Music track will augmentthe above with four units of applied music,while students in the Humanities track willadd to the above a four-credit Directed Stud-ies Project (IDS 270s) initially designed witha faculty member on campus, but conductedand completed in Salzburg.

The Salzburg Semester offers a unifiedcore of courses designed to build from each

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Off-Campus Study

other while seeking to take advantage of therichness of the Salzburg environment.Extended field excursions to major Europeancities such as Rome and Florence are a signif-icant part of the program.

The comprehensive fee for the Salzburgprogram is set at the cost of room, board,tuition, ASUR fee, and insurance on campus.As with other off-campus study programs,students are responsible for their trans-portation to and from the study site.

Guest StudentsThe University of Redlands welcomes wellqualified guest students to this programeach semester from other colleges across thecountry.

Beyond the Salzburg SemesterIt is up to the Redlands student, working inconsultation with his or her advisor, to deter-mine the most appropriate fit of an interna-tional study option with a student’s overallacademic plan. The vast majority of Redlandsstudents participate in one of the followingoff-campus study options.

Recognized Exchange ProgramsThe University of Redlands has establishedexchange agreements with the followinginstitutions which allow for a student tostudy for a full year while retaining fullfinancial aid at the University of Redlands.• The University of East Anglia, Norwich,

England. This site is particularly attrac-tive for majors in creative writing,theatre, art history, and the sciences.

• The University of Bristol, Bristol,England. Broad ranging curricularchoices available to students for mostUniversity of Redlands majors.

• Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia.Semester or full-year option for theRedlands student wishing a “near”Sydney experience. (Macquarie is locateda convenient thirty-minute ride from thefamed Sydney Harbor.) Macquarie offersa broad range of curricular options exem-plary of a major Australian university.

• Chung Chi College in Hong Kong. This isa full-year option only. Broad curriculum

choices in English, combined with resi-dence hall living in this vibrant citymakes for a rich study option in HongKong.

• Reitaku University, Tokyo, Japan.Reitaku provides a small residentialcollege environment and residence halls.Near Tokyo, Reitaku offers a programemphasizing intensive study of a Japan-ese language.

• Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan.Located in the capital of Japan’s north-ernmost island, this program bringstogether students from all over the worldto study, in English, everything fromJapanese art, business, and culture toenvironmental studies, science, andJapanese language.

Institute for the International Education of StudentsThe University of Redlands is an affiliateinstitution with the Institute for the Inter-national Education of Students (IES). IESoffers more than 20 programs of study inArgentina, Australia, Austria, China,England, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, andSpain. These programs typically offer oppor-tunities for study in the language of the hostcountry. Many centers offer integration intoa host university as well as home stays toenrich the cultural experience of a student’sterm. Specific requirements and curricula forprograms vary.

The School for International TrainingFor students interested in small-group fieldexperiences with a heavy emphasis onlanguage and cultural studies, the Univer-sity’s association with the School for Inter-national Training (SIT) offers more than fiftyprogram options around the world. Specificprogram requirements and program themesvary from center to center, and interestedstudents should refer to SIT publications forthis information.

School for Field StudiesThe University of Redlands is an affiliatemember of the School for Field Studies (SFS).SFS offers semester programs for students


Off-Campus Study

interested in focusing on environmentalissues. The diverse field-study centers oper-ate in interesting locales around the world,and undertake long-term projects in whichSFS students directly participate.

The Institute for Study Abroad (ISA) andthe Center for Education Abroad (CEA)ISA, associated with Butler University, andCEA, associated with Arcadia University,both offer students extensive opportunitiesfor integrated study programs in England,Wales, Ireland, Scotland, New Zealand, andAustralia. Through both of these nationalorganizations, Redlands students can accessworld class academic programs that stretchfrom Oxford and Cambridge to Sydney. Theseinternationally recognized university pro-grams offer any Redlands student a richopportunity to extend their major field ofstudy while integrating themselves into acampus culture quite different from theUniversity of Redlands campus.

TokyoThe University of Redlands belongs to aconsortium of Southern California collegesproviding full-year and term study opportu-nities with the International Division ofWaseda University in Tokyo, Japan. Coursesfrom the International Division are designedespecially for American students. Except forJapanese language classes, all work isoffered in English and centers on Asian finearts, language and literature, history,culture, politics, and government. Monthlycultural events are also part of the program.All students participate in intensive Japan-ese language training at a level appropriatefor them. Students live in Japanese homesand take breakfasts and dinners with theirhost families.

The Washington Semester and theSacramento Semester ProgramsStudents interested in spending a semesterin either the California state capitol or theNation’s capitol can do so with these programs.Both offer coursework to complement richand varied internship opportunities.

Additional Off-Campus Study OpportunitiesStudent interests vary from year to year, buthistorically Redlands students have alsoaccessed these programs of study:• Lexia, with programs in nine different

countries of the world, offers rich optionsfor the study of language and culture,including opportunities for field study.

• Programs of Study offered by SyracuseUniversity are available in Hong Kong,China, London, Strasbourg, Florence,Madrid, and Zimbabwe.

• Central College programs offer studysites in Mexico, Spain, France, theNetherlands, and Austria.

• Studio Art majors at Redlands havefrequently selected SACI (Studio ArtsCenters International) Florence as afavored study site.

• The Brethren College Abroad programalso offers study opportunities in China,Japan, India, Ecuador, and Mexico.

Additionally, each year a few individualUniversity of Redlands students petition forapproval of program study that is not notedabove; with solid support of the student’sacademic advisor and major department,permission is typically granted.

Individualized StudyThe University presumes organized pro-grams of study provide the preferred mannerfor Redlands students to engage in off-campus study. Because the academicintegrity of an off-campus experience is morelikely to be assured when a student is in anorganized program, and because institutionalresponsibility for a student’s well-being ismost obviously met by having studentsengaged in organized and approved off-campus study programs with all theirsupport systems and links to local resources,the University of Redlands will approve off-campus study only when provided by anapproved program of study, or when theproposal includes an approved affiliationeither with a local institution or with a localCommunity Service Activity (CSAC) advisor.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Off-Campus Study

Interim Off-Campus ProgramsEach January term, Redlands faculty gener-ally offer a number of opportunities for inter-national study. These programs change fromyear to year, but historically programsoffered have included trips to continentalEurope, London, Latin America, Africa, Asia,and the South Pacific. These offerings areextended to Redlands students at the cost oftransportation, housing, and board. Thecurriculum is finalized in October each yearand students enroll for the January termtravel courses in November.

More InformationMore information on off-campus study maybe obtained from the Special CollegePrograms office or the University Web site atwww.redlands.edu where you can find linksto the programs mentioned above.



Course Numbering System

0–99 Preparatory: (e.g., remedial courses,skills courses): May or may not be counted fordegree credit depending on course content. Noprerequisites.

100–199 Introductory: Included in degreegrade point average (GPA). Usually have nocollege-level prerequisites but may includesome previous preparation. Typically first-year courses.

200–299 Introductory and Intermediate:Will usually have prerequisites, not necessar-ily academic work (e.g., sophomore standing;permission). Typically second-year courses.

300–399 Intermediate and Advanced:Have prerequisites but not necessarily in themajor. Typically third-year courses.

400–499 Advanced: Have prerequisites inthe major. Typically fourth-year courses.

500–599 Credential and other post-baccalaureate courses. Continuing educationcourses are also offered in this series.

600–699 Graduate: Reserved for graduatestudents.

700–799 Post-graduate: Courses not other-wise offered as graduate courses. Advancedcredential courses in Education are in thiscategory.

Regardless of the level, courses numbered in thex60s are topics courses; courses numbered inthe x70s are directed studies; courses numberedin the x80s are internships; and coursesnumbered in the x90s are capstone, honors, orthesis courses.

Course FrequencyMost classes are offered each year in the timestated. Exceptions are identified at the end ofcourse descriptions.

“Offered in alternate years” indicatescourses that are offered on a regular basisevery other year. Time of offering is includedin the description statement.

“Not regularly offered” identifies coursesthat are offered outside the schedulesmentioned above (e.g., every third semester).The next offering time is included in thedescription statement.

“Offered as needed” refers to those coursesoffered at the discretion of the department(usually topics courses) and on demand.Descriptions of these courses will carry amessage that the course title and semesterwill be announced in the current Schedule ofClasses.

Definition of an Academic CreditA semester credit is awarded for the amountof work an average student would accomplishin a minimum of 40 hours (undergraduate)and 45 hours (graduate), including the hoursspent in the laboratory or classroom.

Explanation of Course MarkingsCourse numbers and titles are followed by thesemester or term in which they are typicallyoffered and the number of credits they carry.The abbreviation “SU” designates that theclass is offered in one of the summer sessions.Courses that continue throughout the yearare described together. Course numbers (a)separated by a comma may be scheduled inany sequence, (b) separated by a hyphen mustbe taken in sequence because each is a prereq-uisite for the course following, and (c) coursenumbers separated by a slash distinguishundergraduate and graduate levels. Under-graduates would enroll for a level numbered1–499, graduates for 600–699.

Schedule of ClassesThe Schedule of Classes is published prior to registration for the Fall and Springsemesters. It gives specific information suchas class meeting times and days, faculty,and other information pertinent to regis-tration processes.

Course DefinitionsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


THE FACULTY*Jeanne NeilStephen Welborn

*Adjunct faculty are listed in the back of this Catalog.

THE MAJORThe accounting major provides an opportu-nity to extend academic skills developed inthe Liberal Arts Foundation to prepare for aspecific professional career. Completion of theaccounting major lays the foundation forobtaining professional designations such asCertified Public Accountant and CertifiedManagement Accountant. In addition topreparing students for entry into theaccounting profession, the accounting majoralso provides a foundation for pursuingcareers in finance, investment, management,FBI, and the law.

Accounting is presented as a process ofdeveloping and reporting economic and finan-cial information for a wide range of business,not-for-profit, and government entities. Theusefulness of accounting information is illus-trated and its interpretation is stressed.

Accounting coursework emphasizes criti-cal analysis, problem-solving, reasoning, andcommunication. Internet research, writing,and presentation skills are developed acrossthe program. The accounting major coversfinancial accounting for external reports,managerial accounting for internal decisions,auditing for assurance services, and tax forregulatory accounting.

Accounting coursework begins in theSpring semester of the sophomore year butinvolves completion of several introductoryrelated field courses. Students consideringan accounting major should consult anaccounting faculty member early in theirRedlands careers, because completion of themajor requires careful planning. Potentialtransfer students should contact an account-ing faculty member as special planningmight be necessary.

Majors in Financial Economics shouldconsult with an accounting faculty memberas to the best integration of accountingcourses within the economics major.

RequirementsAll prerequisite courses must be taken for anumerical grade. To meet a course prerequi-site, a minimum grade of 1.7 must have beenearned in the prerequisite course. Coursesubstitutions, if granted, require writtenapproval from the program director.

1. Introductory Related Field CoursesNote that these courses satisfy Liberal ArtsFoundation requirements.BUS 125 Behavioral and Historical Foun-

dations of Organizations, or one of thefollowing: PSYC 100, SOAN 100, orSOAN 102 (HB)

ECON 250 Principles of Microeconomics(SE)

ECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics(SE)

MATH 121 Calculus I (MS2)Note: MATH 121 is not required but isexpected by high-quality graduateprograms in accounting and business

2. Advanced Related Field Requirements

BUS 220 Statistical Analysis and ResearchMethods in Business and Management,or one of the following: ECON 200,MATH 111 or MATH 311

Note: MATH 111 fulfills the Liberal ArtsFoundation CA requirement.

BUS 353 Managerial FinanceBUS 459 Business Policy and StrategyECON 350 Intermediate MicroeconomicsECON 352 Industrial Organization and

Public Policy, or one of the following:ECON 354, ECON 351, or BUS 354

3. Accounting CoursesACCT 210 Principles of Financial Account-

ing and ReportingACCT 220 Principles of Managerial

AccountingACCT 310–320 Intermediate Accounting I,

IIACCT 315 Advanced Managerial Account-

ingACCT 400–401 Financial Reporting

Theory I, IIACCT 410 Auditing

Accounting

Accounting

ACCT 415 Tax AccountingACCT 421 Governmental and Not-for-Profit

AccountingACCT 425 Business LawACCT 331 Accounting Information Systems

Minor RequirementAccounting majors are not required to completea minor but are encouraged to do so. Recom-mended disciplines for a minor includecomputer science, economics, mathematics,and psychology.

Sequence of CoursesSecond semester sophomore standing isrequired for the first accounting course(ACCT 210).

All upper-division accounting courses haveprerequisites and are offered only once eachyear. Therefore, careful planning with anaccounting faculty member is encouraged.

The chart below shows the recommendedcourse sequence for accounting majors duringthe first two years. Variation is possible, butin general the courses listed should be takenbefore the junior year because they provide astrong academic foundation for the study ofaccounting.

Freshman YearFallFirst-year SeminarLiberal Arts Foundation courseLiberal Arts Foundation (WA) courseLiberal Arts Foundation (MS) courseInterimLiberal Arts Foundation courseSpringLiberal Arts Foundation courseLiberal Arts Foundation courseLiberal Arts Foundation courseECON 250 (SE)

Sophomore YearFallLiberal Arts Foundation courseLiberal Arts Foundation courseLiberal Arts Foundation courseECON 251 (SE)

InterimVolunteer Income Tax Assistance commu-

nity service course (CSAC)SpringBUS 125, or one of the following: PSYC 100

or SOAN 100 (HB) Statistics: BUS 220, ECON 200, MATH

111, or MATH 311ACCT 210

THE MINORA minor in accounting can provide a foundationfor careers in general business, investmentmanagement, and finance.

Students who choose to minor in accountingmust complete the following accountingcourses: ACCT 210, 220, 310, 315, and oneadditional accounting course at the 300 or400 level.

InternshipsAccounting juniors and seniors are encouragedto consider internships as an opportunity toenhance their academic program. Internshipsallow students to explore career possibilitiesand integrate classroom learning with expe-riential learning. Students should see anaccounting advisor for more information. Toreceive academic credit for any internship,students must complete academic assign-ments in addition to the internship itself.

Study AbroadForeign study programs offer an enrichingpersonal experience to students while theyearn academic credit. Study abroad is encour-aged, but requires planning in consultationwith the advisor. The recommended semesterfor study abroad is the Fall semester of thejunior year. Major requirements may befulfilled with coursework from universities inAsia, Australia, and the United Kingdom.Consult the Off-Campus Study section of thisCatalog for more information.

Departmental Honors in AccountingApplications are accepted in the junior orsenior year from majors with a 3.30 cumula-tive GPA and a 3.45 GPA in accounting whodesire to work toward honors in accounting.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Accounting

Departmental honors are an academicdistinction and are necessary in order toachieve the GPA-based Latin honors at grad-uation. Successful applicants will work underthe guidance of an accounting facultymember to complete a research project on anaccounting issue. Contact an accountingfaculty member for detailed information.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ACCT)All prerequisite courses must be taken for anumerical grade. To meet a course prerequi-site, a minimum grade of 1.7 must have beenearned in the prerequisite course.

210 Principles of Financial Accounting and Reporting. Fall (4), Spring (4).Financial accounting and reporting conceptsand procedures that provide a history ofeconomic resources, obligations, and relatedeconomic activities of financial entities.Topics include the Financial AccountingStandards Board and its accepted principlesfor assets, liabilities, and equity. Prerequi-site: ECON 250, second semester sophomoreor permission.

211 Financial Accounting Process. (1).Extended study of the accounting process asa system. Topics include initial recordingprocesses and final reporting. Objectives andprocedures for assuring reliability of thesystem are introduced. Skill developed incomputerized accounting systems. Prerequi-sites: ACCT 210, which may be taken concur-rently. Accounting majors only.

220 Principles of Managerial Accounting.Fall (4), Spring (4).Analysis of financial and relevant non-finan-cial information used in planning, motivat-ing, evaluating, and controlling economic andbehavioral concepts and quantitative tech-niques are integrated throughout. Topics: costbehavior, budgeting, analysis of variance,performance measurement, and pricing.Prerequisites: ACCT 210, ECON 250, and adepartment-approved statistics course. Coreq-uisite: ECON 251. Pre- or co-requisite: any

Liberal Arts Foundation Human Behavior(HB) course.

310–320 Intermediate Accounting I, II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Intensive study of the financial accountingenvironment and the authoritative account-ing literature that provides a guide to therecording of economic resources and obliga-tions and the related economic activities ofbusiness enterprises. Prerequisite to ACCT310 is ACCT 210; prerequisite to ACCT 320is ACCT 310.

315 Advanced Managerial Accounting. Fall (3).Examination of concepts and analytical tech-niques drawn from behavioral sciences,economics, and financial accounting asapplied to managerial planning, controlling,and decision-making issues. Topics includeanalysis of alternative cost systems for activ-ities, products, and processes. Prerequisite:ACCT 220.

331 Accounting Information Systems. Spring (4).Study of the design and application ofaccounting systems intended to providefinancial and non-financial informationwhich informs decisions and influencesbehavior within business processes. Topicsinclude intelligent systems, electroniccommerce, information technology, systemsanalysis, documentation and controls.Prerequisites: ACCT 310, or ACCT 220 orpermission. NU only.

400–401 Financial Reporting Theory I, II. Fall (2), Spring (2).Study of economic, legal, political, and socialinfluences on the evolution of financialaccounting institutions, standards, andreporting in the United States. Emphasis onthe FASB’s conceptual framework, standards,and emerging issues. Prerequisite: ACCT 310or permission.


AccountingC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


410 Auditing. Fall (4).Examination of the purposes, expectations,and responsibilities of independent publicauditors as the profession evolves in society.Emphasis on the auditor’s decision process.Topics: legal liability, ethics, samplingtheory, evidence, audit standards, internalcontrol, and the audit report. Prerequisite:ACCT 320.

415 Tax Accounting. Fall (4).Determination of federal and state incometax liability for individuals, corporations, andpartnerships. Filing returns, paying taxes,and getting refunds. Legislative and judicialdevelopment of tax law. Legal recourse avail-able to taxpayers. Prerequisites: ACCT 210,and senior standing, or permission. CSAC380 VITA recommended.

420 Advanced Accounting. Spring (3).Intensive study of financial accounting forsuch topics as entity forms, business combi-nations and consolidation, interim and segmentreporting, and foreign exchange translation.Prerequisite: ACCT 320. Offered as needed.

421 Governmental and Not-for-ProfitAccounting. Spring (2).Theory and practice of governmental andnot-for-profit financial accounting. Topicsinclude theoretical framework, fund account-ing, and basic financial statements. Prereq-uisite: ACCT 310 or permission.

425 Business Law. Fall (4).The law, its historical source, and its impli-cations. Law and remedies in the followingareas: torts, business crimes, contracts, agency,bankruptcy, suretyship, and creditor andconsumer rights. Prerequisite: junior stand-ing or permission.

440 Financial and Business Reporting Analysis. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Concentration on disclosure standards, differ-ential effects of alternative accounting andreporting, management’s choices of account-ing and reporting policies, and interpretationof financial information. Analyses of the qual-ity of reported earnings will be emphasized.

Prerequisites: ACCT 310 and BUS 353.Offered as needed.

469 Advanced Topics in Accounting. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4). Continuation of select upper-division courses,allowing students to pursue topics inaccounting beyond one semester. Designed toreflect current trends and issues. Prerequisite:permission. Offered as needed. NU only. Maybe repeated for degree credit, given a differ-ent topic, for up to 4 credits.

489 Accounting Internship. Fall (1–3),Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Placement in an internship with academicwork under faculty direction. Prerequisite:junior or senior standing.


THE FACULTYJohn BrownfieldStacy KamehiroValerie GilmanPenny McElroy

THE MAJORSThe department offers programs leading toBachelor of Arts degrees in Studio Art andArt History.

The Art History Major• ART 100 Art Principles• ART 120 or ART 121 Western art history • ART 123 or ART 124 Non-Western art

history • ART 126 or ART 127 Asian art history • Two art history courses at the 300 or 400

level• ART 464 Topics in the Historiography

and Methodology of Art History• ART 496 Senior Project: Art History• Two studio art coursesStudents must develop a course of study inan art history concentration in consultationwith an art history advisor.

The Studio Art MajorStudio art majors elect to complete a concentra-tion from those described below. All studio con-centrations share the following requirements:• ART 131 Drawing• ART 132 2-D Design• ART 133 3-D Design• Two Art History courses• ART 495 Senior Project: Studio Art• ART 497 Professional Practices in the

Visual ArtsStudio majors who plan to go to graduateschool should seriously consider completing aminor in art history. Further, courses in otherart forms are also recommended. Studiomajors should try to include at least onecourse each in theatre, creative writing, andmusic during their college careers.

Ceramics ConcentrationRequired Courses:• ART 140 Introduction to Ceramics• ART 142 Ceramics: Raku or

ART 145 Introduction to Sculpture orART 265 Special Topics in Studio Art (in ceramics) orART 365 Special Topics in Art and ArtHistory (in ceramics)

• ART 342 Intermediate Ceramics• ART 442 Advanced Projects in CeramicsRecommended Courses:• ART 328 Art Since 1945• Another art form which emphasizes color

Drawing and Painting ConcentrationRequired Courses:• ART 131 Drawing• ART 233 Painting• ART 250 Life Drawing• ART 333 Advanced PaintingRecommended Courses:• ART 328 Art Since 1945• One printmaking course

Graphic Design ConcentrationRequired Courses:• ART 150 Book Arts or

ART 251 Typography• ART 252 Introduction to Graphic Design• ART 352 Intermediate Graphic Design• ART 455 Advanced Design WorkshopRecommended Courses:• ART 135 Beginning Photography• ART 158 Computer Graphics• ART 227 History of the Graphic Arts• ART 250 Life Drawing• ART 358 Computer Illustration• One printmaking course

Printmaking ConcentrationRequired Courses:Three of four introductory printmaking

courses:• ART 151 Printmaking: Etching• ART 152 Printmaking: Lithography• ART 153 Printmaking: Relief • ART 154 Printmaking: Serigraphy and• ART 450 Advanced Printmaking WorkshopRecommended Courses• ART 135 Beginning Photography• ART 158 Computer Graphics• ART 227 History of the Graphic Arts• ART 250 Life Drawing• ART 251 Typography

Art and Art History

Art and Art History

Sculpture ConcentrationRequired Courses:• ART 145 Introduction to Sculpture• ART 140 Introduction to Ceramics or

ART 265 Special Topics in Studio Art (insculpture) orART 365 Special Topics (in sculpture)

• ART 347 Intermediate Sculpture• ART 447 Advanced Projects in SculptureRecommended Courses:• ART 328 Art Since 1945• Another art form which emphasizes color

THE MINORS

Art History Minor• ART 100 Art Principles• ART 120 or ART 121 Western art history • ART 123 or ART 124 Non-Western art

history • ART 126 or ART 127 Asian art history • Two art history courses at the 300 or 400

level • One studio art course

The Studio Art Minor• Two of the three foundation courses:

ART 131 DrawingART 132 2-D DesignART 133 3-D Design

• Two art history courses• Three studio art courses, at least one of

which is at the 200 level or above

Advanced Placement in ArtArt History: Students who earn a score ofthree or more on the Advanced PlacementTest earn 4 credits as determined by facultyinterview. Prerequisites for admission toadvanced courses may be waived.Studio Art: Students who earn scores ofthree or more on the Advanced PlacementTest receive 4 credits in studio art, subject toconfirmation by faculty review.

Departmental HonorsAll art and art history majors complete asenior project, which is evaluated whendetermining departmental honors. Completionof an exemplary senior project is a necessarycondition for receiving departmental honors.

FeesAll studio courses and some art historycourses require a lab fee. All lab fees arecharged to the college bill of the student,unless other arrangements for payment aremade. If a student drops a course after usingsome of the materials provided, a partial feeis computed and charged.

In studio courses, the lab fee pays forshared supplies used by the students in thecourse, as well as tools that become the property of the student. This practice resultsin significant savings in the cost of art toolsand materials. Lab fees in studio coursesrange from $45 to $500.

Some art history courses require a lab feefor printed materials and/or transportationoff campus.

TimeFor studio classes, the department requiresthree hours of work per week for each credit,in addition to time spent in class. (Thus a 4-credit course requires the six hours in classplus at least twelve hours of studio workoutside of class.)

Gallery ProgramThe Peppers Art Gallery features ongoingexhibits by recognized and emerging artistsin a variety of media. Gallery talks byexhibiting artists are frequently featured.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ART)

100 Art Principles. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Students gain a solid grounding in aestheticphilosophy and critical art theory anddevelop core skills necessary in art history(critical reading, analysis, and writing). EV orNU only.

118 The Art of Children. Fall (4), Spring (4).Child development through art. For thoseplanning to teach or work in education andspeech therapy. Related studio work in vari-ous media.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Art and Art History

120 Survey of Western Art I: Ancient to Medieval Art. Fall (4).Slide lectures and discussions address themajor works of art and architecture fromAntiquity to the Gothic period. Focus on styl-istic and thematic concerns in each historicalepoch and cultural milieu. Issues of patron-age, audience, technique, gender, culturalidentity, interpretation, and aesthetic philos-ophy are addressed.

121 Survey of Western Art II: Renaissance to Modern Art. Spring (4).Slide lectures and discussion focus on majorworks of art and architecture from theRenaissance period in Europe through periodstyles and avant-garde movements in Europeand the U.S. The relationship of art to politics,religion, patronage, and definitions of art andaesthetics are explored.

123 Art of the Americas. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of the art forms of North, Central,and South America. Examination of regionalart practices in North America from prehis-tory to the historic era, and survey of thesequence of cultures which developed in thearea between (and including) Mexico andPeru from c. 1000 B.C. to the conquest.Offered as needed.

124 African and Oceanic Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Comparative approach emphasizingeconomic, religious, and social aspects ofselected artistic traditions in the PacificBasin (Polynesia, Melanesia, Micronesia, andAustralia) and Africa. Offered as needed.

126 East Asian Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Slide lectures and discussions explore thepainting, sculpture, ceramics, and architectureof China, Korea, and Japan. Focus on thehistory of style and iconography, the religiousand social functions of art, and cross-culturalinfluences on art production and meaning.Offered as needed.

127 Indian and Southeast Asian Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of the art forms and architecturalmonuments of India (and environs) andSoutheast Asian cultures. Focus on the reli-gious and political context of art productionas well as style, function, iconography, andpatronage. Offered as needed.

131 Drawing. Fall (4), Spring (4).Skills of observation, representation, pictor-ial organization, perspective, and techniqueswith classic drawing materials are developed.NU or EV only.

132 2-D Design. Fall (4), Spring (4).Students are acquainted with the structurethat artists consider when creating two-dimensional images. The elements of pictor-ial composition (line, shape, space, color,value, and texture) are used in concert withthe principles (unity/variety, balance/empha-sis/rhythm, and proportion/scale) to createeffective images. EV and NU only.

133 3-D Design. Fall (4), Spring (4). Introduction to the visual language of sculp-tural form. Students create projects using avariety of 3-D media to explore the use ofdesign elements (line, form, space, volume,light, texture, etc.) organizing principles(unity, balance, rhythm, etc.) and composi-tional structures in creating interesting andeffective sculptural form.

135 Beginning Photography. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to black-and-white photographyas an expressive and creative art. Studentswork with camera, film, and paper. Darkroomwork (enlarging and developing) leads to theproduction of a portfolio of black-and-white fineprints. Some of the history of black-and-whitephotography is explored.

140 Introduction to Ceramics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the shaping of clay on thepotter’s wheel and by handbuilding tech-niques. High-fire glaze mixing and natural-gas stoneware firing are also taught.


Art and Art History

142 Ceramics: Raku. Interim (3).Mixed-level ceramics course focusing onRaku. Raku is a fast and active low temper-ature firing method using a post-firingcombustion chamber and typically results invery active iridescent, crackle, and carbonblack surface effects. Hand building andsurface design will be emphasized. Offeredas needed.

144 Ceramics without a Wheel. Interim (3).Concentrated course on handbuilding tech-niques such as pinch, slab, and coil. Glazingand firing techniques for high-fire stonewareare also taught. Offered as needed.

145 Introduction to Sculpture. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to materials, concepts, and toolsof sculpture. Techniques covered includecarving construction and modeling.

150 Book Arts. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Students explore various ways and means tocreate unique books. This includes learning tomake paper by hand, book binding, an intro-duction to letterforms, pop-up construction,and theoretical and conceptual approachesto the multiple and sequential picture plane.

151 Printmaking: Etching. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Basic techniques of etching which involvedrawing on a metal plate through an asphal-tum ground. The plate is soaked in an acidbath and the drawing is “bitten” into theplate. The plate is subsequently inked andprinted, using a press. Etching allows for richline work and drawn textures. Offered in alter-nate years: 01F.

152 Printmaking: Lithography. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Basic techniques of plate and stone lithogra-phy, involving drawing on a slab of limestonewith greasy inks and crayons. The drawing isfixed to the stone. The stone is inked andprinted, using a printing press. Lithographycan yield an impressive range of tones andsubtle “watercolor” textures. Offered in alter-nate years.

153 Printmaking: Relief. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Basic techniques of relief printmaking: wood-cut and linocut. This involves carving blocksof wood or linoleum. The parts of the blocknot cut away are inked and printed, using apress. Prints are characterized by vigorouscarved textures and high contrast of values.Least technical of the printmaking mediums.Offered in alternate years: 01F.

154 Printmaking: Serigraphy. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Basic techniques of serigraphy (silkscreenprinting). Various stencils applied to a fabricscreen stretched across a wooden frame. Theink is squeezed through the stencil andscreen, thus deposited on the paper under-neath. Serigraphy is characterized by exten-sive use of color and allows for painterly orphotographic approaches. Offered in alter-nate years: 02S.

158 Computer Graphics. Fall (4).Use of the Macintosh computer to create digi-tal art.

160 Art in Varying Locales. Interim (3).Art appreciation course emphasizing therelationship of subjects studied to thecultural and historical settings that producedthem. Offered as a travel course. Placesvisited will be announced during Fall semes-ter preceding Interim. May be repeated fordegree credit if a different country is visited.CN or EV only.

165 Special Topics. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), or Spring (2–4).Various offerings ranging from specializedstudio workshop experiences to art historylecture series and seminars on selectedtopics. Lower-division.

224 History of American Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).In-depth analysis of the art created in theUnited States from the Colonial era to thepresent. Study of primary and secondary textsand discussions addressing theoreticalcontexts of interpretation as well as cultural,

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Art and Art History

political, and gender issues relevant to prob-lems of interpretation. The relationshipbetween American and European art historyis analyzed. Prerequisite: ART 100 or permis-sion. Offered as needed.

225 History of Renaissance Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).In-depth study of the visual arts created inEurope between 1300 and 1500. Study ofprimary and secondary sources and discus-sions address cultural, political, and genderissues relevant to problems of interpretation.Includes an examination of the socio-economic, intellectual, and philosophicalcontexts of the visual arts. Prerequisite:ART 100 or permission. Offered as needed.

227 History of Graphic Arts. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Examination of significant concepts of formin relation to social and technological devel-opments, and the varieties of style and tech-niques of expression in the graphic arts fromprehistory to the present. Prerequisite: ART100 or permission. Offered as needed.

233 Painting. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Traditional and experimental approaches topainting are explored and basic skills devel-oped. Attention given to appropriate selec-tion and application of tools, materials, andtechniques. Prerequisite: ART 131 or 132.

250 Life Drawing. Fall (2), Spring (2). Intermediate-level drawing course. Drawingmaterials, techniques, and concepts. Intensivework with the human figure, working fromlive models. Prerequisite: ART 131. May berepeated for degree credit for a maximum of12 credits.

251 Typography. Spring (4).Book arts course with a focus on fine print-ing and the creation of editioned books thatare works of art. Letterpress printing, type-setting by hand, papermaking, and bookdesign are addressed. Prerequisite: ART 131or 132 or 133.

252 Introduction to Graphic Design. Fall(4), Spring (4).Introduction to technical and conceptualaspects of graphic design. Design principlesand problem-solving processes are stressed.Students build illustration skills and sensi-tivity to type. Words and images arecombined to create works of art. Basic workwith the Macintosh included. Prerequisite:ART 131 or 132 or 133.

264 Special Topics in Art History. (2–4).Topics of current interest in art history.Prerequisite: ART 100. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 12 credits.Offered as needed. EV or NU only.

265 Special Topics in Studio Art. (2–4).Various offerings in studio art—workshopsand/or seminars. Offered as needed.Prerequisites: ART 131 or 132 or 133.

325 History of 19th-Century Art. Fall (4) or Spring (4).In-depth analysis of works of art created inEurope between 1775–1880. Primary andsecondary texts focus on theory interpreta-tion in the visual arts from the Rococo periodto Impressionism. Prerequisites:ART 100 andART 121, or permission. Offered as needed.

326 European Art: 1880–1940. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Analysis of the avant garde in Europe fromPost-Impressionism to World War II. Bothliterary and visual texts are used to explicatethe cultural and political agenda of move-ments such as Cubism, Dada, and Surreal-ism. The relationship between avant-gardepractice and mainstream art institutions isanalyzed. Prerequisites: ART 100 and ART121, or permission. Offered as needed.

328 Art Since 1945. Fall (4) or Spring (4).In-depth examination of the major develop-ments in the visual arts of the contemporaryera including abstract expressionism, mini-malism, feminist art of the 1970s, and Post-Modernism. Primary texts for each majormovement address issues of theory and crit-ical responses. Feminist, semiotic, and


Art and Art History

deconstructionist strategies of interpreta-tion are employed. Prerequisites: ART 100and ART 121, or permission. Offered asneeded.

331 Advanced Projects in Drawing. Fall, (2–4), Spring (2–4).Advanced work in drawing media withemphasis upon the development of personalstyle. Prerequisites: ART 131, 132, and 133.EV or NU only.

333 Advanced Painting. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced work in painting, with emphasison development of personal style. Prerequi-site: ART 131, 132, 133, and 233. May berepeated for credit with permission.

336 Intermediate Photography. Spring (3).Sequel to ART 135, including intermediate-level camera and darkroom techniques andproduction of a portfolio of fine black-and-white prints. Exploration of materials includ-ing toners and hand coloring, and a discussionof contemporary trends and photographiccriticism. Emphasis on development ofpersonal vision. Prerequisites: ART 131, 132,133, and 135. Offered as needed.

342 Intermediate Ceramics. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Continuation of ART 140 with the emphasis ofimproving handbuilding and throwing skills,learning new techniques, and developingpersonal expression. Introduction to glazechemistry and firing techniques. Students firetheir own kilns. Prerequisites: ART 131, 132,133 and 140. May be repeated for degree creditfor a maximum of 12 credits.

347 Intermediate Sculpture. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Further work in sculpture using advancedtechniques including bronze or aluminumcasting, welding, or stone carving. Emphasison technical skills, concept development, anddesign. May be repeated for degree credit fora maximum of 8 credits. Prerequisites: ART131, 132, 133 and 145.

352 Intermediate Graphic Design. Fall (4).Further work in graphic design: words andimages employed in functional art. Studentswork at developing personal visions andstyles as graphic designers. Complete designprocess from concept through mechanicalsis emphasized. Prerequisites: ART 131, 132,and 133.

358 Computer Illustration. Interim (3).Intermediate-level course building on thestudent’s skills in illustration using advancedtechniques with Adobe Photoshop and Illus-trator. Book, advertising, technical, editorial,and other specialized illustration functionscovered. Emphasis on developing thestudent’s individual style and statementwithin this medium. Prerequisites: ART 131;132; 133; and ART 158 or 252.

361 Selected Topics in American and Euro-pean Art. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Changing topics in Western art reflecting theinterests and/or field specialization of facultyand students. Selected topic is explored throughlectures, readings, discussions, researchprojects, and field trips. Prerequisites: ART100, and ART 120 or ART 121; or permission.May be repeated for degree credit given adifferent topic. Offered as needed.

362 Selected Topics in Asian Art. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Changing topics in Asian art which reflectthe interests and/or field specialization offaculty and students. Selected topic isexplored through lectures, readings, discus-sions, research projects and field trips.Prerequisites: ART 100, and ART 126 or ART127; or permission. May be repeated fordegree credit given a different topic. Offeredas needed.

363 Selected Topics in Non-Western Art. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Changing topics in Non-Western art whichreflect the interests and/or field specializa-tion of faculty and students. Selected topicsexplored through lectures, readings, discus-sions, research projects and field trips.Prerequisites: ART 100, and ART 123 or ART

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Art and Art History

124; or permission. May be repeated fordegree credit given a different topic. Offeredas needed.

365 Special Topics in Art and Art History.Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), or Spring (2–4).Topics of current interest in art and arthistory such as Art and Identity, Art andMemory, Portraiture Traditions in Cross-cultural Perspective, Museum Representations,Architectural History, and Art and CultureContact. Prerequisite: junior standing orpermission. May be repeated for degree creditgiven a different topic. Offered as needed.

433 Advanced Projects in Painting. Fall (2–4), Spring (2–4).Advanced work in painting on the basis ofindividual course contracts. Intended forstudents with extensive prior courseworkin painting. Prerequisite: ART 333 andpermission.

442 Advanced Projects in Ceramics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Continuation of techniques learned in previ-ous classes with emphasis on development ofan original body of work. Concentration onindividual direction with a strong foundationin the craft of clay work. Prerequisite: ART342. May be repeated for degree credit for amaximum of 8 credits.

447 Advanced Projects in Sculpture. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced work on sculpture on the basis ofindividual course contracts. Intended forstudents with extensive prior coursework insculpture. Prerequisite: ART 347 or permis-sion of instructor.

450 Advanced Printmaking Workshop. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced work in printmaking media. Indi-vidual course contracts and class assign-ments are negotiated with instructor.Emphasis on development of individual styleand statement. Prerequisites: ART 131, 132,133; and 151 or 152 or 153 or 154. May berepeated for degree credit with permission.

455 Advanced Design Workshop. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced work in graphic design. Focus onrefinement of technique and development ofindividual style and statement. Developmentof portfolio materials to prepare for graphicdesign job search. Prerequisite: ART 352

464 Topics in the Historiography and Methodology of Art History. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Critical study of the various approaches toart history. Concentration may focus on onetime period, the work of specific authors, or aparticular methodology. Development ofspecialized research skills appropriate toparticular periods and areas of specializationin the history of art. Prerequisite: junior orsenior standing in the major, or permission.May be repeated for degree credit given adifferent topic. Offered as needed.

485 Program Internship. Fall (2–14), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–14).

495 Senior Project: Studio Art. Fall (2), Interim (3).Opportunity for students to work indepen-dently on a culminating body of work in theirconcentration. Studio art work, if acceptable,is exhibited in the spring senior show. Prereq-uisite: senior standing. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 5 credits.

496 Senior Project: Art History. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), and Spring (1–4).Students participate in discussion abouthistorical writing and work independently ona research paper in their area of concentra-tion. Spring semester graduates should enrollfor 1 credit in the Fall, 1 credit in the Interim,and 3 credits in the Spring. The variablecredit option is provided for students gradu-ating during the Fall or Interim semesters.May be repeated for degree credit for a maxi-mum of 5 credits.

497 Professional Practices in the VisualArts. Spring (2).Students develop skills needed by practicingartists. Portfolio preparation; exhibition


Art and Art History

planning and design; gallery systems; andjob, grant, and graduate school applicationsare addressed. Prerequisite: senior standingor permission.

498 Professional Practices in Art History.Spring (2).Students develop skills needed to pursuecareers in an art history-related field. Theseinclude, but are not limited to, researchinggraduate school and employment opportuni-ties, preparing graduate school and job appli-cations, writing and presenting scholarlypapers, researching fellowship/fundingsources, writing grant proposals, and devel-oping advanced research skills. Prerequisite:junior standing or permission. Offered asneeded.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



THE ADVISORY COMMITTEESawa Becker, Sociology and AnthropologyBen Dillow, SpeechRobert Eng, HistoryLawrence Finsen, PhilosophyWilliam Huntley, ReligionXinyan Jiang, PhilosophyYukiko Kawahara, Asian StudiesMichael Ng-Quinn, GovernmentStacey Kamehiro, ArtYasuyuki Owada, Anthropology, Emeritus

Mission StatementThe Asian Studies Program aims to cultivatea deeper understanding and appreciation ofAsia’s diverse cultures and contemporarysocial, political, and economic issues. Itemphasizes interdisciplinary approaches,combining humanities and social scienceswith particular emphasis on East Asia.

Asia is a multifaceted region made up ofmany cultures and languages. Distinctivetraditions in art, literature, religion, andphilosophy were developed through a longhistory. Hence, interactions with otherregions and cultures are often dynamic anddiverse. All this makes Asia a fascinatingregion to study and understand.

THE MAJORThe following is required for the major:Fourteen courses including the completion

of two semesters of the third-year level of Chinese or Japanese language coursescounting as two courses.

The other twelve courses must be in atleast two different disciplines. Threecourses should be taken at the 300 or400 level, in addition to the languagecourses.

A semester or year abroad from the list ofplaces below.

A senior honors thesis or portfolio.

HonorsTo be eligible for Asian Studies honors, amajor must have at least a 3.45 cumulative

GPA and submit an honors thesis to threeAsian Studies faculty members as thesiscommittee members. The honors thesisshould be carefully discussed with all threemembers early in the semester and submit-ted at least one month before the end ofclasses in the semester in which the projectis undertaken. The honors thesis provides anopportunity for a highly motivated andaccomplished major to pursue a researchproject that is both meaningful to him/herand contributes to a common understandingof a significant issue or topic.

The PortfolioIf an honors thesis is not written, majors arerequired to submit a portfolio showing rela-tionships between seven courses which showthe depth of study. The portfolio may containsamples of term papers, examinations, jour-nals, and essays. Each case requires acommentary of the context of the study ofeach course and suggestions as to how andwhy work undertaken, in some cases two ofthree years earlier, could be improved. Theportfolio should suggest how these sevencourses, when seen in the senior year, led tothe growth and development of the student’sundergraduate career.

Breadth courses for the Major and Minor:ART 126 East Asian ArtART 127 Indian and Southeast Asian ArtART 142 Ceramics: RakuART 362 Selected Topics in Asian ArtART 464 Topics in the Historiography and

Methodology of Art History (when deal-ing with Asia)

AST 111 Introduction to Asian LiteratureAST 160 Topics in Asian StudiesAST 255 Contemporary JapanCHNS 101/102 Beginning Chinese

(Mandarin)CHNS 120 Chinese CalligraphyCHNS 201–202 Intermediate Chinese

(Mandarin)GOVT 222 Asian Politics and DevelopmentGOVT 242 Asian International RelationsGOVT 420 Advanced Seminar in Compara-

tive Politics (when dealing with Asia)

Asian Studies

Asian Studies

GOVT 440 Advanced Seminar in Interna-tional Relations (when dealing with Asia)

HIST 141 Classical Asian Civilizations:China and Japan

HIST 142 Modern Asian Civilizations:China and Japan

HIST 240 Modern ChinaHIST 241 Contemporary China: A Literary

and Cinematic PerspectiveHIST 242 Modern JapanHIST 252 America and AsiaHIST 343 China Since 1949HIST 344 The Pacific Rim: Economic

Dynamism and Challenge for AmericaJPNS 101/102 First-Year Modern JapaneseJPNS 201/202 Second-Year Modern JapaneseJPNS 301/302 Third-Year Modern JapanesePHIL 150 Introduction to Chinese PhilosophyPHIL 160 Introductory Topics in Philosophy

(when dealing with Asia)PHIL 360 Topics in Chinese PhilosophyREL 125 World ReligionsREL 325 Japanese Religion and ArtsREL 411 Masterpieces of Asian LiteratureSOAN 256 Japanese Society and CultureOther courses from study abroad, the John-

ston Center, and First-Year Seminarsmay be contracted in fulfillment of theAsian studies major.

THE MINORThe minor requires completion of at least oneyear in Chinese or Japanese language studyconsisting of two courses, and six othercourses from the list above. Of the sixcourses, at least one must be taken at the300 or 400 level, and the student must takecourses from at least two disciplines otherthan language study.

Sequence of StudyFirst and Second Years: Language andbreadth courses

Third Year: Study abroad: Japan, HongKong, China, Singapore, Malaysia, Nepal,Thailand, or India. Students who major orminor in Asian studies will find it especiallyuseful to complement the courses above by ayear or semester of study abroad. Many insti-tutions in Asia and Australia have offeringsin Asian studies. Among the more valuable

are the courses at Waseda University inTokyo and Hokkaido University in Sapporo,the Institute for Educational Studies inBeijing, and Chung Chi College in HongKong. For work in Buddhism, consider theSchool for International Training programsin Thailand. For Tibetan studies, consider theprograms in India and Nepal.

Fourth Year: Fall: The cross-culturalreflection and conceptualization of experiencesabroad, definition of a research topic for thefollowing Spring semester, and remainingdepth courses.

Interim or Spring: Senior individualizedstudy, to be supervised by a member of theadvisory committee, leading to a thesis to beread by three faculty members or a portfolioof reflections on seven different courses withsamples of examinations, essays, termpapers, and/or journals.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Asian Studies (A/ST)

111 Introduction to Asian Literature. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Introduction to the literatures of Asia. Topicsmay vary between national literatures,genres, time periods, and thematic focus.Special attention to developing critical andanalytical skills.

160 Topics in Asian Studies. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest in Asian Studies.Course content varies from term to term.May be repeated for degree credit, given adifferent topic, for a maximum of 8 credits.Offered as needed.

255 Contemporary Japan. Spring (4). Interdisciplinary study of Japanese society.Japanese values, perceptions, attitudes, andbelief systems are explored and related to theeconomic, political, and social organization ofthe country. NU or EV only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Asian Studies

Chinese (CHNS)

101–102 Beginning Chinese (Mandarin). Fall (4), Spring (4).Chinese language for students with no previ-ous Chinese experience. Introduction to basicChinese conversation and the Chinese writ-ing system.

120 Chinese Calligraphy. Interim (3).Chinese characters as an art form, from basicstrokes to various styles. No knowledge ofChinese language required. Not regularlyoffered. NU or EV only.

201–202 Intermediate Chinese (Mandarin).Fall (4), Spring (4).Continuation of 101–102. Prerequisite:CHNS 101–102 or permission. NU only.

Japanese (JPNS)

101–102 First-Year Modern Japanese. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to basic modern Japaneseconversation, grammar, reading, and compo-sition. Development of oral and writtencommunication in a cultural context.

201–202 Second-Year Modern Japanese. Fall (4), Spring (4).Further instruction in modern Japaneseconversation, grammar, reading, and compo-sition. About 600 new Kanji will be intro-duced in addition to those taught inFirst-Year Modern Japanese. Prerequisite:JPNS 102 or equivalent.

301–302 Third-Year Modern Japanese. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced course with readings in modernJapanese expository writings. The text drawsfrom literary works designed to enhancestudents’ familiarity with Japanese writingsand thought. Prerequisite: JPNS 202 orequivalent.



THE PROGRAM ADVISORSCaryl A. Forristall, BiologyLinda A. Silveira, BiologyDaniel B. Wacks, Chemistry

THE PROGRAMThe Program in Biochemistry and MolecularBiology is designed to prepare students forcareers in biochemistry and molecular biol-ogy, in the related fields of cell biology, micro-biology, molecular genetics, or in the healthsciences. Students who satisfactorilycomplete the following courses receive abachelor of science degree with two majors,one in biology and one in chemistry.

Degree RequirementsTo receive a B.S. degree, the student mustcomplete:BIOL 131 and 133 Principles of BiologyBIOL 235 GeneticsBIOL 240 Molecular GeneticsBIOL 338 Cell BiologyBIOL 343 Microbiology or BIOL 348

Developmental BiologyCHEM 345 Advanced Biochemistry or

BIOL 260 Topics in Biology or BIOL 360Advanced Topics in Biology may besubstituted for BIOL 343 or BIOL 348with permission from the departments of Biology and Chemistry

BIOL 344 Human Physiology or BIOL 334Comparative Physiology

CHEM 131 and 132 General ChemistryCHEM 231 and 232 Organic ChemistryCHEM 320 BiochemistryCHEM 330 Equilibrium and AnalysisCHEM 331 and 332 Physical ChemistryCHEM 333 Spectroscopy LaboratoryCHEM 431 or 432 Advanced LaboratoryEither:

6 credits of BIOL 499 Honors Researchor 6 credits selected from one of the biol-ogy research courses (BIOL 403 to 460)and one semester of BIOL 394 BiologySeminar and two semesters of BIOL 495Senior Seminar

Or:4 credits of CHEM 499 Honors Researchor CHEM 378 Chemistry Research andthree semesters of CHEM 394 ChemistrySeminar and one semester of CHEM 495Senior Seminar

Research topics must be approved by thedepartments of Biology and Chemistry.

The Chemistry Department requires eachmajor to take the Graduate Record Exami-nation advanced test in chemistry, or the fieldexamination for chemistry majors, and scorein the twenty-fifth percentile or above.

Related Field RequirementsMATH 121 and 122PHYS 220 and 221 (or PHYS 231 and 232)

Biochemistry and Molecular BiologyC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


THE FACULTYBenjamin AronsonJames R. BlauthSusan L. BlauthElaine S. BrubacherCaryl A. ForristallJames R. MalcolmLinda A. SilveiraLowell Kent Smith

THE MAJORThere are five categories of courses within thebiology curriculum, each designed for differ-ent needs. The first group (BIOL 103 through114) consists of courses for non-majors andmay include consideration of scientificmethodology as well as subject matter ofinterest to non-scientists. These courses maynot be taken for credit toward the bachelor ofscience or bachelor of arts in biology.

The second category (BIOL 131, 133, 235,and 240) is part of both the major and minorrequirements and consists of courses thatintroduce key aspects of biology.

Courses in the third group (BIOL 260through 360) are designed to provide a firmfoundation in basic sub-disciplines. By care-ful selection with a faculty advisor, studentscan tailor a program to fit individual careergoals. Most of the courses in this categoryhave prerequisites and are taken by majors,but non-majors who have the prerequisitesoften enroll.

The fourth category (BIOL 403 through460) provides an opportunity for biologymajors to take part in research under facultysupervision. A two-semester sequence isrequired of all B.S. majors except thosetaking departmental honors (BIOL 499).

In courses in the fifth category, the biologyseminars (BIOL 394, 495–496), junior andsenior students learn about careers in biology,research methods, and present and share theresults of their research.

Bachelor of Science RequirementsTo receive a B.S. degree, the student mustcomplete:

BIOL 131 and 133 Principles of BiologyBIOL 235 Genetics or BIOL 240 Molecular

GeneticsSix additional courses from BIOL 235–360

(except 341), by contract with depart-ment faculty

BIOL 394 Biology Seminar, BIOL 495–496Senior Seminar

6 credits of coursework selected from BIOL403 through 460, or departmental honorsproject work (BIOL 499)

Related Field RequirementsCHEM 131–132; 231–232MATH 121–122PHYS 220–221 or 231–232

Degree contracts must be approved by theend of the second semester of the junior yearor, in the case of upper-division transferstudents, the end of the first semester ofresidence.

Bachelor of Arts RequirementsStudents who are not planning to take post-graduate work in biology may wish toconsider the bachelor of arts in biologycombined with a major or minor in anotherdiscipline. To receive a B.A. degree, thestudent must complete:BIOL 131 and 133BIOL 235 or 240CHEM 131–132; 231–232PHYS 220–221 or 231–232Three additional courses from BIOL

235–360 (except 341), by contract withdepartment faculty

BIOL 394 Biology Seminar, BIOL 495–496Senior Seminar

Completion of Senior Seminar CapstoneProject

Degree contracts must be approved by theend of the second semester of the junior year,or the end of the first semester of residencein the case of upper-division transferstudents.

Program in Biochemistry and Molecular BiologyPlease see the Biochemistry and MolecularBiology section of this Catalog.

Biology

Biology

Premedical and Other Health ProfessionsPremedical students should refer to thePremed Program description in the IntegratedPrograms of Study section of this Catalog.

Teaching Credential Subject MatterProgram in BiologyStudents who wish to be certified to teachscience must pass the PRAXIS, SSAT, andCBEST examinations. The best preparationfor the examinations is a B.S. or B.A. in biol-ogy or another science. Students should meetwith an advisor in the School of Education forinformation concerning certification and theteacher preparation program. Most studentscomplete the teacher preparation program,including student teaching, during a fifthyear after graduation. Please refer to theSchool of Education section of this Catalog fora more detailed list of requirements.

THE MINORTo earn a minor in biology, students mustcomplete:BIOL 131 and 133;BIOL 235 or 240;Three additional courses from BIOL

235–360 (except 341), by contract withdepartment faculty.

Advanced Placement in BiologyFor students not majoring in biology, thosewho earn a score of three or four on theAdvanced Placement Test receive 4 creditsand MS3 credit for the LAF requirements.Those who earn a score of five on the AdvancedPlacement Test receive 4 to 6 credits andMS3 and/or MS1 for the LAF requirements.

For students majoring in biology, a score ofthree receives 4 credits, depending upon anevaluation of AP essays, the high schoolrecord of study, and an interview with depart-ment faculty. A score of four or five receives4 to 8 credits as determined by evaluation ofAP essays, high school record of study, and aninterview with department faculty.

Departmental HonorsThe Department of Biology offers the opportu-nity for honors research to those outstanding

biology majors desiring to undertakesubstantive original research during theirsenior year. Application to pursue honorsmust be made to the Biology Departmentduring the second semester of the junior year.Students selected for honors will carry out,with the guidance of a member of the depart-ment faculty or other departmentallyapproved professional, an empirical researchproject that includes:• problems definition and experimental

design;• literature search;• laboratory or field data collection and

analysis;• preparation of a manuscript suitable for

submission to a selected journal;• a public presentation and defense of the

project before an examining committeeconsisting of members of the departmentand at least one person outside thedepartment.

More specific guidelines regarding format and atimetable for completion of honors projects areavailable from the Biology Department.

To be awarded honors, students must com-plete all components of the project as outlinedabove at a level of academic performanceacceptable to the examining committee.

Study AbroadStudents wishing to study abroad for asemester or two can usually do so by carefulscheduling, arranged with the help of theirfaculty advisors.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (BIOL)

103 Issues and Techniques in Genetic Engineering. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Explanation of current developments inmodern molecular biology that affect the livesof non-scientists. Topics such as DNA testingand genetically engineered foods, vaccines,and drugs are discussed. Provides basic infor-mation about DNA and an opportunity toperform techniques used in genetic engineer-ing. Offered as needed. NU or EV only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Biology

106 The Nature of Life. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Nonteleological account of life using conceptsabout genes, protein synthesis, reproduction,sex, and evolution. Three hours lecture. NUonly. Offered as needed.

107 Concepts of Biology. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Exploration of various concepts selected fromevolution, ecology, genetics, physiology,morphology, development, and behavior. Fourhours lecture and laboratory.

108 Nature Study. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Biological phenomena observable in naturalflora and fauna including ecology, behavior,life cycles, and evolution. Emphasis on under-standing plants and animals observed innature. Four hours lecture and discussion.

109 Contemporary Issues in Ecology. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Environmentally oriented issues of currentconcern as they relate to fundamental gener-alizations about ecology. Sharpens thelayman’s critical powers of observation andanalysis and provides tools for intelligentdecision-making. Three hours lecture, threehours lab. Offered as needed.

114 Bioethical Issues. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Current ethical issues in medicine includingabortion, euthanasia, genetic manipulation,research consent, and allocation of medicalresources are examined through analysis ofrelevant cases. Offered as needed.

130 Invitation to Biology. Fall (1), Spring (1).Biology is the largest and most rapidlyexpanding science. This course provides anintroduction to the scope and methods ofmodern biology. Offered as needed. CN orEV only.

131–133 Principles of Biology. Spring (4), Fall (4).Introduction to the study of life from mole-cules, cells, and genes, to functioning organisms

in their environments. Laboratory workemphasizes quantitative data collection andanalysis while introducing students tobiochemical, genetic, physiological, and fieldtechniques. Prerequisite for BIOL 131:CHEM 131 or permission. Prerequisite forBIOL 133: BIOL 131 or permission. NU orEV only.

235 Genetics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Genetics above the molecular level includinglife cycles, patterns of inheritance, genicbalance, crossing over, evolution, populations,probability, linkage, and pedigree analysis.Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.Prerequisite: BIOL 131.

240 Molecular Genetics. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Aspects of molecular biology and genetics,focusing on the molecular basis of heredityand genetic engineering. Laboratory includesmolecular and biochemical techniques. Threehours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prereq-uisite: BIOL 131. NU or EV only.

260 Topics in Biology. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–4).Topics of current interest in biology arecovered. Prerequisite: permission. Offered asneeded.

331 Ecology. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Analysis of the biotic and abiotic factorscontrolling the distribution and abundance ofplant and animal species. Emphasis onecological relationships of individuals andpopulations. Three hours lecture, three hourslaboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 133. Offered inalternate years.

334 Comparative Physiology. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Comparison at the cellular, organ, and wholeanimal levels of physiological adaptationsexhibited by various invertebrate and verte-brate animals, including humans. Threehours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prereq-uisite: BIOL 133. Offered as needed.


Biology

336 Botany. Fall (4) or Spring (4). Comprehensive exploration of plants fromcellular to organismal level. Topics includeanatomy, morphology, fundamentals of physi-ology, and systematics. Labwork and fieldworkare stressed. Three hours lecture, three hourslaboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 131 or sopho-more standing. Offered as needed. NU only.

337 Vertebrate Anatomy. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Comparative study of vertebrates as wholeorganisms. Laboratory work is entirelydevoted to anatomical structure. Lecturesprimarily cover morphology and evolution.Six hours laboratory/lecture. Offered in alter-nate years.

338 Cell Biology. Fall (4), Spring (4).Structure and function of cells, with empha-sis on events outside the nucleus. Study ofcytoskeleton, bioenergetics, intracellularcommunication, control of cell division, andsorting of proteins to appropriate organelles.Laboratory includes fluorescence microscopy,in vitro reconstitution of cellular processes,and subcellular fractionation. Three hourslecture, three hours laboratory/discussion.Prerequisites: BIOL 131–133 and 235 or 240,or permission. BIOL 240 recommended.Offered in alternate years.

339 Zoology. Fall (4) or Spring (4). Investigation of the major animal phyla,illuminating the widely different ways inwhich functioning animals are constructed.Emphasis on protozoans and arthropods.Dissection is involved. Experience in recog-nizing and culturing invertebrates. Six hourslaboratory/lecture. Prerequisites: BIOL131–133. Offered as needed.

340 Conservation Biology. Fall (4), Interim (3) or Spring (4).Analysis of the ecology, population biology,and behavior that is needed to understand theprocess of extinction. Prerequisites: BIOL131–133, or permission. Offered as needed.

341 Observations in the ER. Fall (1), Spring (1).Provides an opportunity to observe in theemergency room at Loma Linda UniversityMedical Center or Arrowhead County Hospital,and to explore some of the issues generated bythose observations. May be repeated fordegree credit up to 2 credits, with preferencegiven to non-repeating students. CN only.

343 Microbiology. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of microorganisms: their structure,taxonomy, metabolism, genetics, and interac-tions with humans. Laboratory includes cellculture microbe isolation and identification,and bacterial genetics. Six hours lecture/laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 131–133 and235 or 240, or permission. Offered as needed.

344 Human Physiology. Fall (4), Spring (4).Functioning of the human body at the cellu-lar, systems, and whole animal level. Empha-sis on nervous, endocrine, renal, andcardio-vascular systems and their interrela-tionships. Analysis of research papers.Prerequisites: BIOL 131–133. NU or EV only.Offered as needed.

345 Immunology. Fall (4).Study of the physiological, molecular, andcellular basis of host defense. Emphasis willbe on the human immune system and itspathogens. Diseases of the immune system,such as diabetes, multiple sclorosis, lupus,and AIDS will also be examined. Prerequi-sites: BIOL 131, 133, and BIOL 235 or 240.

346 Aquatic Biology. Interim (3).Ecology, ecological physiology, and naturalhistory of selected aquatic organisms. Biologyof rivers, lakes, and the marine intertidal andsubtidal zones. Introduction to physicaloceanography, limnology and potamology.Implications for water pollution control,water resource development, and water-related human activities. Field trips. Twohours lecture, six hours laboratory. Recom-mended: BIOL 331, 336, 339. Offered in alter-nate years.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Biology

348 Developmental Biology. Spring (4).Descriptive and experimental approach tothe development of selected vertebrate andinvertebrate animals from fertilizationthrough aging. Three hours lecture, threehours laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 131,133, and BIOL 235 or 240; or permission.Offered as needed.

352 Animal Behavior. Fall (4), Spring (4).Evolution of social behavior, with an empha-sis on the ecological factors that mold species’social organization. Three hours lecture,three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL133 or permission. Offered as needed.

353 Biological Evolution. Fall (4), Spring (4).Analysis of the status of neo-Darwinism,emphasizing areas of controversy. Essays andproblem sets provide training in evolutionaryreasoning. Three hours lecture. Prerequisites:BIOL 133 and 235 or permission. Offered asneeded.

354 Environmental Science. Interim (3).Advanced review of selected environmentalproblems and the scientific and technicalapproaches to their solution or amelioration;interdisciplinary and holistic thinking isemphasized. Case studies. Two hours lecture,six hours laboratory/discussion. Prerequisites:junior or senior standing and permission.Offered in alternate years 03I.

355 History and Philosophy of Biology. (4).Origin and development of biological concepts.Three hours lecture/discussion. Prerequisite:18 credits of biology courses. Not regularlyoffered.

356 Plant Physiology.Exploration of plant function at the cellular,tissue, and whole organism level, with empha-sis on interactions with environment. Topicsinclude plant-water relations, nutrition,energy and carbon cycling, development, andstress physiology. Analysis of research papers.Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.Prerequisites: BIOL 131–133, CHEM131–132; CHEM 231 recommended. EV or NUonly. Offered as needed.

360 Advanced Topics in Biology. Fall (4), Spring (4).Recent research developments in biology.Topics vary with semester. Examples includeHuman Genetics, Developmental Genetics,and Cell Regulation. Emphasis on the use ofmolecular techniques and the interconnec-tions of fields commonly divided into sepa-rate courses. Prerequisites: BIOL 235, BIOL240, and permission. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 8 credits withthe instructor’s permission. Offered asneeded. EV or NU only.

394 Biology Seminar. Spring (0).Recent advances in biology presented in aseminar format by Redlands faculty, seniors,and visiting scholars. CN only.

403 Research in Molecular and Cellular Biology. Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3),Spring (1–3).Genes, proteins, and cellular processes stud-ied through experimental work. Three hourslaboratory/discussion; three hours indepen-dent work. Prerequisite: permission. May berepeated for degree credit for a maximum of6 credits. NU or EV only. Offered as needed.

404 Research in Evolution and Behavior of Vertebrates. Fall (2–3), Interim (1–3),Spring (2–3).Evolution and/or behavior of selected verte-brates studied through experimental work.Three hours laboratory/discussion; threehours independent work. May be repeatedfor degree credit. Prerequisites: BIOL 235and permission. Offered as needed.

405 Research in Molecular Biology of Development. Fall (3), Interim (1–3),Spring (3).Research in developmental biology of verte-brate embryos using molecular and embry-ological techniques. Three hours laboratory/discussion, three hours independent work.Prerequisite: permission. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 6 credits.Offered as needed. EV or NU only.


BiologyC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


406 Research in Biosystems Modeling. Fall (2–3), Interim (0–2), Spring (2–3).Analysis modeling and simulation of biological systems, with emphasis on use ofcomputers. Applications to actual design andplanning projects. Two hours lecture, threehours laboratory. May be repeated for degreecredit. Prerequisite: permission. Offered asneeded.

408 Research in Physiology of Vertebrates.Fall (2–3), Interim (0–2), Spring (2–3). Physiological analysis of selected vertebratesystems studied through experimental work.Three hours laboratory/discussion, threehours independent work. Prerequisites: BIOL334 or 344 or permission. Offered as needed.

460 Research Topics in Biology Fall (1–3),Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Selected areas of biology studied throughexperimental work. Areas selected rangefrom the molecular cellular level, to plantsand animals, to ecology and the environment.Three hours laboratory/discussion, threehours independent work. May be repeatedfor degree credit for a maximum of 6 credits.Offered as needed. EV or NU only.

495–496 Senior Seminar. Fall (1), Spring (1).In the fall, the course covers research tech-niques and preparation for employment. Inthe spring seniors present their capstoneprojects (B.A.), senior research (B.S.), orhonors projects. CN only.

74 University of Redlands Catalog 2001-2003

THE FACULTY*Frank MarvastiJack L. OsbornMara B. Winick

*Adjunct faculty are listed in the back of this Catalog.

THE MAJORSThe department offers a bachelor of arts anda bachelor of science in business adminis-tration. A major begins in the junior yearafter students have obtained written permis-sion. A cumulative GPA of 2.7 (B-) on a 4.0scale is expected, and students must havecompleted the requisite college freshmanand sophomore courses, as shown belowunder “Sequence of Courses.” Transferstudents should consult their advisors assoon as possible, as many of the classes haveprerequisites.

The Bachelor of Artsin Business AdministrationThis program is intended for students whohave an interest in a second major other thanbusiness administration. The program is lessconcentrated than the bachelor of science,allowing students to pursue another major atthe same time as the business requirements.

Requirements

1. Introductory CoursesThe following courses are prerequisites to therequired major courses, and some also satisfyLiberal Arts Foundation requirements. Inaddition, the department recommends thatbusiness majors take BUS 125 Behavioraland Historical Foundations of Organizations,which will also satisfy the Human Behavior(HB) requirement.

Prerequisites:ACCT 210 Principles of Financial

Accounting and ReportingACCT 220 Principles of Managerial

AccountingBUS 220 Statistical Analysis and Research

Methods in Business and Managementor

ECON 200 Introduction to StatisticalMethods

ECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics

2. Business Administration Core Courses

BUS 310 Principles of Management andOrganization Behavior

BUS 331 Principles of MarketingBUS 353 Managerial FinanceBUS 355 Decision Support Systems or

BUS 458 Management ScienceBUS 442 Theories of Organization or

BUS 446 Human Resource ManagementBUS 459 Business Policy and Strategy

3. Second Major RequirementA second major must be chosen from outsidethe department. In addition, students areencouraged to take elective courses in busi-ness, mathematics, government, sociology,and psychology.

The Bachelor of Science in Business AdministrationThis program provides an emphasis inmanagement. It is intended for studentsdesiring a concentrated course of study inbusiness-related areas and requires addi-tional coursework at an advanced level inrelated fields. Completion of the programprepares students for graduate study in busi-ness and for management careers in thepublic or private sectors.

Requirements

1. Introductory CoursesThe following courses are prerequisites to therequired major courses. Some also satisfyLiberal Arts Foundation requirements. Inaddition, the department recommends thatbusiness majors take BUS 125 Behavioraland Historical Foundations of Organizations,which also will satisfy the Human Behavior(HB) requirement.

Prerequisites:ACCT 210 Principles of Financial Account-

ing and Reporting

Business Administration


ACCT 220 Principles of Managerial Accounting

BUS 220 Statistical Analysis and ResearchMethods in Business and ManagementorECON 200 Introduction to StatisticalMethods

ECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics

2. Business Administration CoreCoursesBUS 310 Principles of Management and

Organization BehaviorBUS 331 Principles of MarketingBUS 333 Consumer BehaviorBUS 353 Managerial FinanceBUS 355 Decision Support SystemsBUS 442 Theories of OrganizationBUS 446 Human Resource ManagementBUS 458 Management ScienceBUS 459 Business Policy and Strategy

3. Advanced Elective CoursesWith department approval majors must takeat least four advanced elective courses duringthe junior and/or senior year. At least two ofthese courses should be from the businessadministration course offerings. Below is alist of advanced electives.

ACCT 315 Advanced Managerial AccountingACCT 425 Business LawBUS 311 Business and SocietyBUS 335 Global MarketingBUS 336 International BusinessBUS 354 Investments and Corporate

FinanceECON 322 International TradeECON 323 International FinanceECON 331 Business Cycles and Economic

Forecasting or ECON 351 IntermediateMacroeconomics

ECON 350 Intermediate MicroeconomicsECON 352 Industrial Organization and

Public PolicyECON 353 Economics of LaborECON 354 Public FinanceGOVT 344 International Law and Organi-

zationMATH 301 Mathematical Consulting

PSYC 300 Research Methods PSYC 349 Social Psychology PSYC 435 Cross-cultural PsychologySOAN 315 Research Methods in the Social

SciencesSOAN 340 Capitalism and Social ChangeSOAN 351 Mapping Solutions to Environ-

mental ProblemsSOAN 426 Political Economy

Other upper-division courses may be substi-tuted upon recommendation of the student’sadvisor. This list is subject to change, and notevery course is offered every year.

Sequence of Courses for BusinessAdministration MajorsAs a rule, students will not be permitted toregister for courses in the business depart-ment before the junior year. The exceptionsare BUS 125, which should be taken in thefreshman year, and BUS 220 and ACCT 210,which should be taken in the sophomore year.

The chart below shows a recommendedcourse sequence for the first two years for allbusiness majors. Variation is possible, but ingeneral the courses listed must be takenbefore the junior year.

Freshman YearFallFirst-year seminarLiberal Arts Foundation CoursesInterimLiberal Arts Foundation Course or CSACSpringLiberal Arts Foundation CoursesECON 250 (SE)

Sophomore YearFallLiberal Arts Foundation CoursesBUS 125 or PSYC 100 or SOAN 100 (HB)ECON 251 (SE)InterimLiberal Arts Foundation CoursesSpringStatistics (BUS 220, ECON 200, or MATH

111)ACCT 210Liberal Arts Foundation Courses

College of A

rts & S

ciences

2001-2003 University of Redlands Catalog 75


The Bachelor of Science in Environmental ManagementThis is a joint degree offered in cooperationwith the Environmental Studies program.The following courses satisfy the businessrequirements or electives for this degree:

ACCT 210 Principles of Financial Accounting and Reporting


BUS 220 Statistical Analysis and ResearchMethods in Business and Management

BUS 316 The Regulatory Environment ofBusiness

BUS 353 Managerial FinanceBUS 458 Management ScienceECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 251 Principles of MacroeconomicsECON 300 Introduction to EconometricsECON 355 Environmental and Resource

EconomicsFor more information, please refer to the Environmental Studies section of this Catalog.

THE MINORThe following courses are required for aminor in business administration. Eachcourse has prerequisites. The prerequisitesmust be completed before starting the minor.

ACCT 210 Principles of Financial Accounting and Reporting


BUS 310 Principles of Management andOrganization Behavior

BUS 331 Principles of MarketingBUS 353 Managerial Finance

InternshipsThe department encourages businessadministration juniors and seniors toconsider internships as opportunities toenhance their academic program. Intern-ships allow students to explore career possi-bilities and integrate classroom learningwith practical experience. Students shouldcontact their faculty advisors for more infor-mation. To receive academic credit for anyinternship, business students must

complete additional academic assignmentsoutside the experience.

Study AbroadStudy abroad can greatly enhance the under-graduate experience for business students.The department encourages study abroad aswell as advance planning for doing so. Earlyconsultation with an advisor will allow formeaningful integration one ones interna-tional and university study.

Departmental HonorsApplications are accepted in the junior yearfrom majors of high academic achievementwho desire to work toward departmentalhonors. Successful applicants will work one-on-one with a member of the business facultyto complete a research project. To qualify forhonors, a student must complete an honorsproject within the department.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (BUS)All prerequisite courses must be taken for anumerical grade. To meet a course prerequi-site, students must earn a minimum grade of1.7 in the prerequisite course.

125 Behavioral and Historical Foundations of Organizations. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Fundamentals of behavior explored viacultural history. Two lenses, one historicaland one psychological, are used to explorethe development of consumerism in America.These lenses provide students with a behav-ioral understanding of the historical begin-ning of corporate America.

220 Statistical Analysis and Research Methods in Business and Management. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Descriptive and inferential statistics includingfrequency distribution, graphing techniques,sampling methods, correlation, regression andforecasting, probability theory, hypothesis test-ing, and confidence intervals as applied totypical management decisions requiring quan-titative analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 101 orMATH 121. Offered as needed. NU only.



269 Special Topics in Business. Fall (2–4), or Interim (2–3), or Spring (2–4).Reflection of various issues and trends inbusiness. Topics may vary from offering tooffering. Prerequisite: permission. May berepeated for degree credit given a differenttopic, for a maximum of 8 credits. Offered asneeded.

310 Principles of Management and Organization Behavior. Fall (4), Spring (4).Dynamics of individual and group behaviorare explored, in addition to selected topics ofentrepreneurship, technology, and strategicplanning. Students are asked to view theinternal workings of organizations as well as toconsider organizations in a larger, more globalcontext. Classic and modern texts are used.Prerequisites: ACCT 210, an approved coursein HB, and junior standing.

311 Business and Society. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Management and its social environment,managerial ethics, and ethical dilemmas.Topics include stakeholder analysis, socialand organizational values, planning andorganizing for social response, communityrelations, normative philosophy, ethics andorganizational responsibilities, and ethicsand individual decision-making. Prerequi-sites: BUS 310 and 331. Offered as needed.

316 The Regulatory Environment of Business.Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Analysis of social, legal, political, andeconomic variables influencing developmentof the regulatory environment of business inthe United States. Prerequisites: BUS 310,ECON 250, ECON 251, and junior standing.Offered as needed.

331 Principles of Marketing. Fall (4), Spring (4).Marketing concepts with emphasis onmarketing management. Includes a thoroughstudy of the consumer, market institutions,and functions. Prerequisites: ACCT 210, adepartment-approved statistics course, andjunior standing.

333 Consumer Behavior. Fall (4), Spring (4).Exploration of the behavior of consumers andbuyer behavior in general, stressing individ-ual issues, social/cultural influences, decision-making processes, and related marketresearch. Prerequisites: BUS 331 and adepartment-approved statistics course.

335 Global Marketing. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Examination of the special marketing prob-lems of international operations. Areasexamined include setting internationalmarketing objectives, developing strategies,foreign market selection, adaptation of prod-ucts, foreign distribution, promotion in inter-national markets, systems of internationalmarketing organization, information gath-ering, planning, and control. Prerequisites:BUS 310, BUS 331. Offered as needed.

336 International Business. (4).Problems of functional areas of business—with emphasis on management, marketing,and finance—when transplanted abroad.Case studies illustrate methods and strate-gies for international operations. Prerequi-sites: BUS 310, 331, 353. Offered as needed.

353 Managerial Finance. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of financial planning and analysis,taxation, capital budgeting, risk and cost ofcapital, cash flow analysis, management ofworking capital and long-term funds,dividend policy and valuation. Prerequisites:ACCT 220, ECON 250, 251, and a depart-ment-approved statistics course.

354 Investments and Corporate Finance. (4).Security valuation, investment timing, analy-sis of stocks and bonds, and portfolio manage-ment. Emphasis on fundamental analysis ofinvestment expenditures and capital budget-ing of industries and firms. Prerequisite:BUS 353 or permission. Offered as needed.

355 Decision Support Systems. Fall (4), Spring (4).Research methods and quantitative modelsused in the support of management decisions.Survey and application of computer technology

College of A

rts & S

ciences



used in management information systems.Emphasis on judgment in assessing appro-priateness of techniques and informationsupporting decisions. Prerequisites: ACCT220, completion of the MS requirement, andjunior standing.

442 Theories of Organization. Fall (4). Theories of organization, design of organiza-tions, and organizational phenomena andtheir effects on management and society.Examination of micro and macro conceptsand underlying research. Prerequisites: BUS310, senior standing, or permission.

446 Human Resource Management. Fall (4), Spring (4).Issues in work-force management includingstaffing, employment equity, performanceappraisal, compensation, employee benefits,training, and development. Prerequisites:BUS 310, senior standing, or permission.

458 Management Science. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Various techniques of management scienceand the philosophy of approaching a problemin a logical manner. Topics include decisionanalysis, forecasting, linear programming,integer programming, network models, queu-ing theory, computer analysis, simulation,

break-even analysis, calculus-based problemanalysis, and case studies. Prerequisites: anapproved statistics course, completion of MS2requirement, and junior standing. NU only.Offered as needed.

459 Business Policy and Strategy. Spring (4).Capstone analysis with emphasis on generalmanagement issues and dilemmas businessesface in qualitative and quantitative evalua-tion of performance. Prerequisites: BUS 353.Senior business administration and account-ing majors only.

469 Advanced Topics in Business. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).Designed to reflect curriculum trends andissues. Continuation of select upper-divisioncourses allowing students to pursue topics inbusiness and accounting beyond one semes-ter. Prerequisites: junior standing and permis-sion. Offered as needed. NU only. May berepeated for degree credit, given a differenttopic, for up to 4 credits.

489 Business Administration Internship. Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Placement in an internship and academicwork under faculty direction. Prerequisite:junior or senior standing.



THE FACULTYJ. Henry AcquayeTeresa L. LonginBarbara MurrayJodye SelcoDavid P. SchrumDavid P. SoulsbyDaniel B. Wacks

THE MAJORS

Bachelor of Science RequirementsCHEM 131–132CHEM 231–232CHEM 330; 331; 332; 333; 431 or 432One additional course numbered above 300Completion of a research project (4 credits

of CHEM 378 or 499) Four semesters of chemistry seminar (3

semesters of CHEM 394 and one semes-ter of CHEM 495), and a satisfactorythesis

During the senior year, each major must alsotake either the Graduate Record Examina-tion advanced test in chemistry or the majorfield examination for chemistry and score atthe twenty-fifth percentile or above on eitherexamination.

Related Field RequirementsMATH 121, 122 (MATH 221 and 235 or 241

are recommended.)PHYS 231, 232, and 233 (or PHYS

220–221)Recommended: CS 100 or 101 or 110Recommended: SPCH 110 or 115 or 120

THE ACS-APPROVED MAJORThe Chemistry Department is accredited bythe American Chemical Society (ACS). To becertified as having met the requirements forprofessional training in chemistry establishedby the Committee for Professional Trainingof the ACS, a student must complete thefollowing courses in addition to completingthe Bachelor of Science requirements andrelated field requirements described above:both CHEM 431 and 432, CHEM 320, CHEM

445, and one additional course numberedabove 300 (CHEM 345, 425, or 460). Relatedarea requirements: MATH 121, 122, 221, and235 or 241; PHYS 231, 232, and 233 (258 isrecommended); CS 100 or 101 or 110 isrecommended.

Program in Biochemistry and Molecular BiologyPlease see the Biochemistry and MolecularBiology section of this Catalog.

Teaching Credential SubjectMatter Program in ChemistryStudents who wish to be certified to teachscience must pass the PRAXIS, SSAT, andCBEST examinations. The best preparationfor the examinations is a B.S. in chemistry oranother science. Students must meet withthe director of the Center for Science andMathematics and an advisor in the School ofEducation for information concerning certifi-cation and the teacher education preparationprogram. Most students complete the teacherpreparation program, including studentteaching, during a fifth year after gradua-tion. Please refer to the School of Educationsection of this Catalog for more details.

THE MINORTo earn a minor in chemistry students mustcomplete the following courses:CHEM 131–132CHEM 231–232At least two other courses (totaling at least

6 credits) chosen from the following:CHEM 320, 330, 331, 333, 332, 345, 425,431, 432, 445, or 378 (up to 4 credits).

Advanced Placement in ChemistryStudents who receive a score of three on theAdvanced Placement Test will be offeredcredit for CHEM 131. Those who receive ascore of four or five may earn 6–8 credits asdetermined by faculty interview.

Study AbroadStudying chemistry in another country givesa student the opportunity to experiencedifferent scientific and cultural viewpoints, aswell as providing exposure to a different style

ChemistryC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Chemistry

of education. It can be a valuable experience,one that develops maturity and greater inde-pendence. Most international programsrequire junior standing and at least a 3.00GPA. Careful advanced planning is necessaryto integrate chemistry courses taken abroadwith those taken at Redlands. Consult anacademic advisor in the Chemistry Depart-ment and contact the Office of Special CollegePrograms for advice and information.

Departmental HonorsEvery chemistry major must undertake aresearch project and complete a senior thesis.The Chemistry Department seeks to recog-nize academic excellence and outstandingachievement in undergraduate research byencouraging chemistry majors with strongacademic records to present their seniorthesis work for honors in chemistry.

To apply for honors, a student must havea minimum GPA of 3.45 (cumulative or inchemistry), complete a written thesis, andpass an oral examination on the thesis.

Research in the Chemistry DepartmentThe faculty of the Chemistry Departmentpursue research on a wide variety of projects.Students may choose to conduct research onlaser-based spectroscopy and photochemistry,computational chemistry, synthetic organicand inorganic chemistry, the physical chem-istry of membrane transport processes, devel-opment of analytical techniques usingcapillary electrophoresis, and the control ofmicrobial carbon metabolism.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CHEM)

10 Mother Earth Chemistry. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Designed for anyone interested in learningthe chemistry and practice of simple arts likewinemaking, beer brewing, cloth dyeing, andthe making of soap, cheese, yogurt, and highprotein foods derived from soybeans (suchas tofu and tempeh). Emphasis on learningby doing. No background in chemistry isrequired; recommended for non-sciencemajors. Offered as needed.

15 Science and Society. Interim (3). Study of the nature of scientific investigationand its relationship to societal and individualneeds. Specific scientific discoveries, philoso-phies, and moral theories are discussed. Exam-ination of the interactions of the scientificworld communities, through the analysis ofcurrent controversial areas of research andtechnology.

20 Environmental Chemistry. Fall (3), Spring (3).Introductory course for students wishing toexplore the sciences or needing preparationfor General Chemistry. Energy needs, pollu-tion, pesticides, drugs, household chemicals,and polymers are discussed. Three hourslecture. No background in chemistry required;recommended for non-science majors.

30 Chemistry of Art. Interim (3). For students interested in exploring the linkbetween chemistry and art. Students inves-tigate topics such as color, light, the photo-chemistry of photography and fading, thephysical and chemical properties of metalsand alloys, natural and synthetic dyes, clays,ceramics, authentication of works of art, andconservation of art. Three hours lecture andlaboratory. No background in chemistry isrequired; recommended for non-majors.Offered as needed. EV or NU only.

40 Whodunnit! A Course in Forensic Science.Interim (3) or Spring (4).A course in forensic science intended to intro-duce the student to the role science plays inthe criminal investigation process and thecriminal justice system. This course willpresent the techniques, skills, and limitationsof the modern crime laboratory for studentswith no background in the sciences. Offeredas needed. EV and NU only.

70 Chemistry for the Classroom. Fall (4) or Spring (4).For students interested in exploring thechemistry behind science activities designedfor elementary and middle school students. Avariety of chemistry-based activities will beperformed. Topics include the scientific


Chemistry

method, measurement, matter, elements,compounds, chemical bonds, and reactions.No background in chemistry required; recom-mended for non-majors. Offered as needed.EV and NU only.

131–132 General Chemistry. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to chemical stoichiometry andmodern views of the properties, structure, andreactivity of atoms and molecules. The firstsemester emphasis is on the study of chemi-cal principles in the context of contemporarysocietal issues. The second semester empha-sis is on group learning in a project-orientedlaboratory. Laboratory work includes qualita-tive and quantitative analysis. Fall: fourhours lecture and recitation, three hourslaboratory. Spring: seven hours laboratoryand group learning. Prerequisites for CHEM131: high school algebra and trigonometry.Prerequisite for CHEM 132: CHEM 131 orpermission. Required for students majoringin biology, chemistry, or physics.

231–232 Organic Chemistry. Fall (4), Spring (4).The chemistry of carbon-containing com-pounds; their structure, nomenclature, phys-ical properties, spectroscopy (IR, GC-MS,NMR), stereochemistry, chemical reactivities,mechanisms of reaction, and synthesis. Fourhours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prereq-uisite: CHEM 132. Prerequisite for CHEM232 is CHEM 231.

320 Biochemistry. Fall (4).Study of the chemistry, structure, and func-tion of amino acids, peptides, proteins,enzymes, nucleotides, nucleic acids, carbohy-drates, and lipids. Four hours lecture, threehours laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 232.

330 Equilibrium and Analysis. Fall (4). Introduction to quantitative analysis includ-ing an overview of the analytical process andevaluation of data, the systematic treatmentof ionic equilibria and titrations, and thelaboratory study of spectroscopic, chromato-graphic, and electrochemical methods ofanalysis. Four hours lecture, three hours

laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 orpermission. NU or EV only.

331 Physical Chemistry I. Spring (3). Quantum chemistry and statistical thermo-dynamics applied to the study of the physicaland chemical properties of matter. Four hourslecture and discussion. Chemistry majors andminors should take CHEM 333 concurrently.Chemistry majors with a strong interest inchemical physics may substitute PHYS341–342 for CHEM 331 and 333. Prerequi-sites: CHEM 132, MATH 122, and PHYS 232(or 221).

332 Physical Chemistry II. Fall (3).Equilibrium thermodynamics and kineticsapplied to the study of the physical andchemical properties of matter. Prerequisites:CHEM 132, MATH 122, and PHYS 232 (or221).

333 Spectroscopy Laboratory. Spring (1).Systematic study of the theory and practiceof modern spectroscopic methods. Threehours laboratory. Corequisite: CHEM 331.

345 Advanced Biochemistry. Spring (3).Applications of biochemical principles to vari-ous complex metabolic pathways. Macroscopicconsequences of cellular processes are exam-ined in addition to analyses at the molecularlevel. Four hours lecture/seminar. Prerequi-site: CHEM 320. Offered as needed.

378 Chemistry Research. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–4).Chemistry majors are required to complete4 credits for graduation. Students arerequired to complete departmental contractfor enrollment. CN only.

394 Chemistry Seminar. Fall (1), Spring (1).Required of majors during junior-year Falland Spring, and senior-year Fall. Activitiesinclude seminars by visiting faculty, discus-sions of current research, and preparation forthe GRE advanced test or major field exam.Juniors prepare a seminar on their proposedsenior research. Seniors prepare a seminar

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Chemistry


on a topic unrelated to their research. May berepeated for degree credit up to a maximumof 3 credits. CN only.

425 Advanced Organic Chemistry. Spring (3).Selected topics in organic chemistry includ-ing physical organic chemistry, molecularorbital theory, structural and mechanisticrelationships, and computational chemistry.Four hours lecture. Prerequisites: CHEM 232,331. Offered as needed.

431–432 Advanced Laboratory I–II. Fall (2),Spring (2).Integrated project-oriented lab includingcomputational chemistry, synthesis, charac-terization, reactivity studies, kinetics, ther-modynamics, photochemistry, electrochemistryand the use of instrumental techniques suchas UV-visible, infrared, NMR, mass spectrom-etry, magnetic susceptibility, and electro-chemical methods. Six hours laboratory.Prerequisites: CHEM 330, 331, 333. NU only.

445 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Spring (3).Focus on understanding the fundamentalconcepts of transition metal chemistry, themain group elements, and bioinorganic chem-istry. Emphasis on bonding, structures,synthesis, and reactivity. Three hours lecture.Prerequisites: CHEM 232, 331. CHEM 331may be taken concurrently. Offered as needed.NU only.

460 Special Topics. Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3) or Spring (1–3).Special topics in chemistry studied under theguidance of faculty in the classroom (fourhours lecture, topics vary), or through self-instruction programs using computer or audiotape/text materials (three-hour workshopunder supervision of faculty). Prerequisite:CHEM 332, which may be taken concurrently.

495 Senior Seminar. Spring (1).Required of all senior chemistry majors.Seniors make oral presentations of theirthesis research and on topics of special inter-est. EV only.


THE FACULTYLaura CowenPaula HornerJudith MorrisonLaura PolichLarry RiderJulia Ferrè ShulerSusan SordonChristopher N. WalkerCynthia Wineinger

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM

The MajorA departmental major consists of a minimumof 44 credits. The following courses arerequired:CDIS 201, 202, 203, 304, 305, 306, 351, 358,436, 459 and 495.Note: CDIS 100 is a prerequisite for most courses inthe department.

Students should consider the followingrecommended sequence:Freshman year:Fall, CDIS 100Spring, CDIS 201Sophomore year:Fall, CDIS 203Spring, CDIS 202Junior year:Fall, CDIS 304, 306, 358Spring, CDIS 305, 351, 358 (if not taken

in Fall)Senior year:Fall, CDIS 459, 495Spring, CDIS 436, 459, 495 (if not taken

in Fall)

Modifications of this sequence to accommo-date double majors, study abroad, and/orhonors programs should be made in consul-tation with the student’s academic advisor.

Clinical Training and InternshipsParticipation in the clinical training phase ofthe major is essential for students in commu-nicative disorders. Students who successfully

complete the course sequence up to CDIS 459are permitted to assist in the treatment ofclients with communicative disorders in theUniversity’s speech and hearing clinic. Moststudents take part in clinical training duringboth semesters of the senior year.

For undergraduate students, observationalinternships are available at off-campus clin-ical locations. Arrangements for these intern-ships are made with the student’s academicadvisor on an individual basis. Such obser-vation, in addition to the undergraduatecurriculum, is highly encouraged.

Related Areas of StudyCommunicative disorders majors who planto seek a teaching credential to work as aspeech language pathologist in public schoolsshould also complete the following coursework,which is required by the State of CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing:

PSYC 220 Exceptional Child;PSYC 335 Developmental Psychology;PSYC 343 Educational Psychology orEDUG 432 Foundations of Education

Transfer StudentsTransfer students with one or two years’study at another institution may complete amajor in communicative disorders by follow-ing this recommended sequence:

Three years remaining:Sophomore Year:Fall, CDIS 100Spring, CDIS 201, 203Junior Year:Fall, CDIS 202, 304, 306, 358Spring, CDIS 351, 358 (if not taken in Fall)Senior Year:Fall, CDIS 459, 495Spring, CDIS 305, 436, 459, 495 (if not

taken in Fall)Two years remaining:Junior Year:Fall, CDIS 100, 202, 304Spring, CDIS 201, 203, 306, 351Senior Year:Fall, CDIS 358, 459, 495Spring, 305, 358, 436, 459, 495 (if not taken

in Fall)

Communicative DisordersC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Communicative Disorders

The MinorStudents who minor in communicative disor-ders must complete a minimum of 23 creditsincluding the following: CDIS 100, 201, 202,203, and 304, as well as one elective.

Study AbroadThe department encourages majors to takeadvantage of the opportunity to live andstudy abroad. Accordingly, required courseshave been scheduled to allow students tospend a semester off campus. However,communicative disorders courses are rarelyavailable during foreign travel, so carefuladvance planning is critical.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byan affirmative vote of the CommunicativeDisorders faculty. Interested students shouldconsult with the department chair in the Fallof their junior year for information about theapplication procedure and requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CDIS)

100 Human Communication and its Disorders: An Overview. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).The normal process of communication: itsdevelopment, social basis, and a survey of itsdisorders—including speech, language, andhearing pathologies. Overview for undergrad-uate students, majors in communicative disor-ders, and the classroom teacher.

108 Nobody’s Perfect: UnderstandingDisability from Within. Interim (3).Exploration of controversial issues central tothe lives of persons with communicationdisabilities and differences. Multiple perspec-tives on these issues are examined by read-ing autobiographical accounts, essays, andliterature; observing recorded and live perfor-mances; and conversing with individuals,their families, significant others, and the

professionals they encounter. Offered asneeded.

156 Sign Language. Interim (3).Culture and language of the deaf in America.Focus on cultural values and linguisticfeatures of American Sign Language (ASL),with exposure to other signed languages.Students learn basic conversational skills,including vocabulary and grammar forms,within the context of deaf culture. Compara-tive linguistics of ASL and English arecovered.

201 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech.Spring (4).Anatomy and physiology of the speech mech-anism with emphasis on respiration, phona-tion, resonance, and articulation.

202 Speech and Language Development.Fall (4). Introductory exploration of the acquisitionpatterns of normal speech, language, andpragmatic behaviors. Content includessections of theories of language development,phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman-tics. Consideration is given to both produc-tion and comprehension performance ofnormal English-speaking people; contrastsare presented from other languages. Prereq-uisite: CDIS 100 or permission.

203 Clinical Phonetics. Spring (4). The International Phonetic Alphabet, thenormal development of speech sounds aselements of language, and the application ofthis science to oral communication.

304 Audiology I. Fall (4).Introduction to anatomy and physiology ofhearing mechanism, methods of hearing,evaluation of children and adults, and discus-sion of common auditory pathologies. Meetsstate audiometric requirements.

305 Aural Rehabilitation. Spring (4).Study of the prosthetic devices such as hear-ing aids, assistive listening devices, etc., andcommunicative training such as speech/language therapy, speechreading, etc., used to



improve the speech or language abilities ofchildren or adults exhibiting hearing loss.Prerequisite: CDIS 304 or permission.

306 Phonology. Fall (4).Theories, etiologies, assessment, and rehabil-itative techniques for disorders of soundproduction with special emphasis on suchaspects as phonological rules, phonologicalprocesses, distinctive features, and oral-motorapproaches. Prerequisites: CDIS 100, 203.

351 Assessment of Speech and Language Disorders. Spring (4).Examination of the principles, materials, andinstrumentation utilized in evaluating disor-ders of speech and language. Special attentiongiven to interpretation of test data for thepurposes of decision-making for remediation.Some administration of diagnostic instru-ments is required. Observations of diagnosticassessment sessions is required. Prerequi-sites: CDIS 100, 202, 203, or permission.

358 Language Pathology. Fall (4) and Spring (4).Characteristics of language problems withdisordered populations: specific languageimpairment, hearing impairment, autism,language-learning disabilities, traumaticbrain injury, and adult aphasia. Theoreticalconsiderations in remediation. Prerequisites:CDIS 100, 201, 202, 203, PSYC 220, orpermission.

428 Neural Processes of Speech, Hearing, and Language. Fall (4).Neuro-anatomy and neurophysiology relatedto speech, hearing, and language processes.Theories of brain function. Prerequisite: CDIS201 or permission.

436 Speech Science. Spring (4).Review of the acoustics of sound, acoustic andperceptual characteristics of speech, andresearch and laboratory techniques. Threehours lecture, one hour lab. Prerequisites:CDIS 100, 203, and 304.

455 Audiology II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Methodology and procedures used to evalu-ate both peripheral and central hearing lossin children and adults, such as pure tone,speech and emittance audiometry as well asspecial behavioral tests, and discussion ofremediation procedures and issues relevantto work with clients experiencing hearingloss. Meets state audiometric certificationrequirements. Prerequisite: CDIS 304.

459 Clinical Methods and Procedures I. Fall (4) and Spring (4).Methods and procedures for remediation ofspeech and language disorders. Studentsassist in the Truesdail Center for Commu-nicative Disorders. Prerequisites: CDIS 202,306, and permission; majors only. CDIS 351and 358 are strongly recommended.

464 Seminar in Communicative Disorders.Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Intensive study in one of the areas ofcommunicative disorders and review ofcurrent literature. Current lists of seminartopics may be obtained through the depart-ment.

495 Senior Seminar. Fall (4) and Spring (4).A senior capstone experience that allowsmajors to refine their abilities to questionand understand the profession while conduct-ing an in-depth study of one area of inquiry.Prerequisites: CDIS 100, 201, 202, 203, 351,or permission.

THE GRADUATE PROGRAM

AdmissionApplication for admission should be directedto the department. The application deadlinefor fall admission is March 1. Applicationsmust include:

1. A completed application form;2. The $40 non-refundable fee;3. Three letters of recommendation (one

from a professor, one from a clinicalsupervisor [or second professor]), and one“open” letter;

College of A

rts & S

ciences



4. An official copy of transcript(s) from eachinstitution attended to date (undergrad-uate and/or graduate work) sent directlyfrom the institution to the department’sadministrative assistant.

5. An official Graduate Record Examination(GRE) score report;

6. An essay (must be two pages, typewritten,and double-spaced); and

7. For students from countries in whichEnglish is not the primary language,official scores of the Test of English as aForeign Language (TOEFL). (Minimumscore must be 550 or higher.)

Prospective graduate students are encour-aged to visit the department. When possible(and if advance notice is given), arrangementsare made for a faculty member sharing simi-lar interests to meet with applicants.

Graduate AssistantshipsThe Department of Communicative Disordersmakes available scholarships for tuitionremission each semester. Applications forthese scholarships are included in the admis-sions material. They are awarded on thebasis of clinical and academic qualificationsas well as financial need. Students also areencouraged to contact the Office of FinancialAid to determine their qualifications for low-interest loan programs sponsored by theUniversity.

The department appoints graduate studentsto training assignments each semester. Whilethese positions are not related to financialaid, they provide students with experienceand training in extracurricular aspects of thefield and are an integral part of the programsof involved students. Clinical assignmentsare awarded for work in clinical teachingwith undergraduate students and for clinicalwork with specific programs such as theadult neuropathology or voice/laryngectomyprograms. Teaching assignments are offeredfor assistance with special projects associ-ated with graduate course work as well as forlaboratory assistance in speech science,phonetics, and audiology. Assignments alsoare offered in a variety of support areas suchas materials management, computer use, andalumni relations.

The Master of ScienceStudents must work closely with their advisors to develop a program of study and aclinical practicum to suit their individualinterests and satisfy the requirements forprofessional certification.

Academic RequirementsA total of 48 graduate credits and satisfac-tory completion of the Graduate Examina-tion are required. A maximum of 6 transfercredits of graduate study may be applied tothe degree with the recommendation of theacademic advisor. This limit applies to cred-its earned at other institutions as well as tothose earned in other departments at theUniversity of Redlands. Students areexpected to have completed the followingundergraduate courses or their equivalentsprior to graduate study: CDIS 201, 202, 203,304, 305, 306, 351, 358, 436, and 459. Descrip-tions of these courses are listed in the preced-ing undergraduate section.Speech and Language: one seminar from

CDIS 620, 625, or 664; CDIS 623, 629 (if 429 not taken), 631, 634, 638, 639, 640,641, 642, 652, 683, and either 684 or 685.

Academic StandardsRegular Graduate Standing is a prereq-uisite for acceptance to candidacy for amaster’s degree and is granted by the chair ofthe program for which application is made.The basic requirements for Regular Gradu-ate Standing in communicative disorders areas follows:1. Graduation from an accredited college or

university;2. A minimum cumulative undergraduate

GPA of at least 3.00 on a 4.0 scale;3. Maintenance of satisfactory academic

standing. See the paragraph titled,“Satisfactory Academic Standing” below.

Provisional Graduate Standing may begranted to a student for one of the followingreasons: (1) application for Regular Gradu-ate Standing is incomplete for reasonsbeyond the applicant’s control (applicantsshould be cautioned that this applies in veryfew instances); and (2) a decision on the part



of program faculty to evaluate more of astudent’s work before recommending Regu-lar Graduate Standing.

Provisional Graduate Standing may begranted for no more than one year of full-time enrollment. Registration is limited to amaximum of 13 graduate credits. Studentsmust attain a minimum grade point averageof 3.00 in the first year of their graduatework in order to advance to Regular Gradu-ate Standing. At the end of any semester, thechair of the graduate program may recom-mend that the student either advance toRegular Graduate Standing or be removedfrom the program.

Limited Graduate Standing may begranted to a student who is approved as acredential candidate in education or to appli-cants for full-time, non-degree study.However, for those who later seek RegularGraduate Standing, no more than 6 creditsearned under Limited Graduate Standingmay apply toward a degree program.

Special Graduate Standing is a categoryintended only for students who are takingindividual courses on a part-time basis anddo not intend to become candidates for adegree or credential program. However, forthose who later seek Regular GraduateStanding, no more than 6 credits earnedunder Special Graduate Standing may applytoward a degree program.

Satisfactory Academic StandingA minimum GPA of 3.00 (based on a 4.0scale) in all graduate work taken at theUniversity of Redlands is required to qualifyfor a degree. A student whose cumulativegrade point average is below a 3.00 at the endof any semester will be placed on probationand allowed one semester to restore thecumulative grade point average to 3.00. Anystudent who fails to restore his or her cumu-lative grade point average to a 3.00 at theend of the probationary period may bedisqualified. Disqualification may also occurif a student receives one grade of 0.0 or twogrades of 1.0.

Credit for a course graded below 2.0 (underthe numerical grade option) cannot applytoward a graduate degree. However, the

course may be retaken with the second gradedetermining acceptability toward both thedegree and the grade point average. The firstgrade will remain on the student’s perma-nent record but will not become part of thecumulative grade point average.

Graduate Examinations will be graded asHigh Pass, Pass, or Fail, as determined bythe department faculty. Such grades are notincluded in the calculation of the GPA, norare they recorded on the transcript.

AuditingA full-time student may audit a maximum ofone course during the Fall or Spring semes-ter without an additional fee. Students whoregister for less than a full load will berequired to pay the usual fee for any auditedcourse. No student may audit a course with-out the instructor’s consent.

Clinical RequirementsGraduate study in communicative disordersrequires a significant commitment of time toclinical practicum. Students are expected tobe available approximately ten hours eachweek for practicum in the Center for Commu-nicative Disorders; this is in addition to theclinical work associated with certain courses.Students must make hours available tocomplete the practicum required for CDIS622, 634, 640, 641, 642, 683, and 685.

A minimum of 375 hours of supervisedclinical observation and clinical practicumare required for the state license and theASHA certificate. The following qualificationsapply (Note: “c.h.” means clinic hours):1. clinical observation (25 c.h.) prior to

beginning initial clinical practicum;2. clinical practicum (350 c.h. total)

• 250 c.h. at graduate level in the area inwhich the certificate is sought,

• 50 c.h. in each of three types of clinicalsettings;

3. a minimum of 50 hours must becompleted in the University’s Center for Communicative Disorders before astudent may apply for practicum in an off-campus facility;

4. students must arrange to have a varietyof practicum experiences with people of

College of A

rts & S

ciences



different ages and with different disor-ders, as required by certifying agencies.

Students who are identified by faculty ashaving difficulty meeting the standards ofprofessionalism or competence in skillsrequired for clinical practicum will be placedon Clinical Probation for one semester.During this period a program will be set forimprovement, and progress will be monitoredby a subcommittee of the faculty. At the endof the semester of probation, the entiredepartment faculty will hear the recommen-dation of the subcommittee and either recom-mend termination from the graduateprogram, placement on Provisional Gradu-ate Standing, or reinstatement of the studentas a clinician in good standing. A completedescription of this process is on file in thedepartment.

Clinical-Rehabilitative ServicesCredential

Speech-Language SpecialistThe following undergraduate and graduatecourses or their competency equivalents arerequired: CDIS 201, 202, 203, 304, 305, 306,351, 358, 459, 495, 620, 623, 629, 631, 634, 638,639, 640, 641, 642, 647, 650, 683, and 685.

In addition, courses in the foundation ofeducation, the psychology of exceptional chil-dren, and developmental psychology arerequired. Students must accrue 300 hours ofclinical practicum: 200 of these must be withchildren, and 100 must be in a public schoolprogram. The California Basic EducationalSkills Test (CBEST) examination, if notcompleted during the undergraduate program,should be taken during the first semester ofgraduate work.

Credential candidates may take additionalcourses to add a Special Class Authorizationto their credential. This allows them to teachchildren with language disorders in specialday classes. The additional courseworkconsists of CDIS 622, 624, and a course inreading, mathematics, and writing curriculaused in regular classrooms. Students alsomust complete 100 hours of directed teachingin a public school class for severe languagehandicapped children.

The Certificate of Registration as School AudiometristThe holder of this certificate is permitted toconduct hearing tests in public schools.Students must take CDIS 304 and 455 andapply for the certificate.

Graduate ExaminationSuccessful completion of a departmentalGraduate Examination is required of allcandidates for the master’s degree prior tothe completion of their program. This maytake the form of a Thesis, an EducationalPortfolio, or a Written Comprehensive Exam-ination. Further information about each ofthese options is available from the depart-ment.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CDIS)

620 Seminar in Language Pathology. Fall (3).Extensive reading of the current literature inlanguage disorders of children and adults.Topics include dealing with absence of, orinterruptions in, normal language develop-ment with respect to etiology and/or sympto-matology and examination of researchfindings in evaluation and remediation oflanguage disorders. Current related profes-sional issues are also discussed. Prerequi-sites: CDIS 202, 358, or permission.

622 Theory and Practice in Clinical Evaluation: Language and Learning Disorders. Spring (3).Advanced problems in formal and informalassessment of language pathology and learn-ing disabilities; practicum at the center isrequired, including staffing, report writing,parent conferences, and remedial planning.An interdisciplinary approach is taken.Prerequisite: CDIS 623 or permission.

623 Assessment of Language Disorders in Children. Fall (3).Survey of tests applied to language-disor-dered children; analysis of test content, diag-nostic patterns, relationship between history,observation, and psychometrics; content of



complete communication evaluation; rela-tionship between linguistic and other cogni-tive abilities. Prerequisites: CDIS 202, 203,351, 358, or permission.

624 Educational Considerations for Childrenwith Language and Learning Disabilities.Spring (3).Study of language and learning disabilities:their identification, educational principlesand procedures, diagnostic patterns, andeducational management. Prerequisites:CDIS 358, 623, or permission.

625 Cognition and Language. Fall (3).Study of cognitive development and its rela-tionship to linguistic development in children.Theoretical viewpoints, research studies, andthe application of developmental data to theclinical process. Prerequisite: CDIS 623.

628 Neural Processes of Speech, Hearing, and Language. Fall (3).Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology relatedto speech, hearing, and language processes.Theories of brain function. Prerequisite:CDIS 201 or permission. Offered as needed.

629 Disorders of Fluency. Fall (3). Theories, etiologies, assessment, and reha-bilitative techniques for disorders of fluencywith special emphasis on the behavioral andemotional management of children and adults.

630 Seminar in Speech Pathology. Spring (3).Investigation of the literature with respect totheoretical and clinical issues in speechpathology; interpersonal considerations forremediation.

631 Disorders of Voice. Fall (3).Structure, function, and capabilities of thenormal voice; etiologies, assessment strate-gies, and rehabilitative techniques of thedisordered voice; problems of laryngealcancer and subsequent voice restorationalternatives.

634 Theory and Practice in Clinical Evaluation: Speech and Language Pathology.Fall (3), Spring (3).Advanced problems in formal and informalassessment in speech and language pathol-ogy. Weekly practicum experience is required:preplanning, report writing, parent confer-encing, home and school visits, and remedialplanning. Extensive interaction with relatedprofessionals. Prerequisite: CDIS 623.

635 Seminar in Disfluency. Spring (3).Investigation of literature concerning identi-fication and development of disfluency behav-ior in children and adults. Theoretical,clinical, and experimental approaches todisfluency. Prerequisites: CDIS 100, 201, 629,or permission.

636 Speech Science. Spring (3).Review of acoustics and sound, acoustic andperceptual characteristics of speech, researchand laboratory techniques. Three hourslecture, one hour lab. Prerequisites: CDIS 100,203, and 304.

638 Neuropathologies of Speech. Fall (3).Review of normal neurology and etiologiesthat result in neuropathologies. Concentra-tion on neurological deficits that result indisordered movement. Evaluation and treat-ment of dysarthria, apraxia, and dysphagia.

639 Neuropathologies of Language and Cognition. Spring (3).Coursework on neuropathologies that involvedisruption of cognitive and language func-tion. Evaluation and treatment of aphasia,cognitive and language disorders resultingfrom right-hemisphere lesions, traumaticbrain injury, and dementia. Prerequisite:CDIS 638.

640–641–642 Clinical Practicum andProcesses I–II–III. Fall (1), Spring (1).Offerings include discussion of principles,methods, and procedures for client manage-ment. Enrollment requires treatment of aminimum of one client in the TruesdailCenter. A three-semester sequence of 1-creditenrollments (beginning, intermediate,

College of A

rts & S

ciences



advanced) must be taken. Prerequisite: CDIS459 or equivalent.

647 Professional Methodologies andConcerns. Spring (3).Role of speech/language pathologist in publiceducation and other professional settings,referral procedures, IEP writing, state andfederal legislation, utilization of assistants,case selection and scheduling, applicationprocedures for credentialing and licensing, andparaprofessional and interprofessional rela-tionships. Taken concurrently with CDIS 685.

650 Counseling Issues in CommunicativeDisorders. Fall (3), Spring (3).Interacting across personal and culturaldifferences, principles and practices in inter-viewing parents and spouses, responding tothe emotional needs of others, the effects ofdisability on family systems, professionalcollaboration, and working with others toeffect changes in attitude and action. Prereq-uisite: CDIS 459.

652 Introduction to Research and Experimental Design. Fall (3).Research theory and design with specialapplication to the areas of disordered commu-nication. Elementary statistical theory; influ-ence of variables, controls, and assumptionsof statistical design. Introduction to analysisof variance, and critical analysis of researchtechniques. Prerequisite: one statistics coursepreferred.

655 Audiology II. Fall (3), Spring (3).Methodology and procedures used to evalu-ate both peripheral and central hearing lossin children and adults such as pure tone,speech and emittance audiometry as well as

special behavioral tests and discussion ofremediation procedures and issues relevantto work with clients experiencing hearingloss. Meets state audiometric certificationrequirements. Prerequisite: CDIS 304.

664 Seminar in Communicative Disorders.Fall (3), Interim (3), Spring (3).Intensive study in one of the areas of commu-nicative disorders. Review of current litera-ture. Current lists of seminars may beobtained through the department.

683 Theory and Practice in Clinical Problems: Speech, Language, and Hearing.Fall (3), Interim (3), Spring (3).Internship practicum at off-campus sites. Aminimum of 160 hours on-site is required.Prerequisites: fifty hours of clinical practicumat the Truesdail Center, CDIS 634, anddepartment approval. CDIS 631, 638, and 639are strongly recommended.

684 Advanced Theory and Practice in Clinical Problems: Speech, Language, andHearing. Fall (3), Interim (3), Spring (3).Second internship practicum at off-campussites. A minimum of 160 hours on-site isrequired. Prerequisites: CDIS 683 anddepartment approval.

685 Student Teaching: Speech and Language. Spring (3).Student teaching practicum in the publicschools. Taken concurrently with CDIS 647.Prerequisites: permission and 125 hours ofclinical practicum. CN only.

698 Thesis. Fall (3–6), Interim (3–6),Spring (3–6).



THE FACULTYPani ChakrapaniPatricia Cornez

THE MAJOR

The Bachelor of Science MajorStudents majoring in computer science mustcomplete the following requirements:• 32 credits consisting of: CS 110, 111, 220,

230, 240, 340, 341, 450;• 8 additional credits from the following:

CS 208, 213, 221, 222, 260*, 320, 330,331, 360, 460.Related Field Requirements

• 28 credits consisting of MATH 111, 121,201, and 231 or higher; PHYS 220–221(or 231–232) and 258.

*with departmental approval

THE MINORStudents minoring in computer science mustcomplete the following requirements:• CS 100 or 101,• CS 110,• CS 111,• 12 additional credits from computer

science offerings,• MATH 101, and• MATH 111.

Advanced Placement in Computer ScienceStudents who receive a score of three or fourwill receive 4 credits and credit for CS 110.Those who receive a score of five will receive8 credits, and credit for CS 110 and 111.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byan affirmative vote of the computer sciencefaculty. Interested students should consultwith a computer science faculty member forinformation about the application procedureand requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CS)

100 Introduction to Computers (Macintosh).Fall (4), Spring (4).Designed to make students computer liter-ate. Non-technical introduction to computerswith particular focus on microcomputers andhow they work. Students are introduced toword processing, spreadsheets, graphicsprograms, databases, programming, and ethi-cal issues in computer use. Taught on theMacintosh computer.

101 Introduction to Computers (PC). Fall (4), Spring (4).Designed to make students computer liter-ate. Non-technical introduction to computerswith particular focus on microcomputers andhow they work. Students are introduced tothe Windows operating system, word process-ing, spreadsheets, graphics programs, data-bases, programming, and ethical issues incomputer use.

102 Introduction to Computers for Educators.Fall (4), Spring (4).Essentially the same as CS 100, but withtopics such as evaluation of software for class-room use; designed to meet state require-ments for those seeking a California teachingcredential.

110 Introduction to Programming Using C++. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to problem-solving methodsand algorithm development through the useof computer programming in the C++language. Emphasis on data and algorithmrepresentation. Topics include declarations,arrays, strings, structs, unions, expressions,statements, functions, and input/outputprocessing.

111 Data, File Structures, and OOP. Spring (4).Advanced topics concerning data and algo-rithm representation using C++.Topics includestacks and recursion, dynamic memory, point-ers, linked lists, queues, trees, searching, sort-ing, and object-oriented programming andclasses. Prerequisite: CS 110.

Computer ScienceC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Computer Science

208 Java Programming. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Exploration of the Java language for studentsfamiliar with object-oriented programming.Topics include multimedia programming,threads, exception handling, and networkcommunications. Prerequisite: CS 111. Offeredas needed.

213 COBOL Programming. Fall (2).Introduction to the COBOL programminglanguage, a business-oriented language usedprimarily in applications such as payroll,budget control, and accounts payable. Topicsinclude the syntax and semantics of thelanguage and typical applications. Recom-mended: CS 110. Offered as needed.

220 Architecture and Assembly. Fall (4).Introduction to the architecture of a computersystem and its machine and assemblylanguages. Topics include instruction set,memory management, I/O interface, andassembly language. Prerequisite: CS 111.

221 Exploring Visual Basic. Fall (2) or Spring (2).Basic principles of problem solving and algo-rithm development are studied. Variousstatements of the programming languageVisual Basic will be presented and used inthis context. A fairly rapid pace of coveragewill occur in this course, as this is not thefirst course in programming; complex anddemanding assignments will form part ofthe coursework. Prerequisite: CS 111.Offered as needed.

222 Programming for the World Wide Web.Fall (2) or Spring (2).Exposure to programming for the world wideweb. The languages HTML and JavaScriptwill form the core of this course. The syntaxand semantics of the HyperText MarkupLanguage that enables you to create webpages with a variety of textual and graphicalinformation units will be studied in depth.The notion of client-server programmingwith graphical user interfaces will also bestudied through Java and JavaScript applets.Prerequisite: CS 111. Offered as needed.

230 Operating Systems. Fall (4).Introduction to principles of operatingsystems. Topics include processes (sequentialand concurrent), tasks, task management,processor scheduling, memory management,file handling, device management, commandlanguages, interrupts, I/O, and security.Prerequisite: CS 220.

240 Theory of Computation. Spring (4).Students of computer science are introducedto the need for and construction of mathe-matical proofs. The concepts, notations, andtechniques of the theories of automata,formal languages, and Turing machines arestudied to understand the capabilities andlimitations of computers. Prerequisites: CS111, MATH 121.

260, 360, 460 Topics in Computer Science.Spring (4).Features a topic of current interest incomputer science not otherwise offered in thecurriculum. Prerequisite: permission. May berepeated for degree credit, for a maximum of8 credits, given a different topic. Offered asneeded.

320 Computer Networks. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to computer networks, datacommunication concepts, network topologies,and network protocols. Topics include local-area networks, wide-area networks, switch-ing, and routing. Although the entire OSInetwork model will be examined, an empha-sis will be placed on the higher levels. Theclass also covers client-server applicationsand sockets. Prerequisite: CS 220. Offeredas needed.

330 Database Management. Spring (4).Introduction to principles of database designand management for information systems.Discussion of file design leads to study of logi-cal and physical database concepts relating tothree models of database organization: hierar-chical, network, and relational. Includes issuesrelating to query processing, integrity and secu-rity of data, and distributed database systems.Prerequisite: CS 111. Offered as needed.


Computer ScienceC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


331 Artificial Intelligence. Spring (4).Introduction to artificial intelligence designedto introduce the basic ideas about search andcontrol strategies, heuristics, problem-solving,constraint exploitation, and logic. Rule-basedsystems and expert systems techniques andthe process of generating intelligent behaviorfor computers using these informationprocessing strategies are also discussed.Prerequisite: CS 220. Offered as needed.

340 Programming Languages. Spring (4).Introduction to programming languageconcepts and representatives of several differ-ent programming language techniques. Topicsinclude data, operations, sequence control, datacontrol, storage management, operating envi-ronment, syntax, and comparison of variousprogramming paradigms. Prerequisite: CS 220.

341 Software Engineering. Fall (4). Introduction to the new and maturing field ofsoftware engineering. Topics include themanagement of expectations, computer tech-nologies, people and their skills, time, cost,and other resources needed to create, test, andmaintain a software product that meets theneeds of computer users. Prerequisite: CS 230.

450 Computer Science Senior Project.Spring (4).Designed to integrate and apply knowledgepreviously gained to an individual projectapproved by the department. Prerequisite:senior standing.


Economics

THE FACULTYRandall A. BluffstoneMussaddequddin ChowdhuryRafat FazeliLorenzo GarboChristopher J. NiggleRoberto Pedace

THE B.A. AND B.S IN ECONOMICSThe major program in economics can bedesigned to earn either a bachelor of scienceor bachelor of arts degree. All majors ineconomics must complete the followingrequired courses:

• ECON 250 Principles of Microeconomics,ECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics.Normally taken during the sophomoreyear. ECON 250 should be completedfirst.

• ECON 200 Introduction to StatisticalMethods. Should be taken prior to thejunior year and preferably during thesophomore year.

• Either ECON 304 Economic History orECON 307 History of Economic Thought

• ECON 350 Intermediate Microeconomics,ECON 351 Intermediate Macroeconom-ics. Should be taken during the junioryear in numerical sequence.

• ECON 465 Senior Seminar in Economics.Taken during the final semester of thesenior year.

Candidates for the B.A. degree mustcomplete, in addition to these seven requiredcourses, at least four elective economicscourses numbered 300 or above totaling atleast 12 credits. BUS 353 ManagerialFinance and HIST 345 Business and Entre-preneurship in Historical Perspective may beaccepted as economics electives with permis-sion of the department. Additional require-ments are computer literacy, competence inuniversity-level finite mathematics MATH101, and first-semester calculus MATH 121.Students who have not completed suchcourses can satisfy the requirement bysuccessful completion of an examination

given by the department in an early meetingof ECON 350, the first course to require suchmath. Others must take MATH 121, substi-tuting the math course for one of the econom-ics elective courses.

Candidates for the B.S. degree mustcomplete, in addition to the seven requiredmajor courses, five other economics coursesincluding ECON 300 Introduction to Econo-metrics and ECON 301 MathematicalEconomics, and three additional electiveeconomics courses. Because the B.S. degreerequires nine specific economics courses,careful planning by the student is necessary.Students should begin to plan their course ofstudy with their advisor early in their career.In addition, candidates must be computerliterate and complete at least 16 credits inmathematics, which must include MATH 101or equivalent, MATH 122, and at least one ofthe math courses listed below.

MATH 231 Introduction to ModelingMATH 233 Introduction to Operations

ResearchMATH 235 Differential EquationsMATH 241 Linear Algebra

The candidate may select any three econom-ics electives to complete the degree require-ments. If appropriate, a student may beallowed to substitute a mathematics coursefor one of the economics electives withdepartmental approval.

All economics majors are urged to comple-ment their studies in economics with coursesin computer science, government, history,mathematics, philosophy, and sociology. Aminor in any of these fields is strongly recom-mended. ACCT 210 Principles of FinancialAccounting and Reporting and PHIL 130Reasoning and Logic are strongly recom-mended.The department also encourages allmajors to participate in one of the University’sexcellent international study opportunities.

B.S IN FINANCIAL ECONOMICSThe major program in Financial Economicsemphasizes the financial side of economicsand the applicability of accounting to econom-ics and finance. It requires eleven courses in

economics, six courses in accounting, and twocourses in business administration.

Required CoursesECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 251 Principles of MacroeconomicsECON 200 Introduction to Statistical

MethodsECON 300 Introduction to EconometricsECON 323 International FinanceECON 331 Business Cycles and Economic

ForecastingECON 333 Money, Banking, and Financial

MarketsECON 352 Industrial Organization and

Public PolicyECON 465 Senior Seminar in EconomicsTwo courses chosen from:

ECON 322 International TradeECON 354 Public FinanceECON 356 Managerial Economics

Related field requirements:ACCT 210 Principles of Financial Account-

ingACCT 220 Principles of Managerial Account-

ingACCT 310 Intermediate AccountingACCT 315 Advanced Managerial Account-

ingACCT 440 Financial and Business Report-

ing AnalysisBUS 353 Managerial FinanceBUS 354 Investments and Corporate

FinanceOne Course Chosen from the following:ACCT 400 Financial Reporting Theory IACCT 401 Financial Reporting Theory IIACCT 331 Accounting Information SystemsACCT 370/470 Directed Studyor another 400-level accounting course,with permission

THE MINORStudents who elect a minor in economicsmust complete the following courses:• ECON 200 Introduction to Statistical

Methods• ECON 250 Principles of Microeconomics,

ECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics

• ECON 350 Intermediate Microeconomics,ECON 351 Intermediate Macroeconomics

• And two additional elective courses ineconomics numbered 300 or aboveapproved by the department. EitherECON 304 Economic History or ECON307 History of Economic Thought isstrongly recommended.

Quantitative PreparationStudents structuring their academic prepa-ration for careers or graduate study ineconomics, business administration, opera-tions research, or statistics are advised todevelop their quantitative skills beyond theminimum required by the department. TheB.S. degree is particularly appropriate forsuch students. A minor in mathematics—especially one that emphasizes calculus,statistics, linear algebra, differential equa-tions, numerical analysis, and optimizationtechniques—is recommended. The require-ments for a mathematics minor are specifiedin the Mathematics section of this Catalog.Courses in computer science are stronglyencouraged.

Advanced Placement in Economics Students who receive a score of four or higherin microeconomics receive 4 credits for ECON250 Principles of Microeconomics. Studentswho receive a score of four or higher inmacroeconomics receive 4 credits for ECON251 Principles of Macroeconomics. Thedepartment also accepts these scores to fulfillthe ECON 250 and/or 251 prerequisites forupper-division courses and to fulfill theECON 250 and/or 251 major or minor grad-uation requirements.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and well-motivatedstudents.Admission to the program may comeby departmental invitation or, should studentsinitiate their own applications, by an affirma-tive vote of the economics faculty. Interestedstudents should consult with the department

EconomicsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


chair for information about the procedure andrequirements in their junior year.

InternshipsInternships in Washington D.C. and in thelocal area are available for interested andqualified students. The internship programintegrates classroom and work experienceand allows students to alternate betweenperiods of school and periods of employment,or to work part time while attending school.Internships are closely related to thestudent’s course of study and individualinterests. Students may earn from 3–14 cred-its in appropriate internship experiences.Students who earn more than 4 credits ofinternship will receive University credit forall of their credits; however no more than 4credits count toward the major.

Social Science ProgramEconomics majors interested in careersteaching at the secondary school level areencouraged to complete, in conjunction withtheir studies in economics, the Social ScienceProgram. Students should coordinate theiracademic planning with their advisor and theSchool of Education.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ECON)

149 Introduction to Economics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Pre-principles introduction to economics.Does not meet requirements for accounting,business administration, or economicsmajors. Topics covered include economichistory, economic philosophy, microeconomics,and macroeconomics with an emphasis onthe role of the state in the economy.

160 Topics in Economics. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest in economics suchas economics and environment, globaleconomic integration, economics of sports.May be repeated for degree credit, for amaximum of 8 credits, given a different topic.Offered as needed.

200 Introduction to Statistical Methods.Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the analysis of economic andsocial data. Basic tools of descriptive andinferential statistics and their application.Topics include basic probability theory, statis-tical inference, hypothesis testing, regression,and analysis of variance. Recommended:MATH 101.

250 Principles of Microeconomics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Principles of the market system, theory ofconsumer behavior, theory of the firm,market imperfections, market failures andexternalities, public intervention, pricing, andallocation of resources.

251 Principles of Macroeconomics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Determination of national income, employ-ment, prices, and monetary and fiscal policy.Includes discussion of issues involved inmeasuring resource utilization and environ-mental costs, economic growth, internationaltrade, and development. Prerequisite: ECON149 or 250.

300 Introduction to Econometrics. Fall (4).Intermediate tools of statistical analysis and use of computers to estimate and testeconomic models. Multicollinearity, autocor-relation, specification error, heteroscedastic-ity, dummy variables, lagged variables, andsimultaneous equation estimation. Applica-tion and evaluation of selected examples ofempirical economic research. Prerequisite:ECON 200, 350 or 351, or permission.Offered in alternate years: 02F.

301 Mathematical Economics. Spring (4).Introduction to mathematical methods ineconomics. Fundamental modeling techniques,simple linear models and matrix algebra,comparative static analysis, basic differen-tial calculus, and optimization procedures.Topics in micro- and macroeconomic theoryare analyzed using quantitative methods.Prerequisites: ECON 250, 251. MATH 121 is

Economics


recommended and may be taken concur-rently. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

304 Economic History. Spring (4).Economic, social, and political causes andconsequences of the Industrial Revolutionand its spread throughout Europe and Colo-nial America. Mercantilism and colonialism.U.S. economic history from the Revolution tothe present, as interpreted with economictheory and statistical evidence. Prerequisite:ECON 149, 250, or 251. Offered in alternateyears: 02S.

307 History of Economic Thought. Spring (4).Economic methodologies and doctrinesthroughout the evolution of the discipline.Major analytical discoveries placed in theirhistorical perspectives. Prerequisite: ECON149 or 250 or 251. ECON 250 and 251recommended. Offered in alternate years:01F, 03F.

320 Comparative Economic Systems. Fall (4).Comparisons of market and mixed economiesin terms of theory, policies, and performance.Emphasis is particularly on the economics ofsocialism and the transitions of plannedeconomies in Europe and Asia to ones basedon markets. Country cases are used to illus-trate important cross-country differences.Prerequisites: ECON 250 and 251, or permis-sion. Offered in alternate years: 01F, 03F.

321 Economic Development. Spring (4).Development theories grounded in the devel-opment patterns of Western and EasternEurope, North America, Latin America,Australia, and Southeastern Asia. Issues ofdevelopment and income distribution, popu-lation growth, and countries’ cultural andeconomic openness. Comparison of develop-ment and growth theory. Prerequisite:ECON 250 or permission. Offered in alter-nate years: 02S.

322 International Trade. Fall (4). Theories ofinternational trade: What are the theoretical

reasons for which countries benefit fromtrade? Commercial policy: tariffs, quotas,voluntary export restraints, export subsidies,local content requirements, internationalstandards’ harmonization. Internationaltrade in practice: issues of free trade vs.protectionism, customs unions and free tradeareas, multilateral agreements and functionsof the World Trade Organization. Prerequisite:ECON 250. Offered in alternate years: 02F.

323 International Finance. Spring (4).History, components, and functions of theworld financial system. Balance of paymentanalysis. Forces and mechanisms of theforeign currency markets. Short-run andlong-run macroeconomic theories in openeconomy and spill-overs of domestic macro-economic policies. Current issues on capitalmarket globalization. Prerequisite: ECON 251or permission. Offered in alternate years: 01S,03S.

331 Business Cycles and Economic Forecasting. Spring (4).Business cycle theories and selected propos-als for economic stability. Current economicconditions, methods employed in preparingnational forecasts and in forecasting demandfor an individual product or firm. Prerequi-sites: ECON 200, 250, 251. Offered in alter-nate years: 01S, 03S.

333 Money, Banking, and FinancialMarkets. Fall (4).The financial system, including the commer-cial banking system and the Federal Reserve,and its interaction with the nonfinancialsectors of the economy. The determinants ofthe money stock and volume of credit, andtheir influence on prices, production, andemployment. Prerequisites: ECON 250, 251.Offered in alternate years.

340 Economics of Race and Gender. Fall (4) or Spring (4).The economic position of women andminorities in society. Racial and sexualdiscrimination, women’s labor force partic-ipation, occupational segregation, domestic

EconomicsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


work, immigration of workers, and racialmarginalization in market economies.Mediating influences such as education,spatial forces, and institutional and publicpolicies. Gender/race relations in industrial/Third World countries. Prerequisite: ECON149, 250, or 251.

350 Intermediate Microeconomics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Theory of the household, the firm, and themarket. The logic of market decision-making,resource allocation, and efficiency questions.Prerequisites: ECON 250, 251; MATH 121 isrecommended and may be taken concur-rently.

351 Intermediate Macroeconomics. Fall (4), Spring (4).The use of theoretical tools to explain thelevel and changes in aggregate income,employment, and price level; classical, Keyne-sian, and new classical approaches; applica-tion of theory to problems of nationaleconomic policy. Prerequisite: ECON 350 orpermission.

352 Industrial Organization and PublicPolicy. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Structure, conduct, and performance of theU.S. enterprise sector, excluding financialinstitutions. Problems of monopoly, oligopoly,and economic power. Government regulationof business, antitrust law interpretation, andenforcement. Prerequisite: ECON 250; ECON350 recommended. Offered in alternate years.

353 Economics of Labor. Spring (4).Development and utilization of humanresources: wage determination, labor forceparticipation, employment patterns, the roleof labor organizations, human capital theo-ries, manpower policies and programs.Prerequisites: ECON 250, 251. ECON 350recommended. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

354 Public Finance. Fall (4), Spring (4).Expenditures: the allocative role of federal,state, and local governments; social choice;provision of public goods; the welfare state

and income transfer programs; and publicpolicy approaches to correcting diseconomiessuch as pollution. Revenue: tax incidence,alternative forms of taxation and theirimpact on efficiency, equity, and economicgrowth. Prerequisites: ECON 250 and 251,or permission. ECON 350 recommended.Offered in alternate years: 02F.

355 Environmental and Resource Economics. Spring (4).Overview of the theory and management ofnatural resource use. Topics include thecontrol of air and waste pollution, solid wastemanagement and recycling, forestry, curbingsuburban sprawl, water management, andmitigation of climate change. Issuesaddressed from both theoretical and empiri-cal perspectives. Prerequisites: ECON 250;ECON 251 recommended. Offered in alter-nate years.

356 Managerial Economics. Spring (4).Designed to enable students to appreciatethe contribution of economics to the businessand corporate strategy process. Topics of thecourse are, among others, the economics ofcorporate activities, the economics of marketstructure, the economics of innovation and ofmergers and acquisitions. Offered in alter-nate years. EV and NU only.

360 Topics in Economics. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Focus on various topics in economics. Maysatisfy an elective course requirement withdepartmental approval. Prerequisites: ECON250, 251, and permission. May be repeatedfor degree credit once, given a different topic.Offered as needed.

460 Advanced Topics in Economics. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Continuation of a specific upper-division coursein economics allowing students to pursuetopics beyond one semester. Prerequisites:permission and upper-division economicscourse in the area covered. May be repeated fordegree credit given different topics. Offered asneeded.

Economics


465 Senior Seminar in Economics. Spring (4).Independent student research on one or moreeconomic problems. Discussion, debate, andcritical analysis of a variety of topics in aseminar setting. Open to majors only. Prereq-uisite: six courses in economics includingECON 350 and 351.

486 Economics Internship. Fall (3–14), Spring (3–14).

EconomicsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


THE FACULTY*Joe CastinoRobert DenhamMargo DrallosCarol Ann FranklinCandice FredrickBarbara McEwan LandauMarjo MitsutomiRonald MorganKeith OsajimaLydia RiveraJustin SaldanaLorraine Troy Sheffield

*Adjunct faculty are listed at the back of this Catalog.

Admission to Basic Teaching CredentialProgramStudents may apply for admission into thecredential program after reaching sophomorelevel. The application must be filed prior tobeginning the education sequence. Eachapplication will be reviewed by the credentialanalyst and approved by the Educationfaculty, who consider such factors as scholar-ship and academic performance (minimumGPA: 2.75), professionalism, potential forteaching, and personal recommendations.The application should include evidence of 50 documented hours of working with childrenor adolescents in a public school setting. Inaddition, each applicant must successfullycomplete the admissions assessment processand prerequisite courses. State law requiresthat students take the California BasicEducational Skills Test (CBEST) for diag-nostic purposes prior to application foradmission to a credential program, and thatthey acquire criminal and character identifi-cation clearance. Students must complete 6semester credits of a foreign language priorto applying for a teaching credential with aCrosscultural, Language and AcademicDevelopment (CLAD) emphasis. Consult theSchool of Education faculty or the School ofEducation Office of Admissions for details.

AdvisingStudents accepted to the Basic TeachingCredential Program receive assistance fromtwo advisors: A member of the Educationfaculty helps plan their professional prepa-ration. Matters concerned with their majorare handled by the departmental facultyadvisor. Since the State of California creden-tialing requirements change periodically, it is important for students to maintain closeassociation with Education faculty.

Basic Teaching Credential ProgramsThere are two types of subject matterprograms for the teaching credential. TheMultiple Subject Teaching Credential permitsteaching in the elementary schools and theSingle Subject Teaching Credential permitsteaching one or more single-content areas injunior high or high schools.Candidates for either the multiple subjector single subject teaching credential in theState of California must either:• Take state-approved examinations in the

appropriate academic fields, or• Complete an approved university-level

subject matter program to waive thestate examination.

While completing a single subject program,students may take approved coursework fora minor in physical education to receive asupplementary authorization in an addi-tional teaching area.

Professional Clear Teaching CredentialBoth the single subject and multiple subjectcredentials are commonly referred to as prelim-inary credentials. Within five years of receiv-ing a preliminary teaching credential, a personis required to earn a Professional Clear Teach-ing Credential. Courses required for theProfessional Clear Credential are: EDUG 320,EDUC 327, and CS 102. Contact the School ofEducation for more information. Early plan-ning with the Education faculty is essential.

Graduate and Service Credential ProgramsGraduate studies at the University ofRedlands include credential and/or master ofarts programs specializing in administrative


Education

services, counseling/pupil personnel services,and curriculum and instruction. Studentsseeking an M.A. degree or a service creden-tial must complete graduate applicationprocedures with the enrollment counselor inthe School of Education Admissions office.Consult the School of Education section ofthis Catalog for details.

Teaching Credential CoursesMultiple Subject Credential with CLAD Emphasis

Requirements: EDUG 310, 425, 434, 443,432, 435, 450, and REST 315

Single Subject Credential with CLAD EmphasisRequirements: EDUG 310, 425, 434, 444,

432, 436, 450, and REST 315

The Minor in EducationSome students may prefer to take a minor in education whether or not they intend tobecome teachers. Other students who arepreparing to enter the teaching credentialprogram in their senior year may opt todeclare a minor in education.

The minor in education includes all educa-tion coursework except for student teaching.Students who choose to declare a minor ineducation and who are preparing to becometeachers should follow the course listings forthe credential they are seeking. In otherwords, those students who intend to pursuea multiple subject credential should take thecourses required for that credential. Thoseseeking a single subject credential shouldtake the courses required for that credential.If students want to have a minor in educationbut are not seeking a credential, they canchoose either option.

Multiple Subjects:EDUG 310, 331, 425, 432, 434, 443, 435,and REST 315

Single Subject:EDUG 310, 331, 425, 432, 434, 444, 436,and REST 315

Departmental HonorsSince there is no major in education, the Schoolof Education does not offer departmental

honors. However, students who plan to beteachers may pursue honors in their majordepartment.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (EDUG)

120/120E Fieldwork in Mathematics andScience. Fall (2), Spring (2).Examination of curriculum trends and disci-plinary issues in mathematics and science ina public school setting. Students spend fortyhours observing mathematics and scienceinstruction in an elementary classroom andwill meet every other week with the Univer-sity supervisor. Prerequisite for EDUG 120:liberal studies majors only. Prerequisite forEDUG 120E: liberal studies evening majorsonly. CN only.

121/121E Fieldwork in Language Arts and Social Studies. Fall (2), Spring (2).Examination of curriculum trends and disci-plinary issues in language arts and socialstudies as they are addressed in a publicschool setting. Students will spend fortyhours observing language arts and socialstudies instruction in an elementary class-room and will meet every other week withthe University supervisor. Prerequisite forEDUG 121: liberal studies majors only.Prerequisite for EDUG 121E: liberal studiesevening majors only. CN only.

150 From Classroom to Career: Personal Excursions. Interim (3).Provides an opportunity to spend time on thejob with a professional in the area of humanservices. Instructor assists in making place-ments in areas such as schools, social workagencies, juvenile facilities, and law offices.Prerequisite: interview with instructor.

310/310E Introduction to SecondLanguage Acquisition. (3).For teachers and prospective teachers seekingthe teaching credential with CLAD emphasis.Theories and research on language learning,language structure and use of theories andfactors in first and second language develop-ment are studied. Examination of effective

EducationC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


teaching strategies that empower teacherswhile teaching second language learners.

320 Experiences with Exceptional Children and Youth. Fall (3).Experience with exceptional children andyouth; emphases on assessment, diagnosis,prescription, curriculum materials, andteaching strategies. Meets the special educa-tion requirement for the Professional ClearMultiple Subject and Single Subject creden-tials. Prerequisite: permission.

327 Health Education. (2).Examination of school and community healthissues, curriculum planning, and methodsimplementing sound health practices. Meetsthe CCTC requirements for the ProfessionalClear Multiple Subject and Single SubjectCredentials.

331 Child Development. Fall (3), Spring (3).Cognitive, social, and language developmentof children from birth through adolescence;various learning theories and their implica-tions for the timing of instruction; develop-mental implications for teaching the wholechild. Prerequisite: junior standing.

425 Democratic Classroom Management.Fall (3).Examination of various approaches to class-room management designed to model democ-racy, promote equity, and maintain safeschool environments. Prerequisite: permis-sion. NU only.

432 Foundations of Education. Fall (3), Spring (3).Students explore the major philosophies ofeducation and their impact on currentthought and practice in the United States,including historical, philosophical, cultural,and political aspects of education. Prerequi-site: admission to the Basic Teaching Creden-tial Program. NU only.

434 The Teaching of Reading: K–12. Fall (3).Field and related course experiences addressall levels in the public school. Principles of

reading, reading-readiness factors, phonemicawareness, phonics instruction, developmen-tal reading, reading in content areas, andremedial reading are included. Prerequisite:admission to the Basic Teaching CredentialProgram.

435 Teaching Math and Science in Elementary Schools. Fall (3), Spring (3).Designed to provide pre-service teachers andin-service intern teaching candidates withthe foundations of math and science curricu-lum, fundamental teaching strategies, meth-ods appropriate for instruction, and tools topromote successful learning in a crosscul-tural and linguistically diverse classroom.Prerequisite: admission to the Basic TeachingCredential Program. NU only.

436 Teaching in the Content Area. Fall (3), Spring (3).Designed to prepare candidates for studentand intern teaching experiences by focusingon specific content areas. Focus encompassesongoing changes in schools, curriculum,secondary learners, and effective teaching formiddle, junior high, and senior high schoolsin crosscultural and linguistically diverseclassrooms. Prerequisite: admission into theBasic Teaching Credential Program. NU only.

443 Elementary Curriculum and Methods:ELD and SDAIE. (3).Examination of the complexity of elementaryschool teaching, beliefs about learning,curriculum and instructional methods, andthe impact teachers have on student learn-ing. Focus includes theories and methodolo-gies of English Language Development(ELD) and Specially Designed AcademicInstruction in English (SDAIE). Prerequisite:admission to the Basic Teaching CredentialProgram. NU only.

444 Secondary Curriculum and Methods:ELD and SDAIE. (3).Examination of the complexity of middle andsecondary school teaching, beliefs aboutlearning, curriculum and instructional meth-ods, and the impact teachers have on studentlearning. Focus includes theories and

Education


EducationC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


methodologies of English Language Develop-ment (ELD) and Specially Designed Acade-mic Instruction in English (SDAIE).Prerequisite: admission to the Basic TeachingCredential Program. NU only.

450 Student Teaching: K–12. Fall (12), Spring (12).Field and related course experiences in alllevels in the public school. Student teachingexperiences under supervision in multiplesubject and single subject areas in kinder-garten and grades 1–12. Student teachingconsists of one semester of full-time, five daysper week, practice teaching in a public school.Prerequisites: EDUG 434 and permission.CN only.

454 Methods in Teaching Multilingual,Multicultural Students. (3).Theory and methodologies of English devel-opment in the content areas for K–12 schools.Topics include the role of primary language,theories of ELD and SDAIE strategies,assessment, and program models. Includessharing of personal experiences from studentteaching in classroom management, educa-tion law, and development of a professionalportfolio. Prerequisite: admission to the BasicTeaching Credential program or permission.NU only.

462 Educator’s Workshop. (1–4).Designed to reflect curriculum trends andissues in education, these workshops arecurrent and topical.


THE FACULTYRalph AngelGreg BillsLeslie BrodyNancy E. CarrickPatricia GearyRobert N. HudspethClaudia IngramDaniel KieferHeather KingJoy ManesiotisWilliam E. McDonaldRobert Lee StuartJudith A. Tschann

THE MAJORS

The Creative Writing MajorThe creative writing program’s focus is oncreative process rather than on specializationin any one genre. Requirements are designedto foster a rapport with all forms of literaryexpression and to promote community amongour majors.1. Foundation courses:

Nonfiction Workshop I, Poetry Workshop I,and Fiction Workshop I: ENGL 104, 105,and 107

2. Intermediate courses:Nonfiction Workshop II, Poetry WorkshopII, and Fiction Workshop II: ENGL 204,205, and 207

3. Advanced Courses:Each student chooses one advanced writ-ing course in poetry, fiction, or nonfictionwriting.

4. Advanced Seminars:Each student chooses one advanced liter-ary seminar, and it must be in the samegenre as the one chosen for the advancedwriting course.

5. Advanced Literature Courses:Each student must take two upper-division courses in literature.

6. Senior Portfolio:In the senior year, each student mustcomplete a final portfolio consisting of asignificant body of work in a specific genre.

Recommendations:• By the beginning of the sophomore year,

the student who intends to major increative writing is expected to choose oneof the department’s resident writers as anacademic advisor and, with that individual,plan an appropriate three-year schedule.

• Foundation and intermediate levelcourses are taken in all genres. At theadvanced level, the student chooses onegenre to pursue. Additional advanced-level workshops and seminars in allgenres are strongly encouraged.

• Students are encouraged to take addi-tional advanced literature courses and aprofessional internship: ENGL 385Practicum.

The Literature MajorStudents must fulfill the following require-ments (11 courses):1. ENGL 201 Analysis of Literature2. A creative writing workshop chosen from

ENGL 104, 105, or 1073. Six courses in literature, four of which

must be taken from the 300-level orabove, and one of which must be devotedto literature prior to 1800

4. Either ENGL 402 Literary Criticism orENGL 403 Current Literary Theory

5. ENGL 420 Senior Seminar in Literature6. One additional English Department

course numbered above 200

Subject Matter Teaching CredentialStudents who want to be certified to teachEnglish need to pass the PRAXIS, SSAT, andCBEST examinations. The best preparationfor these examinations is a B.A. in English.Consult with the department chair and meetwith an advisor in the School of Education forinformation concerning certification and theBasic Teaching Credential Program (includ-ing student teaching). Also, see the School ofEducation section of this Catalog for adetailed list of other requirements.

English: Writing and Literature


THE MINORS

The Creative Writing MinorThe minor is designed for students toexplore creative expression as part of abroad education.

The minor in creative writing consists of aminimum of 24 credits:• ENGL 104, 105, 107, 204, 205, 207• Advanced level workshops and seminars

are recommended.

The Literature MinorThis minor is designed for the student whowishes to read, discuss, and enjoy the novels,plays, stories, and poetry of major British,American, and European writers as part of abroad liberal education.The minor in literature consists of a

minimum of 24 credits:• Genre and analysis (2 courses):

ENGL 201, 210, 212, 213, 221, 222, 311,402, 403

• American literature (2 courses):ENGL 330, 331, 332, 361 (given appro-priate topic)

• British literature (2 courses): ENGL 320,321, 322, 361 (given appropriate topic)

The Interdisciplinary MinorStudents having completed no fewer than 30credits with a cumulative grade point averageof at least 3.30 are eligible to apply for aninterdisciplinary minor in English prior toentering their senior year. The minor consistsof 12 credits of English courses numbered 200or above plus 12 credits of a second discipline,all 24 credits to be approved by a faculty advi-sor from the Department of English.

Advanced Placement in EnglishStudents who score three, four, or five on thetest for Advanced Placement in Englishlanguage/composition will receive 4 creditsfor ENGL 102. Those whose AP score is threeand whose SAT verbal score is below 580 (orwhose ACT English score is below 26) mustwrite the challenge exam the first day of finalexams their first semester on campus. Thatexam will either complete their WA require-ment or indicate the need for ENGL 101, a

1-credit tutorial in writing. Students with APscores of three in English composition and580 SAT verbal or 26 ACT English areexempt from the exam and should enroll in aWB course when they attain junior standing.Those whose AP scores are four or five areexempted from the challenge exam. Studentscomplete the Liberal Arts Foundationrequirement in writing by taking any courselabeled WB in the Schedule of Classes afterthey attain junior standing.

Students who score three, four, or five onthe test for Advanced Placement in Englishliterature/composition will receive 4 creditsfor ENGL 112 and thereby satisfy theHumanities Literature (HL) portion of theLiberal Arts Foundation requirements.

Internships and Career PreparationAn internship, ENGL 385 Practicum, is avail-able to interested students during theirjunior or senior years. Practica enablestudents to explore a career or determine thefield in which they will use the skills devel-oped and refined in their liberal arts major—such as critical reading, writing, analysis,organization, oral communication, problemsolving, research, and editing—and offerexperience in advertising, public relations,law, journalism, technical writing, book andmagazine publishing, film and television,marketing, social services, teaching, andmany other fields. Each student chooses afield and, with the help of the internshipprogram advisor, decides on a company,agency, or other organization within thatfield. Working with both the program advisorand on-site supervisors, students design awork experience tailored to their career goals.

Departmental HonorsQualified students majoring in writing orliterature are encouraged to apply for depart-mental honors. An honors project begins withthe selection of a challenging topic and afaculty committee that assists at every step ofthe process. Advanced research and carefulthinking lead to the completion of a formalhonors thesis and its defense before thefaculty committee. Successful candidates willgraduate with honors in English.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



Eligibility: To qualify for departmentalhonors, a student must have completed atleast 16 credits in the major and 70 creditsoverall. The candidate should have a mini-mum GPA of 3.50 in the major and maintainit through graduation.

Application: Students should applyduring the second semester of the junior year.To apply, students need only record theirnames with the department secretary andcomplete the application process in the Officeof the Registrar by the end of the second weekof classes in their final semester.

Registration: In the first semester of thesenior year, honors candidates majoring increative writing should enroll in ENGL 441during the Fall semester, and ENGL 499Honors Research Project during either theInterim or Spring semester. Honors candi-dates majoring in literature should enroll inENGL 499 for the Fall semester, and inconsultation with their advisors should workout a schedule for the thesis defense duringthe Spring semester.

Publications and AwardsThe department publishes a literary magazine,Redlands Review, showcasing student poetry,fiction, nonfiction, and art. Students holdpositions on the editorial board and managethe editing and layout of this publication.

In conjunction with the Academy of Amer-ican Poets, the department sponsors the JeanBurden Prize in poetry. The department alsosponsors an annual fiction contest. Studentpoetry and fiction are submitted to outsidejudges of national repute. Each spring, thedepartment awards the Gene Kanjo prize inliterary criticism.

The Writing LabThe Writing Lab is available to all College ofArts and Sciences students. The lab offersone-on-one peer tutoring for students whowant assistance with essay writing. Tutorsare students who have demonstrated writ-ing talent and have completed “Peer TutorTraining,” a course in the theory and practiceof tutoring writing.

Tutors help students clarify the purposeand focus of their papers, ascertain their

audience, and explore appropriate organiza-tional schemes. Tutors may design specificexercises in mechanics or punctuation, butthey will not proofread essays; their role is toassist students in all stages of the composingprocess and to help foster necessary writingskills.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ENGL)

100 Expository Writing. Fall (4).Study of syntax and essay development.Extensive practice writing in a variety ofstyles.

101 Writing Tutorial. Fall (1), Spring (1).Weekly tutorial meetings to review essaysand practice critical reading and writing skills.May be repeated for up to three degree credits.

102 Critical Thinking and Writing. Fall (4), Spring (4).Combination of classroom discussion andindividual conferences designed to helpstudents respond critically to readings froma variety of disciplines and to write criticalessays that develop carefully reasoned posi-tions on a variety of subjects. Restricted grad-ing option (see course syllabus).

103E Writing Workshop. Fall (1), Spring (1). Summer (1).Taken concurrently with ENGL 200E Liter-ary Analysis for Educators, this coursesupports critical thinking, reading, and writ-ing in the literature content area. Structuredin small group settings, the Writing Work-shop seeks to supplement ENGL 200Ethrough review of the writing process anddocumentation rules, as well as composi-tional strategies. Corequisite: ENGL 200E.CN or NU only.

104 Nonfiction Workshop I. Fall (4), Spring (4).Nonfiction writing workshop surveying vari-ous genres of creative nonfiction, includingmemoir, biography, and literary journalism.Student presentations, guest speakers, andwriting portfolios.



105 Poetry Workshop I. Fall (4), Spring (4).Beginning-level poetry writing workshopfocusing primarily on student writing andstressing process.

107 Fiction Workshop I. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introductory fiction writing workshop with aprimary focus on student writing, whilestressing process.

110 Poetry. Fall (4) or Spring (4). Introduction to poetry and creative expression.Examination of sound, rhythm, and majestyin poetry with a focus on how a poem speaksof our lives.

111 Introduction to Film. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to the history, theory, and criti-cism of film with an emphasis on how narra-tive is accomplished through film languagesuch as shots, scenes, and sequences.

112 Short Fiction. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Intensive study of the uses of language to con-vey and evoke experience. Readings are inter-national in scope, including works of manycultures and countries. Assignments developskills in analytical reading and writing.

114 War in Literature and Film. Interim (3).Exploration of ways in which war is reflectedin literature and film, including a variety ofgenres. Consideration of ethical issues isintegral to the course. Extensive writing andactive class discussion are required. EV orNU only.

115 European Literature. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to the literature of Europe.Topics may vary from one year to the next.Typical topics include “Masterpieces of Euro-pean Literature,” “European Drama,” and“Modern European Fiction.” May be repeatedfor degree credit given a different topic.

117 Politics and Literature. Spring (4).Exploration of political themes in literature.Analysis of themes such as justice, power,

revolution, and war and freedom in fiction,drama and poetry. Reading includes the liter-ature of writers from ten nations including:Ibsen, Kafka, Camus, and Dostoyevsky.

118 The Literature of the Bible. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to the Old and New Testaments.Survey of the contents of the Bible, and astudy of the various types of literatureincluded. Though this is not a course in Bibli-cal history or criticism, the creation of thecanon and critical stances from which theBible can be read are noted.

121 Introduction to British Literature. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Selection of British works from a variety ofgenres and periods. Special attention todeveloping critical and analytical skills.

122 Literature in England. Interim (3).Travel seminar featuring the reading of selec-ted novels and poems from English literature,visits to a number of literary sites, and severaltheatre evenings followed by discussions.

130 Introduction to American Literature. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Selection of American works from a variety ofgenres and periods related to themes centralto the American experience. Special atten-tion to developing critical and analyticalskills.

133 African-American Literature. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Literature from the Eighteen Century to thepresent. Major trends and themes are exam-ined from historical, social, and psychologi-cal perspectives. Prerequisite: sophomorestanding.

134 Mexican-American Literature. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Representative readings in Mexican-Ameri-can culture as illustrated in literature fromthe beginnings in Mexico through subsequentdevelopment in the American Southwest.Prerequisite: sophomore standing and oneliterature course recommended.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



161 Studies in Literature. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Selected topics, themes, or authors in literaryfields. May be repeated for degree credit,given different topics, for a maximum of 8credits. NU or EV only. Offered as needed.

200E Literary Analysis for Educators. Fall (4), Spring (4), Summer (4).Introduction to basic principles and practicesof critical analysis, with particular emphasison aspects of literary theory and criticismwhich provide a foundation for the study andteaching of literature in K–8 classrooms.Prerequisite: Freshman Composition beforetransfer to the University of Redlands or aWA course. NU only.

201 Analysis of Literature. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to basic principles and practicesof critical analysis. Provides the foundationfor studies in literature and writing. Theo-retical essays are read closely and applied tothe study of fiction, drama, and poetry.Assignments develop skills in analyticalreading, writing, and thinking. Prerequisite:sophomore standing; one literature courserecommended.

204 Nonfiction Workshop II. Spring (4).Intermediate creative nonfiction workshopwith a focus on various genres of creativenonfiction, including nature and travel writing, cultural criticism, and literary journalism. Student presentations and guestspeakers. Prerequisite: ENGL 104.

205 Poetry Workshop II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Intermediate poetry writing workshop withstress on process. In-depth exploration andrefinement of skills. Prerequisite: ENGL 105or permission.

207 Fiction Workshop II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Intermediate fiction writing workshop with afocus on refinement and quality. Emphasison completion and revision of short stories.Prerequisite: ENGL 107.

210 Poetry. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Exploration of the structures of lyric poetry,with a focus on rhythm, figuration, and tonal-ity. Texts are chosen from a wide range ofpoets, with an ear for the sheer pleasure ofpoetic language.

211 Film Genres and Auteurs. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of the conventions of such film asscrewball comedy, gangster, and the Western.Set against convention (rules, norms, andcodes) is the director’s invention or departurefrom a genre’s traditions. Prerequisite: ENGL111 recommended.

212 Fiction. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of representative English, American,and European novels from the EighteenCentury to the present.

213 Drama. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of dramatic forms in various culturesand periods. May be repeated for degreecredit given a different topic.

217 Images of Women in Literature. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of images and definitions of woman-hood, motherhood, and the “feminine” in vari-ous works. Students explore, question, andultimately seek to reconsider, rewrite, andreclaim women’s history. Students will completeprojects determined by contract. Prerequi-site: sophomore standing. May be repeatedfor degree credit given a different topic.

221, 222 Shakespeare. Fall (4), Spring (4).The first semester, Shakespeare to 1600 A.D.,covers early plays and the sonnets, the liter-ary traditions and backgrounds of the plays,Shakespeare’s language and theater. Thesecond semester covers plays written after1600 with emphasis on interpreting ironyand tragedy through dramatic structure andimagery.

241 Linguistics. Fall (4) or Spring (4). Theoretical and historical investigation of theEnglish language, through a study of phonol-ogy, morphology, syntax, and semantics.



Includes review of traditional grammar,introduction to transformational grammar,and discussion of current issues of sociolin-guistics. Prerequisite: sophomore standing.

242 Studies in Language.Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of language from different and oftenopposing points of view based on readingsfrom contemporary linguists and cognitivescientists, French psychoanalytical linguists,historians of the English language, and vari-ous philosophers of language. Emphasis onways in which the study of language enrichesthe study of literature. Prerequisite: sopho-more standing. NU and EV only.

301 Advanced Writing Conference. Fall (1), Spring (1).Weekly conference meetings to review writ-ing produced for upper-division classes and topractice skills required for writing in thedisciplines. Prerequisite: lower-division compo-sition class or any class labeled WA in theSchedule of Classes. CN only.

302 Intermediate Composition. Fall (4), Spring (4).Process-oriented approach to writing.Includes the writing of short position papers,applications and proposals, and a majorproject. Emphasis on peer review and revi-sion. Prerequisites: completion of the WArequirement and sophomore standing.

304 Nonfiction Workshop III. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced writing course designed to honecreative non-fiction writing skills throughextensive essay and article writing, peerreviews, and in-depth research. Prerequisite:junior or senior standing. May be repeatedfor degree credit for a maximum of 8 credits.

305 Poetry Workshop III. Fall (4), Spring (4).Advanced poetry writing workshop with afocus on student writing. Further explorationand refinement of poetry writing skillsthrough advanced workshop critiques.Prerequisite: ENGL 205 or permission. May

be repeated for degree credit for a maximumof 8 credits. NU and EV only.

307 Fiction Workshop III. Fall (4).Advanced fiction writing course designed forstudents interested in creating a significantwork—a novel or unified series of shortstories. Plotting, structure, character devel-opment, and pacing are considered, andemphasis is placed on substantial progresstoward completion of a project. Prerequisite:ENGL 207 or permission. May be repeatedfor degree credit for a maximum of 8 credits.NU or EV only.

309 Persuasive Writing. Fall (4).Students discuss essays by peers and profes-sionals.Ancient and modern theories of rhetoricare used to assist advanced writers inperfecting their skills in analysis and persua-sion. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.

311 Film and Literature. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Study of the practice and theory of adaptingfilm from literature, demonstrated in selectliterary works made into feature films.Prerequisite: ENGL 111 recommended.

320 The Age of Belief: The Medieval World.Fall (4) or Spring (4).Exploration of the sacred and profane in earlyWestern literature, including dragons, epicheroes, love songs, bawdy tales, pilgrims, andsermons. Includes historical and linguisticbackground and addresses social and culturalframework of the medieval world. Primarysources from literature, philosophy, and art.Prerequisite: ENGL 201 or permission.

321 The Age of Reason. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of the literature inspired by thecultural movement called “humanism,” theProtestant Reformation, and the Puritanrevolt. Readings capture the joy and gaiety aswell as the trepidation of the new learning,the aspiring mind of the overreacher, and thebeginning of modern science. Prerequisite:ENGL 201 or permission. May be repeatedfor degree credit given different topic.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



322 Topics in the Age of Revolution. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Successive offerings focus on the central revo-lutions that have shaped British literaturesince 1789: the Romantic revolt, the under-currents of doubt in Queen Victoria’s reign,the revolution in consciousness we callmodernism, and the combination of realismand fabulation in contemporary British writ-ing. Prerequisite: ENGL 201 or permission.May be repeated for degree credit given adifferent topic.

330 American Literature, 1620–1855. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of major movements of the period,including Puritanism, Transcendentalism,and Romanticism, as well as careful study ofsome of the best writing of American authorsthrough 1855. Prerequisite: ENGL 201 orpermission.

331 Individual and Society: American Literature, 1855–1912. Fall (4) or Spring (4).The golden days of America as embodied inWhitman, set against the manners andmorals of the gilded age in Twain, James,Dickinson, and Howells, and the new real-ism of Crane, Norris, and Dreiser. Prerequi-site: ENGL 201 or permission.

332 Modern American Literature: Quest forSelf-Identity. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of experimental language inpoetry, fiction, and drama of writers from T.S.Eliot and Eugene O’Neill to Rita Dove andToni Morrison. Treatment of existentialthemes of freedom and self-identity inmodern America. Prerequisite: ENGL 201 orpermission.

361 Studies in Literature. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Selected topics in literary figures andthemes. May be repeated for degree creditgiven different topics. Prerequisite: ENGL201 or permission.

385 Practicum. Fall (4), Spring (4).Practical experience in a field of writing:public relations; fund-raising, advertising,and marketing; technical writing; film andtelevision; print and broadcast journalism;magazine and book publishing; and researchand law, among others. May be repeated fordegree credit.

402 Literary Criticism. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of literary criticism from ancienttimes to the middle of the Twentieth Century.Combines representative readings of influ-ential critics with imaginative writing.Prerequisite: ENGL 201 or permission. NU orEV only

403 Current Literary Theory. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Exploration of representative schools ofcurrent literary theory. Topics may vary, butthe course is a combination of theory withreadings in fiction and poetry. Prerequisite:ENGL 201 or permission. NU or EV only

404 Nonfiction Seminar. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Advanced literary seminar designed to focuson specific periods or topics of interest.Discussion from the writers’ point of view.May be repeated for degree credit. Prerequi-site: ENGL 204 or permission. NU or EV only

405 Poetry Seminar. Fall (4).Advanced literary seminar designed to focuson specific periods or topics of interest.Discussion from the writers’ point of view.May be repeated for degree credit. Prerequi-sites: ENGL 205 or permission.

407 Fiction Seminar. Spring (4).Advanced literary seminar designed to focusof specific periods or topics of interest.Discussion from the writers’ point of view.Prerequisites: ENGL 207 or permission. Maybe repeated for degree credit.

420 Senior Seminar in Literature. Spring (4).Capstone planned and conducted jointly bystudents and professor, including works to beselected and taught by groups of seminar


English: Writing and LiteratureC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


students. A key part of the seminar is anextensive revision of a research-supportedessay that each student has written previ-ously for another course. A final essay willreflect the student’s experience as a litera-ture major. A portfolio of papers written forprevious literature courses is required aspart of this final assignment. Prerequisite:senior standing or permission.

441 Senior Portfolio. Fall (4), Spring (4).Opportunity for senior English majors andJohnston students with emphasis or partialemphasis in writing to work closely with afaculty committee to produce a manuscript inone of the following genres: poetry, fiction, ornonfiction. Parallel readings and conferenceswith writing faculty. Prerequisites: seniorstanding and three levels of workshop in thechosen genre. May be repeated for degreecredit. CN only.


PROGRAM DIRECTOR Lamont Hempel

FacultyKaren KempTimothy Krantz

Advisory Committee Michael J. Bloxham, Mathematics Rafat Fazeli, EconomicsAnne-Marie Feenberg, Liberal StudiesLawrence Finsen, Associate Dean,College of Arts and Sciences Kathie Jenni, Philosophy Alexander Koonce, Mathematics James Malcolm, BiologyBarbara Morris, Government Barbara Murray, Director, Center forScience & Mathematics Kathy J. Ogren, History James Pick, Business and ManagementJodye Selco, Chemistry L. Kent Smith, Biology John Walsh, Omer E. Robbins Chaplain Steven I. Welborn, AccountingTekle Woldemikael, Sociology andAnthropology

THE MAJORS Students may elect a bachelor of arts in Envi-ronmental Studies or a bachelor of science ineither Environmental Science or Environ-mental Management. In addition, Johnstonstudents may develop an individual contractto study areas related to the environment.

RequirementsMost courses for the major and minor areeither listed under Environmental Studies in the Schedule of Classes each semester orcross-listed with other departments. The corecourses are directly related to the program,but many other courses also may counttoward the degree. All electives must beapproved in advance.

Core Courses The following courses are required for theB.A. and the B.S:• EVST 100 Introduction to Environmental

Studies • EVST 102 Ecological Literacy: Knowing

Your Home Biome • PHIL 330 Ethics and the Environment

or REL 122 Religion and Ecology:Environmental Ethics

• EVST 110 Introduction to SpatialAnalysis and GIS

• EVST 250 Environmental Design Studio I• EVST 300 Environmental Colloquium in

Economics, Policy, Planning, andManagement

• EVST 475 Capstone Senior Project inEnvironmental Studies (a minimum of 6 credits is required)

• Practicum (choose one): EnvironmentalStudy Abroad* or Biosphere 2 Semester*or EVST 350 Environmental DesignStudio II or EVST 330 EnvironmentalPolicy Clinic or EVST 385 or 485Advanced Program Internship*Up to 16 credits toward requirements in themajor, but only 4 credits count toward core require-ments.

The Bachelor of Arts: Environmental StudiesIn addition to the core requirements, the B.A.requires nine more courses as follows:• One statistics course from MATH 111,

BUS 220, ECON 200, or PSYC 250 • Biological science elective from BIOL

107, 108, 109, or 131 • Two general math and science electives

from CHEM 20, 131, 132; BIOL 133, 331,340; MATH 235; EVST 220 or 225. EVST260/360 may also be approved, givenappropriate topics.

• ECON 149, 250 or 251. ECON 355 also willbe accepted, and is recommended for thosewith the prerequisites.

• Four non-science approved electives (two of the four must be advanced-levelcourses).

Environmental Studies


The Bachelor of Science: Environmental ScienceIn addition to the core requirements, the B.S.requires eleven more courses, as follows:• MATH 121 Calculus I or MATH 122

Calculus II • EVST 231 Introduction to Modeling or

BIOL 406 Research in BiosystemsModeling or MATH 235 DifferentialEquations

• EVST 235 Environmental ImpactAssessment or EVST 220 PhysicalGeography

• PHYS 220 Fundamentals of Physics • Two lower division science courses

selected from BIOL 131, 133; CHEM 131,132

• Four advanced science electives (200–400level courses) in at least two disciplines

• One non-science environmental elective.

The Bachelor of Science: Environmental ManagementIn addition to the core requirements, the B.S.requires fifteen more courses, as follows:• ACCT 210 Principles of Financial

Accounting and Reporting• ACCT 220 Principles of Managerial

Accounting• BUS 353 Managerial Finance• BUS 458 Management Science• ECON 250 Principles of Microeconomics• ECON 251 Principles of Macroeconomics• ECON 300 Introduction to Econometrics• ECON 355 Environmental and Resource

Economics• GOVT 111 American National

Government and Politics• Law or Policy chosen from EVST 310,

320, 330, GOVT 304, BUS 316 or ACCT425

• Two lower division science courses BIOL131,133; CHEM 131–132

• Two advanced science courses chosenfrom BIOL 331, 336, 339, 340, 354;CHEM 231, 320, 330; EVST 225. EVST360 may also be approved, given appro-priate topics.

THE MINOR Students who minor in environmental studiesare required to take all the environmentalstudies core courses, with the exception ofthe practicum and the senior capstone.

Teaching Credential Subject MatterProgram in Environmental Studies Students who wish to be certified to teachscience must pass the PRAXIS, SSAT, andCBEST examinations. The best preparationfor these examinations is a B.S. or B.A. inEnvironmental Studies or in a science.Students must meet with the science creden-tial advisor, the director of the Center forScience and Mathematics, and with an advi-sor in the School of Education for informationconcerning certification and the teachereducation preparation program process. Moststudents complete the teacher preparationprogram, including student teaching, duringa fifth year after graduation. Please refer toEducation section under the College of Artsand Sciences of this Catalog for a moredetailed list of requirements.

Program HonorsThe Environmental Studies Program offersthe opportunity for honors projects andresearch to outstanding majors desiring toundertake substantive original work duringtheir senior year. Application to pursue honorsmust be made during the second semester ofthe junior year. Students selected for honorscarry out research or a project with guidancefrom a program faculty member, includingthe advisory committee, or other departmen-tally approved professionals.

More specific guidelines regarding formatand a timetable for completion of honorsprojects are available from the Environmen-tal Studies Program office. To be awardedhonors, students must complete all compo-nents of the project as outlined above at alevel of academic performance acceptable tothe examining committee.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (EVST)

100 Introduction to Environmental Studies.Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the concepts and interrela-tionships needed to understand the complex-ities of environmental issues. Based on thebelief that we cannot relate to and solve envi-ronmental problems elsewhere in the worldwithout a basic knowledge of the issuesimmediately around us.

102 Ecological Literacy: Knowing YourHome Biome. Fall (4), Spring (4).A local geographic “laboratory” for applyingglobal concepts of environmental science. Aground-level view of environmental changeand landscape ecology. Using scientific tools,historical records, and field trips, studentswill trace the region’s anthropogenic envi-ronmental problems to particular activitiesand development patterns (e.g., physicalchanges in local watersheds).

110 Introduction to Spatial Analysis and GIS. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to concepts of spatial analysisand to geographic information systems (GIS).Emphasis on spatial reasoning and analysis.Topics include spatial data models, datarequirements and acquisition, spatial analy-sis using GIS, implementation within anorganization, and especially the applicationof GIS to problem-solving in other disciplines.Two lectures, two laboratories.

120 Introduction to ARC/INFO. Interim (3).Introduction to the geographic informationsystems software package called ARC/INFO.Students learn data entry, data manipula-tion, and database structure. Materiallearned in the first two weeks is applied tohelp investigate environmental problems.Students learn the multidisciplinary tech-niques of management. Offered as needed.

210 Energy and the Environment. Spring (4).Sources, production, distribution, and con-sumption of energy are considered with specialattention to alternative energy systems—including wind, solar, and geothermal—and

conservation. Environmental effects of air andwater pollution also are considered. Experi-ments are conducted to aid in understandingthe principles presented. Field trips to regionalenergy production facilities are included.Prerequisite: MATH 101 or high school algebraor permission. Offered as needed.

220 Physical Geography. Fall (4). Exploration of the physical geography ofEarth by examination of lithospheric, atmos-pheric, hydrological, and biological processes.Laboratory includes field methods, topo-graphic map reading, and in-depth discus-sion of these principles. EV, NU only.

225 California Plants: Taxonomy and Ecology. Spring (4).Exploration of the biodiversity of Californiaplant life. Lectures focus on the varied phys-ical environments and ecology of Californiaplant communities. Laboratories delve intothe intimacies of plant taxonomy and identi-fication. Field trip laboratories will affordfirst-hand experience with coastal, interiorvalley, montane and desert plant communi-ties and their environments. Offered in alter-nate years. EV and NU only.

231 Introduction to Modeling. Spring (4).Investigation of the process of modeling.Special emphasis placed on how to build, test,and refine models; how to analyze assump-tions and results; and what model limitationsare. Includes deterministic and stochasticmodels, rate equations and populationdynamics, and statistical analysis. Finalproject is tied to outside interests. Prerequi-site: MATH 121 or permission. Cross-listedwith MATH 231.

235 Environmental Impact Assessment.Spring (4).Comprehensive overview of environmentalimpact assessment. Federal and State legisla-tive foundations governing the content andprocess of environmental review are exam-ined. Culminates in preparation of an envi-ronmental impact report analyzing thepotential impacts and mitigations. Gradebasis: NU only. Offered in alternate years: 03S.



240 Global Environment. Fall (4), Spring (4).Analysis of selected problems of global environmental systems. Technical means ofmonitoring and analyzing global environ-mental data. Global applications of remotesensing, geographic information systems,computer modeling, and computer networks.Planning regulation and management. Rolesof international organizations, government,industry, and education. Prerequisites: EVST110, BIOL 331, and junior standing; orpermission. Offered in alternate years.

250, 350, 450 Environmental DesignStudio I, II, III. Fall (4), Spring (4).Students are introduced to spatial analysisand learn graphical representation. Asstudents move through this three-coursesequence, the material becomes more complexand concepts more advanced. Students inteams work collaboratively on environmentalprojects. Prerequisite for EVST 250: EVST100, 102, and 110, or permission.

260 Topics in Environmental Studies. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–4).Topics of current interest in environmentalstudies such as energy, air quality, water, andenvironmental justice. May be repeated fordegree credit up to a maximum of 8 credits.

300 Environmental Colloquium in Econom-ics, Policy, Planning, and Management. Fall (4), Spring (4).Illuminates the conversion of environmentalscience into policy and practice. Integratesintroductory material in each field, increas-ing understanding of interactions betweenscientists, planners, policy makers, and busi-ness interests. Students compare at least fourdistinct perspectives on an environmentalissue and select a particular approach forfurther investigation. Frequent guest lecturers.

310 Environmental Law. Fall (4), Spring (4).Exploration of American legal system andframework of creation, implementation, andinterpretation of environmental laws. Study ofcentral role of regulatory agencies in develop-ing and implementing environmental law andof course methods interpreting and shaping it.

Includes analysis of major environmental lawsand case studies. Emphasis on California andthe West. Offered as needed.

320 Environmental Policy and Management. Fall (4), Spring (4).Examination of policy actors and institutionsshaping environmental management andworld views from which they are derived.Study of competing discourses, influence ofpublic and private actors and institutions,and interplay between parties. Examinationof policy and management implications fromstandpoints of decision-making content andprocess. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

330 Environmental Policy Clinic. Fall (4), Spring (4).Students and faculty create innovative policyresponses to concrete environmental prob-lems, typically resulting in a report or majorpresentation about a specific environmentalimprovement strategy to a government clientor a group of stakeholders. Emphasis onpolicy and management strategy design;focus on political, economic, and managerialfeasibility of environmental controversy reso-lution. May be repeated for degree credit, fora maximum of 8 credits, given a differenttopic. Prerequisite: EVST 300 or 320. Offeredin alternate years: 02S.

360 Advanced Topics in Environmental Studies. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–4).Consideration of recent research develop-ments in environmental science with varyingtopics each semester. Examples include trop-ical island biogeography, physical biogeogra-phy, and California plants’ taxonomy andecology. May be repeated for degree credit upto a maximum of 8 credits.

EVST 385, 485. Advanced Program Internship. Fall (4), Spring (4).

EVST 475 Capstone Senior Project in Environmental Studies. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).

College of A

rts & S

ciences



The Master of Science in Geographic Information SystemsThe Master of Science in Geographic Infor-mation Systems (GIS) program is designedfor professionals seeking to enhance theirexisting academic foundations with compre-hensive understanding of Geographic Infor-mation (GI) Science fundamentals and theuse and application of GI technologies. Theprogram combines the development of strongtechnical skills and in-depth education in GIScience theory with hands-on experience onreal-world projects through the RedlandsInstitute, the University’s research anddevelopment center.

This program is offered in cooperation withEnvironmental Systems Research Institute(ESRI), one of the world’s leading GIS compa-nies, and includes frequent interaction withESRI’s highly educated and experienced GISprofessionals and some of their most currentprojects and technology.

Program ComponentsEach of the four two-month terms includes a core theory course on a major GI Sciencetheme paired with an intensive, hands-ontechnology course. Theory courses not onlycomplement the technology courses andensure that students have the critical theo-retical foundations for the relevant technol-ogy, but also explore broader issues relatedto effective and appropriate application ofthe technology. A month-long intensivecourse provides an opportunity for studentsto focus their attention on one of the

program’s two major themes—Programmingor Management.

All students are required to undertake amajor individual project applying GI Tech-nology and/or Science to a problem of theirchoice. Opportunities for projects will beexplored with staff from ESRI and otherorganizations in the region. When approved,students may work on a project relevant totheir home country or institution. Studentswho begin in the Fall will make a formalpresentation of their project conclusions inspecial sessions at the ESRI User Conferencein mid-July. Students who begin in winterwill present their projects to the campus andlocal ESRI community in December.

Students may choose to focus their educa-tion through elective courses and optionalseminars in specialized areas such as envi-ronmental management, technical writing,spatial data librarianship, technology train-ing, software development, or specific scien-tific or business application areas.

This program is offered as a continuouseleven-month, full-time, residential programonly. Program cycles begin in Fall and Spring.A completed undergraduate degree isrequired of all applicants. Since this programis evolving along with the emerging andmaturing technologies, the most currentinformation about the curriculum, entrancerequirements, and application procedures isavailable on the program’s website athttp://institute.redlands.edu/MSGIS or bycontacting the program office at (909) 335-4013or by e-mail at [email protected].



THE FACULTYFrancis T. BrightDanièle Chatelain Slusser

THE MAJORTo qualify for a French major, students mustcomplete 36 credits beyond FREN 102. 16credits must be taken in residence withdepartment faculty. At least 12 of these credits in residence must be taken in coursesnumbered 400 or above. A candidate enteringat the third-year level is considered to havecompleted 8 of the 36 required credits. Theseexempted credits apply only to the major andnot to the 132 total credits required for grad-uation. A semester at the Institute of Euro-pean Studies, in either Paris or Nantes, isrecommended in the junior year. In additionto its own diversified offerings, the institutemakes it possible for students having theproper degree of proficiency to register at theuniversities of Paris and Nantes as well asthe Ecole du Louvre, the Institut Catholique,and the Institut d’Etudes Politiques.

THE MINORA minor in French requires 28 credits beyondFREN 102. Students starting at the third-year level or beyond are considered to havecompleted 8 of these credits. These exemptedcredits apply only to the minor and not tothe 132 total credits required for graduation.Students also are required to take at leastone 400-level course (for 4 credits) in resi-dence with department faculty.

Course SequencingCourses must be taken in the correctsequence, i.e., FREN 101, 102, 201, 202, 301,302. While a student might enter thesequence at a level beyond FREN 101, nostudent subsequently can receive credit for a course lower in the sequence than the high-est numbered course already completed. Thisregulation applies only to language courses,not to civilization and literature coursesbeyond FREN 302.

Placement in FrenchStudents with previous experience in Frenchmust take the French placement exam beforeenrolling in a French language course.

Advanced Placement in FrenchFrench language: Students receiving ascore of three on the Advanced Placementtest receive 4 credits for FREN 102; thosescoring four or five receive 8 credits for FREN201 and 202.French literature: Students scoring four orfive receive 8 credits for French literature.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by invitation from faculty in French or,should students initiate their own applica-tions, by faculty approval. Interestedstudents should consult, during the course oftheir junior year, with French programfaculty for information about the applicationprocedures and requirements.

Departmental Honors Requirements• Students must have a minimum 3.45

cumulative GPA at the time of applica-tion.

• Interested students must apply no laterthan the advanced registration period(for the following Fall) during the Springsemester of their junior year.

• Students will enroll for 4 credits ofhonors work in the Fall semester of theirsenior year to do research and tocomplete a rough draft of the thesis. Inthe Spring of the senior year, students willcarry 2 credits to finish the final draftand to defend the thesis orally before thecommittee.

• The honors thesis will be a scholarlyresearch paper in French of 50–75 pagesin length.

• The honors committee will consist offaculty in French plus another professormutually agreed upon by the student andthe French faculty.

FrenchC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

French

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (FREN)

101–102 First-Year French. Fall (4), Spring (4).Pronunciation, conversation, essentials ofgrammar and composition, and reading ofelementary texts for students who have hadno French. Those with previous experiencein French who are not ready for FREN 201must obtain permission from the departmentto take first-year French.

201–202 Second-Year French. Fall (4), Spring (4).Review of grammar, with emphasis onconversation and contemporary Frenchculture. Introduction to French literature andculture through selected reading materials.Prerequisite: FREN 102 or two or three yearsof high school French.

301–302 Third-Year French. Fall (4), Spring (4).Review of essential points of grammar. Read-ings in literature, history, and culture.Emphasis on oral presentation and discus-sion. Prerequisite: FREN 202, or three or fouryears of high school French, or permission.

450 French Theater. Spring (4).Evolution of the theater in France from the17th century to the present. Reading, lectures,and discussions in French. Prerequisite:FREN 302 or equivalent. Offered as needed.

451 The Novel in France. Fall (4). Development of the novel in France fromthe 17th century to the present. Readings,lectures, discussions, and films in French.Prerequisite: FREN 302 or equivalent.Offered as needed.

452 French Lyrical Poetry. Spring (4).Development of lyrical poetry in France fromthe 14th century to the present. Lectures, read-ings, and discussions in French. Prerequisite:FREN 302 or equivalent. Offered as needed.

456 French Cinema. Spring (4).Examination of the development of cinema inFrance from its beginnings in the silent erato the nouvelle vague and cinema today.

Lectures, discussions, and student exposés inFrench. All films in French with Englishsubtitles. Prerequisite: FREN 302 or equiva-lent. Offered as needed.

458 France Today. Fall (4).Study of contemporary French institutions bothin their historical and traditional form and asthey are being transformed today as a result ofinternational influences. Readings, discussions,and exposés in French. Prerequisite: FREN 302or equivalent. Offered as needed.

459 The Francophone World. Fall (4).Exploration of the social, cultural, and artis-tic development of countries in which Frenchis the primary language. Alternate focus on(1) Africa and (2) the New World. Readings,slide lectures, discussions, films, and exposésin French. Prerequisite: FREN 302 or equiv-alent. May be repeated for degree creditgiven a different topic. Offered as needed.

463 Topics in French Literature. Fall (4).Diverse topics in French literature dealingwith either specific themes, currents ofthought, or genres and forms. Readings,lectures, discussions, and films in French.Prerequisite: FREN 302 or equivalent. Maybe repeated for degree credit given a differenttopic. Offered as needed.

464 Interdisciplinary Studies in French. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Interdisciplinary approaches to key issues,places, personalities, periods, or movements inFrench intellectual and cultural history. Topicschosen are examined from the followingperspectives: literature, art, architecture,urbanism, politics, religion, science. Topicsinclude the Renaissance, the Enlightenment,the French Revolution, romanticism, fin desiècle, surrealism, and Paris. Prerequisite:FREN 302 or equivalent. May be repeated forcredit given a different topic. Offered as needed.

466 Seminar. Spring (4).Detailed study in selected areas of Frenchlanguage, literature, and philosophy. Topics tobe assigned. Prerequisite: permission.Offered as needed.



THE FACULTYJoseph H. MagedanzBarbara Pflanz

THE MAJORStudents electing to major in German mustcomplete the following requirements:

• GERM 201, 202 Second-Year German(8 credits)

• Zertifikat Deutsch als Fremdsprache(qualifying examination for majors)

• One or two semesters at an approvedprogram in Germany or Austria

• Four courses in German language skillschosen from GERM 301, 302, 303, 304 orcourses in approved off-campus studycenters ( 16 credits)

• Three courses in German studies chosenfrom GERM 401, 404, 460, or courses inapproved off-campus study centers (12 credits)

• One course in Art History, Economics,Government, History, or Philosophychosen in consultation with the faculty ofthe German program. Coursework mustreflect a German studies component.

• Senior comprehensive examination: TheZentrale Mittelstufenprüfung, with apassing grade of “ausreichend.”

Students with previous work in German mayenter this sequence at a level appropriate totheir preparation. Those who begin at thethird-year level (GERM 301 or above) areexempt from 8 credits of the major or minorprogram requirements. These exempted cred-its apply only to the major or minor, not to the132 total credits required for graduation.

All students majoring in German mustcomplete at least 16 upper-division credits inGerman in residence.

Single-Subject Teaching CredentialThe German Department is currently in theprocess of applying for approval by the Stateof California Commission on Teacher Creden-tialing of its teacher preparation program.Until approval is granted, students mustpass the PRAXIS and SSAT exams. Once theprogram is approved, the PRAXIS and SSATexams will not be required for those whosuccessfully complete the approved program.

Students who wish to be certified to teachGerman should meet with advisors in theGerman Department for guidance and infor-mation. Most students complete the teacherpreparation program, including studentteaching, during a fifth year after graduation.

Requirements:• GERM 259, 301, 302, 303, 304, 401, 404,

and 460

THE MINORThe minor in German requires a minimum of28 credits chosen from courses numberedGERM 201 or above. The courses chosen shallinclude at least one from GERM 401, 404, or460. A passing grade of “ausreichend” on theZertifikat Deutsch als Fremdsprache (see “themajor” above) and one or two semesters at anapproved program in Germany or Austria arerequired for the minor.

Advanced Placement in GermanGerman Language: Students who score athree receive 4 credits for GERM 201; thosewho score a four or five receive 8 credits forGERM 201 and 202.

Departmental HonorsStudents in German will be awarded honorsupon passing the examination for “Das kleinedeutsche Sprachdiplom,” an internationallyrecognized diploma issued by the GoetheInstitute of the Federal Republic of Germany.

Web SiteFor current information on the GermanProgram, please visit our web site atwww.redlands.edu where you will find a linkto German from “Academics.”

GermanC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

German

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (GERM)

101–102 First-Year German. Fall (4), Spring (4).Practice in understanding and speakingGerman of moderate difficulty. Introductionto the contemporary civilization and cultureof German-speaking peoples. Presentation ofmajor grammatical aspects of the structure ofthe language. For beginners only. Four hoursof instruction, one hour of language or videolaboratory.

150, 250, 350 Keeping Up Your German. Fall (1), Spring (1).An atmosphere of congenial, loosely struc-tured conversations in German, spiced byoccasional native-speaker guests. Designedto maintain and refresh oral skills. Prerequi-site: permission. May be repeated once fordegree credit. Offered as needed. CN only.

201–202 Second-Year German. Fall (4), Spring (4).Practice of oral and written language skills.Presentation and study of various aspectsof German civilization and culture. Contin-ued study and review of grammatical struc-tures; listening practice in video orlanguage laboratory. Prerequisite: GERM102 or permission.

259 German Linguistics. Spring (4). Introduction to comparative, historical,descriptive, contrastive, and applied linguis-tics based on the study of the Germanlanguage. Prerequisite: GERM 202. Offeredin foreign study centers only.

301 Readings in German. Fall (4).Practice in developing a reading fluencypermitting rapid reading with understand-ing and minimal use of a dictionary. Readingsinclude selections from contemporaryGerman periodicals, children’s literature,advertisements, popular media, and the writ-ings of present-day authors. Prerequisite:GERM 202 or permission. Offered in alter-nate years: 01F.

302 Advanced Conversation in German. Fall (4).Guided conversations with special attention tolinguistically and culturally acceptable utter-ances in selected everyday situations. Goal-oriented vocabulary building and advancedlistening practice . Prerequisite: GERM 202 orpermission. Offered in alternate years: 02F.

303 Practice in Translation. Spring (4).Introduction to the specialized skill of profes-sional translation and writing. Texts of avariety of styles will be assigned with anemphasis on developing competent, idiomaticwriting. Prerequisite: GERM 202 or permis-sion. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

304 Writing in German. Spring (4).Strengthening and enhancing communicativeskills through writing. Review and practice ofgrammatical and syntactical patterns essen-tial to mastery of the structure of the Germanlanguage. Prerequisite: GERM 202 or permis-sion. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

360, 460 Seminar in German Studies. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of German civilization and culture,focusing on key issues, places, personalities,events, periods, and movements in Germanhistory and culture. Topics are examinedfrom various perspectives including music,art, architecture, literature, politics, religion,and business. Topics vary. Prerequisite:GERM 301 or permission. May be repeatedfor degree credit, given a different topic.Offered as needed.

401 Survey of German Literature. Fall (4).Survey of German Literature with emphasison literary movements and genres as relatedto historical events and cultural develop-ments. Prerequisite: GERM 301 or permis-sion. Offered as needed.

404 Germany Today. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of present-day German society. Topicsselected are current issues as highlighted incontemporary German media. Prerequisite:GERM 301 or permission. Offered as needed.


GermanC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


Salzburg CoursesThe following courses are only offered at ourstudy abroad program in Salzburg, Austria.For additional information on this program,please see the Off-Campus Study section ofthis Catalog.

101S–102S First-Year German. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of basic elements of the Germanlanguage for beginning students. Emphasison development of skills enabling students tounderstand and speak German of moderatedifficulty, focusing on the elementary gram-matical structures and a core vocabularyneeded for use in conversations and interac-tions in Salzburg. Prerequisite for GERM102S: GERM 101.

201S–202S Second-Year German (Salzburg).Fall (4), Spring (4).Continued study and review of basic elementsof the German language and grammaticalstructures while developing a core vocabularyof words and phrases for use in conversationsand interactions in Salzburg. Exercises inreading, writing, listening, and speaking.Differences in learning styles, customs, andtraditions between Americans, Austrians,Germans, and other Europeans will beexplored. Prerequisite for GERM 201S:GERM 102 or permission. Prerequisite forGERM 202S: GERM 201 or permission.

350S Third-Year German (Salzburg). Fall (4), Spring (4).Third-year level study and practice of reading,writing, and conversation. Tailored to takeadvantage of the cultural and linguisticresources in Salzburg. Prerequisite: GERM202 or permission.


THE FACULTYGraeme AutonRobert J. JacksonBarbara J. MorrisMichael Ng-QuinnArthur G. SvensonEdward Wingenbach

THE MAJORThe major in government consists of a mini-mum of 44 credits. GOVT 111 and 123 arerequired and must be completed before thejunior year. In addition, students mustcomplete the following requirements:1. American Politics: one course from

301–3082. Comparative Politics: one course from

217, 236, 320–3303. International Relations: one course from

242, 344–3514. Political Theory: one course from 210,

310–319, 3215. Advanced Seminars: two courses from

GOVT 400–4406. GOVT 450 Senior Capstone Seminar

With prior approval of their academic advi-sors and the Government Department chair,students may count upper-division coursesoffered by other departments, off-campuscoursework (such as Washington Semester orforeign study programs), internships, andindividualized study courses for up to 12credits toward the major. With prior approvalof their academic advisors and the Govern-ment Department chair, students may take acourse other than an internship or individu-alized study as a substitute for one of therequired advanced seminars.

Students who plan to major in governmentshould work closely with their advisors toselect appropriate courses outside the depart-ment to expand the breadth of their educa-tion. Of particular importance as foundationsare HIST 122, ECON 250 and/or ECON 251,SOAN 100, statistics, and courses in writingand speech.

Since government courses are an integralpart of the international relations major,

students are not permitted to major or minor inboth government and international relations.

Social Science ProgramThis is a program for students planning toteach government or social science at thesecondary school level. Information on theprogram, approved by the CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing, isavailable from the Government Departmentoffice. Prospective credential candidates mustcoordinate advising with the coordinator ofthe program in the Government Department,and the Education Department.

THE MINORA minor in government consists of a mini-mum of 24 credits in the department andmust include GOVT 111 and 123.

Advanced Placement in GovernmentStudents receiving scores of four or above onan AP American Government Examinationmay enroll in upper-division governmentcourses from GOVT 300–308; those whoreceive a grade of 3.0 or higher in that coursewill be given credit for GOVT 111. Moreover,students receiving scores of three or above onan AP Comparative Politics examination mayenroll in government courses from GOVT320–352; those who receive a grade of 3.0 orhigher in that course will receive credit forGOVT 123.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and well-motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byan affirmative vote of the government faculty.Interested students should consult with thedepartment chair about the applicationprocedure and requirements.

Related ProgramsGovernment students who are interested inprelaw or the international relations majorshould consult the appropriate sections inthis Catalog.

Government

Government

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (GOVT)

111 American National Government and Politics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the dynamics of governmentand politics in the United States and analy-sis of major contemporary public policy prob-lems.

123 Introduction to World Politics. Fall (4), Spring (4).The principal problems facing the worldcommunity and its constituent states andnations, especially crisis areas. A basic intro-duction to international relations and/orcomparative politics and a guide to fullerunderstanding of current events and theconceptual issues that help students tounderstand them.

American Politics

301 California Politics. Spring (4).A three-part course. The first part focuses onthe current political environment in Califor-nia, learning who the representatives are andhow the system works, the second portioncenters on reflection upon the past, and in thelast section students study how California’sinstitutions have formed and evolved over theyears. Prerequisite: GOVT 111.

303 Public Policy. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Thorough investigation into public policy inthe United States. Examination of the makingof policy through a combination of theoreticalmodels and substantive case studies. Orga-nized around two major questions: what is thepolicy making process in the U.S.? And whocontrols this process? Prerequisite: GOVT 111.Offered in alternate years.

304 Congress and the Bureaucracy. Fall (4) or Spring (4).In-depth analysis of the U.S. Congressemphasizing the relationship betweenCongress and the executive branch. Prereq-uisite: GOVT 111.

305 Sex, Power, and Politics. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Examination of the impact of gender uponpower relations and politics in the UnitedStates. Addresses the central dilemma ofmodern feminist thinking: the need to makegender both matter and not matter at thesame time. Inherent to the course is discus-sion of the interrelationships among gender,class, race, power, and politics. Prerequisite:GOVT 111. Offered in alternate years: 01F.

306 Constitutional Law: National and State Powers. Fall (4).Examination of governmental powers focus-ing primarily upon the Supreme Court’sinterpretation of constitutional languagecontained in Articles I, II, III, VI, andAmendment X; the relationships amonglegislative, executive, and judicial powers, aswell as the nexus between national and statepowers, are extensively explored. Prerequi-site: GOVT 111.

307 Constitutional Law: Liberty and Authority. Spring (4).Analysis of the Supreme Court’s interpreta-tion of both substantive and procedural rightsas they are outlined in the Bill of Rights andare applied to state governments. The ever-present tension between individual rights andsocial responsibility serves as the thematicframework. Prerequisite: GOVT 111.

308 American Presidency.Fall (4) or Spring (4).The operations of the modern presidencygiven the constraints and opportunitiesprovided by the U.S Constitution and otherpolitical, economic, and cultural factors.Prerequisite: GOVT 111.

Comparative Politics

217 Women and Politics in Latin America.Spring (4).Comparative examination of how women haveparticipated in and been affected by politics inLatin America. Topics covered include femi-nist political theory, suffrage, family andcommunity structures, changing political and

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Government

economic models, women’s movements, consti-tutional rights, and leadership roles. Prereq-uisite: GOVT 123 or permission. Offered asneeded. EV or NU only.

222 Asian Politics and Development. Fall (4).The historical background and contemporarydevelopment of selected Asian countries,especially China and Japan, emphasizing thepolitical framework within which develop-ment strategies are proposed, debated, andimplemented. The Chinese revolution and itseffects on subsequent political and economicdevelopment are put into perspective. Prereq-uisite: GOVT 123 or permission.

229 Field Experience: Exploring South America. Interim (3).Intended to familiarize students with topicsand issues of concern related to South Amer-ica. Issues such as ecology, economics, humanrights, democratization, and Native Ameri-cans are examined first-hand through travelto Manaus, Rio, Paraguay, and Buenos Aires,with class sessions after the trip. Offered asneeded.

236 Ethnicity and Ethnic Conflict. Fall (4), or Spring (4).Investigation of the social and politicalconnections between modernization and theemerging politics of ethnicity on a worldwidescale. Examination of several current exam-ples of ethnic conflict and exploration ofseveral theoretical approaches to race, ethnic-ity, nationality, and the modernizationprocess. Review of various ethnic and anti-ethnic political movements in the UnitedStates and worldwide. Prerequisite: GOVT123 or SOAN 100 or permission. Cross-listedwith SOAN 236. Offered in alternate years.

320 Governments and Politics of Europe.Spring (4).The organization, functioning, political behav-ior, and contemporary problems of majorEuropean governments and European inter-governmental regimes and organizations.Prerequisite: GOVT 123.

327 Political Economy of Development.Interim (3) or Spring (4).What constitutes political development, howand why different kinds of states develop andwhether they can be compared. Conceptsaddressed include power, authority, govern-ment, institutionalization, bureaucracy, elite,the military, political systems, political econ-omy, social stratification, class structure,groups, ideology, mobilization, participation,and revolution. Prerequisite: GOVT 123 orpermission. Offered in alternate years

328 Comparative Politics. Fall (4). Exploration of the basic concepts, theoriesand debates in the sub-field of comparativepolitics. The goals are to understand themethods and skills required for comparingpolitical systems, to evaluate and critiquevarious approaches in comparative politics,and to do theoretical and empirical compar-isons of contemporary global problems suchas revolution, development, political change,and integration. Prerequisite: GOVT 123 orpermission. Grade basis: NU only. Offered inalternate years: 00F.

330 Latin American Politics and Development. Spring (4). Introduction to the dynamics of politics inLatin America and contemporary issues ofconcern. Examination of political stabilityand recent trends toward democratization.Assessment of the success and/or failure ofthe different types of political systems in20th-century Latin America, focusing on therole of landowners, the military, politicalparties, labor unions, and the church. Prereq-uisites: GOVT 123 or permission. Offered asneeded.

International Relations

242 Asian International Relations. Spring (4).History and structures of international rela-tions in Asia since World War II. The ColdWar, the Chinese civil war, U.S. involvement,the Korean War, and the conflict betweenChina and Vietnam. Foreign policies ofChina, Japan, the two Koreas, the United


Government

States, and the former Soviet Union andRussia. Prerequisite: GOVT 123 or permission.

344 International Law and Organization.Spring (4).Various forms of the quest for world order,emphasizing issues of international law andthe structure and functioning of intergov-ernmental organizations, including theUnited Nations. Prerequisite: GOVT 123.

346 Foreign Policies of Russia and the Former Soviet States. Fall (4). first part of the course is an overview of theSoviet Union’s foreign policy from1917–1991. The second part is an examina-tion of the international ramifications of thebreak up of the Soviet Union and discussesthe diverse foreign policy objectives (andcircumstances) of the newly independentstates of the former Soviet Union, concen-trating on Russia. Prerequisite: GOVT 123.

350 American Foreign Policy. Fall (4).How to analyze American foreign policy. Vari-ables discussed include idiosyncrasy, roles,perception and misperception, politicalculture, interest groups, the media, publicopinion, bureaucratic behavior and politics,decision-making, multiple advocacy, theCongress, the international system, andinternational political economy. Prerequisite:GOVT 123 or permission.

351 Issues in American Foreign Policy.Spring (4).Selected problems and issues of U.S. foreignpolicy in a post-Cold War world. Focus onsuch topics as the consequences of the break-up of the Soviet Union, nuclear proliferation,the future of U.S. relations with “traditional”allies in Europe and Asia, the evolving Amer-ican relationship with the Third World, andthe future circumstances of U.S. foreigneconomic policy. Prerequisite: GOVT 123.

Political Theory

210 Politics and Morality. Fall (4), Spring (4).Intensive study of selected contemporarypolitical dilemmas from theoretical and ethi-cal perspectives. Students will learn toanalyze political controversies, become famil-iar with the theoretical assumptions behindthe problem, and develop and vigorouslydefend coherent positions. Persuasive writ-ing and debate emphasized. Offered asneeded.

310 Classical Political Thought. Fall (4).Intensive reading of the political texts form-ing the foundation of the Western tradition ofpolitical philosophy. Emphasis on ancientGreek thought, particularly Plato, Aristotle,and Sophocles, with some survey of Roman,medieval, and/or Confucian political thought.

314/314E Modern Political Thought. Spring (4), Summer (4).Origin, defense, and criticism of capitalisticdemocracy and political liberalism. Originalworks of such theorists as Hobbes, Locke,Madison, Rousseau, Mill, Marx, and Lenin.Prerequisite: sophomore standing. GOVT314E is offered as needed.

317 Feminist Political Theory. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of the philosophical/theoreticalapproaches taking gender as central to theanalysis, investigation, and explication ofpolitics and political phenomena. Topics mayinclude the social construction of gender,power, and identity; oppression and libera-tion; feminist legal theory; women anddemocracy; gender and race; etc. Prerequi-sites: Any political theory course or permis-sion. Offered as needed.

318 American Political Thought and Practice. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of both the distinctly Americanforms of political philosophy and theoreticalapproaches analyzing the practice of Ameri-can politics. Readings include primary texts(particularly the founding), normative theory,

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Government

and interpretive approaches. Topics mayinclude the Constitution, equality, individu-alism, pluralism, pragmatism, race andgender in American politics, and citizenship.Offered as needed.

319 Contemporary Political Theory. Spring (4).Survey of the major ideas and approaches topolitical theory developed since 1900. Textsand themes vary, but may include modernliberalism, political identity (theories of race,gender, ethnicity), morality, nihilism, justiceand distribution, power, postmodernism,cultural studies, mass society, and/or ethics.Prerequisite: sophomore standing. NU only.Offered as needed.

321 Democratic Theory.Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of the historical developmentof, and current approaches to, the concept ofdemocracy. Particular focus is given tocontemporary debates about the meaning ofparticipation, representation, deliberation,postmodernism, and the limitations ofmodern forms of democracy.

Advanced Seminars

400 Advanced Seminar in American Politics. (4).Topics are announced in the Schedule ofClasses. Prerequisite: at least one coursefrom GOVT 300–308.

402 Advanced Seminar in Public Law. (4).Topics are announced in the Schedule ofClasses. Prerequisite: GOVT 306 or 307.

410 Advanced Seminar in Political Theory. (4).Topics are announced in the Schedule ofClasses. Prerequisite: at least one coursefrom GOVT 310–318.

420 Advanced Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4).Topics are announced in the Schedule ofClasses. Prerequisite: at least one coursefrom GOVT 222–236, 320–330.

440/440E Advanced Seminar in International Relations. (4).Topics are announced in the Schedule ofClasses. Prerequisite for GOVT 440: at leastone course from GOVT 242–246, 344–351.Prerequisite for GOVT 440E: One govern-ment or international relations course, orpermission.

450 Senior Capstone Seminar. Fall (4), Spring (4).Integrative review of the various approachesto the study of politics. Students are given anopportunity to engage in serious independentresearch. Students will design, research, andproduce a major research paper. The courseincludes significant peer evaluation andculminates in a research preparation. Honorsstudents must take this seminar as prepara-tion for completion of the honors thesis. NUonly.

Elective

485 Specialized Internship in Law. (2–4).A work-related experience, usually with alocal law firm, that serves to enrich under-standing of the law.



THE FACULTY*Gregory A. Barton Robert Y. Eng John GloverJennifer Keene Kathy J. Ogren James A. Sandos David TharpJohn Ysursa


THE MAJOR Students who choose to major in history mustcomplete the following minimum require-ments, usually in the sequence outlined.1. Four foundation courses, completed by

the end of the sophomore year:HIST 101 World History to 1450HIST 102 World History since 1450HIST 121 American Civilization IHIST 122 American Civilization II

2. Three area focus courses elected from the100–200 level offerings. One course eachin Asia, Europe, and the Americas. Acourse in the Middle East may be substi-tuted for a course in the Americas. A non-departmental topics course which may beincluded is REST 260 The Civil RightsMovement in America.

3. Two historical theories and methodscourses, elected from 300-level offerings.

4. Historiography capstone sequence: one450 and one 460 course, taken insequence. Completion of a portfolio ofwritten work from history classesincluded in the 460 seminar.

THE MINOR Students minoring in history must completethe following requirements:1. Two foundation courses: HIST 101 or

102, and HIST 121 or 1222. Three area studies courses elected from

100–200 level offerings, one course eachin Asia, Europe, and the Americas. Acourse in the Middle East can be substi-tuted for one in the Americas.

3. One historical theories and methodscourse elected from the 300 level

4. One historiography course selected from450 offerings

5. Two additional history courses, at leastone from those numbered 311 or above.

SOCIAL SCIENCE PROGRAMHistory majors interested in careers teachingat the secondary school level are encouragedto complete, in conjunction with their studiesin history, the social science program.Students should coordinate their academicplanning with their advisor and the School ofEducation.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT IN HISTORY 1. For advanced placement scores of three,

the department gives credit if, and only if,the student completes, with a final gradeof at least 3.0, an advanced course (acourse numbered 311 or above) in thesame field, European or American, asthat in which the AP test was taken.Upon completing an advanced course onthese conditions, the student will receivecredit for both the advanced course andeither HIST 112 for European APs, orHIST 122 for American APs.

2. For scores of four, the department awards4 credits for each score presented. Incases of a 4 in American history, credit isgiven for HIST 122. In cases of a 4 inEuropean history, credit is given forHIST 112.

3. For scores of five, the department gives 8credits for each score presented. In casesof a five in American history, credit isgiven for HIST 121 and 122. In cases of a5 in European history, credit is given forHIST 111 and 112.

INTERNSHIPS A limited number of internships are availablefor history majors. Contact the departmentchair for information.

HistoryC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

History

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS A departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byan affirmative vote of the history faculty.Interested students should consult with thedepartment chair for information about theapplication procedure and requirements. Thedeadline for application is the end of the fourthweek of the first semester of the senior year.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (HIST)

Foundation Courses

101/101E World History to 1450. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introductory survey of the principal worldcivilizations of the ancient, classical, andmedieval eras, with emphasis on the majorfeatures and patterns of change of each civi-lization in a comparative framework, andcross-cultural interactions and exchanges.Also considered are non-traditional approachesto history, such as the feminist perspective.

102/102E World History since 1450. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the chief themes or issuesshaping world history from the Europeanage of discovery through the end of the ColdWar. Unavoidably selective, the coursefocuses upon the forces of modernizationrevolutionizing traditional world culturesand resulting in the interdependent, globalsystem of today. EV, NU only. HIST 121Eavailable for NU only.

121 American Civilization I. Fall (4), Spring (4).Major themes in the development of Ameri-can culture and society from the colonialperiod to the Civil War are explored. Topicsinclude colonization, the Revolutionary War,slavery, industrialization, the AmericanEnlightenment, reform, the Civil War,geographic expansion, class, race, and gender.

122 American Civilization II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Major themes in the development of Ameri-can culture and society from Reconstructionto the present. Topics include the “search fororder,” the West, leisure, world wars, urban-ization, political and social movements, radi-calism, and class, race, and gender relations.

Area Focus Courses

111 European Civilization: Early Modern. Fall (4).Exploration of the profound transformationthat occurred in European culture as itmoved from its medieval configuration to theessentially modern form assumed by thestart of the 19th century. Topics include theRenaissance, the Reformation, the Enlight-enment, the birth of modern science, and theEnglish and French revolutions.

112 European Civilization: The 19th and20th Centuries. Spring (4).Development of European civilization fromits 19th-century display of vigorous, com-manding growth to its 20th-century expres-sions of uncertainty, fragmentation, andbarbarity. Topics include the French andIndustrial revolutions, Romanticism, the riseof radical social theory, the challenge of irra-tionalism, the savagery of totalitarianism,total war, and genocide.

114 The British Isles. Fall (4).Introduction to British history from Celtictimes to the present. Topics include theRoman occupation, King Arthur, the NormanInvasion, the Middle Ages, Cromwell, theIndustrial Revolution, Methodism, QueenVictoria, the British Empire, World War I,World War II, the welfare state, and issues ofclass, race, orientation, and gender.

131 Latin American Civilization. (4).Introduction to Latin America throughanalysis of selected social, economic, andpolitical themes. Topics include the colonialheritage, economic dependency, a stratifiedsociety, the role of the church, the LatinAmerican military, and the influence of the


History

United States in the region. Offered asneeded.

141 Classical Asian Civilizations: China and Japan. Spring (4).Study of the Chinese and Japanese civiliza-tions before the encounter between East andWest, and these civilizations’ philosophical,material, and institutional contributions toworld culture. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

142 Modern Asian Civilizations: China and Japan. Spring (4).China and Japan are traced from the heightof empire through their respective transfor-mations under the impact of Western impe-rialism to the present day. Offered inalternate years: 03S.

211 Political Extremism. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).The radical left and the radical right fromtheir 19th-century origins to the end of theCold War. The ideas, personalities, and shift-ing social contexts shaping the developmentof Marxism, anarchism, fascism, andNazism, as well as the varieties of neoradi-calism emerging after World War II. Offeredas needed.

220 American Revolutionary Era. Spring (4).Study of the pivotal events from 1754 to 1815—from the French and Indian War tothe War of 1812. Focus on how the revolu-tionary generation sought to convince Amer-icans to push for independence, how toprevail in a war against the world’s mostpowerful military machine, and how topreserve the tenuous victory. Prerequisite:HIST 121. Offered as needed.

221 War and Society in American History. (4).Study of the American military experiencefrom colonial times to the present. Topicsinclude the role of the military in Americansociety, the changing nature of Americanmilitary strategy, the question of the mili-tary-industrial complex, and the influence ofvarious wars on the military. Offered asneeded.

222 U.S. Diplomatic History. Fall (4).Historical overview of the diplomacy of theUnited States from the American Revolutionto the present. Emphasis given to considera-tion of the domestic forces that have helpedshape American policy towards the world.

223 Women and the Family in American History. Spring (4).Survey of the variety of women’s experiencesin American history from the 18th to the 20thcenturies, with special emphasis on thechanging economic, political, sexual, andintellectual experiences of women. Readingsinclude primary and secondary sources fromseveral disciplines including history, anthro-pology, literature, and the arts.

225 American Political History. Fall (4).Exploration of American political historyfrom the adoption of the Constitution to theCivil Rights movement. Particular attentionpaid to citizens and the role of the federalgovernment, grass roots political movements,and political changes ushered in by Amer-ica’s modern wars. Offered in alternate years.EV or NU only.

231 Brazil. Spring (4).Brazil since 1500 is examined in light of thestruggle between economic development andpolitical democracy. Special emphasis givento treatment of Indians, foreign ideology andinvestment, African religions, and statebuilding. Offered as needed.

232 Mexico. Fall (4).Analysis of Mexican history from the pre-Columbian era to the present, with heavyfocus on the 19th and 20th centuries, espe-cially the Mexican revolution and its after-math. Offered as needed.

240 Modern China. Fall (4).Survey of China from the founding of theQing empire to the present: the zenith of theimperial-bureaucratic state in the 18thcentury, China’s disintegration under theblows of Western aggression and internalrebellion, and the great political, social, and

College of A

rts & S

ciences


History

intellectual upheavals of the 20th century.Offered in alternate years: 02F.

241 Contemporary China: A Literary andCinematic Perspective. Interim (3).Examination of the rapid transformation ofsociety and values and the rebellion of theindividual against the authoritarianism ofstate and family in contemporary Chinathrough the experiential media of fiction,memoirs, and films. Offered in alternateyears: 02I.

242 Modern Japan. Fall (4).How did Japan emerge from the ashes ofWorld War II to become the world’s second-largest economy? The answer begins withfeudal Japan’s disintegration under theimpact of internal rebellion and Westernimperialism, continues with Japan’s rise toimperialist and militarist power, and culmi-nates with the post-war economic miracle.Offered in alternate years: F02.

252 America and Asia. Fall (4).China, Japan, and Southeast Asia are regionsof vital strategic and economic concern to theUnited States. Examination of past andpresent friction and cooperation, prospects forfuture harmony, mutual perceptions, andAsian contributions to the making of America.Counts toward either Asia or Americas arearequirement, depending on prior courses.

253 Cyberculture and the Networked Society in the Information Age. Spring (4). The Information Revolution has ushered in anew age of transformative changes in socialinteractions, techniques of production andcommerce, cultural modes and practices, andpolitical institutions and processes. Exami-nation of the impact of computers, the Inter-net, and the World Wide Web on humansociety and global culture.

254 Vietnam. Fall (4).Reconstruction of the era through films,popular music, and political and militarystrategy documents, and social, economic,and political analysis made by contemporarywriters. A special segment examines issues

raised by the conflict and lessons learned forfuture military operations. Counts towardeither Asia or Americas area requirement,depending on prior courses. NU only.

257 Imperialism. Spring (4).Introduction to the history of Imperialismfrom 1450 to the present. Exploration of thetheory and practice of empire building, therise and domination of alien elites, resistance,and nationalism. Topics include the Turkish,Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, French, British,German, Japanese, and Russian Empires,and issues of gender, orientation, race, andclass.

260/260E Contemporary Problems. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Introductory study of compelling contempo-rary problems any place on the globe, with anemphasis on how study of the past illumi-nates the present. Possible topics: the modernMiddle East, issues in Native Americanhistory, Modern Africa. May be repeated fordegree credit given a different topic.

Historical Theories and Methods

311 Europe: 1890–1945. Fall (4).The great upheavals and ordeals of Europe inthe first half of the 20th century: the firstand second World Wars, the rise of fascismand communism, the Third Reich and theHolocaust, and the collapse of Europe afterHitler’s war. Offered as needed.

313 European Thought and Culture: 1870–1920. Spring (4).The revolution in consciousness out of whichmodern culture has grown. Key figures: Niet-zsche, Freud, Picasso, Schoenberg. Keyissues: the problem of knowledge, the ques-tion of the unconscious, the problem ofcreativity in an age threatened with culturalexhaustion. Offered as needed.

314 European Thought and Culture: 1945–Present. Spring (4).Philosophy, social theory, and literature in aworld where the center won’t hold and foun-dations slip. Key figures and movements:


History

Camus and Sartre, Beckett and the theater ofthe absurd, Habermas and the FrankfurtSchool, Lévi-Strauss and the structuralists,Foucault and Derrida. Offered as needed.

321 Civil War and Reconstruction. Fall (4).Examination of the nation’s greatest crisis.Topics include the diplomacy of the Northand South, the economic and social changeswrought by the conflict, and the conflictingforces that affected Reconstruction in theSouth.

323 California. Spring (4).Evolution of California society traced fromthe arrival of Native Americans. Topicsinclude the Spanish and Mexican coloniza-tion, Gold Rush, development of agri-busi-ness, industrialization, population growth,and the unique cultural and ethnic heritageof the state. Primarily for teaching credentialstudents.

325 Public History: Applications in American Life. Spring (4).Students apply historical methods locally,addressing such questions as how the pastbecomes history, who uses history in the localcommunity, and how priorities are set incollecting and preserving the past. Studentspursue individual projects involving directexperience with primary sources. Offered asneeded.

327 Modern African-American History. Fall (4).Study of African-American history fromemancipation to the present. Topics includethe struggle to incorporate freedmen into theAmerican polity and market economy, thedevelopment of African-American communi-ties, and cultural, economic, and politicalchanges that proved most significant for20th-century African-American history. EVor NU only.

328 Exhibiting History. Spring (4).Provides an introduction to museum studiesand the chance to work with two local muse-ums to create exhibits based on historicalresearch. Prerequisites: HIST 321 and 323

are recommended. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 8 credits.

343 China Since 1949. Spring (4).The People’s Republic of China has under-taken some of the most spectacular socialexperiments the world has ever witnessed.Examination of the P.R.C.’s revolutionaryroots, ideological foundations, social andinstitutional innovations, and changing rela-tionships with the United States and theformer Soviet Union.

344 The Pacific Rim: Economic Dynamismand Challenge for America. Spring (4).The Pacific Rim is the world’s most dynamicregion, where the economic expansion ofJapan, Taiwan, South Korea, Singapore, andHong Kong is now matched by China andother Southeast Asian nations. Focus onhistorical and cultural sources of Asianeconomic strength and opportunities andchallenges presented to the United States.Offered in alternate years: 03S.

345 Business and Entrepreneurship inHistorical Perspective. Spring (4).An historical examination of entrepreneur-ship and the evolution of business organiza-tion in the Western economies, successfullatecomers to industrialization such as Japanand Russia, and the developing countries.Topics include the rise of managerial hierar-chies, cultural and psychological determi-nants of entrepreneurship, and globalpolitical and cultural impact of multi-national corporations. Offered as needed.

351 Guerrilla Warfare in the 20th Century.Spring (4).Exploration of the strategies of rural andurban guerrilla warfare and counter-insur-gency campaigns, and the impact of techno-logical change on both. Select cases rangefrom the Philippine Insurrection to Vietnam.Specialized topics include escape andevasion, prisoners of war, intelligence gath-ering, and national estimates and assess-ments of enemy strength. Prerequisites:HIST 254 with a 3.0 or higher and permis-sion. Offered as needed. NU or EV only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


History

352 Africa and the Atlantic Slave Trade.Spring (4).Examination of the central role of slaveryand emancipation in the history of Africa andthe Atlantic world from 1450–1900. Whileemphasizing the African experience, a consid-eration of the development of slave societiesin the Americas will provide a comparativeand more comprehensive view of the topic.Offered as needed. EV and NU only.

353 Globalization, Science, and the Environment. Fall (4).The history of world environmentalism as itemerged parallel to the scientific revolution,and European imperial expansion, from 1500to the present. Exploration of the theory andmethods of environmental history, includingthe “Columbian Impasse” and narratives ofecological resistance. Topics include the glob-alization of nature, the history of science, thefashioning of the forests, the conservationand modern environmental movement.Offered as needed.

360 Historical Problems. (4).In-depth treatment of selected topics insocial, intellectual, economic, women’s, andethnic history. Possible topics: debatingchange in the modern American West, issuesin Chicano history. May be repeated fordegree credit given a different topic. Offeredas needed.

Historiographical Capstone Courses

450 Historiography and Research Seminar.Fall (4), Spring (4).Historical research, writing, and analysis.Specific content may vary from offering tooffering; in every case, concrete historicalperiods or issues are used as vehicles forexamining questions of historical methodol-ogy and practice. Possible topics: slavery andrace relations in the Americas, gender in theAmerican West, war and economy in peasantsocieties. Prerequisites: prior course work inthe major and junior or senior standing. Maybe repeated for degree credit for a maximumof 12 credits.

460 Senior Research Seminar. Fall (4), Spring (4).Historical research, writing, and analysis.Specific content may vary from offering tooffering; in every case, students are expectedto complete major research projects reflectingadvanced historiographical understandingand skill. Possible topics: California Indians,war and society. Ordinarily to be taken afterHIST 450. Prerequisites: prior course work inthe major and junior or senior standing.Completion of portfolio required. May berepeated for degree credit given a differenttopic. NU only.



PROGRAM DIRECTORRobert J. Jackson

THE MAJORMajors are required to complete the equiv-alent of a fourth semester of a foreignlanguage at the college level. Participationin an off-campus study program is stronglyencouraged and usually can be scheduledfor the junior or senior year. Students whowish to pursue a minor in economics,history, or foreign language should contactthe program director.

Because government courses are an inte-gral part of the international relations major,students are not permitted to major in bothgovernment and international relations.

The major consists of a minimum of 60 cred-its selected in consultation with one of theprogram directors or an advisor in the Depart-ment of Government. No more than fiftypercent of the required units for any particu-lar component of the international relationsmajor (i.e., government, economics, history)can be satisfied through off-campus programs.Credits earned by international relationsmajors through the Washington Semesterprogram are subject to this limitation.

The required distribution of credits is asfollows:

Government (28 credits)• GOVT 123 Introduction to World Politics and at least six of the following

courses:• GOVT 111 American National

Government and Politics• GOVT 217 Women and Politics in Latin

America• GOVT 222 Asian Politics and

Development• GOVT 229 Field Experience: Exploring

South America

• GOVT 236 Ethnicity and Ethnic Conflict• GOVT 242 Asian International Relations• GOVT 320 Governments and Politics of

Europe• GOVT 321 Democratic Theory• GOVT 327 Political Economy of

Development• GOVT 328 Comparative Politics• GOVT 330 Latin American Politics and

Development• GOVT 344 International Law and

Organization• GOVT 346 Foreign Policies of Russia and

the Former Soviet States• GOVT 350 American Foreign Policy• GOVT 351 Issues in American Foreign

Policy• GOVT 420 Advanced Seminar in

Comparative Politics• GOVT 440 Advanced Seminar in

International Relations

History (16 credits)• Four courses, at least two of which

should be at or above the 200 level.The following are especially recommended:HIST 211, 222, 231, 232, 240, 241, 254,257, 311, 313, 314, 343, 344, 345, 351,353, and 460

Economics (16 credits)ECON 250 and 251 are both required. Theother two courses should be at or above the200 level. The following are especiallyrecommended: ECON 304, 320, 321, 322, 323,and 460

Business AdministrationThe following courses are not required butare recommended for those with a specialinterest in international business: ACCT 210,220; BUS 310, 331, and 336

International RelationsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


FACULTYArturo Arias, DirectorKimberly Welch

ADVISORY COMMITTEEHector Brasil-Laurenzo, SpanishJoe Castino, EducationLorenzo Garbo, EconomicsOlga González, SpanishTimothy Krantz, Environmental StudiesPenny McElroy, ArtLaura Polich, Communicative DisordersSara Schoonmaker, Sociology andAnthropologyJim Sandos, HistoryJim Spickard, Sociology and AnthropologyIvonne Vailakis, SpanishPatricia L. Wasielewski, Women’s Studies and Sociology and Anthropology

THE MAJORThe Latin American studies major offers aninterdisciplinary program of study focusedon one geographic region, with a markedemphasis on enabling students to seekunderstanding of cultural experiencethrough interdisciplinary study. The majorculminates in the preparation of a seniorproject written under the guidance of afaculty sponsor. Political and social issues,values, and artistic or cultural insightsreflecting Latin American communities arestudied in a comparative and comprehensivefashion. Students interested in Latin Amer-ica can then apply this focus to a wide rangeof fields and careers. The program reliesupon the classes and faculty from manydisciplines. Students majoring in LatinAmerican studies select their courses fromLatin American and related offerings of thevarious departments and work out theirprograms with the assistance of the directorof Latin American Studies.

The major has been designed to provideboth a general and broad-based knowledge ofLatin America through the core curriculum

required of all majors and gives an opportu-nity for each student to pursue a morespecialized area of interest. Students shouldconsult either the director of Latin AmericanStudies or a Latin American Studies facultymember concerning the fulfillment of course-work requirements common to all majors andthe development of an area of special empha-sis or concentration within the major. Asemester of approved study at a Latin Amer-ican university can be included in the degreeprogram if approved by the student’s advisor.

Students who meet the required qualifi-cations may participate in an honorsprogram within Latin American studies withthe aim of writing a thesis based on inde-pendent research.

1. Instruction in Spanish Language and Linguistics

Students must achieve at least the commu-nicative competence of fourth-semester profi-ciency in Spanish (SPAN 202) and spend onesemester abroad studying in a Latin Ameri-can country or one semester in an intern-ship requiring work in Spanish or LatinAmerican issues.

2. Required CoursesLAST 101 Introduction to Latin American

StudiesLAST 495 Senior Seminar

3. Concentration CoursesStudents must take a minimum of eight ofthe following courses, spanning at least threedepartments or programs. No more than 24credits of concentration may be taken in anyone department. Three of these courses mustbe at the 300 or 400 level.ART 123 Art of the AmericasBUS 336 International BusinessECON 321 Economic DevelopmentECON 322 International TradeECON 323 International FinanceENGL 134 Mexican-American LiteratureGOVT 217 Women and Politics in Latin

AmericaGOVT 229 Field Experience: Exploring

Latin America

Latin American Studies


GOVT 327 Political Economy ofDevelopment

GOVT 328 Comparative PoliticsGOVT 330 Latin American Politics and

DevelopmentGOVT 420 Advanced Seminar in

Comparative Politics: Latin AmericaHIST 131 Latin American CivilizationHIST 231 BrazilHIST 232 MexicoJNST Ways of Seeing: Art and Social

Reality in MexicoJNST Women and Society in GuatemalaLAST 102 Latin American DanceLAST 130 Latin American Literature in

TranslationLAST 140 Race, Ethnicity and Gender in

Latin American HistoryLAST 150 History of Race in the AmericasLAST 151 History of Latin American

CinemaLAST 160 Special Topics LAST 230 Black Women Writers of the

AmericasLAST 260 Topics in Latin American StudiesLAST 310 The Making of Modern Mexico:

From the Spring Revolution to theChiapas Rebellion

LAST 325 Theories and Methods for LatinAmerican Cultural Analysis I

LAST 326 Theories and Methods for LatinAmerican Cultural Analysis II

LAST 360 Advanced Topics in LatinAmerican Studies

SOAN 257 Latin American Societies andCultures

SOAN 269 Travel/Study in Sociology andAnthropology

SOAN 340 Capitalism and Social ChangeSPAN 225 Redlands in GuadalajaraSPAN 401 Hispanic Cultural Studies:

Writing through CultureSPAN 402 Hispanic Cultural Studies:

Writing through Literature SPAN 425 Spanish-American Civilization

and CultureSPAN 426 Survey of Spanish-American

Literature ISPAN 440 Spanish-American ProseSPAN 450 Hispanic Poetry: GenresSPAN 452 Hispanic Theater

WMST 320 Mediating Cultures: LatinaLiterature

Note: Any final papers or projects completed for theabove classes should pertain to Latin America inorder to apply the course toward the major or minor.

Topics in Latin American Studies andAdvanced Topics in Latin American Studiescan be taken more than once if the content ofthe course is different.

With approval of a Latin American Studiesadvisor, students may elect one independentstudy, in any department, on a Latin Ameri-can topic to replace one of the above courses.Similarly, advanced seminars, Interimclasses, and courses on special topics takenduring foreign study also may apply towardthe major, with approval from the student’sadvisor, if the course content pertains toLatin America.

4. Senior ProjectStudents must write a senior project on atopic related to Latin America. This providesthe opportunity for majors to do in-depthand original research and the opportunity towork one-on-one with a member of thefaculty; personal satisfaction from doingindependent, focused work outside thenormal course structure of the major; andexposure to type of work that one can expectin graduate or professional school. Studentsselect topics during the second semester ofthe junior year. The standard project isapproximately fifty pages long. The projectshould include a significant component oforiginal research. The senior project willform part of the Senior Seminar.

5. InternshipIn consultation with an advisor, a one-semes-ter internship requiring work on Latin Amer-ica is required toward completion of themajor. If conducted in Spanish or Portuguese,the internship may be substituted for thestudy-abroad requirement.

6. AdvisingStudents must have a faculty advisor in themajor to aid them in choosing a range ofconcentration courses. Students declaring a

College of A

rts & S

ciences



major in Latin American Studies should fillout a declaration form with the director.

THE MINORThe Latin American Studies minor offers aninterdisciplinary program of study focused onone geographic region. Students interested inLatin American can then apply this focus toa wide range of fields and careers. Candidatesfor the minor must complete the following:

1. Instruction in Spanish Language and Linguistics

Students must achieve at least the commu-nicative competence of fourth-semester profi-ciency in Spanish (SPAN 202) and spend onesemester abroad studying in a Latin Ameri-can country or one semester in an intern-ship requiring work in Spanish or LatinAmerican issues.

2. Required CoursesLAST 101 Introduction to Latin American

StudiesLAST 495 Senior Seminar

3. Concentration CoursesStudents must take a minimum of fourConcentration Courses (see the list ofConcentration Courses above), spanning atleast three departments or programs.Students may not double count these courseswith those counting toward their major. Nomore than 24 credits of concentration may betaken in any one department. One of thesecourses must be at the 300 level or higher.

4. Senior ProjectStudents are strongly encouraged to write asenior project, within their discipline, on atopic related to Latin America.

5. InternshipIn consultation with an advisor, a one-semes-ter internship or service-learning componentrequiring work on Latin America is requiredtoward completion of the minor. If conductedin Spanish or Portuguese, the internshipmay be substituted for the study-abroadrequirement.

6. AdvisingStudents must have a faculty advisor in theminor to aid them in choosing a range ofconcentration courses. Students declaring aminor in Latin American Studies should fillout a declaration form with the director.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (LAST)

101 Introduction to Latin American Studies.Fall (4).Taking as point of departure the contact ofdifferent cultures in Latin America, thiscourse is an introduction to the diversecultural and historical experiences of thecontinent with a special emphasis on how theLatin Americans have historically seen them-selves and thought of themselves. Introduc-tion to the Latin American Studies facultyand their areas of expertise.

102 Latin American Dance. Fall (4).The history, steps, and techniques of dancesfrom Latin America including the salsa,merengue, and Argentine tango. Studentsalso explore the role of each dance in LatinAmerican cultures as expressed through filmand literature. Finally, they will reflect on thebody as an expression of culture, their visionof each dance, and the spiritual and emotionalelements of dance. Prerequisite: permissionof instructor. Not regularly offered.

130 Latin American Literature in Transla-tion. Fall (4).Exploration of the main traits of leadingTwentieth-Century Latin American litera-ture. Exploration of changes in the nature ofliterature that reflect changes in the wayLatin Americans think of themselves andtheir own societies.

140 Race, Ethnicity, and Gender in LatinAmerican History. Fall (4).Examination of the economic, political, andcultural factors that shaped the historicalconstruction of race, ethnicity, and gender inmodern Latin America. Analysis of howdifferent social and political mass movementsinfluenced the evolution of racial/ethnic iden-tity and gender roles.



150 History of Race in the Americas.Spring (4).Focus on the social and cultural constructionof race in North America and Latin America.Analysis of the predominance of the eugenicsmovement, ethnocentrism, misogyny, racialdiscrimination, and violence defined withinthe Americas during the Nineteenth andTwentieth Centuries. Offered in alternateyears: 03S.

151 History of Latin American Cinema.Interim (3).Focus on how the evolution of Latin Ameri-can cinema reflects the social, political, andcultural issues faced by Latin American soci-eties through its representations of popularculture. Offered as needed.

160 Special Topics. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest in Latin AmericanStudies. May be repeated for degree credit,given a different topic, for a maximum of 8credits.

230 Black Women Writers of the Americas.Spring (4).Analysis of the socioeconomic, cultural,racial, and political topics explored in theliterature of Twentieth-Century Blackwomen writers of the African Diaspora.Examination of autobiographical, poetry,fiction, and prose writings by such authors asJamaica Kincaid, Audre Lourde, PauleMarshall, Edwidge Dandicat, Alice Walker,and Toni Morrison. Offered in Alternateyears: 02S.

260 Topics in Latin American Studies. Fall (4), Spring (4).Diverse topics in Latin American studies deal-ing with either specific themes, currents ofthought, or any other economic, political, social,or cultural manifestation coming from LatinAmerica. May be repeated for degree credit,given a different topic, for a maximum oftwelve credits. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

310 The Making of Modern Mexico: From the Spring Revolution to the ChiapasRebellion. Spring (4).Examination of the social and cultural devel-opment of Mexican society from the incep-tion of the Mexican Revolution in 1910 to theChiapas rebellion of the 1990s. Focus on theimpact of political mobilization, social reform,revolutionary change, gender roles, regional-ism, ethnic identity, and armed struggle inthe creation of the modern Mexican nation.Offered as needed.

325 Theories and Methods for Latin American Cultural Analysis I. Fall (4).Survey of critical systems of thought devel-oped in the West from Plato to World War IIused to understand the framework in whichculture and cultural analysis operate. Explo-ration of the history of these critical systemswith attention placed on how dominantapproaches emerged from the Enlightenmentperiod, and how these Eurocentricapproaches affected understanding of LatinAmerica during the Nineteenth and earlierTwentieth Centuries.

326 Theories and Methods for Latin American Cultural Analysis II. Spring (4).Survey of critical systems of thought devel-oped in the West and against the West fromWorld War II to the present. Exploration ofthe history of these critical systems withattention placed on the consequences ofWorld War II, and the transition of modernityto postmodernity, and how these approachesquestion the Eurocentric nature of Enlight-enment thinking, transforming our under-standing of contemporary Latin America.

360 Advanced Topics in Latin AmericanStudies. Fall (4), Spring (4).Interdisciplinary approaches to key issues,periods, personalities, movements, or tenden-cies in Latin American intellectual, political,social, or cultural history. Topics chosen tendto be examined from a cultural studiesperspective. May be repeated for degreecredit, given a different topic, for a maximumof 12 credits. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



495 Senior Seminar. Spring (4). Detailedand critical study of a special period, authors,social, and political tendencies, ethnic groups,or any other problem pertaining to LatinAmerican history, society, and culture.Prerequisite: LAST 101.



PROGRAM DIRECTOR Sue de Bord-Sanders

ADVISORY COUNCILGregory Barton, HistoryDonald Beckie, MusicJanet Beery, Mathematics and Computer ScienceElaine Brubacher, BiologyJoe Castino, School of EducationMussaddequddin Chowdhury, EconomicsAlan De Weerd, PhysicsCarol Ann Franklin, School of EducationJohn Glover, HistoryLamont Hempel, Environmental StudiesWilliam Huntley, Religious StudiesClaudia Ingram, EnglishKathie Jenni, PhilosophyAllen Killpatrick, Mathematics andComputer ScienceBarbara Landau, School of EducationJeff Martinez, AthleticsBarbara Morris, GovernmentKeith Osajima, Race and Ethnic StudiesJodye Selco, ChemistryL. Kent Smith, BiologyDavid Tharp, HistoryJudith Tschann, EnglishIvonne Vailakis, Modern Literature andLanguages

The major in liberal studies is designed fortraditional and non-traditional aged studentsintending to seek a California State TeachingCredential for grades K–8. Students do notautomatically earn a teaching credential bycompleting a B.A. in Liberal Studies unlessthe student applies and is accepted into theBasic Teaching Credential Program.Students who plan to be teachers should seekearly advising by the Liberal StudiesProgram, followed by consultation with theSchool of Education.

The liberal studies major is comprehensiveand integrative. The major curriculum meetsstandards established by the CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing(CCTC) for breadth of knowledge equivalentto the Multiple Subjects Assessment forTeachers (MSAT) examination. Universityand CCTC standards for depth of knowledgeare met through the completion of a discipli-nary minor or concentration area sequence ofupper-division courses.

Students may select an academic advisorin any department or program in the Collegeof Arts and Sciences. In addition to academicadvising in the College of Arts and Sciences,liberal studies majors who intend to pursuea teaching credential at the University ofRedlands are encouraged to consult withSchool of Education faculty.

Non-traditional aged transfer studentswho are currently employed full time meetall requirements for the major through acombination of University and equivalenttransfer coursework.

Course offerings in the major which carryan “E” designation accommodate the sched-ules of non-traditional aged majors. Depend-ing upon course availability and enrollmentcapacity, it may be possible for traditionalaged students to enroll in these courses. Writ-ten permission of the Liberal StudiesProgram director is required for enrollmentin all courses bearing the “E” designation.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS

Students with recommended placement inadvanced courses in any discipline shouldplan to enroll accordingly.

Literature and Languages ENGL 102 Critical Thinking and Writing or

ENGL 101 Writing Tutorial, takenconcurrently with a course satisfying theWA requirement. English placementexamination determines compositioncourse placement.

One (1) literature course addressing literaryconcepts and conventions, genres, and theinterpretation of literary texts. Thisrequirement may be satisfied by ENGL

Liberal StudiesC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Liberal Studies

121 or 130, or by another approved HLcourse.*

Foreign language through the secondsemester of the second year of college-level study or competency at the fourthsemester level and at least one semesterof college language. Language placementexamination determines course place-ment.

EDUG 310 Introduction to SecondLanguage Acquisition**

Social Sciences One (1) economics course addressing

economic concepts or history. Thisrequirement may be satisfied by ECON149 or 250, or by another approvedcourse.*

GOVT 123 World Politics HIST 121 American Civilization I HIST 122 American Civilization II One (1) course in Western history or culture

and one (1) course in non-Westernhistory or culture. The study of bothancient and medieval/early modern civi-lizations must be included in either orboth courses. This requirement may besatisfied by HIST 101 and 102, or by twoapproved HH courses in any discipline.*

Science and Mathematics CS 102 Introduction to Computers for

Educators MATH 101 Finite Mathematics MATH 102 Explorations in Mathematics for

Prospective Educators BIOL 107 Concepts of Biology EVST 100 Introduction to Environmental

Studies or PHYS 103 General Astronomy CHEM 070 Chemistry for the Classroom or

PHYS 104 Elementary Physics

Humanities and Arts One (1) of the following art courses: ART

118, 120, 121, 123, 124, 126, or 127*One (1) of the following music courses:

MUS 2, 100, 300, 301, or 307*PHIL 120 Ethics and Social Philosophy

Human Development and Learning PE 310 Instructional Strategies for Physical

Education EDUG 331 Child Development**EDUG 120 Fieldwork in Mathematics and

Science EDUG 121 Fieldwork in Language Arts and

Social StudiesNote: EDUG 120 and 121 should not be taken in thesame semester.

Integrated Studies REST 315 Teaching Diverse Student

Populations in U.S. Classrooms**LBST 463/463E The Courage to Teach

LBST 463/463E is the capstone experi-ence for the major. This course provides asummative assessment of the subjectmatter competence of each prospectivemultiple subject teacher. An alternativecapstone experience may be arranged forthose students who do not plan to teach;however, without completion of LBST463/463E, all program requirements forMSAT equivalency have not been satis-fied.

*Students should contact the Liberal StudiesProgram office regarding suitability ofspecific courses.

**Meets the requirements for the BasicTeaching Credential with CLAD authoriza-tion.

All courses in the liberal studies majormust be completed with a grade of 2.0 orhigher.

All course substitutions or equivalen-cies for major courses must beapproved by the program director.

Subject Area ConcentrationsA concentration is a sequence of courses thatadds depth to a student’s preparation in onesubject area of study. All subject area concen-trations must be pre-approved. A concentra-tion sequence consists of a minimum of 12credits in courses that are coherently relatedto each other, though they need not be in the


Liberal Studies

same academic department. Each concentra-tion or minor must relate to a subject areathat is commonly taught in elementary ormiddle schools, or a closely related area ofstudy. No course completed for satisfaction ofanother liberal studies major requirementmay be applied to a student’s concentration.Credits earned through pre-professionalcoursework are in addition to 12 semestercredits of content studies in the concentration.Students satisfy the concentration require-ment through one of the following means:1. A declared minor2. A disciplinary sequence of four (4) or

more related courses at or above the 200-level

3. An integrative sequence of four (4) ormore coherently related courses at orabove the 200-level.

Note: one (1) lower-level course may be appliedtoward the concentration if it is a prerequisite for theupper-division courses in the sequence and is not acourse requirement of all liberal studies majors.

Individualized StudyStudents may apply no more than 4 creditsof individualized study toward the concen-tration area.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (LBST)

165/165E, 265/265E, 365/365E SpecialTopics in Liberal Studies. Fall (4), Interim(3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest in liberal studies.Course content varies from term to term.May be repeated for degree credit, given adifferent topic, for a maximum of 8 credits.Offered as needed. NU or EV only.

170/170E, 270/270E Directed Study. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).This individualized study option providesmajors with opportunities to design their owncourses and to work closely with faculty on aone-on-one basis. The directed study may bedisciplinary, interdisciplinary, or from areasoutside the current liberal studies curricu-lum. Pre-approved directed study credit up toa maximum of 4 credits may be applied to astudent’s concentration area. CN or EV only.

185/185E, 285/285E Program Internship.Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).Exploratory field experience relevant toteaching grades K–8. A maximum of 4 cred-its may be applied toward a student’s concen-tration area. Prerequisites: EDUG 120 and121. CN or EV only.

370/370E, 470/470E Advanced DirectedStudy. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).Pre-approved advanced directed study credit,up to a maximum of 4 credits, may be appliedto a student’s concentration area. CN or EVonly.

385/385E, 485/485E Advanced ProgramInternship. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring(2–4).Specialized internship experience in specificfields of study related to teaching gradesK–8. A maximum of 4 credits may be appliedtoward a student’s concentration area.Prerequisites: junior or senior standing andcompletion of EDUG 120 and 121.

463/463E The Courage to Teach. Fall (4), Spring (4), Summer (4).The capstone course asks majors to reflectupon the processes of academic growth andpersonal development that have shaped themas prospective teachers. A portfolio projectcombining significant readings with acade-mic writing and reflective exercises invitesstudents to explore and discover the basis oftheir own courage to teach. Course open toliberal studies majors only. Prerequisite:senior standing; Fall section open only tostudents registered for EDUG 450 StudentTeaching in the Spring semester. NU only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



THE FACULTY Janet L. Beery James BentleyMichael J. Bloxham Portia CornellRichard N. CornezAllen Killpatrick Alexander Koonce Steven Morics Tamara Veenstra

THE MAJORS The bachelor of science degree in mathemat-ics offers both breadth and depth in mathe-matical preparation appropriate for graduatestudy or work in a variety of fields. Therequirements for the major in mathematicsinclude both theoretical and applied courses.Students should plan with their advisors asthey select courses appropriate to their inter-ests and educational goals. The bachelor ofscience degree in mathematics leading to aSingle-Subject Secondary Teaching Credentialin mathematics conforms with the CaliforniaState Department of Education guidelinesfor secondary teacher education.

Candidates for the B.S. degree mustcomplete: • MATH 121, 122, 201 or 204, 221, 241,

321, 341, and 459;• Depth requirement in analysis, topology,

or algebra: at least one from MATH 325;355; 360 or 460 (with departmentalapproval);

• Applied mathematics requirement: atleast one from MATH 233; 235; 311; 312;331; 260, 360, or 460 (with departmentalapproval);

• Two additional courses: one numbered201 or above and one numbered 233 orabove (both 201 and 204 may be countedtoward the major only with departmentalpermission; both 231 and 301 may becounted toward the major only withdepartmental permission);

• At least 16 credits in courses outsidemathematics that involve quantitative

or logical reasoning, or a minor or secondmajor in any field. These courses mustinclude CS 110 Introduction toProgramming Using C++, or a course inanother programming language, or thestudent must demonstrate proficiency ina structured programming language.

Single-Subject Teaching Credential Students interested in obtaining the CaliforniaSingle-Subject Secondary Teaching Creden-tial in mathematics should meet with advi-sors in the Mathematics Department and theSchool of Education. Most students completethe teacher preparation program, includingstudent teaching, during a fifth year of studyfollowing graduation.

Candidates for the B.S. degree leadingto the teaching credential mustcomplete:• MATH 121, 122, 201 or 204, 221, 241,

245, 251, 311, 312, 321, 341, 459;• CS 102 and 110.• At least 8 credits in courses outside

mathematics that involve quantitative orlogical reasoning, or a minor or secondmajor in any field.

In addition, students seeking a Single-SubjectSecondary Teaching Credential must satisfythe requirements for admission to the BasicTeaching Credential Program and, onceadmitted to this program, must satisfy theprofessional preparation requirements of theSingle-Subject Secondary CredentialProgram. See the the School of Educationsection of this Catalog for details.

The Mathematics Department is currentlyapplying for approval by the CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing of itsteacher preparation program. Until approvalis granted, students must pass the PRAXISand SSAT exams. Once approved, the PRAXISand SSAT exams will not be required for thosesuccessfully completing the program.

The Department of Mathematics recommendsthat students seeking a California Single-SubjectSecondary Teaching Credential in mathematicscomplete a minor in another academic areacommonly taught in secondary schools.

Mathematics

Mathematics

THE MINOR A minor in mathematics consists of six courses:• MATH 121, 122, and 221;• At least one course from MATH 201, 204,

241;• Two additional courses from MATH 201

and above. Both MATH 201 and 204 maybe counted toward the minor only withdepartmental permission; both MATH 231and 301 may be counted toward the minoronly with departmental permission.

Advanced Placement in Mathematics Calculus AB or BC. Students who attainscores of four automatically receive 4 units ofcredit for MATH 121; scores of five receive 4units of credit for MATH 121 and 4 units ofcredit for MATH 122.Statistics. Students who attain scores offour or five receive 4 units of credit for MATH111 but do not receive LAF credit forComputing Across the Curriculum (CA).

Departmental Honors A departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byaffirmative vote of the mathematics faculty.Interested students should consult duringtheir junior year with the department chairfor information about the procedure andrequirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MATH)

Unless otherwise indicated, all courses in thedepartment are offered for either a numeri-cal grade or evaluation with the permissionof the instructor. To meet a course prerequi-site, a minimum grade of 1.7 must have beenearned in the prerequisite course.

Placement in mathematics coursesthrough MATH 121 is determined by a place-ment examination given at the beginning ofeach semester. Placement in a course withprerequisites does not constitute a coursechallenge to any of the prerequisite courses.

41 Math Analysis: Preparation for the Calculus. Fall (4), Spring (4).For students whose programs require thecalculus but who, based on their backgroundand placement examination scores, are notprepared to study the calculus. Topics includefunction theory, trigonometry, graphing, andanalytic geometry. Prerequisite: placementfrom the Mathematics Placement Exam orpermission. Credits and grades count towardgraduation and GPA, but this course does notfulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.

100 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts. Fall (4), Spring (4).Selections from both historical and currenttopics in mathematics are included in thisgeneral interest course. Topics may includenumber theory, graph theory, logic, sets,geometry, sequences, large numbers, countingproblems, algorithms, functions, and rela-tions. Prerequisite: placement from the Math-ematics Placement Exam or permission.Students may not take both MATH 100 andMATH 101 for degree credit.

101 Finite Mathematics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to modern ideas in finite math-ematics. Topics may include probability, logic,combinatorics, functions, matrix algebra,linear programming, and graph theory.MATH 101 is not a prerequisite to the calcu-lus. Prerequisite: Placement from Mathe-matics Placement Exam or permission. Thosewishing to continue in mathematics mustrepeat the Mathematics Placement Exami-nation. Students may not take both MATH100 and MATH 101 for degree credit.

102 Explorations in Mathematics forProspective Educators. Spring (4).Review of arithmetic, algebraic, and geomet-ric topics to reinforce existing knowledge.Introduction to methods and tools currentlyrecommended for use by K–6 educators.Topics include structure of mathematicalsystems, elementary number theory, opera-tions in the real number system, and elemen-tary problem-solving. An 80-minute labexperience is required weekly. Prerequisite:

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Mathematics

MATH 101 or permission. Not recommendedfor first-year students.

103E/104E Mathematics for ElementaryTeachers I/II. Fall (4), Spring (4), Summer (4).The National Council of Teachers of Mathe-matics principles for school mathematics—along with California State Board of Educa-tion mathematics standards in numbersense; algebra and functions; measurementand geometry; statistics, data analysis, andprobability; and mathematical reasoning areaddressed. The prospective teacher thusdevelops an integrated understanding ofmathematical concepts and procedures usedin K–8. Prerequisite: placement from themathematics placement exam and comple-tion of all appropriate mathematics readi-ness requirements. NU only.

111 Elementary Statistics and Probabilitywith Applications. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Descriptive and inferential statistics forstudents from diverse fields. Distribution,correlation, probability, hypothesis testing,use of tables, and examination of the misuseof statistics and relation of statistics to vitalaspects of life. Computer packages used astools throughout the course.

115 Mathematics through Its History. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Introduction to the history of mathematics,especially elementary mathematics. Topicsinclude early uses of counting, numbersystems, arithmetic, fractions, geometry, alge-bra, probability, and infinite series in civi-lizations around the world. Prerequisite:completion of mathematics placement examat MATH 100 or 101 level. Offered as needed.

121 Calculus I. Fall (4), Spring (4). Functions and their graphs, successiveapproximation and limits, local linearity anddifferentiation, applications of differentiationto graphing and optimization, the definiteintegral, antiderivitives, and differentialequations. Prerequisite: permission based onMathematics Placement Examination, orcompletion of MATH 41.

122 Calculus II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Riemann sums and the definite integral;techniques of integration, with particularemphasis on numerical integration; multi-variable functions, partial derivatives, andmultiple integrals; introduction to vectors.Prerequisite: MATH 121 or permission.

201 Discrete Mathematical Structures. Fall (4).Study of discrete mathematical topics impor-tant in both mathematics and computerscience, including combinatorial techniques,sets and relations, algorithms, and graphtheory. Prerequisite: MATH 122 or equiva-lent, or MATH 121 and permission. Offeredin alternate years: 01F.

204 Discrete Problem-Solving Seminar.Interim (3).Introduction to the nature and structure ofmathematics. Through active study andexploration of a selected area of discretemathematics, students develop problem-solv-ing skills as well as skills in proving mathe-matical theorems. A different topic is selectedeach year based on student and faculty inter-est. Prerequisite: MATH 122. May berepeated for up to 6 degree credits withdepartmental permission.

221 Calculus III. Fall (4), Spring (4).Vector calculus (including vector functions),gradients, line and surface integrals, andStokes’ Theorem. Sequences, series, andTaylor series approximations. Prerequisite:MATH 122 or permission.

231 Introduction to Modeling. Spring (4).Investigation of the process of modeling.Special emphasis placed on how to build, test,and refine models; how to analyze assump-tions and results; and defining model limita-tions. Deterministic and stochastic models,rate equations and population dynamics, andstatistical analysis. Final project tied tooutside interests. Prerequisite: MATH 121 orpermission. Cross-listed with EVST 231.


Mathematics

233 Introduction to Operations Research.Fall (4).Scientific approach to decision-making bymeans of quantitative techniques. Topicsinclude linear and non-linear programming,network analysis, game theory, and proba-bilistic models. Prerequisite: MATH 241 orpermission. Offered as needed.

235 Differential Equations. Spring (4).Differential equations theory and applica-tions. First-order linear and nonlineardifferential equations with analytic andnumerical techniques. Higher-order lineardifferential equations and complex algebra.Phase trajectory and stability analysis.Systems of linear differential equations withconstant coefficients. Matrix methods,Gauss-Jordan, and iterative techniques.Prerequisite: MATH 221.

241 Linear Algebra. Spring (4).Study of vector spaces. Topics includesystems of linear equations, matrices, thegeometry of vectors, vector spaces, lineartransformations, eigenvalues and eigenvec-tors, determinants, and selected applications.Prerequisite: MATH 122. MATH 201 or 204,and 221 are strongly recommended.

245 Number Theory/History of Mathematics. Spring (4).Study in two related areas: number theoryand history of mathematics. Number theorytopics include primes, Diophantine equations,congruences, number theoretic functions,modern applications, and unsolved problemsof number theory. Readings include bothprimary and secondary historical sources.Prerequisite: MATH 201 or 204. MATH 241strongly recommended. Offered in alternateyears: 03S.

251 College Geometry. Fall (4).A modern approach to classical geometriessuch as Euclidean, non-Euclidean, andprojective. Sets, logic, and synthetic andanalytic proof techniques in geometry arestudied. Prerequisite: MATH 201 or 204.MATH 241 strongly recommended. Offeredin alternate years: 01F.

260, 360, 460 Topics in Mathematics. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).A group of students pursue topics in mathe-matics not otherwise covered in the curricu-lum. Prerequisite: permission. May berepeated for degree credit, but maximum of 8credits allowed for the degree from 260, 360,and 460. Offered as needed.

301 Mathematical Consulting. Fall (2–4) or Spring (2–4).Application of mathematical techniques toreal-world problems. Groups of students actas consultants on problems solicited fromuniversity departments, local businesses,and/or charitable organizations. Additionalmaterial may be included as needed. Prereq-uisites: BUS 220, or ECON 200, or MATH111, or PSYC 250, or permission. May berepeated for degree credit, but at most 4 cred-its may be applied toward the math major orminor. EV only.

311 Probability. Fall (4).Introduction to the theory of probability withapplications in management science and thephysical and social sciences. Topics includecombinatorial probability, densities, mathe-matical expectation, moment-generatingfunctions, and the central limit theorem.Prerequisite: MATH 221.

312 Mathematical Statistics. Spring (4).Principles of statistical decision theory. Esti-mation and hypothesis testing, regression,parametric and non-parametric tests. Math-ematical theory and applications of above.Prerequisite: MATH 311 or permission.Offered in alternate years: 02S.

321 Real Analysis. Fall (4).Rigorous approach to the concepts underly-ing the calculus, building on the fundamen-tal idea of the limit within the real numbersystem. Topics include metric spaces, conti-nuity, the derivative, the Riemann integral,and series of constants and functions. Prereq-uisites: MATH 201 or 204, 221 and 241.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Mathematics

325 Complex Analysis. Spring (4).Analytic functions and their properties,including contour integrals, residues, trans-forms, and conformal mappings. Prerequi-sites: MATH 321. Offered in alternate years:02S.

331 Numerical Analysis. Spring (4).The theory and application of numericalmethods for solving mathematical problems.Topics include numerical methods for solvingalgebraic equations and ordinary differentialequations, interpolation and approximation,and numerical integration. Prerequisite:MATH 235. MATH 241 strongly recom-mended. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

335 Advanced Modeling Techniques. Spring (4).Techniques for mathematical modeling ofcontinuous, discrete, and stochastic systemsare presented. Topics include purpose andvalidation, continuous systems, randomnumbers and variables, and discrete systems.Prerequisite: MATH 235; MATH 311 recom-mended. Offered as needed.

341 Abstract Algebra. Fall (4).Study of significant algebraic structures andtheir properties, with particular attentiongiven to groups, rings, and fields. Prerequi-sites: MATH 201 or 204, and 241.

355 Point Set Topology. Spring (4).Metric spaces, topological spaces, continuousmappings and homeomorphisms, connected-ness and compactness. Prerequisite: MATH321. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

459 Senior Research Seminar. Spring (4).Selected topics are assigned for individualstudents to research and present to mathe-matics majors and faculty. A paper is submit-ted prior to presentation of the topic.Prerequisite: senior standing.



THE DIRECTORDonald W. Beckie

THE FACULTY*Pavel FarkasJames KeaysAngela JelliffeLouanne Fuchs LongDaniel Murphy Phillip R. Rehfeldt Jeffrey H. Rickard Eddie R. Smith Melissa Tosh


THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMThe University of Redlands School of Musicis an accredited institutional member of theNational Association of Schools of Music, andits requirements for entrance and gradua-tion are in accordance with the standards ofthis accrediting organization.

Any University student may participate in musical activities through enrollment(usually by audition) in the University Choir,Chapel Singers, Madrigal, Wind Ensemble,Studio Jazz Band, Symphony Orchestra,Chamber Orchestra, Opera Workshop, and avariety of chamber music ensembles.Students are invited to register for private,group, or class lessons, available on all instru-ments and for voice.

The following courses have beendesigned with the general Universitystudent in mind: Note: MUSI indicates performance courses.• MUS 2 Jazz History• MUS 41 Musical Acoustics• MUS 42 Introduction to Electronic Music• MUS 43 Sound Recording• MUS 100 Experiencing Music• MUS 151 Beginning String Instruments• MUS 152 Beginning Woodwind

Instruments• MUS 153 Beginning Brass Instruments

• MUS 154 Beginning PercussionInstruments

• MUS 300, 301 Music History andLiterature

• MUS 307 World Music• MUSI 121 Class Piano• MUSI 123 Class Classical Guitar• MUSI 124 Introduction to Voice• MUSI 125 Class Popular Guitar

Ensembles• MUSI 111 University Choir• MUSI 112 Chapel Singers• MUSI 114 Madrigals• MUSI 132 Chamber Orchestra• MUSI 133 Chamber Ensemble: Strings• MUSI 136 Studio Jazz Band• MUSI 137 Chamber Ensemble: Winds

and Percussion• MUSI 138 Wind EnsembleStudents are invited to enroll in any othermusic courses of interest provided they meetthe prerequisites.

Advanced Placement in MusicMusic Theory: Students who earn a score of5 on the Advanced Placement test receive 2credits for MUS 101 Theory I. For all otherstudents who wish to apply for advancedstanding in theory, a placement examinationis given during New Student Week.Music Listening and Literature: Thosewho earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AdvancedPlacement Test are encouraged to take theMusic History Placement Examination givenduring New Student Week.

Talent AwardsThe University’s Talent Awards enable theSchool of Music to assist outstanding under-graduate applicants who demonstrate—through personal or taped audition, or byother evidence—excellence in preparation aswell as potential for unusual growth inmusic performance or other specialty areas.Approximately 30 of these scholarships, inamounts ranging from $200 to $8,000, areawarded to new students each year. Scholar-ships are automatically renewed each year(up to a maximum of four years) if thestudent maintains a sound academic recordand meets all other University scholarship

MusicC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Music

criteria. Applications are available from theadministrative assistant to the director ofthe School of Music.

In addition to meeting general Universityrequirements for scholarship holders, recipi-ents of talent awards and other School ofMusic scholarships are required to partici-pate in the appropriate major conductedensemble each semester (if a performer on anorchestral or band instrument or a singer), tocomplete at least 2 credits of private instruc-tion each semester on the major instrumentor voice, to accompany selected ensemblesand soloists (if the major instrument is pianoor organ), to maintain a cumulative gradepoint average of 3.00 or higher, and toperform as soloists or ensemble musicians onspecial occasions as requested by the directorof the School of Music. Appropriate ensem-bles include:• Wind or percussion, Wind Ensemble;• Strings (except harp and guitar),

Chamber Orchestra;• Singers, University Choir.

PerformanceMusic majors and other qualified Universitystudents registered for private lessons mayparticipate in solo and chamber musicrecitals and concerts as often as they andtheir private teachers deem desirable.

All students taking private lessons arerequired to appear in regularly scheduledperformance classes. Such students areexpected to perform in recital as often as theprivate instructor requires.

Subject to audition, full-time music majorsare required to register and participate in amajor conducted ensemble each semester inresidence. The ensemble assignment is madeaccording to the student’s primary or secondary performance area. Examples areas follows:• Woodwind, brass, or percussion,

Wind Ensemble;• Violin, viola, cello, or double bass,

Chamber Orchestra;• Voice, University Choir.Harp and guitar majors will be assigned on an“as needed” basis. Keyboard majors either play

keyboard parts in major conducted ensembles,or perform in a secondary area.

Performance in off-campus organizationsand ensembles is permitted as long as suchparticipation does not conflict with scheduledrehearsals or performances of Universityorganizations or ensembles. Music majorsmust perform in major conducted ensembleswhen their participation is requested by thedirector of the School of Music for a specificconcert or event.

Music majors whose work has resulted inoutstanding scholarship and performance areeligible during their junior or senior year forelection to membership in Pi Kappa Lambda,the national music honorary society. TheSchool of Music also has active chapters ofPhi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, the national profes-sional music fraternity, and Sigma AlphaIota, the national professional music sorority.Students become eligible for membershipduring the sophomore year.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. After consultation with a facultyadvisor, interested students should initiatetheir own applications by submitting a writtenproposal to the director of the School of Musicin the last semester of the junior year.Approval is determined by an affirmativevote of the music faculty. Projects may includepublic performances or lecture presentationsand are normally accompanied by extensiveresearch culminating in a formal paper.Students are evaluated by a committee oftwo full-time music faculty chosen by thestudent, as well as the director of the Schoolof Music, and will include a final one-houroral examination. Students may choose anadditional examiner from outside the Schoolof Music. Projects normally will not requireadditional coursework other than thatrequired for graduation.Applicants must havea minimum grade point average of 3.50.Students must also complete the UniversityHonors Application form, located in the Officeof the Registrar. For more details see theCollege of Arts and Sciences Awards andHonors section of this Catalog.


Music

THE BACHELOR OF MUSICThe professional bachelor of music degree isoffered in performance, composition, musiceducation, and musical studies. The perfor-mance major is available in voice, piano,organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, classicalguitar, jazz/studio guitar, harp, flute, oboe,clarinet, bassoon, saxophone, horn, trumpet,trombone/baritone, tuba, and percussion.

Entrance RequirementsApplicants for all bachelor of music degreesmust pass an entrance audition. This audi-tion may be performed before entering theUniversity as part of the admissions process,or while the student is in residence, prefer-ably no later than the end of the secondsemester of full-time study. Students in resi-dence, or living within 200 miles of Redlands,are expected to audition in person; othersmay submit a good-quality audio or videotape recording—or CD. Whether executed inperson or on tape or CD, the audition shouldlast no more than 15 minutes. Although nospecific repertory is demanded, the auditionmaterial should demonstrate the applicant’smusical and technical ability and should, ifpossible, be drawn from two or more histori-cal or style periods. Prospective compositionmajors should submit copies of one or tworecent scores, and tapes when available,directly to the School of Music as part of theapplication process, in addition to an auditionin a specialized performance area.

All University of Redlands students mayenroll in music courses, provided they meetthe prerequisites. However, only students whohave been approved by the music facultythrough the above-described process will becertified to receive the bachelor of music degree.

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor of Music

Basic Music Courses (all majors)• MUS 10 Recital Repertory Class

(each semester in residence)Students experiencing class conflicts necessitated byother courses taken to fulfill degree requirements aredirected to the School of Music office to receive adviceregarding an alternate section to accommodate theirneeds.

• MUSI 121 Class Piano (at least threesemesters, unless specific proficiency hasbeen met)Note: Music education majors with an emphasis inkeyboard/vocal or keyboard/band are exempt fromthe requirement for MUSI 121.

• MUS 101 Theory I• MUS 102 Theory II• MUS 103 Theory III• MUS 104 Theory IV• MUS 105 Ear Training

and Sight-Singing I• MUS 106 Ear Training

and Sight-Singing II• MUS 107 Ear Training

and Sight-Singing III• MUS 108 Ear Training

and Sight-Singing IV• MUS 300 Music History and Literature

from Antiquity to 1750• MUS 301 Music History and Literature

from 1750 to the Present• MUS 307 World Music• Elective Requirement: 8 to 9 additional

credits selected from MUS 149, 248, 320,354, 356, 402, 403, 404, 405, and 406.Composition majors need only complete 4to 5 credits to satisfy this requirement.Music education majors are exempt fromthe elective requirement.

Additional Music CoursesThe following courses are required in additionto the Basic Music Courses.

The Major in Performance:Piano or Organ• MUAP 302 or MUAP 305 Private instruc-

tion in the major instrument—32 credits• MUAP 100–199 Private instruction

outside the major instrument—4 creditsNote: required of organ majors only

• MUS 211 Accompanying—8 semesters;4 semesters for organ majors

• MUS 217 Piano Literature (Pianomajors)MUS 157 Organ History and Literature(Organ majors)

• MUS 228 Pedagogy• MUS 229 Pedagogy Practicum

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

• MUS 299 Upper Division QualifyingExamination

• MUS 399 Junior Recital (or production a professional-level edited tape

recording)• MUS 498A Full Senior Recital• Major conducted ensemble—4 credits

The Major in Performance: Voice• MUAP 308 Private instruction in

voice—32 credits• MUAP 102 Private instruction in piano—

4 credits• MUS 226 French and Italian Vocal

Literature and Diction• MUS 227 English and German Vocal

Literature and Diction• MUSI 110 Opera Workshop—4 semesters• MUS 228 Pedagogy• MUS 229 Pedagogy Practicum• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying

Examination• MUS 399 Junior Recital (or production

of a professional-level edited taperecording)

• MUS 498A Full Senior Recital• Major conducted ensemble—8 credits

The Major in Performance: Violin,Viola, Cello, Double Bass, or Harp• MUAP 300–399 Private instruction on

the major instrument—32 credits• MUS 228 Pedagogy• MUS 229 Pedagogy Practicum• MUS 259 Literature of the Major• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying



• MUS 498A Full Senior Recital• Major conducted ensemble—8 creditsViolin majors must also complete 2 creditsof private study in viola.Viola majors must also complete 2 credits ofprivate study in violin.

The Major in Performance: Guitar• MUAP 300–399 Private instruction in

guitar—32 credits

Note: Students must take a minimum of 8 creditsof MUAP 328 Classical Guitar and 8 credits ofMUAP 330 Studio/jazz Guitar.

• MUAP 100–199 Private instructionoutside the major instrument—4 credits

• MUS 228 Pedagogy• MUS 229 Pedagogy Practicum• MUS 259 Literature of the Major• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying




The Major in Performance:Wind Instrument or Percussion• MUAP 300–399 Private instruction on

the major instrument—32 creditsNote: Percussion majors must take a minimum of 8credits of MUAP 322 Classical Percussion and aminimum of 8 credits of MUAP 324 Jazz Percus-sion.

• MUS 259 Literature of the Major• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying

Examination• MUS 399 Junior Recital (or production of

a professional-level edited taperecording)


The Major in Composition• MUS 320–321 Introduction to

Composition I and II—8 creditsNote: The minimum enrollment of MUS 320–321 is4 semesters

• MUAP 300–399 Private instruction onthe major instrument or voice—16 credits

• MUS 42 Introduction to Electronic Music• MUSI 124 Introduction to Voice• MUS 151 Beginning String Instruments• MUS 152 Beginning Woodwind

Instruments• MUS 153 Beginning Brass Instruments• MUS 154 Beginning Percussion

Instruments• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying

Examination• MUS 356 Orchestration—4 credits


Music

• MUS 406 Twentieth-Century MusicLiterature

• MUS 438 Advanced Composition—8 credits

• MUS 498A Full Senior Recital• Major conducted ensemble—8 creditsComposition majors are encouraged todevelop increasing competency in keyboardinstruments through regular study in pianoand/or organ.

The Major in Music Education• MUAP 300–399 Private instruction in the

major instrument or voice—21 credits• MUS 139 Music in the Elementary School• MUS 151 Beginning String Instruments• MUS 152 Beginning Woodwind

Instruments• MUS 153 Beginning Brass Instruments• MUS 154 Beginning Percussion

Instruments• MUS 155 Computer Techniques in Music

Education• MUS 299 Upper Division Qualifying

Examination• MUS 335 Introduction to Conducting• MUS 356 Orchestration—2 credits• MUS 357 Choral Music at the

Pre-College Level• MUS 358 Instrumental Music at the

Pre-College Level• MUS 498B Half Senior Recital• Major conducted ensemble—7 credits

Additional courses within the MusicEducation Major (Vocal Track)• MUS 211 Accompanying (keyboard majors)• MUS 226 French and Italian Vocal

Literature and Diction• MUS 227 English and German Vocal

Literature and Diction• MUS 436 Advanced Choral Conducting

Additional courses within the MusicEducation Major (Instrumental Track)• MUS 141 Marching Band Techniques• MUS 211 Accompanying—2 credits

(keyboard majors)• MUS 437 Advanced Instrumental

Conducting • MUSI 124 Introduction to Voice

Single-Subject Teaching CredentialTo qualify for a teaching credential, musiceducation majors must also complete approx-imately 40 credits of specified coursework inthe School of Education. Please see theSchool of Education section of this Catalogfor more information. These courses must becompleted before the teaching credential willbe granted. Students should consult both themusic education advisor and an advisor inthe School of Education to discuss the optionsopen to the music education major.

The Bachelor of Music in Musical StudiesStudents with exceptional backgrounds, whoare highly motivated, may wish to develop aspecial curriculum not offered in the normalcourse of study. A student may accomplishthis exceptional goal by applying to theCurriculum Committee of the School ofMusic for permission to major in musicalstudies. The application must be made nolater than the end of the first semester of thejunior year.

With the help of the faculty advisor, acontract is devised consisting of the following:1. A written narrative outlining short- and

long-term goals along with justifications,in relation to these goals, for the coursesalready taken and those proposed to betaken (included in this narrative must bean explanation of why these goals cannotbe accomplished within the normal degreeofferings of the School of Music); and

2. A separate chronological listing of allclasses taken and projected.

It is important to note that before a curricu-lum will be approved, it must include specificrequirements. Professional baccalaureatedegrees in music accredited by the NationalAssociation of Schools of Music must includecompetencies in the following areas:1) Performance—major area and one

secondary area, sight reading, solo andensemble experience, and conducting;

2) Analysis—basic theory, including histor-ical and stylistic perspectives and knowl-edge of counterpoint and orchestration;

3) Composition—imitation of traditional

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

musical styles, original works, and improvisational skills; and

4) Familiarity with repertoire—extensiverecital, concert, opera, and other perfor-mance attendance, as well as knowledgeof “pop” and world music.

It is also important to note that all bachelorof music degrees are professionally orienteddegrees and, as such, normally require 35percent of the total curriculum to be in aspecific music emphasis. Students mustexplain in the written narrative how thisemphasis has been or will be met, eitherthrough coursework or through past experi-ence validated by examination. The Univer-sity of Redlands Liberal Arts Foundation andgeneral studies requirements for the bache-lor of music must also be completed as partof the graduation requirements.

Both the student and the advisor will present the proposal to the School of MusicCurriculum Committee for approval. Onceapproved, the program of study cannot changewithout the approval of the committee.

General Requirements for the Bachelor of MusicAll bachelor of music majors must completeat least 30 credits outside of music. Each student in the bachelor of music degree mustenroll in courses outside the School of Musicthat will provide a broad education in thespirit of the Liberal Arts Foundation. Thesecredits must satisfy the following generalrequirements and Liberal Arts Foundationrequirements.

For detailed information about each cate-gory, see the Liberal Arts Foundation descrip-tions in the Arts and Sciences GraduationRequirements section of this Catalog.• First-Year Seminar—4 credits• Writing Across the Curriculum—

0–8 credits:• freshman year• junior or senior year• Community Service Activity—

3 creditsA public service activity carried outduring Interim.

Liberal Arts Foundation RequirementsEach bachelor of music major must success-fully complete courses outside of music in atleast four of the following Liberal Arts Foun-dation categories.• Computing Across the Curriculum (CA)• Cross-Cultural Studies (CC)• Dominance and Difference (DD)• Foreign Language (FL) (at the second-

semester college level or higher)• Human Behavior (HB)• Humanities Literature (HL) or

Humanities Philosophy (HP)• Mathematics and Science (MS)• State and Economy (SE)The remaining non-music courses needed tobring the total to 30 credits may be chosenfrom any department.

BACHELOR OF ARTSStudents enrolled in the bachelor of arts witha major in music or the bachelor of arts witha major in musical theatre must satisfy theLiberal Arts Foundation requirements as listed in the College of Arts and SciencesGraduation Requirements section of thisCatalog.

The Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music(46 credits in music required)

• MUS 10 Recital-Repertory Class (eachsemester in residence).

Note: Students experiencing class conflicts necessi-tated by other courses taken to fulfill degree require-ments are directed to the School of Music office toreceive advice regarding an alternate section toaccommodate their needs.

• MUSI 121 Class Piano Note: Three semesters of MUSI 121 are required,which may be waived upon completion of the mini-mum proficiency in basic keyboard for the specificdegree track; a maximum of 3 credits count towardgraduation.

• MUS 101 Theory I • MUS 102 Theory II• MUS 103 Theory III• MUS 105 Ear Training and

Sight-Singing I


Music

• MUS 106 Ear Training and Sight-Singing II

• MUS 107 Ear Training and Sight-Singing III

• MUS 300 Music History and Literaturefrom Antiquity to 1750

• MUS 301 Music History and Literaturefrom 1750 to the Present

• MUS 307 World Music• MUAP 302–338 Private instruction on a

single instrument or in voice—16 credits• Major conducted ensemble—4 credits• The student must also complete a

0–2-credit senior project, approved by theadvisor, drawing together the strands ofthe program of study. With the approvalof the advisor, the student may substitutea senior recital for the senior project.This recital is subject to all of the rulesand regulations governing a requiredsenior recital.

The Bachelor of Arts witha Major in Musical Theatre

Music Requirements• MUS 10 Recital-Repertory Class (each

semester in residence).Note: Students experiencing class conflicts necessi-tated by other courses taken to fulfill degree require-ments are directed to the School of Music office toreceive advice regarding an alternate section toaccommodate their needs.

• MUSI 121 Class Piano (May be repeatedfor degree credit for up to 3 credits.)Note: Three semesters of MUSI 121 are required,which may be waived upon completion of the mini-mum proficiency in basic keyboard for the specificdegree track; a maximum of 3 credits count towardgraduation.

• MUSI 110 Opera Workshop—4 credits• MUSI 111 University Choir—4 credits• MUS 101 Theory I• MUS 102 Theory II• MUS 105 Ear Training and

Sight-Singing I• MUS 106 Ear Training and

Sight-Singing II• MUS 228 Pedagogy• MUS 229 Pedagogy Practicum

• MUS 347 History of Opera and Musical Theatre

• MUS 498A Full Senior Recital or MajorPerformance Role as approved by thefaculty

• MUAP 308 Private instruction invoice—21 creditsNote: The first 4 credits of this requirement may betaken as MUSI 124 Introduction to Voice

• Major conducted ensembles—4 semesters

Theatre Requirements• THA 130 Introduction to Theatre

Technology• THA 140 Acting Fundamentals• THA 240 Acting Techniques

Dance RequirementsStudents must take two of the following

courses for a total of 6 credits:• DNCE 122 Ballet (may be repeated once)• DNCE 123 Jazz/Tap• DNCE 124 Musical Theatre Dance• DNCE 130 Dance Performance WorkshopElectivesStudents are required to take a total of 16

credits of electives from dance, music,and theatre courses.

THE MINOR IN MUSIC24 credits in music are required for theminor. Students pursuing a minor arerequired to take 4 credits of a major conductedensemble. The major conducted ensemble isthe only specific course requirement for theminor. Students should plan a cohesive courseof study under the guidance of a music facultyadvisor. No more than 10 credits of privatelessons and 4 credits of ensemble count towardthe required 24 credits.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (DNCE)

122 Ballet. Fall (3), Interim (3), Spring (3).Study and practice of the technique and disci-pline of ballet. Beginning to advanced levels.No previous formal training required.

123 Jazz/Tap. Fall (3), Interim (3), Spring (3).Introductory- and intermediate-level jazz andtap dance incorporating character work as itrelates to musical theatre. No previousformal training required. Emphasis variesaccording to demand. may be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 6 credits.

124 Musical Theatre Dance. Fall (3), Spring (3).Practical study and practice of the styles andtechniques associated with musical theatre:jazz, tap, ballet, and character dance. Begin-ning to advanced levels. No previous formaltraining required. May be repeated up tothree times.

130 Dance Performance Workshop. Fall (1), Interim (1), Spring (1).Practical study of dance technique withemphasis on public performance of musicaltheatre dance. Beginning to advanced levels.No previous formal training required.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MUS)

2 Jazz History. Interim (3).History of jazz, including its origins, themusical characteristics of major styles, andthe leadership during key periods. Emphasison developing critical listening skills, thecontributions of specific cultures and indi-viduals, and understanding commercial,technological, political and social influenceson the evolution of styles. Designed for musicmajors and interested non-majors.

10 Recital-Repertory Class. Fall (0), Spring (0).Required of all music majors; open to others.CN only.

24 The Canonical Hours. Interim (3).Liturgical and musical development of themonastic hours through the Reformation.Research and oral/written reports. Compila-tion of a breviary containing liturgy andmusic for Matins, Diurnum, Vespers, andCompline in accordance with the focus andcharacter of class constituents. Presentationsof offices daily throughout the last week ofclasses. Prerequisites: ability to read musicand match pitches. Offered as needed.

41 Musical Acoustics. Spring (2).Introduction to the foundations of acousticsfor anyone interested in music. Areas coveredinclude fundamentals of sound production,psycho-acoustics (how we hear sound), roomacoustics, and specific vocal and instrumen-tal sound production. Offered in alternateyears: 03S.

42 Introduction to Electronic Music. Fall (2).Instruction and hands-on experience in electronic music production. Most projectsoutside of class are applications created inthe electronic music studio. Lecture topicsand projects include tape composition, analogsynthesis, digital synthesis, MIDI composi-tion, and historical perspectives. No previousmusic experience is necessary.

43 Sound Recording. Spring (2).Introduction to sound recording techniquesthrough theoretical studies and practicalapplication. Topics included are: acoustics,microphone characteristics and placement,multi-channel mixing, and tape recording/editing methods. Students record soloists andsmall and major conducted ensemble perfor-mances in classical, jazz, and popular musicidioms. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

100 Experiencing Music. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Exploration of sound—its sources, effects,and organization—with emphasis on directinvolvement through listening. Music ofmajor styles and periods are introduced withemphasis on Western music. Studentsdevelop and become familiar with music tech-nology. CN or NU only.


Music

101 Theory I. Fall (2).Scales, intervals, primary and secondarytriads, basic chord progressions, non-harmonic tones, introduction to figured bass,dominant and leading tone seventh chords,modulations. Prerequisite: MUS 100 orequivalent. Usually taken concurrently withMUS 105.

102 Theory II. Spring (2).Continuation of figured bass, ninth, eleventh,thirteenth, and chromatically altered chords.Analysis of common practice works. Prereq-uisite: MUS 101. Usually taken concurrentlywith MUS 106.

103 Theory III. Fall (2).Advanced study of the materials in a musicalcomposition—including melody, rhythm,harmonic progression, and texture—and ofthe role these various elements play in creat-ing phrase. Prerequisite: MUS 102. Usuallytaken concurrently with MUS 107.

104 Theory IV. Spring (2).Close reading of the musical score and itsexpressive signification. Study of diversity ofmusical style through structural principles.Prerequisite: MUS 103. Usually takenconcurrently with MUS 108.

105 Ear Training and Sight-Singing I. Fall (2).Melody: solfeggio taught through modes, andstepwise major/minor melodies with skips intonic triad. Harmony: major/minor triads andtonalities; simple diatonic intervals;consonant, dissonant diads. Rhythm: Greekpoetic feet; simple, duple, triple meter; intro-duction to compound meter. Prerequisite:MUS 100 or equivalent. Usually takenconcurrently with MUS 101.

106 Ear Training and Sight-Singing II. Spring (2).Melody: melodic leaps in major/minor domi-nant and sub-dominant triads, melodiesincorporating dominant seventh and elemen-tary modulation, non-harmonic tones.Harmony: diatonic seventh chords andsimple diatonic chord progressions, func-tional bass and real bass, triad inversions.

Rhythm: complex and changing meters.Prerequisite: MUS 101 or equivalent. Usuallytaken concurrently with MUS 102.

107 Ear Training and Sight-Singing III. Fall (2).Melody: two-part dictation, chromatic alter-ation, review of intervals, identification ofcharacteristics of two- and three-phraseexcerpts. Harmony: review diatonic triads/seventh chords and inversions, three- andfour-part homophonic structure, modulationto closely related keys. Rhythm, introductionto TAP system, two part dictation, review ofmeters. Prerequisite: MUS 102 or equivalent.Usually taken concurrently with MUS 103.

108 Ear Training and Sight-Singing IV. Spring (2).Melody: extended excerpts in two and threeparts, characteristics of extended phrasesand shorter forms. Harmony: three- and four-part homophony including seventh chords,chromatically altered chords, Neapolitan andaugmented sixth chords. Rhythm: patternsin simple, compound, complex, and changingmeters; continued work with TAP systemAdvanced Professional Series. Prerequisite:MUS 103 or equivalent. Usually takenconcurrently with MUS 104.

109/609 Movement Awareness. Fall (2–4).Exploration of fluent, balanced, and articu-late movement in the actions of daily life(such as walking, running, bending, sitting,speaking, and breathing) and in specializedactivities, such as playing a musical instru-ment or playing golf. Pleasurable invigorat-ing movement to music is the core of classwork. Offered as needed.

110 Seminar in Music Theory. Spring (2).Selected topics including Schenkerian analy-sis, rhythm, texture, color, chromatic harmony.Independent listening, analytic and musicwriting projects are encouraged. Recom-mended for composition majors and studentsintending graduate study. Satisfies therequirement for MUS 104. Prerequisite:permission. NU only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

111 Seminar in Ear-Training and Sight-Singing. Spring (2).Building skills for hearing melody, harmony,and rhythm discerningly. Refining the senseof groupings. Hearing structure as the subor-dination of detail to large-scale harmonicprogressions. Recommended for compositionmajors and students intending graduatestudy. Satisfies the requirement for MUS108. Prerequisite: permission. NU only.

139/639 Music in the Elementary School.Fall (2).Pre-professional methods and materials, witha focus on methods and techniques for earlychildhood through grade six. Units includethe philosophical, historical, and psychologi-cal foundations of music education, planningfor and assessment of music learning, as wellas the methods of Off, Kodaly, Dalcroze,Edwin G. Gordon and Comprehensive Musi-cianship. Prerequisite: MUS 100 or permis-sion. Offered in alternate years: 01F.

141/641 Marching Band Techniques. Fall (2).Study and experience in various chartingprocedures including Step-two, Asymmetri-cal, Corps style, and computer charting.Developing effective rehearsal techniques,philosophical considerations, and arrangingfor a marching band. Offered in alternateyears: 01F.

149/649 Dynamics of Performance. Spring (2–4).Exploration of balance, freedom, and ease ofposture and movement while playing,singing, acting, or dancing. Development offuller expressiveness, release of self-consciousness. Heightened awareness ofphrase, contour and inflection, rhythm, char-acter, tonal focus, and texture so that thesetopics become audible (or visible) in perfor-mance. May be repeated once for degreecredit, for a maximum of 6 credits. Prerequi-site for non-musicians: permission.

151 Beginning String Instruments. Fall (2).Introduction to the violin, viola, cello, doublebass, and guitar with emphasis on practical

experience in group and/or individual perfor-mance. Music education and compositionmajors are given priority for use of Univer-sity-owned instruments. Prerequisite: abilityto read music. Offered in alternate years: 01F.

152 Beginning Woodwind Instruments.Spring (2).Introduction to the flute, oboe, clarinet,bassoon, and saxophone with emphasis onpractical experience in group and/or individ-ual performance. Music education andcomposition majors are given priority for useof University-owned instruments. Prerequi-site: ability to read music. Offered in alter-nate years: 02S.

153 Beginning Brass Instruments. Fall (2).Introduction to the trumpet, horn, trombone,baritone, and tuba with emphasis on practi-cal experience in group and/or individualperformance. Music education and composi-tion majors are given priority for use ofUniversity-owned instruments. Prerequisite:ability to read music. Offered in alternateyears: 02F.

154 Beginning Percussion Instruments.Spring (2).Introduction to the instruments of thepercussion family with emphasis on practicalexperience in group and/or individual perfor-mance. Prerequisite: ability to read music.Offered in alternate years: 03S.

155/655 Computer Techniques in MusicEducation. Spring (2).Study of computers and electronic instru-ments in the classroom and studio. Topicsinclude the history of music technology,computer access and control in democraticsociety, computer and synthesizer operatingsystems, basic acoustics, music synthesistechniques, on-line resources, music sequenc-ing and scoring, and a survey of representa-tive applications for music programadministration and K–12 music instruction.No previous computer knowledge required.Prerequisite: music education majors only orpermission. Offered in alternate years: 03S.


Music

157/657 Organ History and Literature.Spring (2).Examination of the construction and reper-toire of the pipe organ from its invention tothe present day. Topics include iconography,mechanics, and acoustics, as well as culturaland societal interdependence. Open to non-organists. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

160 Special Studies. Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Special topics offered as needed. May berepeated for degree credit given a differenttopic.

211/611 Accompanying. Fall (1), Spring (1).Study of vocal coaching (opera and art song)and instrumental accompanying techniques.Practicing, rehearsing together, literature,transposition, and sight-reading. Supervisedpractice sessions. Prerequisite: permission.May be repeated for degree credit up to 8credits.

213 Jazz Improvisation I. Spring (2).Study of jazz nomenclature, performancestrategies, and resources for improvisation.Emphasis on applied ear-training and perfor-mance on the student’s major instrument.Prerequisite: MUS 102, 106, or permission.

214/614 Jazz Improvisation II. Fall (2).Continuation of improvisation and perfor-mance strategies studied in Jazz Improvisa-tion I. Emphasis on advanced ear-training,performance on student’s major instrument,and music transcription. Prerequisite:permission. May be repeated for degree creditfor up to 4 credits.

216/616 Seminar: Woodwind instruments.(2–4).Reedmaking, mouthpiece refacing, tuning,minor repairs, and mechanical adjustments.Prerequisite: permission. Offered as needed.

217/617 Piano Literature. (2).Literature for solo piano, chamber music withpiano, and concertos written from the mid-18th century to the present. Music for

harpsichord and clavichord prior to 1750commonly performed on the piano alsoincluded. Stylistic, social, and culturalelements are explored. Extensive listeningand examination of scores. Prerequisite: abil-ity to read music. Offered as needed.

226/626 French and Italian Vocal Literature and Diction. Fall (2).Exploration of literature for the voice in theFrench and Italian languages and correctdiction for each language. Also includeslearning and working with the InternationalPhonetic Alphabet. NU only. Offered in alter-nate years: 01F.

227/627 English and German Vocal Literature and Diction. Spring (2).Exploration of literature for the voice in theEnglish and German languages and correctdiction for each language. Also includeslearning and working with the InternationalPhonetic Alphabet. NU only. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

228/628 Pedagogy. Fall (2).Principles and theories of pedagogy appliedto the teaching of music. Prerequisites: MUS101, 105. Open to majors or minors only.Offered in alternate year: 02F.

229 Pedagogy Practicum. Spring (2).Supervised and observed studio teaching.University students teach two or moreprivate students for an entire semester. Onesegment explores methods and materialsappropriate for teaching each student’sinstrument or voice. Prerequisite: MUS228/628. Offered in alternate years: 03S

244/644 Church Music Seminar. (4). Study of selected topics in church music with emphasis on practical applications inthe field. Areas of study announced in theSchedule of Classes. Prerequisites: MUS 101,105, or permission. May be repeated once fordegree credit. Offered as needed.

248/648 Jazz-Commercial Arranging. (4).Students analyze the realization of melodic,harmonic, and rhythmic scoring of popular

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

and semi-classical music in a variety of styles(e.g., jazz, Latin, rock, Dixie, etc.) for individ-ual sections, combos, and major conductedensembles, including string, winds, brass,percussion, and keyboards. Prerequisite:MUS 102 or permission. Offered as needed.

259 Literature of the Major. Fall (0), Spring (0).Satisfied by an examination given by theapplied instructor during the final semesterin residence covering the standard solo,ensemble, and technical literature of theinstrument or voice. Students are expected to secure the appropriate literature list fromtheir private teachers upon entry into theperformance program. Prerequisite: perfor-mance majors only. CN only.

299 Upper Division Qualifying Examination.Spring (0).Minimum of three credits of private instruc-tion on the major instrument or voice mustbe taken concurrently. Prerequisite: sopho-more standing. CN only.

300 Music History and Literature fromAntiquity to 1750. Fall (4).Comprehensive survey of the Western musi-cal tradition from antiquity to the end of theBaroque period. Development of musicalstyle studied through the achievements ofgreat composers and the artistic, social, andcultural elements that were determiningfactors. Prerequisite: ability to read musicdesirable.

301 Music History and Literature from1750 to the Present. Spring (4).Survey of the Western musical traditioncovering the periods from the Viennese clas-sicism period through New Romanticism.Development of styles is studied using theworks of the great composers from Sammar-tini through Adams. Artistic, social, andcultural elements of style also explored.Prerequisite: ability to read music desirable.

307/607 World Music. Interim (3).Study of the basic elements of music outsideof the usual European tradition including

melody, rhythm, harmony, and form in themusics of the world. Emphasis on Latino,Asian, and African traditions. NU only.

320–321/620–621 Introduction to Composition I, II. Fall (2–4), Spring (2–4).Development of individual compositionalstyle and skills for writing shapely melody,harmonies which move or bring closure,lively rhythmic groupings, patterns whichbuild structure, and fresh textures. Practicegenerating musical ideas, extending theseinto pieces, notating clearly, and rehearsingwith performers. May be repeated for degreecredit for a maximum 4 credits per under-graduate course. Prerequisites: MUS 101,105, or permission.

335 Introduction to Conducting. Fall (2).Elements of the conductor’s techniques, beatformation, and all rhythms; practice in choraland instrumental conducting. Baton tech-niques and score reading with practicalapplication. Prerequisite: MUS 101, 105.

347/647 History of Opera and Musical Theater. Fall (2).Survey of the development of music andtheatre, and their inevitable marriage fromthe early Egyptian, Greek, Roman, andHebrew civilizations through medieval litur-gical drama and pastoral plays, arriving atthe eventuality of opera in the SeventeenthCentury. Subsequent maturation of opera,and the delineation of Twentieth-Centurymodels of operetta and popular musicaltheatre. NU or EV only. Offered in alternateyears: 02F.

354/654 Counterpoint. (4).Principles of melodic writing: two-, three,-and four-part counterpoint involving the useof imitation, augmentation, mirroring, anddiminution. Prerequisites: MUS 102, 106.Offered as needed.

356/656 Orchestration. Spring (2–4).Nature and potential of musical instruments.Arrangement and scoring for conventionalgroups (symphony orchestra, symphony band,marching band, principal chamber combina-


Music

tions), and for immediate practical instru-mentation. Prerequisites: MUS 102, 106.

357 Choral Music at the Pre-College Level.Interim (3).Methods and materials for teaching vocalmusic in K–12 schools including chorus,vocal chamber ensembles, voice classes,recitals, stage productions, theory, and listen-ing experiences. Prerequisites: MUS 101,105, and 335.

358 Instrumental Music at the Pre-College Level. Fall (2).Methods and materials for teaching instru-mental music in K–12 schools includingconcert and marching bands, orchestra, jazzand pop groups, social instruments, theory,and listening experiences. Prerequisites:MUS 101, 105 and 335.

360 Special Studies. Fall (2), Spring (2).Special topics offered as needed. May berepeated for degree credit given a differenttopic. Prerequisites: MUS 300 and 301, orpermission. NU only.

399 Junior Recital (or Production of a Tape Recording). Fall (0), Spring (0).A minimum of 3 credits of private instructionon the major instrument or voice must betaken concurrently. CN only.

402/602 Medieval and Renaissance Music Literature. Fall (4).Detailed survey of music examples from 600to 1600, with emphasis on the definition ofstyle and how it is expressed by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Prerequisite:MUS 300. Offered in alternate years: 01F.

403/603 Baroque Music Literature. Fall (4).Study of musical examples from 1600 to1750, with emphasis on the definition of styleand how it is expressed by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Prerequisite:MUS 300. Offered in alternate years: 02F.

404/604 Classical Music Literature.Interim (3).Exploration of music written between 1750and 1820, with emphasis on the definition ofstyle and how it is expressed by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Prerequisite:MUS 301. Offered in alternate years: 03I.

405/605 Romantic Music Literature.Interim (3).Survey of music written between 1820 and1900, with emphasis on the definition of styleand how it is expressed by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Prerequisite:MUS 301. Offered in alternate years: 02I.

406/606 Twentieth-Century Music Literature. Spring (4).Examination and appreciation of the stylesand major composers of the TwentiethCentury. Detailed study of selected works.Prerequisite: MUS 301. Offered in alternateyears: 02S.

436/636 Advanced Choral Conducting.Spring (2).Introduction to the art of choral conducting.Prerequisites: MUS 101, MUS 105, MUS 335,and MUSI 124 or two semesters of MUSI111. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

437/637 Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Spring (2).Continuation and development of conductingtechniques developed in MUS 335 or MUS436. Application of these precepts to bothchoral and instrumental ensembles. Empha-sis on preparing and conducting from fullchoral and orchestral scores. Prerequisite:MUS 335 or equivalent. NU only. Offered inalternate years: 03S.

438/638 Advanced Composition. Fall (2–4), Spring (2–4).Private study and weekly seminar, builtaround several composing projects eachsemester and tailored to suit individualskills, musical aesthetics, and career aspi-rations. Prerequisite: MUS 320–321, or

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

permission. May be repeated for degreecredit for a maximum of 4 credits per under-graduate course. NU only. Offered in alter-nate years: 01F, 03S.

450 Collegium Musicum. (1–2).For singers and instrumentalists, emphasiz-ing study and performance of representativestyles of medieval and Renaissance musicliterature, including familiarization withperiod instruments and performance prac-tices. Prerequisite: MUS 300. Offered asneeded.

498A Full Senior Recital. Fall (0), Spring (0).A minimum of three credits of privateinstruction on the major instrument or voicemust be taken concurrently. Compositionmajors may present, during the senior year,well-rehearsed public presentations of threeto four works (or equivalent) in lieu of asingle recital. CN only.

498B Half Senior Recital. Fall (0), Spring (0).A minimum of 3 credits of private instructionon the major instrument or voice must betaken concurrently. CN only.

498C Senior Project. Fall (0–2), Interim (0–2), Spring (0–2).Musical Studies majors only. CN only.

Performance StudiesGroup Lessons. Group lessons on all instru-ments and in voice are available each semes-ter subject to a minimum enrollment of threestudents per group. Each group will meet atleast one hour per week. Students mustprovide their own instruments, except forstudents enrolled in piano, organ, and harp.Most band and orchestra instruments may berented for a nominal fee from local musicstores. Students who register for WindEnsemble or Chamber Orchestra may useUniversity of Redlands instruments at nocharge, subject to their availability.

Private Lessons. Each credit of registra-tion entitles the student to 15 minutes ofinstruction per week; students must registerfor a minimum of 2 credits. Performancemajors usually register for 4 credits each

semester (one one-hour lesson per week).General University students usually registerfor 2 or 3 credits per semester (one 30-minuteto one 45-minute lesson per week). Privatelessons begin during the second full week ofclasses.

Juries. Final examinations in perfor-mance are required of all students who takeprivate instruction for evaluation or a grade.Students who do not demonstrate therequired level of proficiency during theperformance examination may be required toregister for additional private instructionbeyond the minimum number of creditsrequired for the degree and major. Gradua-tion with a major in performance does notdepend upon earning the minimum numberof credits in performance studies, but uponthe degree of advancement attained by thestudent. All students who enroll in perfor-mance studies for a grade are required toattend a regularly scheduled performanceclass and participate in a major conductedensemble during the semester of enrollment.

Chamber Music. All bachelor of musicand bachelor of arts students who choose therecital option are required to perform chambermusic during their degree recitals. Ensemblesshould be varied in size and nature. The pre-recital jury committee determines theappropriateness of the selected chamberworks and approves them when the recitalrepertoire is approved.

Pre-recital Jury Examinations.Students presenting required recitals,students presenting a full or partial recital tofulfill the senior project requirement in thebachelor of arts program, and any otherstudents recommended to do so by theirprivate instructor must present a pre-recitaljury examination. In the semester prior tothe scheduled recital, students must bring alist of their proposed recital repertory to thearea jury for approval. Students studyingabroad must present their proposed programto the performance studies chairman duringthe first week of the semester following the student’s return. The pre-recital jury exami-nation must be presented at least four weeks,and no sooner than eight weeks, before thescheduled recital date.


Music

The pre-recital jury will consist of theprivate teacher and one or more additionalfaculty member(s) approved by the privateteacher. At least one member of the pre-recital jury must be a full-time facultymember. At the examination, the studentmust be prepared to perform the entirerecital at final performance level, includingmemorization, if required. All those who willparticipate in the recital must perform at thepre-recital examination. In the case of compo-sition recitals, all scores and parts must beavailable for examination, and at least half ofthe works must be performed.

If the pre-recital jury examination is notapproved, the student may not present therecital until a subsequent semester. Pre-recital jury examinations and all requiredrecitals must take place when classes are insession during the regular academic year.With the approvals of the private teacher, the perfor-mance studies chair, and the director of the School ofMusic, the pre-recital jury examination may bewaived for composition majors only.

Upper-division Qualifying Jury Examination.MUS 299. Bachelor of music majors in perfor-mance, composition, musical studies, andmusic education must pass the upper-divisionqualifying jury examination to register forprivate instruction as a junior or senior musicmajor. These examinations will be scheduledat 20-minute intervals, and each student willbe expected to perform for at least 15minutes. Upper-division Qualifying JuryExaminations will normally be taken at theend of the Spring semester of the sophomoreyear. A student may take the Upper-divisionQualifying Jury a maximum of two times. Astudent who fails the Upper-division Qualify-ing Jury Examination will be denied permis-sion to continue in the current major.The repertory for the Upper-division Quali-fying Jury Examination will include thefollowing:1. All major and minor scales and arpeggios

through the full range of the instrument,including comparable requirements invoice;

2. Sight-reading;3. Three pieces of three differing styles, one

having been written within the past 50years in a modern style;

4. One out of the three pieces performedfrom memory; and

5. One piece or group of pieces performedfor a minimum of five minutes withoutinterruption.

Additional requirements may be added byarea performance faculty.

APPLIED INSTRUCTION COURSES (MUAP)Students wishing to study privately in piano,guitar, organ, or voice must complete the classinstruction (MUSI) offered or demonstrateequivalent proficiency prior to registering forprivate lessons.

Music instruction for non-majors or majorson a secondary instrument (MUAP 100–199)is offered in the following areas. Consult theSchedule of Classes for current enrollment.

Group Instruction101 Classical Piano 133 Electric Bass 103 Jazz Piano 131 Pop Guitar 107 Classical Voice 129 Jazz Guitar123 Jazz Percussion 135 Classical Other 125 Harp 136 Jazz Other 127 Classical Guitar 137 Other

Private Instruction102 Classical Piano 118 Horn 104 Jazz Piano 119 Trumpet 105 Organ 120 Trombone 106 Harpsichord 121 Tuba 108 Classical Voice 122 Classical Percussion 109 Violin 124 Jazz Percussion 110 Viola 126 Harp 111 Cello 128 Classical Guitar 112 Double Bass 130 Jazz Guitar 113 Flute 132 Pop Guitar 114 Oboe 134 Electric Bass 115 Clarinet 135 Classical Other 116 Bassoon 136 Jazz Other 117 Saxophone 137 Other

Private instruction for majors (MUAP300–399) is offered in the following categories:302 Classical Piano 318 Horn 304 Jazz Piano 319 Trumpet 305 Organ 320 Trombone

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

306 Harpsichord 321 Tuba 308 Classical Voice 322 Classical Percussion309 Violin 324 Jazz Percussion 310 Viola 326 Harp 311 Cello 328 Classical Guitar 312 Double Bass 330 Jazz Guitar 313 Flute 332 Pop Guitar 314 Oboe 334 Electric Bass 315 Clarinet 335 Classical Other 316 Bassoon 336 Jazz Other 317 Saxophone 338 Other

Class Instruction Class instruction is offered in the areas below.No student will be permitted more than twosemesters of such instruction on any oneinstrument and must be a beginner in thesubject unless there are sections at variouslevels. There must be at least five studentsenrolled for the class to be scheduled.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:

CLASS INSTRUCTION (MUSI)

121 Class Piano. Fall (1), Spring (1).Emphasis on basic piano technique and elementary music-reading skills. Includesharmony, accompanying, improvisation, andmusical performance. Functional keyboardskills appropriate to each B.A. and B.M.major track. May be repeated for degree credit for a maximum of 3 credits, but mustbe repeated until basic competencies andskill levels are met.

123A Class Classical Guitar I. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

123B Class Classical Guitar II. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

124 Introduction to Voice. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

125A Class Popular Guitar I. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

125B Class Popular Guitar II. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

125C Class Popular Guitar III. Fall (1), Spring (1).CN only.

EnsemblesOnly MUSI 111 University Choir, MUSI 131University of Redlands Symphony Orchestra,and MUSI 138 Wind Ensemble may be usedto fulfill the “major conducted ensembles”requirement in the various majors.

GPA Requirement for EnsembleParticipation. As determined by the GPAearned in the immediately preceding semes-ter, not the cumulative GPA, music majorsmay participate in ensembles as follows:

Status EnsemblesFreshmen two or fewerTransfers two or fewer2.49 or under one2.5–2.99 two3.0 or above more than two

For the purpose of this section, “ensembles”are Symphony Orchestra, Chamber Orchestra,Wind Ensemble, Studio Jazz Band, Univer-sity Choir, Chapel Singers, Opera Workshop,and any other ensemble that is conducted.

General Ensemble SyllabusThe following, combined with an addenda syllabus which may be provided for eachspecific ensemble, constitutes the officialsyllabus for all ensembles as defined in thepreceding paragraph. Students registered forany ensemble in which they participate mustbe enrolled with a grading option of “credit”(CR) or “audit” (AU).

Any member of a wind/percussion ensem-ble or orchestra may be required to partici-pate in the Feast of Lights (Fall semester) orthe opera or musical theatre production(Spring semester). Assignments to theseproductions are posted no later than thebeginning of the third week of classes. Datesfor rehearsals and performances are madeavailable at the beginning of each semester.


Music

All students participating in an ensemblemust meet the following requirements toreceive credit for the course:1. Attend all rehearsals and concerts and

be in place ready to participate at thedesignated times

2. Come to rehearsals and performancesadequately prepared (inadequate prepa-ration, as determined by the conductor,will result in an unexcused absence)

3. Decline outside activities during thesemester that conflict with scheduledrehearsals and concerts

To maintain acceptable standards of perfor-mance and the integrity of the ensembles, nounexcused absences will be permitted.One or more unexcused absences will resultin a grade of No Credit for the course. Theinstructor will determine whether an absenceis excused or unexcused.

The instructor should be notified in advanceof any anticipated absence or situation thatwould require a student to be late. Normallyexcused absences will be approved only forserious illness, emergencies, or situationsusually considered to be unforeseeable.Students who must be absent are responsiblefor seeing that their music is present at therehearsal or performance and for securing anacceptable substitute, where appropriate.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:

ENSEMBLES (MUSI)

110/610 Opera Workshop. Fall (0–3), Spring (0–3).Preparation and performance of scenes fromopera or musical theatre. NU only.

111 University Choir. Fall (0–1), Spring(0–1).NU only.

112 Chapel Singers. Fall (0–1), Spring(0–1). NU only.

113 University of Redlands Chorale.Fall (0–1). Spring (0–1).Prerequisite: audition required. NU only.

114 Madrigals. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).Prerequisite: audition required. NU only.

130 Symphony Orchestra. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).Membership in the Redlands SymphonyOrchestra. Prerequisite: audition required.NU only.

131/631 University of Redlands SymphonyOrchestra. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).Prerequisite: audition required. NU only.

132 Chamber Orchestra. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

133 Chamber Ensemble: Strings. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

136 Studio Jazz Band. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

137 Chamber Ensemble: Winds and Percussion. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

138 Wind Ensemble. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

139 Special Ensemble. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).NU only.

THE GRADUATE PROGRAM

AdmissionApplications for graduate study are availablefrom the Office of the Director, School ofMusic, P.O. Box 3080, University of Redlands,Redlands, CA 92373-0999; telephone (909)335-4014. Applicants should have a gradepoint average of at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scalefrom an accredited undergraduate programand must have a bachelor’s degree in music.

The deadline for submission of applicationsis four weeks prior to the beginning of eachterm. Applicants are encouraged to submit

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

their documentation well in advance of theintended semester of matriculation.

Only completed applications will be considered. A completed application mustinclude the following:1. A University of Redlands Application for

Admission to Graduate Study in Music;2. The $40 non-refundable application fee;3. Two recommendations from professionals

qualified to assess the applicant’s poten-tial for success in the intended major;

4. Official transcripts from each college oruniversity previously attended;Note: Transcripts from foreign colleges and univer-sities must be evaluated by the Credential Evalua-tion Service of the International EducationResearch Foundation, Inc. and sent directly to theSchool of Music.

5. Official scores of the Test of English as aForeign Language (TOEFL) if English isnot the principal language (a minimumscore of 550 is required);

6. An admission audition for those intendingto major in performance (applicants livingwithin 200 miles of Redlands are expectedto audition in person; others may submittapes); and

7. Copies of representative original scoresfor those intending to major in composition.

AuditionsAdmission auditions may be performed at theUniversity of Redlands (on special days setaside for admission auditions) by appoint-ment, or through submission of tape record-ings. Auditions should last no more thantwenty minutes. While no specific repertoryis required for instrumentalists, selectionsshould demonstrate the applicant’s full rangeof musical and technical ability, and worksfrom two or three different historical periodsor of differing type are suggested. Voice appli-cants must present at least four arias orsongs—one each in English, French, German,and Italian. Applications for the major inwoodwind doubling must meet minimumentrance requirements for the M.M. inperformance, including sight-reading on atleast one instrument, and demonstrate accept-able college-level skills on the second wood-wind instrument. To schedule an audition,

contact the Office of the Director. Auditiontapes also should be sent to the Director’soffice.

AcceptanceNotification of acceptance into the masterprogram is sent by the School of Music director.

THE MASTER OF MUSICThe master of music degree is available incomposition, music education, performance,and woodwind doubling.

Program RequirementsEach major program requires 40 credits distributed as follows:

The Major in Composition• MUS 600 Graduate Studies in Music

Theory and Analysis—4 credits• MUS 601 Graduate Studies in

Musicology—4 credits• MUS 620–621 Introduction to

Composition I and II and MUS 638Advanced Composition—16 credits total

• Applied studies—4 to 8 credits• Major conducted ensembles—4 credits• MUS 606 Twentieth-Century Music

Literature—2 credits• Music literature elective chosen from

MUS 647, 602, 603, 604, and 605—2 credits

• Electives—4 to 8 credits Note: Students are encouraged to take at least oneelective course outside the field of music.

• MUS 698 Graduate Recital—0 creditsNote: Students must take two Graduate Recitals

• MUS 699 Final Examination—0 creditsThe graduate recitals consist of original workscomposed while in residence. Satisfactoryprogress toward the recitals, as determined bythe student’s graduate committee, must occurbefore the completion of 20 credits.

The Major in Music Education• MUS 600 Graduate Studies in Music


Musicology—4 credits• MUS 652 Foundations of Music

Education—4 credits


Music

• MUS 653 Administration and Supervisionin Music—2 credits

• MUS 655 Computer Techniques in MusicEducation—2 credits

• MUS 658 Psychology of Music—4 credits• Applied studies—4 credits

Note: Two semesters of applied studies are required.• Music elective chosen from MUS 636,

637, or 639—2 credits• Electives—8 to 12 credits

Note : Students are encouraged to take at least oneelective course outside the field of music.

• Major conducted ensembles—4 credits• MUS 698 Graduate Recital—0 to 2 credits

or MUS 696 Thesis—0 to 2 credits• MUS 699 Final Examination—0 creditsThe thesis (MUS 696), if chosen, is super-vised by the student’s graduate advisor andpersonal graduate committee.

If a recital (MUS 698) is chosen, permis-sion must be secured before the end of thefirst semester of graduate study. Thosepursuing this option must study privatelywith an appropriate faculty member for twoconsecutive semesters preceding the recital.

The School of Music Graduate Committeemust approve the thesis proposal or recitalprogram.

The Major in Performance• MUS 600 Graduate Studies in Music


Musicology—4 credits• Applied studies—12 to 16 credits• Major Conducted Ensembles or Opera

Workshop for vocal majors, or MUS 611 Accompanying—4 credits

• Music literature electives chosen fromMUS 647, 602, 603, 604, 605,and 606—4 credits Note: Vocal majorsmust take MUS 647.

• Electives—8 to 12 creditsNote: Organ majors must take MUS 644 and MUS657. Piano majors must take MUS 628 and MUS617 as electives.Note: Students are encouraged to take at least oneelective course outside the field of music.

• MUS 698 Graduate Recital—0 creditsNote: Students must take two Graduate Recitals.

• MUS 699 Final Examination—0 creditsThe first recital must occur before the completion of 20 credits. Between twenty-fiveand fifty percent of the repertoire for one ofthe recitals must consist of chamber ensem-ble works (larger than instrument pluskeyboard). The combined recitals mustcontain at least one work written within thepast fifty years. Content of each recital mustbe approved by the student’s graduatecommittee.

The Major in Woodwind Doubling• MUS 600 Graduate Studies in Music


Musicology—4 credits• Applied studies—12 to 16 creditsNote: The first 3 or 4 credits of applied studies aretaken in the general area of woodwind doubling(flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, and saxophone).Remaining credits are taken with specialists on aminimum of three instruments to be determined by thestudent and the advisor.

• Major Conducted Ensembles—4 credits• Music literature and electives chosen

from MUS 647, 602, 603, 604, 605,and 606—4 credits

• Electives—8 to 12 creditsNote: Students are encouraged to take at least one elective course outside the field of music.

• MUS 698 Graduate Recital—0 creditsNote: Students are required to take two GraduateRecitals.

• MUS 699 Final Examination—0 creditsWoodwind doubling majors must pass eachsemester’s jury examinations with a mini-mum grade of 3.0 to remain in the program.The first recital must occur before thecompletion of 20 credits. Content of eachrecital must be approved by the student’sgraduate committee.

Final Oral ExaminationEach major program requires that thestudent pass a final oral examination givenby the student’s graduate committee. Theexamination normally covers the literature ofthe major, the thesis (if applicable), and therepertoire of the recital(s). The studentshould also demonstrate graduate-level

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

competence in music theory, music history,general literature, and scholarship.

Transfer CreditA maximum of 6 credits of graduate creditcompleted at another accredited institutionwithin the previous six years may counttoward the master of music, subject to approvalby the Graduate Studies Coordinator.

Diagnostic Entrance ExaminationsPreceding the first semester of study, enteringstudents must take a diagnostic examinationin music history and literature. This testcovers knowledge equivalent to the expecta-tions of graduates of The University ofRedlands bachelor of music program. Areas ofweakness identified through this examina-tion may be strengthened through enrollmentin appropriate graduate or undergraduatecourses, or students may choose to study ontheir own. Diagnostic examinations are givenimmediately preceding each semester.

Graduate AssistantshipsThe application for a graduate assistantship is part of the Application for Admission toGraduate Study. Assistantships are awardedin a wide variety of areas including, but notlimited to, teaching, accompanying, ensem-ble assistance, concert management, andrecording.

Special RegulationsStudents in performance must register for aminimum of 3 credits of private instructionon the major instrument/voice during thesemester in which a required graduate recitalis presented. All majors (except keyboard andvoice—see below) are expected to earn 4 cred-its in an appropriate School of Music majorconducted ensemble unless the normalassignment is waived or reassigned by peti-tion to the music faculty. The normal appro-priate major conducted ensembles are: MUSI608A University Choir (vocal majors), MUSI608F Wind Ensemble (wind and percussionmajors), and MUSI 631 University ofRedlands Symphony Orchestra (stringmajors). Guitarists will be assigned accordingto their secondary interests. Keyboard majors

are required to enroll in MUS 611 Accompa-nying for up to 4 credits as required by thedegree—instead of a major conducted ensem-ble. In addition, vocal majors may elect totake 4 credits in MUSI 610 Opera Workshopin lieu of a major conducted ensemble.

At least four weeks prior to each requiredperformance recital, the complete proposedrepertoire must be performed for the candi-date’s committee at a pre-recital evaluationjury. In the case of composition recitals, allscores and parts must be available for exam-ination and at least half of the works must beperformed for the committee. At the comple-tion of the evaluation, the committee willnotify the candidate whether the recital maybe given as scheduled.

Completed, typed, and edited programnotes must be presented to the committee for approval at the time of the pre-recitalevaluation. All printed recital programs mustcontain approved program notes. Verbalcommentary at recitals is not permitted.With the approvals of the private teacher, the perfor-mance studies chair, and the director of the School ofMusic, the pre-recital jury examination may bewaived for composition majors only.

ARTIST DIPLOMA IN MUSICIn lieu of a traditional master’s degree,students may enroll in an intensified perfor-mance program leading to an Artist Diplomain Music.

AdmissionsProspective students must have a bachelor’sdegree or equivalent in music. There will bean in-person audition specific to each instru-ment or voice. Once admitted, students mustpass an Artist Diploma Entrance Jury(scheduled within the normal year-end juryexaminations) by the end of the first yearbefore being allowed to continue in theprogram.

Those students whose primary languageis not English must report a score of at least450 on the TOEFL examination by the end ofthe first year of study.


Music

Required Courses• Applied Music—24 credits

(6 per semester)• Graduate-level music courses—4 credits• Directed study in the literature of the

major—4 credits• Participation in a major conducted

ensemble (or accompanying for organ and piano majors)—4 credits (one persemester)

• Three formal recitals

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MUS)

600 Graduate Studies in Music Theory and Analysis. Spring (4).Exploration of varied analytic techniqueshelpful in performing, listening, and compos-ing. Includes review of chromatic harmonyand voice-leading, Schenkerian analysis, andin-depth study of selected scores.

601 Graduate Studies in Musicology. Fall (4).Introduction to music bibliography libraryprocedures for music, history, and research.Knowledge gained from undergraduatesurvey courses serves as point of departurefor detailed studies in selected areas.Students present informal reports and formalpapers to the class.

602 Medieval and Renaissance Music Literature. Fall (2).Detailed survey of music examples from 600to 1600, with emphasis on the definition ofstyle and its expression by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Offered inalternate years: 01F.

603 Baroque Music Literature. Fall (2).Examples of music written from 1600 to 1750are studied, with emphasis on the definitionof style and how it is expressed by composers.Approaches include performance, analysis,and research methods. Offered in alternateyears: 02F.

604 Classical Music Literature. Interim (2).Exploration of music written between 1750and 1820, with emphasis on the definition ofstyle and how it is expressed by individualcomposers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Offered inalternate years: 03I.

605 Romantic Music Literature. Interim (2).Survey of music written between 1820 to1900, with emphasis on the definition of style and how it is expressed by individual composers. Approaches include performance,analysis, and research methods. Offered inalternate years: 02I.

606 Twentieth-Century Music Literature. Spring (2).Detailed study of music examples from theTwentieth Century, with the goal of examin-ing the basic directions of contemporarymusic. Included are neoclassicism, national-ism, classical and post-Webern serialism,eclecticism, indeterminacy, electronics, andjazz. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

607 World Music. Interim (3).Study of the basic elements of music outsideof the usual European tradition includingmelody, rhythm, harmony, and form in themusics of the world. Emphasis on Latino,Asian, and African traditions. NU only.

609 Movement Awareness. Fall (2–4).Study of the significance of human move-ment for self-expression. Experiential explo-ration of fluent, balanced, and articulatemovement in actions of daily life (walking,running, bending, sitting, speaking, breath-ing) and in specialized activities (playing amusical instrument, playing golf). Pleasur-able, invigorating movement to music is thecore of classwork.

611 Accompanying. Fall (1), Spring (1).Study of vocal coaching (opera and art song)and instrumental accompanying techniques.Practicing, rehearsing together, literature,transposition, and sight-reading. Supervisedpractice sessions. May be repeated for up to4 degree credits.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

614 Jazz Improvisation II. Fall (2).Study of advanced jazz improvisation withthe goal of enabling students to developstyles of their own. Prerequisite: permission.

616 Seminar in Woodwind Instruments. (2).Reedmaking, mouthpiece refacing, tuning,minor repairs, and mechanical adjustments.Emphasis on single reeds. Principles may beapplied to other woodwinds. Prerequisite:permission. Offered as needed.

617 Piano Literature. (2).Examination of the literature for solo piano,chamber music with piano, and piano concer-tos written from the mid-18th century to thepresent time. Music written for harpsichordand clavichord prior to 1750 but commonlyperformed on the piano also included. Stylis-tic, social, and cultural elements explored.Extensive listening and examination ofscores. Prerequisite: ability to read music.Offered as needed.

620–621 Introduction to Composition I, II.Fall (2–4), Spring (2–4).Short assigned exercises to develop skills forwriting shapely melody, consonance anddissonance, harmonies that move or bringclosure, rhythmic groupings that have life,patterns that build structure, and texturesthat are fresh. Practice generating musicalideas, notating them convincingly, andrehearsing with performers. May be repeatedfor degree credit for a maximum of 4 creditsfor each graduate course.

626 French and Italian Vocal Literature and Diction. Fall (2).Exploration of literature for the voice in theFrench and Italian languages, and correctdiction for each language. Includes learningand working with the International PhoneticAlphabet. NU only. Offered in alternateyears: 01F.

627 English and German Vocal Literatureand Diction. Spring (2).Exploration of literature for the voice in theEnglish and German languages, and correctdiction for each language. Includes learning

and working with the International PhoneticAlphabet. NU only. Offered in alternateyears: 03S.

628 Pedagogy. Fall (2).Principles and theories of pedagogy appliedto the teaching of music.

629A Pedagogy Practicum: Vocal Pedagogy.629B Pedagogy Practicum: Strings andGuitar.629C Pedagogy Practicum: Keyboard.Spring (2).Supervised and observed studio teaching.University students teach two or moreprivate students for an entire semester. Onesegment explores methods and materialsappropriate for teaching one’s own instru-ment or voice. Prerequisite: MUS 628.

636 Advanced Choral Conducting. Spring (2).Introduction to the art of choral conducting.Offered in alternate years: 02S.

637 Advanced Instrumental Conducting.Spring (2).Students develop analytical skills, knowledgeof appropriate wind literature, effective non-verbal communication skills, and effectiverehearsal techniques. Offered in alternateyears: 03S. NU only.

638 Advanced Composition. Fall (3–4), Spring (3–4).Private study built around two to five self-determined composing projects each semes-ter, tailored to suit individual skills, musicalaesthetics, and career aspirations (e.g.,concert music, music for film or TV, music forhigh school chorus or band). Includes aweekly seminar to play and hear new musicby colleagues and other twentieth-centurycomposers. Prerequisites: MUS 321. May berepeated for degree credit for a maximum of16 credits. NU only.

639 Music in the Elementary School. Fall (2).Pre-professional methods and materials, witha focus on methods and techniques for earlychildhood through grade six. Includes


Music

melodic and rhythmic concepts, singing,instrumental skills on rhythm and percus-sion instruments, autoharp and recorder,Orff-Kodaly for the classroom, writing forOrff instruments, and Orff orchestration.Offered in alternate years: 01F.

641 Marching Band Techniques. Fall (2).Study and experience in various chartingprocedures including Step-two, Asymmetri-cal, Corps style, and computer charting.Developing effective rehearsal techniques,philosophical considerations, and arrangingfor the marching band. Offered in alternateyears: 01F.

644 Church Music Seminar. (2).Study of selected topics in church music withan emphasis on practical applications in thefield. Areas of study announced annually.May be repeated for degree credit. Prerequi-site: permission. Offered as needed.

647 History of Opera and Musical Theater.Fall (2).Survey of the development of music andtheatre, and their inevitable marriage fromthe early Egyptian, Greek, Roman, andHebrew civilizations through medieval litur-gical drama and pastoral plays, arriving atthe eventuality of opera in the SeventeenthCentury. Subsequent maturation of opera,and the delineation of Twentieth-Centurymodels of operetta and popular musicaltheatre. NU or EV only. Offered in alternateyears: 02F.

648 Jazz-Commercial Arranging. Spring (2).Prerequisites: permission, enrollment inMUSI 608G. Offered as needed.

649 Dynamics of Performance. Spring (2–4).Exploration of balance, freedom, and ease ofposture and movement while playing,singing, acting, or dancing. Development offuller expressiveness; release of self-conscious-ness. Heightened awareness of phrase,contour, and inflection, by rhythm, character,tonal focus, and texture, so these becomeaudible (or visible) in performance. May berepeated once for degree credit for a maximum

of 6 credits. Prerequisite: for non-musicians,permission.

652 Foundations of Music Education. Fall (4).Examination of the historical, philosophical,and sociological foundations of music educa-tion with an emphasis on contemporaryresearch-based theories. Offered in alternateyears: 01F.

653 Administration and Supervision in Music. Fall (2).A seminar in music administration at thepublic school level (K–12) for individualsinvolved or interested in the educationalmanagement of music. Topics may includefaculty management, curriculum sequence,department image and balance, and stateguidelines for music education. Offered inalternate years: 02F. NU only.

654 Counterpoint. (2).Principles of melodic writing: two-, three-,and four-part counterpoint involving the useof imitation, augmentation, mirroring, anddiminution. Offered as needed.

655 Computer Techniques in Music Education. Spring (2).The current uses of personal computers andMIDI instruments for music education,including their applications in music theory,manuscript, performance, composition, andear-training. No previous computer knowl-edge required. Offered in alternate years:03S. NU only.

656 Orchestration. Spring (2–4).Nature and potential of musical instruments;arrangement and scoring for conventionalgroups (symphony orchestra, symphonyband, marching band, principal chambercombinations) and for immediate practicalinstrumentation.

657 Organ History and Literature. Spring (2).Examination of the construction and reper-toire of the pipe organ from its invention tothe present day. Iconography, mechanics, andacoustics, as well as cultural and societal

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Music

interdependence, are included. Open to non-organists. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

658 Psychology of Music. Spring (4).Examination of contemporary music learn-ing theories with an emphasis on currentresearch-based teaching methods. Offered inalternate years: 02S.

696 Thesis. Fall (1–2), Spring (1–2).May be repeated for degree credit up to 4credits. NU only.

697 Special Studies. Fall (2), Spring (2).

698 Graduate Recital. Fall (0), Spring (0).Composition majors may present (once eachyear) well-rehearsed public presentations ofthree to four works (or equivalent) in lieu ofa single recital.

699 Final Examination. Fall (0), Spring (0).

Applied Instruction Courses (MUAP)

Private Instruction for Graduate Students.Fall (2–5), Spring (2–5).Private instruction is divided into thefollowing classifications:

MUAP 602 Classical PianoMUAP 604 Jazz PianoMUAP 605 OrganMUAP 606 HarpsichordMUAP 608 Classical VoiceMUAP 609 ViolinMUAP 610 ViolaMUAP 611 CelloMUAP 612 String BassMUAP 613 FluteMUAP 614 OboeMUAP 615 ClarinetMUAP 616 BassoonMUAP 617 SaxophoneMUAP 618 HornMUAP 619 TrumpetMUAP 620 TromboneMUAP 621 TubaMUAP 622 Classical PercussionMUAP 626 Harp

MUAP 624 Jazz VoiceMUAP 628 Classical GuitarMUAP 630 Jazz GuitarMUAP 632 Popular GuitarMUAP 634 Electric BassMUAP 635 Classical OtherMUAP 636 Jazz OtherMUAP 637 Other

ENSEMBLES (MUSI)

608 Graduate Ensemble. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).Participation in, and assistance with, aspecific School of Music ensemble. No morethan 4 credits of MUSI 608 can be applied toa master’s degree in music. NU only. Thefollowing ensembles are available throughregistration in MUSI 608.MUSI 608A University ChoirMUSI 608B Chapel Singers MUSI 608D Symphony OrchestraMUSI 608E OrchestraMUSI 608F Wind EnsembleMUSI 608G Studio Jazz Band MUSI 608H Chamber EnsembleMUSI 608I Special EnsembleMUSI 608J Madrigals

610 Opera Workshop. Fall (0–3), Spring (0–3).Preparation and performance of scenes or afull production of opera or musical theatre.NU only.

631 University of Redlands SymphonyOrchestra. Fall (0–1), Spring (0–1).Prerequisite: audition required. NU only.



THE FACULTYLawrence FinsenKathie JenniXinyan JiangKevin O’Neill

THE MAJORPhilosophy courses are divided into threegeneral subject areas: survey (PHIL100–199), history (PHIL 200–299), and area(PHIL 300 and above). Survey courses intro-duce students to a broad range of philosoph-ical problems and techniques and areappropriate for beginning philosophystudents. Courses in the history of philosophyfocus on issues of perennial philosophicalconcern in the context of specific historicaleras, emphasizing the examination of origi-nal sources of the period. Area courses focuson relatively restricted areas of philosophy,allowing for greater depth in the investiga-tion of selected topics and techniques.

RequirementsPhilosophy majors must complete ten courses.These include:1. one logic course (PHIL 130 or 350)2. two ethics courses (PHIL 120 and an

ethics course numbered 300 or above) 3. two epistemology or metaphysics courses

(PHIL 100 and an epistemology or meta-physics course numbered 300 or above)

4. two history of philosophy courses (PHIL 220 and one other coursenumbered 200–299)

5. the Senior Research Seminar in Philosophy (PHIL 461)

6. one other course numbered 300 or above7. one elective, which may be any philosophy

course, or GOVT 310, 314, or 400, or HIST 314, or REL 125

THE MINORThe minor in philosophy consists of 24 cred-its. Courses taken to fulfill the minor arenegotiated with the Philosophy Department.Students electing to minor in philosophyshould consult an advisor in the department.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program thatinvolves an exceptional senior project isavailable for qualified and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program mightcome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byaffirmative vote of the philosophy faculty.Interested students should consult theiradvisors for information about applicationprocedures and requirements.

Study AbroadPhilosophy majors and minors are stronglyencouraged to include study abroad in theiracademic planning. The opportunity todevelop deeper understanding of anotherculture is of immense value to any liberallyeducated person, and of particular value tophilosophy students. A number of programsare available that would be especially bene-ficial to someone studying philosophy, includ-ing programs in English and otherlanguages. Students should plan off-campusstudy early in consultation with both theirdepartment advisor and the Office of SpecialCollege Programs.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PHIL)

100 Introduction to Philosophy. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to substantive issues in philos-ophy through examination of historical andcontemporary sources. Designed to provide asurvey of topics in various areas, includingethics, metaphysics, and epistemology.

120 Ethics and Social Philosophy. Fall (4), Spring (4).Examination of competing ethical and social-political theories in the context of currentethical controversies.

130 Reasoning and Logic. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Practical introduction to logic and criticalthinking, with emphasis on developing theability to detect fallacious arguments and

PhilosophyC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Philosophy

construct sound ones in a variety of practicalcontexts.

150 Introduction to Chinese Philosophy.Fall (4).An introduction to Chinese philosophy. Read-ings selected mainly from Confucian, Taoist,and Buddhist traditions. No prior acquain-tance with Chinese literature or Philosophywill be presupposed.

160 Introductory Topics in Philosophy. Fall (4), or Interim (3), or Spring (4).Study of selected topics, movements, authors,or works in philosophy chosen to reflectstudent interest and instructor availability.May be repeated for degree credit givendifferent topics for a maximum of 8 credits.Offered as needed.

200 Greek Philosophy. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of original texts in Greek philosophyselected from the pre-Socratics, Plato, Aris-totle, and the Stoics. Students are acquaintedwith philosophers who began the Westernintellectual tradition. Prerequisite: onecourse in philosophy or permission. Offeredin alternate years.

210 Medieval Philosophy. Spring (4).Study of original texts from medieval philos-ophy selected from Augustine, Aquinas,Anselm, Abelard, Bonaventure, Scotus, andOckham. Emphasis on the place philosophyoccupied in medieval culture and especiallyits relations to religious faith. Prerequisite:one course in philosophy or permission.Offered as needed.

220 Seventeenth- and Eighteenth-CenturyPhilosophy. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of the works of major philosophersselected from the modern period(1600–1780). Readings selected from writingsof Bacon, Descartes, Hobbes, Locke, Leibniz,Spinoza, Berkeley, and Hume. Prerequisite:one course in philosophy or permission.Offered in alternate years: 01F.

230 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy. Spring (4).Study of major thinkers in the period from1780 to 1850. Primary focus on Kant andHegel, with readings from original sources.Prerequisite: one course in philosophy orpermission. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

240 Existentialism and Phenomenology. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of original texts in existentialand phenomenological traditions, exploringdistinctiveness and interrelation. Readingsselected from Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre,Beauvoir, Merleau-Ponty, and Levinas.Prerequisite: one course in philosophy orpermission. Offered as needed.

250 Twentieth-Century Philosophy. Fall (4).Examination of original texts in continentaland Anglo-American traditions, exploringcommon origins and current convergence.Readings selected from Brentano, Meinong,Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, Russell, Moore,Wittgenstein, Austin, Carnap, Ayer, Ryle, andQuine. Prerequisite: one course in philosophyor permission. Offered as needed.

300 Epistemology. Spring (4).Examination of traditional and contemporaryproblems in the theory of knowledge: thechallenge of skepticism; role of belief, truth,and certainty; whether there are differentkinds of knowing. Prerequisite: one philoso-phy course or permission. Offered in alter-nate years: 03S.

310 Philosophy and Feminism.Interim (3) or Spring (4).Examination of conceptual and moral issuessurrounding sexual equality: sexism and itsrelation to other forms of oppression; thenotion of male and female natures; friend-ship, love, marriage, and the family; moralanalyses of rape, abortion, and pornography.Classical and contemporary readings fromphilosophy, the social sciences, and politicaldocuments. Prerequisite: one philosophycourse or permission. Offered in alternateyears: 03F.


Philosophy

320 Ethics and Law. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of selected problems concerning law,society, and morality. Topics include legalpaternalism, legal moralism, the ethics ofcriminal punishment, political obligation, civildisobedience, and justification of the state.Readings from classical and contemporarysources. Prerequisite: PHIL 120, GOVT 310,314, or permission. Offered in alternate years.

330 Ethics and the Environment. Fall (4), Spring (4).Examination of ethical issues about the envi-ronment: fundamental questions about moralstatus, public policy issues, and questions ofpersonal morality. Traditional perspectives,such as anthropocentrism and individualism,are contrasted with alternatives such as theland ethic and ecofeminism. Prerequisite:PHIL 120 or permission. Offered in alternateyears: 03F.

340 Philosophy of Mind. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Seminar examining selected topics in thephilosophy of mind, emphasizing contempo-rary sources. Topics include the mind-bodyproblem, privacy and the problem of otherminds, self-deception, artificial intelligence,personal identity, and analysis of suchconcepts as memory, emotion, action, belief,and dreaming. Prerequisite: one history ofphilosophy course or permission. Offered inalternate years: 02S.

345 American Philosophy. Spring (4).Study of classic texts in American philoso-phy. Readings selected from the writings ofPeirce, Royce, James, Dewey, Santayana, andappropriate Twentieth-Century thinkers.Prerequisite: one course in philosophy orpermission. Offered as needed.

350 Symbolic Logic. Fall (2–4).Study of increasingly complex systems ofdeductive logic. Topics include sentential logicand predicate logic. Prerequisite: either onecourse in philosophy, MATH 121 or above, orpermission. Offered in alternate years: 01S.

355 Philosophy of Religion. Spring (4).Examination of selected issues surroundingreligious beliefs and practices: arguments forand against God’s existence, the relationshipof faith and reason, and the relationship ofreligion and ethics. Readings from classicaland contemporary sources. Prerequisite: onehistory of philosophy course or permission.Offered as needed.

360 Topics in Chinese Philosophy. Spring (4).An advanced seminar that will focus on read-ings from classical Chinese philosophicaltexts. Each semester that it is offered thecourse will concentrate on one of the mainChinese philosophical traditions: Buddhism,Taoism, or Confucianism. Prerequisite: onephilosophy course or permission. May berepeated for degree credit, for a maximum of12 credits, given a different topic.

460 Seminar in Selected Topics or Figures.Fall (3–4), Spring (3–4).Examination of a particular philosopher,movement in philosophy, or specialized topicchosen to reflect student interest and staffavailability. Prerequisite: one history ofphilosophy course or permission. Offered asneeded.

461 Senior Research Seminar in Philosophy.Fall (2), Spring (2).The Senior Seminar consists of weekly classmeetings in the Fall, attendance at sched-uled philosophy colloquia and subsequentdiscussions in both Fall and Spring semes-ters, and completion and presentation of asenior research project in the spring. Projecttopics are negotiated with the instructor andmay be interdisciplinary. Prerequisites:junior or senior standing, and permission fornon-majors. CN, EV only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



THE FACULTYJames DuceyJeffrey P. MártinezMichael C. MaynardGary H. SmithSuzette A. SobotiThomas T. Whittemore

THE MINORFor students interested in a minor in physi-cal education, the following required coursesare designed to provide a foundation of study:• PE 110 Foundations of Physical Education

and Sport• PE 210 Social Sciences in Physical

Education and Sport• PE 310 Instructional Strategies for

Physical Education• PE 320 Scientific Concepts for Physical

Education and SportIn order to satisfy the 6 additional credits ofrequired physical education coursework,students may choose from a variety of otheracademic classes outlined in the PhysicalEducation course descriptions. Activityclasses do not fulfill the requirements for the6 additional credits.

Activities ProgramAll University students are encouraged toparticipate in the Physical Education Activi-ties Program. The courses are categorizedaccording to the primary goal of the class:fitness activities, lifetime sports, martial arts,and recreational sports. Students are encour-aged to select at least one from each cate-gory. All courses are designed to enhancephysical fitness, improve skills, and developan appreciation of the many benefits of devel-oping and maintaining a healthy and activelifestyle. Activity courses are offered for onecredit on a CN basis. Students may earn amaximum of four credits toward a degree.Note: Physical Education activity credits are exemptfrom the excess credit fee.

Fitness ActivitiesDesigned to improve cardiovascular fitness,body composition, muscular endurance,strength, and flexibility.PEAC 0FA Water AerobicsPEAC 0FD Dynamic Fitness

Speed and AgilityPEAC 0FE Dynamic Fitness

Strength and PowerPEAC 0FP Personalized FitnessPEAC 0FL Low Impact AerobicsPEAC 0FS Life SavingPEAC 0FW1 Weight Training—

BeginningPEAC 0FW2 Weight Training—

IntermediatePEAC 0FY YogaPEAC 0FZ Topics in Fitness

Lifetime SportsDesigned to improve the skill performancein the selected sport through instruction,drills, and competitive play.PEAC 0LB BadmintonPEAC 0LC SoccerPEAC 0LD DivingPEAC 0LF Ultimate FrisbeePEAC 0LG GolfPEAC 0LH CheerleadingPEAC 0LK BasketballPEAC 0LL LacrossePEAC 0LN Sand VolleyballPEAC 0LR RacquetballPEAC 0LS SwimmingPEAC 0LT1 Tennis—BeginningPEAC 0LT2 Tennis—IntermediatePEAC 0LT3 Tennis—AdvancedPEAC 0LV VolleyballPEAC 0LW WalleyballPEAC 0LZ Topics in Lifetime Sports

Martial ArtsDesigned to train both the mind and body.PEAC 0MA AikidoPEAC 0MK1 Karate—BeginningPEAC 0MK2 Karate—IntermediatePEAC 0MS Self ProtectionPEAC 0MZ Topics in Martial Arts

Physical Education and Athletics


Recreational SportsDesigned to provide instruction in recre-ational activities. Each of these classesrequires an additional fee, and all areconducted on weekends.PEAC 0RH High Adventure RopesPEAC 0RK KayakingPEAC 0RR Rock ClimbingPEAC 0RS ScubaPEAC 0RW WindsurfingPEAC 0RZ Topics in Recreational

Sports

Recreational Sports/Intramural ProgramThe Recreational Sports program has fourcomponents: intramural competition, clubsports, recreational facilities, and outdoorrecreation (equipment rental).

The intramural program offers a wide vari-ety of activities and events intended toencourage friendly competition amongstudents, faculty, and staff. Some of the activ-ities currently offered include basketball,badminton, bowling, flag football, frisbee golf,pickleball, racquetball, soccer, softball, tabletennis, tennis, volleyball, wallyball, innertubewater polo, and wiffleball.

The club sport program is designed tocreate an opportunity for members of theUniversity community with a common sportinterest to organize. Clubs are classified aseither competitive or non-competitive.Competitive clubs usually have a coach, holdpractices, and compete against other schoolsor community teams, while non-competitiveclubs are informal and meet to discuss orexplore interests.

The University has outstanding athleticand recreational facilities available. Infor-mation regarding facility availability may beobtained from the Department of PhysicalEducation and Athletics. The Check It Outoffice supports hiking, camping and otheroutdoor activities through an equipmentrental program for those who wish to ventureinto the many recreational areas surround-ing the campus.

Intercollegiate AthleticsFor students who excel in a particular sportor sports, the University offers an opportu-nity to compete in a comprehensive programof intercollegiate athletics. Men’s teams arefielded in baseball, basketball, cross-country,football, golf, soccer, swimming/diving, tennis,track and field, and water polo. Women’steams are sponsored in basketball, cross-country, lacrosse, soccer, softball, swimming/diving, tennis, track and field, volleyball, andwater polo. The University of Redlands isassociated with and competes nationallyunder the direction of Division III of theNational Collegiate Athletic Association(NCAA), and is a member of the SouthernCalifornia Intercollegiate Athletic Conference(SCIAC).

Students who participate on an intercolle-giate team may earn one activity credit inPhysical Education. This activity credit doesnot fulfill any requirements for the PhysicalEducation minor.PEAC BB–M Baseball: MenPEAC BK–M Basketball: MenPEAC BK–W Basketball: WomenPEAC CC–M Cross-Country: MenPEAC CC–W Cross-Country: WomenPEAC FB–M Football: MenPEAC GF–M Golf: MenPEAC LA–W Lacrosse: WomenPEAC SB–W Softball: WomenPEAC SC–M Soccer: MenPEAC SC–W Soccer: WomenPEAC SW–M Swimming and Diving:

MenPEAC SW–W Swimming and Diving:

WomenPEAC TF–M Track and Field: MenPEAC TF–W Track and Field: WomenPEAC TS–M Tennis: MenPEAC TS–W Tennis: WomenPEAC VB–W Volleyball: WomenPEAC WP–M Water Polo: MenPEAC WP–W Water Polo: Women

College of A

rts & S

ciences



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PE)

110 Foundations of Physical Education andSport. Fall (4).Introduction to the historical and philosoph-ical foundations of physical education andsport. Includes an interpretive study andanalysis of ethical decisions, current issues,organization, and administration of physicaleducation and athletics. Career opportunitiesin the field are also discussed.

210 Social Sciences in Physical Educationand Sport. Spring (4).Introduction to the investigation of the socialand psychological dimensions of sport. Theo-retical considerations are supplemented bycurrent literature from sociology and psychol-ogy. Some topics discussed include: perfor-mance anxiety, sport socialization, minoritiesand gender in sport, and motivation.

220 First Aid and CPR. Spring (2).Practical “hands-on” course in the principlesof basic first aid and emergency care. TheAmerican Red Cross requirements for certi-fication in CPR and basic life support arealso completed.

230 Introduction to Adapted Physical Education. Interim (3).Primary focus is hands-on experience work-ing with established adapted physical educa-tion programs in the community. Additionalreadings and discussion focus on varioustypes of handicaps, current issues facing thehandicapped, and strategies in teachingadapted physical education. CN only.

250 Methods of Teaching Team and Individual Sports. Interim (3).Designed to instruct students in the methodsof teaching individual and team skills. Thisincludes teaching progressions and drilldevelopment. Prerequisite: PE 310 recom-mended.

310/310E Instructional Strategies for Physical Education. Spring (4).Teaching strategies, techniques, and evalua-tion procedures in the field of physical educa-

tion. Discussion focuses on lesson planning,unit planning, and class organization.Students then implement planning skills ina physical education setting.

320 Scientific Concepts for Physical Education and Sport. Fall (4).Examination of the biological, physiological,and mechanical principles that govern allmovement in physical activity, as well asadjustments and acclimatizations that accrueas a result of training and skill development.

340 Care and Conditioning of Athletic Injuries. Fall (3).Designed to give the future athletic trainer,coach, or physical education instructor abasic knowledge of the prevention, recogni-tion, and/or care of athletic injuries. Topicsoffered include injury evaluation, treatment,taping, and protective techniques involvedwith today’s young athletes. Laboratory workwith the athletic trainer is required. Prereq-uisite: PE 320.

350 Theories of Coaching. Spring (3).Designed to introduce students to a varietyof coaching theories, methods and tech-niques. Coaching roles are discussed, alongwith administrative organizational respon-sibilities. Practice and game planning inaddition to ethics and coaching philosophyare also studied.

381 Special Internship: Physical Education.Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Prerequisite: permission. May be repeated fora maximum of 3 degree credits. CN only.

382 Special Internship: Coaching. Fall (2–4), Spring (2–4).Experience in working as a coach or a coach-ing assistant in an athletic program for theduration of a sport’s season. Prerequisite:permission. May be repeated for a maximumof 4 degree credits. CN only.

383 Special Internship: Training. Interim (2–3).Prerequisite: permission. CN or EV only.



THE FACULTYAaron J. CoxAlan J. DeWeerdS. Eric HillTyler E. Nordgren

THE MAJORSThe foundational program offers rigoroustraining in the fundamentals of physics. It isdesigned for well-prepared and highly moti-vated students. Introductory courses coverthree fundamental topics: particle motion,the electromagnetic interaction of particles,and the properties of light and waves.Advanced courses include quantum theory—a subject that today forms the basis of allatomic and nuclear physics as well as physi-cal chemistry and solid-state science. In addi-tion, advanced classical mechanics andelectromagnetic theory, thermodynamics, andstatistical mechanics are addressed. Studentsreceive practical laboratory experience inelectrical and optical measurements, analogand digital electronics, and advanced exper-imental physics. Support courses are taken inmathematics, computer science, and chem-istry. After completing this program, studentswill be well grounded in classical and modernphysics and equipped to choose a specializedarea for further study and research.

The Bachelor of ScienceCourse Sequence—Physics Major(Only physics, mathematics, chemistry, and computerscience courses are listed. See information about thenumbering of mathematics courses given below underPhysics–Mathematics Dual Major.)

First YearFall: CHEM 131; CS 100 or 214; MATH 121Spring: CHEM 132; MATH 122; PHYS 231

Second YearFall: MATH 221; PHYS 232Spring: MATH 235; PHYS 233

Third YearFall: MATH 241 or 311; PHYS 330*, 341*Interim: PHYS 258*Spring: MATH 331; PHYS 342*, 344*, 349*

Fourth YearFall: PHYS 332*Spring: PHYS 333*, 491*These courses are offered in alternate years.Note: Students who plan to graduate with a physicsmajor must have their programs approved by thePhysics Department.Note: PHYS 220, 221 may be substituted for PHYS231, 232, 233 for the B.S or B.A. degrees with permis-sion of the department. All courses listing PHYS 232or 233 as a prerequisite may also be taken withPHYS 221 and permission of the instructor.

The Physics–Mathematics Dual MajorMATH 121, 122, 221, 235, 241 or 311, and331 are required for the major in physics;they also count toward a B.S. in mathemat-ics. Some physics majors choose to earn asecond major in mathematics.

The Physics–Chemistry Dual MajorCHEM 131–132 and PHYS 341, 342, whichare required for a physics major, also counttoward the requirements for a chemistrymajor. This is helpful to those who wish tocomplete a double physics–chemistry major.

The Bachelor of ArtsStudents with an interest in physics who arepreparing for non-research careers, as well assome double-major students, might find therequirements for the B.A. degree sufficientfor their goals. The requirements for the B.A.degree in physics are as follows:1. PHYS 231, 232, 233, 258;2. Any three of the following: PHYS 330,

332, 333, 341, 344, 345, 346, 349;3. An approved senior program which may

include PHYS 491 or work in anotherdepartment.

THE MINORA student planning to work toward a physicsminor must complete the following courses:PHYS 231, 232, 233, plus any three of thefollowing: PHYS 258, 330, 332, 333, 341, 345,346.

PhysicsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Physics

Advanced Placement in PhysicsPhysics B: Students who earn a score ofthree receive 0 to 8 credits, depending on theresults of an interview with departmentfaculty. Scores of four or five earn 8 credits.Physics C: Students who earn a score ofthree may receive 0 to 7 credits depending onthe results of a faculty interview. Scores offour or five earn 3 to 8 credits depending onthe results of the faculty interview.

Departmental HonorsThe Physics Department offers honors torecognize outstanding student achievement.Students should consult with the departmentchair for requirements.

Career/Research ProgramAdvanced physics majors may follow aprogram that builds upon the foundationalcoursework and encourages students to doindependent and creative work while concen-trating on an area of professional interest.Graduates must be capable of independentscholarship and should have investigatedvarious postgraduate fields and opportunities.

Near the end of the junior year, and inconsultation with faculty advisors, studentsdecide on specific goals and possible careerobjectives. With these in mind, they thenselect specific combinations of course offer-ings, independent or directed study, andresearch. Redlands’ low student-to-facultyratio facilitates this study arrangement, butstudents are expected to demonstrate inde-pendence, taking full initiative to accomplishtheir goals. Students present their researchresults during the senior seminar. Researchopportunities exist in two areas: nuclearphysics and laser physics. Contact faculty formore details.

The physics program provides an atmos-phere of academic excellence and creativefreedom in which a student will develop aprofessional style and gain specialized knowl-edge to give direction to postgraduate life.

Single-Subject Teaching CredentialStudents who wish to be certified to teachscience must pass the PRAXIS, SSAT, andCBEST examinations. The best preparation

for the examinations is a B.S. or B.A. inphysics or another science. Students mustmeet with the science credential advisor, thedirector of the Center for Science and Math-ematics, and with an advisor in the School ofEducation for information concerning certifi-cation and the teacher education preparationprogram process. Most students complete theteacher preparation program, includingstudent teaching, during a fifth year aftergraduation. Please refer to the School ofEducation section of this Catalog for a moredetailed list of requirements.

The Laser Photonics LaboratoryThe Laser Photonics Laboratory in thePhysics Department offers students theopportunity to work with faculty members toconduct state-of-the-art research. Studentsparticipate in directed study and honorsresearch projects on laser-based spectroscopy,holography, electro-optics, computer controlof laser systems, and experimental laserdevelopment.

Atom TrappingLasers and special magnetic fields are usedto cool large numbers of neutral atoms towithin a fraction of a degree of absolute zero,and to confine them to a region of a few cubiccentimeters. Students construct such “atomtraps” for use in high precision spectroscopicand atomic collision experiments.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PHYS)

103 General Astronomy. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introductory study of astronomy designed toacquaint the student with the solar system,the galaxies, and the present state of theuniverse, including space exploration. Labo-ratory one night a week. Prerequisite: highschool algebra or geometry.

104/104E Elementary Physics. Fall (4). A presentation of basic concepts of physicssuch as force and acceleration, heat, electric-ity and magnetism, sound and light forliberal studies majors. Prerequisite: liberalstudies major.


Physics

105 Physics for Poets. Fall (4).Non-mathematical introduction to the majorprinciples and concepts of physics and theirhistorical development. The important philo-sophical and technical implications of classi-cal and modern physics are treated.

106 Physics Comes to Light and Sound.Spring (4).Introductory course on the physics of lightand sound that includes the production oflight, the nature of color, everyday opticalphenomena, and the physics of sound withexamples in musical instruments. Shouldinterest majors in art, music, and commu-nicative disorders. Prerequisite: high schoolalgebra. Offered as needed. NU only.

220–221 Fundamentals of Physics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Concepts and theories of classical andmodern physics. Laboratory experience formsan integral part of the course. Three hourslecture, three hours laboratory. Corequisite:MATH 121 or permission.

231 General Physics I. Spring (4). Quantitative study of classical Newtonianmechanics. Corequisite: MATH 122.

232 General Physics II. Fall (4).Introduction to classical electricity andmagnetism. Three hours lecture, three hourslaboratory. Prerequisite: PHYS 231. Corequi-site: MATH 221.

233 General Physics III. Spring (4).Study of the fundamentals of wave motionwith applications to mechanical waves andlight and classical optics. Three hours lecture,three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: PHYS232. Corequisite: MATH 235.

258 Electronics Applications. Spring (4).Instrumentation, transistor theory, inte-grated circuits, and fundamental analog anddigital circuit design. Prerequisite: PHYS 221or 232 or permission. Offered in alternateyears: 02S.

301–302 Physics Instructional Techniques.Fall (4), Spring (4).Experience in classroom lecturing, experi-mental demonstration, construction anddesign of student laboratory experiments,tutoring, and individual instruction. Prereq-uisite: permission. Offered concurrently withPHYS 220–221.

330 Advanced Mechanics. Fall (4).Applications of Newton’s laws to particle andrigid body motion, introduction toLagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics,small vibrations, tensor analysis, and otherselected topics. Three hours lecture. Prereq-uisite: PHYS 233. Corequisite: MATH 311 or241, 331. Offered in alternate years: 02F.

332–333 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. Fall (4), Spring (4).Electrostatics, solutions of the Laplace andPoisson equations, properties of electric andmagnetic fields, and electromagnetic radia-tion. Three hours lecture. Prerequisite: PHYS233. Corequisite: MATH 311 or 241, 331.Offered in alternate years: 01F, 02S.

341 Quantum Properties of Matter I. Fall (4).Fundamentals of quantum theory. Includesdevelopment of quantum principles, applica-tion to simple models, and a presentation ofthe formal structure of quantum theory. Theone-electron atom is treated in detail.Prerequisites: PHYS 233, MATH 235. Coreq-uisite: MATH 311 or 241. Offered in alter-nate years: 02F

342 Quantum Properties of Matter II. Spring (4).Applications of quantum theory to more real-istic problems. Topics include perturbationtheory, quantum theory of the periodic tableof the elements, atomic spectroscopy, molec-ular systems, infrared, Raman, and electronicspectroscopy. Prerequisite: PHYS 341. Offeredin alternate years: 03S.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Physics

344 Statistical Properties of Matter. Spring (4).Fundamental principles of classical thermo-dynamics and kinetic theory. Classical andquantum statistical properties of matter andradiation. Offered in alternate years: 03S.

345 Applied Nuclear Physics. Spring (4).Study of nuclear theory, structure, and inter-actions, with engineering applications inareas such as nuclear reactors. Prerequisite:PHYS 232. Offered as needed.

346 Applied Optics. Spring (4).Classical and quantum optics with applica-tions of current interest in engineering,research, and industry, including opticalcommunications, integrated optics, hologra-phy, interferometry, and introductory lasertheory. Prerequisite: PHYS 233. Offered asneeded.

349 Advanced Experimental Physics. Spring (2).Laboratory course in solid state, molecular,atomic, optical, electron, nuclear, and particlephysics. Prerequisite: PHYS 258. Offered inalternate years: 02S.

491 Seminar. Spring (2).Classical and modern physics and selectedtopics from current literature. Developmentof technical and communications skills.Preparation of a formal senior thesis.



THE FACULTY Susan B. GoldsteinThomas F. GrossAnna Marie NapoliFredric E. RabinowitzCheryl A. RickabaughFrancisco Silva

THE MAJORMajors must complete a senior capstone and a minimum of ten courses in psychology,seven of which must be in residence.

Students are required to complete thefollowing courses: PSYC 100, PSYC 250, andPSYC 300.

Majors must also complete a minimum ofthree courses from each of the following cate-gories:1. Intermediate courses—PSYC 320, PSYC

325, PSYC 335, PSYC 341, PSYC 343,PSYC 344, PSYC 349. These courses con-tain intermediate laboratory componentswhich require students to use one or moremethods of data collection and analysis.

2. Advanced Courses—PSYC 430, PSYC435, PSYC 439, PSYC 440, PSYC 445,PSYC 447, PSYC 448, PSYC 449,PSYC 460. These courses have an empir-ical component with laboratoriesinvolving data collection, analysis, inter-pretation, and written report.

3. Students may select the tenth coursefrom any 3 to 4 unit course in psychology.

In addition to these ten courses, studentsmust complete, during their senior year, thetwo-semester sequence, PSYC 471–472Senior Capstone.

Students planning to study abroad shouldcontact their advisor early to coordinate thisexperience with the major program sequence.The department supports and encouragescross-cultural studies.

THE MINORThe minor in psychology consists of a mini-mum of six courses, four of which should bein residence. As PSYC 100 and 210 areprerequisites for many psychology classes,it is recommended that these be taken first.

Although PSYC 250 and 300 are not requiredfor the minor, they are prerequisites forseveral upper-division courses.

Advanced Placement in PsychologyStudents receiving a score of three may enrollin courses that list PSYC 100 as a prerequi-site. Students who receive a score of four orfive may enroll in courses that list PSYC 100as a prerequisite and will receive 4 credits forPSYC 100.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program thatinvolves an exceptional senior project isavailable for qualified and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program mightcome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byaffirmative vote of the psychology faculty.Interested students should consult theiradvisors for information about application procedures and requirements.

Social Science ProgramThe University offers a single-subjectprogram for students planning to teach socialscience at the secondary school level. Infor-mation on this program, approved by theCalifornia Commission on Teacher Creden-tialing, is available from the Department ofHistory or the School of Education. Prospec-tive credential candidates must coordinateadvising with the School of Education.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PSYC)Students who do not meet prerequisites must obtainpermission from the instructor prior to enrolling inpsychology classes.

31 Psychology of Interpersonal Relationships. Interim (3).Interactive group experience designed toimprove interpersonal communication,increase self-awareness, and promote anunderstanding of group dynamics. Interper-sonal risk-taking, self-disclosure, and inten-sive journal writing are the primary modes ofself-exploration. Class size is limited. Prereq-uisite: interview with instructor.

PsychologyC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Psychology

100 Introduction to Psychology. Fall (4), Spring (4).Survey of contemporary psychology withemphasis on how the psychologist under-stands human behavior.

185 Field Placement. Fall (2–4) or Interim (2–4) or Spring (2–4).Opportunity to develop a role within acommunity agency or organization andreceive on-site supervision. Students workwith a faculty sponsor to determine a place-ment appropriate to their academic interestsand career goals and to evaluate progress onan on-going basis. May be repeated for degreecredit for a maximum of 4 credits applied tothe psychology major. CN only.

210 Personality Theories. Fall (4), Spring (4).Survey of major paradigms of personalitytheories emphasizing different perspectiveson the structure, dynamics, functions, anddevelopment of the normal personality.Prerequisite: PSYC 100.

220 Exceptional Child. Fall (4).Nature, determinants, adjustments, andproblems of gifted, mentally deficient, andphysically handicapped children as well asthose with unusual aptitudes or behaviortendencies. Prerequisite: PSYC 100.

250 Statistical Methods. Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the use of descriptive andinferential statistics in the collection of dataand the interpretation of research in psychol-ogy and education. Prerequisites: PSYC 100or SOAN 100 or 102, and MATH 41 or 101.

260 Topics in Psychology. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest in psychology thatfall outside the regular curriculum. Recentofferings have included prejudice anddiscrimination, and human sexuality. Prereq-uisite: PSYC 100.

300 Research Methods. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of scientific methods in psychology,including descriptive, correlational, and

experimental approaches, with emphases onartifacts, biases, and ethical issues in psycho-logical research. Prerequisites: PSYC 100and 250.

320 Psychology of Gender. Fall (4).Survey of biological, psychological, and socio-cultural issues relevant to the psychology ofgender. Emphasis on cultural images of men,women, and children; gender differences andsimilarities; gender-role socialization; sexu-ality and reproduction; psychological adjust-ment; and interpersonal relations. Prerequi-site: PSYC 100.

325 Industrial/Organizational Psychology.Fall (4).Application of principles and theories derivedfrom the traditions of differential and exper-imental psychology to personnel decision-making, work, and organizational behavior.Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and 250. Offered inalternate years: 02F.

335 Developmental Psychology. Spring (4).Survey of normal developmental patternsfrom infancy to old age and theories of devel-opment with emphasis on current literature.Prerequisite: PSYC 100.

341 Learning. Spring (4).Presentation of leading psychological, behav-ioral, and cognitive theories of how animalsand humans adapt to changes in their envi-ronment. Prerequisites: PSYC 100, 250, andone PSYC course numbered 300 or higher.

343 Educational Psychology. Spring (4).Emphasis on psychological theories andresearch relevant to education and the iden-tification of solutions to practical problems invarious types of educational settings. Prereq-uisite: PSYC 100.

344 Abnormal Psychology. Fall (4).Survey of current theories of abnormalbehavior with emphasis on the role of thepsychologist in diagnosis, research, and treat-ment, as well as an understanding of theethical and societal concerns related to


Psychology

psychiatric and behavioral disorders. Prereq-uisites: PSYC 100 and 210.

349 Social Psychology. Spring (4).Survey of the effect of social environment andsocial interaction upon individuals’ percep-tions of themselves and others. Topics includeself-perception, the dynamics of interpersonalperception, social influence (e.g., conformityand persuasion), and social relations (e.g.,aggression, altruism, and interpersonalattraction). Prerequisites: PSYC 100.

430 Experimental Psychology. Spring (4).Experimental design and methods applied tohuman and animal learning, sensation andperception, cognition, and social behavior.Includes a laboratory component. Prerequi-sites: PSYC 100, 250, and 300.

435 Cross-Cultural Psychology. Fall (4).The methods and issues involved in cross-cultural psychology. The first half is an explo-ration of cross-cultural methodology and anexamination of the universality of psycho-logical theory. The second half is a focus onhow knowledge about cultural differenceshas been applied to situations of intercul-tural contact. Prerequisites: PSYC 100, 250,and 300.

439 History and Systems. Fall (4). A sampling of theoretical approaches to thehistory of psychology emphasizing under-standing and evaluating psychological infor-mation in its historical context, and thedevelopment of an appreciation for the diver-sity of psychology. Prerequisites: PSYC 100,250, and 300.

440 Counseling. Spring (4).Philosophy, theories, and applications ofcounseling and psychotherapy. Emphasis ondeveloping basic counseling skills, learningprofessional ethics and standards, andexploring current theoretical models of coun-seling and their relation to the needs andtrends within society. Prerequisites: PSYC100, 210, and 344.

445 Cognitive Development. Spring (4).Examination of theories of cognitive devel-opment as well as changes in sensation,perception, memory, problem-solving, andmetacognitive processes across the life span.Prerequisites: PSYC 100, 250, and 300.Offered in alternate years: 03S.

447 Cognitive Psychology. Spring (4). Examination of theoretical structures andprocesses underlying mental activity. Atten-tion given to phenomena associated withperception, memory, concept formation, prob-lem-solving, and meta-cognition. Prerequi-sites: PSYC 100, 250, and 300. Offered inalternate years: 02S.

448 Psychological Testing. Fall (4). Introduction to the construction and use oftests in psychology. Attention given to themeaningfulness and interpretation of testscores; the place of tests in clinical, educa-tional, and industrial settings; and the ethicsof evaluation and assessment. Prerequisites:PSYC 100, 250, and 300.

449 Physiological Psychology. Spring (4).Study of the biological bases of human andanimal behavior. Prerequisites: PSYC 100,250, and 300. Offered in alternate years: 02S.

460 Advanced Topics in Psychology. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).In-depth examination of contemporary topicsin the field of psychology. Recent offeringsinclude cognitive development, intelligence,and designing clinical research. Prerequi-sites: PSYC 100, 250, and 300.

471–472 Senior Capstone. Fall (2), Spring (2).A two-semester senior seminar whichaddresses current controversies in psychol-ogy and professional issues such as graduatetraining, professional ethics, etc. Topics varyby semester. Prerequisite: senior standing.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



DIRECTORKeith Osajima

The FacultyJulius Bailey

Advisory CommitteeJ. Henry Acquaye, ChemistryEmily E. Culpepper, Women’s Studiesand Religious StudiesRafat Fazeli, EconomicsAllison Fraiberg, School of BusinessSusan B. Goldstein, PsychologyStacy Kamehiro, ArtKathy J. Ogren, History and JohnstonCenterIvonne Vailakis, SpanishJohn Walsh, Religious StudiesPatricia L. Wasielewski, Women’s Studiesand Sociology and AnthropologyKimberly Welch, Latin American StudiesTekle Woldemikael, Sociology andAnthropology

THE MINORThe minor consists of a minimum of 20 creditsand is designed by students in consultationwith the director. Students are required totake REST 120 as a foundation course.Programs should include a combination ofregular course work, specialized projects, andwhen possible, an internship. To ensure aninterdisciplinary focus, students must selectcourses from two or more departments. Eachstudent’s program and any subsequent changesare subject to approval by the director andone member of the advisory committee.

Four types of study are options within theprogram:1. Courses with a primary emphasis in race

and ethnic issues listed below underConcentration Courses;

2. Specialized research or projects withinthe context of Negotiable Courses;

3. Individualized study; and4. Study integrating the minor with the

capstone experience of the student’s major.

Registration InformationEach semester during registration, then laterat check-in, the Race and Ethnic StudiesProgram provides a current list of the REST,Concentration, and Negotiable courses forthe coming term. Because new courses(particularly Johnston courses and specialtopics courses in various departments) arelikely to be added, this list will always havethe most current course offerings. Thecurrent departmental course list is posted onthe Race and Ethnic Studies bulletin boardin Larsen Hall, distributed to faculty advi-sors, and available from the director.

Concentration CoursesART 124 African and Oceanic ArtECON 340 Economics of Race and GenderEDUG 310 Introduction to Second

Language AcquisitionENGL 133 African-American LiteratureENGL 134 Mexican-American LiteratureGOVT 236 Ethnicity and Ethnic ConflictHIST 252 America and AsiaHIST 254 VietnamHIST 321 Civil War and ReconstructionHIST 344 The Pacific Rim: Economic

Dynamism and Challenge for AmericaHIST 323 CaliforniaHIST 327 Modern African-American

HistoryHIST 450 Historiography and Research

Seminar: Slavery and Race RelationsJNST Selected courses each yearLAST 140 Race, Ethnicity and Gender in

Latin American HistoryLAST 150 History of Race in the AmericasLAST 230 Black Women Writers of the

AmericasPHIL 160 Topics in Philosophy: Patterns

of Oppression PSYC 260 Topics in Psychology: Prejudice

and DiscriminationPSYC 260 Topics in Psychology: Culture

and BehaviorPSYC 435 Cross-cultural PsychologyREL 125 World ReligionsREL 152 African-American Religion and

SpiritualitySOAN 206 Popular Culture

Race and Ethnic Studies


SOAN 255 Peoples of the American Southwest

SOAN 325 Class and InequalitySOAN 328 Race and Ethnic RelationsSPAN 401, 402 Hispanic Cultural Studies

Negotiable CoursesFaculty members teaching the followingcourses may be willing to negotiate specialassignments or projects with students whominor in Race and Ethnic Studies. Race andEthnic Studies emphases within thesecourses are entirely up to faculty discretion,and students counting one of these coursestoward their minor should inform their advi-sors of the agreement reached with sponsor-ing faculty members. Other relevant coursesbeyond those on this list can be negotiated ifa student consults with the Race and EthnicStudies director and the sponsoring facultymember teaching the course.

ECON 149 Introduction to EconomicsECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 304 Economic HistoryECON 353 Economics of LaborECON 354 Public FinanceECON 355 Environmental and Resource

EconomicsENGL 112 Short FictionENGL 241 LinguisticsENGL 332 Modern American Literature:

Quest for Self-IdentityHIST 223 Women and Family in American

HistoryPSYC 349 Social PsychologyREL 151 Women, Sexuality, and Western

ReligionREL 424 Feminist and Womanist TheologiesSOAN 102 Introduction to Cultural

AnthropologySOAN 205 Social IssuesSOAN 227 Women in SocietySOAN 325 Class and InequalitySOAN 331 Urban SociologySOAN 340 Capitalism and Social ChangeSOAN 426 Political EconomyWMST 120 Women’s Issues Across the

Curriculum

Individualized and Specialized StudyDirected studies and internships can bearranged through Race and Ethnic Studies,and a number of departments including Art,Communicative Disorders, Economics, Educa-tion, History, Religion, Sociology and Anthro-pology, Spanish, and Women’s Studies. Inaddition, specialized courses might be offeredon a one-time or as-needed basis duringInterim or through the Johnston Center.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (REST)

100 Intercultural Relations. Interim (3).Introduction to values, ethics, and issuesrelating to the concepts of race and ethnicrelations such as the historical emergence ofminorities, dominant/minority-group responses,ethnic solidarity, discrimination, and racism.Contemporary trends in the dynamics ofintergroup relations in Southern California,the United States, and abroad are consid-ered.

120 Introduction to Race and Ethnic Stud-ies. Fall (4), Spring (4).Examination of the historical and contempo-rary experiences of racial and ethnic groupsin the United States. Topics include dimen-sions of racism and discrimination in Amer-ican society, the interrelated experiences ofracial groups, community-building andcultural development, and movements forsocial change.

220 Eliminating Racism. Fall (1), Spring (1).Introduction to peer counseling techniquesas a vehicle to analyze and address theadverse effects of racism and other forms ofoppression. Attention given to the ways thatracism affects individuals and to developingcampus and community efforts to eliminateracism. Prerequisite: permission. CN only.May be repeated for degree credit for a maxi-mum of 3 credits. Offered as needed.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



260, 360 Special Topics in Race and Ethnic Studies. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).Topics of current interest in race and ethnicstudies. May be repeated for degree credit fora maximum of 8 credits, given a differenttopic.

315/315E Teaching Diverse Student Populations in U.S. Schools. Interim (3),Spring (3).Examination of issues of diversity and multi-culturalism in public schools. Focus on howdiverse backgrounds and experiences ofstudents and teachers impact classroom rela-tions. Theoretical perspectives on individual,cultural, and institutional bias in educationare examined. Practical strategies to addressissues of diversity are explored.



THE FACULTYJulius Bailey, Race and Ethnic StudiesKirsti CopelandFrances GraceEmily E. CulpepperWilliam B. HuntleyJohn Walsh

THE MAJORA major consists of ten courses, selected fromthe categories listed below:1. REL 101 or the equivalent determined in

consultation with a departmental advisor2. Two courses in Cultures and Communi-

ties: REL 125, 130, 131, 151, 152, 325, ora topics course

3. Two courses in Texts and Contexts: REL205, 306, 307, 411, 440, 442, ENGL 118,or a topics course

4. Two courses in Religions and Ethics:REL 120, 122, 257, 323, 424, PHIL 355,WMST 350, or a topics course

5. An internship6. A senior thesis as a capstone experience

consisting of two semesters in REL 450(two credits each semester), or the equiv-alent experience of writing a thesis andpresenting it to three faculty members

7. An additional course taken in studyabroad, or from the list above, in consul-tation with an advisor in the ReligiousStudies Department

THE MINORA minor consists of six courses, with no morethan two taken from each of the categoriesbelow.1. REL 101 or the equivalent2. One course in Cultures and Communi-

ties: REL 125, 130, 131, 151 152, 325, ora topics course

3. One course in Texts and Contexts: REL205, 306, 307, 411, 440, 442, ENGL 118or a topics course

4. One course in Religions and Ethics: REL120, 122, 257, 260, 323, 424, PHIL 355,WMST 350 or a topics course

5. Two additional courses in consultationwith a departmental advisor

HonorsTo be eligible for Religious Studies honors, amajor must have at least a 3.45 cumulativeGPA and submit an honors thesis to threefaculty members as thesis committeemembers. The honors thesis should be care-fully discussed with all three members earlyin the semester and submitted at least onemonth before the end of classes in the semes-ter in which the project is undertaken. Thehonors thesis provides an opportunity for ahighly motivated and accomplished major topursue a research project that is both mean-ingful to him or her and contributes to acommon understanding of a significant issueor topic.

Study AbroadStudents majoring or minoring in religiousstudies will find it especially useful tocomplement the courses above by a year orsemester of study abroad. Many institutionsin Europe, Asia, and Australia have offeringsin religious studies. Among the more valuableare the courses in Old Testament, New Testa-ment, and Islamic studies from the Univer-sity of Edinburgh and the University ofAberdeen under the Arcadia program. ForBuddhism, consider the School for Interna-tional Training (SIT) programs in Thailand;and, for Tibetan studies, the programs offeredby SIT in India and Nepal.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (REL)

101 Issues in Modern Religion. Fall (4).Introduction to issues deriving from thebeliefs, teachings, and practices of religionin modern Western cultures and examina-tion of the influence of religion in modernlife. May be repeated for degree credit for amaximum of 8 credits with permission ofthe instructor and the department chair. EV,NU only.

120 Religion and Ethics. Fall (4), Spring (4).Exploration of Judeo-Christian ethics inrelation to contemporary issues in politics,medicine, biology, and law. NU or EV only.

Religious StudiesC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Religious Studies

122 Religion and Ecology: Environmental Ethics. Fall (4).Consideration of the environmental crisisfrom a religious perspective, and a search tounderstand why ecology is a problematicconcern within religion. Evaluation of theo-logical, philosophical, and sociological factorswhich shape the various religious responsesto ecological concerns.

125 World Religions. Fall (4), Spring (4).Students trace the movements and themesin the major religions of the world. NU orEV only.

130 Church History: Heaven and Hell. Fall (4).By studying the biographies of major figuresor by examining specific themes, studentswill learn about the origins, historical devel-opment, major controversies, and contempo-rary trends in Christianity. Attention given tosocial, political, economic, global, and culturalanalysis. NU or EV only. Offered as needed.

131 Religion in America. Spring (4). Exploration of the religious life and ideas ofthe new nation as it develops into a worldpower. NU or EV only.

151 Women, Sexuality, and Western Religion. Fall (4).Consideration of a range of women’s roles inWestern religions. Examination of tensionbetween women’s subordination and libera-tion in Christianity, Judaism, and Islam.Sources include Christian and Hebrew bibles,church fathers and mothers, new views ofwomen’s history and feminist analysis of reli-gion, and contemporary goddess spirituality.

152 African-American Religion and Spirituality. Spring (4).Intermediate-level lecture and discussioncourse, which is an examination of religiousthemes in African-American experience,including slavery, Black Church denomina-tions (mainstream and Holiness), BlackNationhood and civil rights movements,Black Muslims, Black and Womanist (Blackfeminist) theologies, African religions in the

Americas (Santeria and Voudoun), and newspiritual visions. Offered in alternate years.

205 The Christian Scriptures. Spring (4).Study of the books of the second testament intheir historical setting, with particular atten-tion to literary genre and meaning.

257 Theology and Science. Fall (4), Spring (4).Review of the history of the rise of modernscience and modern philosophy, and theirimpact on theology (Christianity in particu-lar). Examination of ways of knowing inphilosophy (including philosophy of science),religion, and science, with an emphasis ontwentieth century developments. Prerequi-sites: one course in religious studies and onecourse in science, or permission. NU or EVonly. Offered as needed.

260 Topics in Religion. Fall (4) or Interim (3) or Spring (4).Topics of current interest in religious studies.Course content varies from term to term. Maybe repeated for degree credit given a differenttopic. Offered as needed.

306 Jesus in Text and Film. Fall (4).Study of the life and teachings of Jesus fromcanonical and extra-canonical literature.Prerequisite: one course in religious studiesor permission. NU or EV only. Offered asneeded.

307 Old Testament Literature: Hebrew Scriptures, Fall (4).Study of the books of the first testament intheir historical setting, with particular atten-tion to literary genre and meaning. Prereq-uisite: one course in religious studies orpermission. NU or EV only.

323 Contemplative and Mystic Theology. Fall (4).Study of Western and Eastern mystical writ-ings, including classics of Buddhism andChristianity as exposited by important writ-ers in the field. NU or EV only.


Religious Studies

325 Japanese Religion and Arts. Interim (3).Study of Japanese religion through exami-nation of several artistic forms includingarchitecture, sculpture, scrolls, paintings,screens, kabuki, tea ceremony, and zazen.

411 Masterpieces of Asian Literature. Spring (4).Classics from Asian literature which treatreligious themes, such as the Dhammapada,the Ramayana, the Tale of Genji, and theSound of the Wave. Major focus on Indianand Japanese literature. NU or EV only.

424 Feminist and Womanist Theologies.Spring (4).Advanced discussion seminar focusing onnew feminist approaches within Christian-ity, Judaism, goddess religion, and grassrootsfeminist spirituality. Includes Black woman-ist approaches in Christianity and otherwomen of color spiritualities. Re-examinesdeity, humanity, nature, ethics, and society.Prerequisite: one course in religious studiesor permission of instructor. Offered in alter-nate years.

440 The Hebrew Language. Fall (4).Elementary Hebrew grammar and composi-tion with emphasis on Biblical vocabularyand syntax. NU or EV only.

442 Greek of the Hellenistic Period. Spring (4).Elementary Greek grammar and compositionwith emphasis upon New Testamentlanguage. NU or EV only. Offered as needed.

450 Jameson Center Colloquia. Fall (2), Spring (2).A student enrolled in this course will partic-ipate in all the Monday afternoon colloquia ofthe Jameson Center for the Study of Religionand Ethics. A faculty associate of the Jame-son Center will supervise the student’sparticipation, including negotiation of acontract for the student’s responses to thecolloquia. May be repeated for degree creditfor a maximum of 8 credits. CN only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



THE FACULTYRoger M. BatySawa Kurotani BeckerSharon D. LangSara SchoonmakerJames V. SpickardPatricia L. WasielewskiTekle M. Woldemikael

THE MAJORStudents in the department may concentratetheir studies in either sociology or anthro-pology. When officially declaring a major,students choose their concentration. A total ofeleven courses is required in each major. Nomore than three of the courses may benumbered below 200.

All students must take the followingcore courses:• SOAN 100 Introduction to Sociology• SOAN 102 Introduction to Cultural

Anthropology• SOAN 200 Discovering Theory and

Method• SOAN 400 Senior Capstone SOAN 100 and 102 typically are taken beforethe end of the sophomore year; SOAN 200ideally is taken in the sophomore year; andSOAN 400 is taken in the senior year.

In addition, students in each of theconcentrations take the followingcourses:Sociology Concentration• Any 300 level theory course:

SOAN 311–313• Any 300 level methods course:

SOAN 315–319• Five upper-division courses to be selected

in consultation with the major advisorNo more than four of these courses may be taken atother schools.

Courses taken with departmental facultythrough Johnston Center may be countedtoward these requirements with the permis-sion of that faculty member or the depart-ment chair.

Anthropology Concentration• SOAN 350 Archaeological Field and

Laboratory Methods or SOAN 316 Field-work and Ethnographic Methods orSOAN 345 World Ethnographies

• SOAN 313 Anthropological Theories• A departmentally approved period of

cross-cultural study, typically taken inthe junior year

• Five upper-division courses to be selectedin consultation with the major advisor.These can include courses taken as apart of the required cross-cultural study.

No more than four of these courses may be taken atother schools.

Students typically take the theory and meth-ods courses by the Fall semester of the senioryear to prepare for SOAN 400 SeniorCapstone, which is taught in the Springsemester. Students choosing the anthropol-ogy concentration also must complete theircross-cultural study before taking SOAN 400.

Courses taken with departmental facultythrough Johnston Center may be countedtoward these requirements with the permis-sion of that faculty member or the depart-ment chair.

THE MINORSeven courses, each taken for 3 credits ormore, are required for a minor in sociologyand anthropology: SOAN 100, 102, and 200,and four additional courses selected inconsultation with the departmental faculty.No more than three of these courses may betaken at other schools.

Courses taken with departmental facultythrough Johnston Center may be countedtoward these requirements with the permissionof that faculty member or the department chair.

InternshipsStudents in both the major and minorprograms are encouraged to take advantageof the department’s internship opportunities.Students can choose to work in numerouspublic and private community-service agen-cies, grassroots organizations, or museums.A maximum of one internship, taken for 3credits or more, may be used to fulfill themajor or minor requirements.

Sociology and Anthropology


Cross-Cultural StudyThe department is dedicated to providingstudents with information about cross-cultural opportunities. Enhanced knowledgeabout other countries and their cultures, orabout subcultures within the United States,provides a more comprehensive understand-ing of society. Majors are strongly encouragedto participate in one of the University’s off-campus study programs. The departmentalso will work independently with studentsto set up opportunities for foreign and domes-tic travel tailored to students’ particularprograms of study and interests.

The Helen and Vernon Farquhar LaboratoryThe department maintains the Helen andVernon Farquhar Laboratory of Anthropol-ogy. The laboratory is used to encouragestudent research in cultures and history ofthe American Southwest and Mexico. Assist-antships are available. In addition, theUniversity is affiliated with the ArcheologicalSurvey Association of Southern California,and students may apply for museum workthrough this organization.

Departmental HonorsStudents are required to have a 3.00 GPA inthe major to pursue honors in the depart-ment. They begin to plan their projects inconsultation with one or more facultymembers by the end of their junior year.They must submit proposals for theirprojects to the department chair by the endof September of their senior year. Honorsproposals are reviewed by all departmentfaculty. If their proposals are approved,students complete a major independentresearch project that typically takes a goodportion of the senior year. The research mustbe substantial and significant and is subjectto approval by the department faculty. Amajor written report is due April 1 and isfollowed by a public presentation and oralexamination: These must be performed at anhonors level, as determined by a consensusof the department faculty.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SOAN)

100 Introduction to Sociology. Fall (4), Spring (4).Study of the structure and process of sociallife; the impact of cultural, structural, andsocio-historical forces on group and society;and the interdependence of society and theindividual.

102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.Fall (4), Spring (4).Introduction to the anthropological perspec-tive in viewing personal, social, and culturalevents in human life. Attention given toevolutionary and comparative ways ofdescribing, analyzing, and interpreting waysof life from a cross-cultural perspective.

160, 260, 360, 460 Topics in Sociology.Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest such as collectivebehavior, hunger, and homelessness; religionand social conflicts; sociology of medicine; orsociology of sport. Prerequisite: permissionrequired for 200 level and above. The 200level and above may be repeated for degreecredit given a different topic. Offered asneeded.

165, 265, 365, 465 Topics in Anthropology. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).Topics of current interest such as compara-tive value systems, cross-cultural adaptation,cultural ecology, folk art, or U.S.-Mexicoborder issues. Prerequisite: permissionrequired for 200 level and above. The 200level and above may be repeated for degreecredit given a different topic. Offered asneeded.

200 Discovering Theory and Method. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Introduction to the role of theory andmethod in Sociology and Anthropology.Students learn fundamental theoreticalconcepts and methodological skills, and howto integrate theory and method in theresearch process. Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or102. NU or EV only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



205 Social Issues. Fall (4) or Interim (3).Examination of social issues currentlymaking an impact on U.S. society. Focus onsocial structures and institutions that affectthese concerns, as well as their individualconsequences. NU or EV only. Offered asneeded.

206 Popular Culture. Fall (4) or Interim (3).Introduction to the analysis of popularculture: the ways in which people use, abuse,and subvert the cultural products of indus-trial society to create their own meaningsand messages; evading and manipulatingmass culture’s attempts to dominate andhomogenize. Offered as needed.

208 Business and Society. Fall (4). Investigation of the impact of corporations inthe context of technological change andglobal economic restructuring. Exploration ofthe changing organization of work and indus-try, as well as the effects of corporate strate-gies on social welfare, community, and familylife. Offered as needed.

227 Women in Society. Spring (4). Application of a sociological perspective tothe study of women. Review of current infor-mation about women’s positions in U.S. soci-ety with special attention to differences inclass, race and ethnicity, and political ideol-ogy. Theories of power, discrimination, self-concept, and social action as applied towomen’s experiences.

232 Religion and Society. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Religion in America is fast-changing. Fromthe mainstream to the Moonies to the MoralMajority, religion has, in modern times, takenon increased social importance. This course isan introduction to the structure of Americanreligious life—its changes and new direc-tions—and an examination of the socialreasons for these changes. Offered in alter-nate years.

236 Ethnicity and Ethnic Conflict. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Investigation of the social and politicalconnections between modernization and theemerging politics of ethnicity on a world-widescale. Examination of current examples ofethnic conflict and exploration of theoreticalapproaches to race, ethnicity, nationality, andthe modernization process. Review of ethnicand anti-ethnic political movements in theUnited States and worldwide. Prerequisite:GOVT 123 or SOAN 100 or permission.Cross-listed with GOVT 236. Offered in alter-nate years.

246 Cultural Geography. Fall (4). Examination of human adaptability in vari-ous ecological settings from synchronic aswell as diachronic perspectives. Primarytheoretical orientation on systems-thinking,with emphasis on the combination of theoryand practice as illustrated in programs tosave the biosphere. Includes a GIS compo-nent. Prerequisite: SOAN 102. Offered asneeded.

250 Archaeology and Human Behavior. Fall (4).Overview of past cultures of the Old and NewWorlds, supplemented by training inmapping and laboratory methods. A founda-tion course for American Southwest studies.

255 Peoples of the American Southwest.Spring (4).The greater American Southwest includescommunities that are mosaics of culturallydifferent lifestyles while sharing manycommon problems. This course examines thevariety of responses to those problems andreflects the cultural similarities and differ-ences of the peoples who live in the area.Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or 102. Offered inalternate years.

256 Japanese Society and Culture. Fall (4).Introduction to the main aspects of Japanesesociety and culture, with an aim for an in-depth understanding of Japanese social andcultural life. Focus on central themes andissues that characterize contemporary



Japanese society, including work, family,gender, cultural identity, and the impact ofglobalization. Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or 102.Offered as needed.

257 Latin American Societies and Cultures.Fall (4) or Spring (4).An historical and comparative analysis ofsociety, culture, and politics in a range ofLatin American countries. Emphasis on theeffects of global power relations on social andpolitical institutions, as well as economicdevelopment. Exploration of relationshipsbetween racial and ethnic groups in LatinAmerican societies. Prerequisite: SOAN 100or 102 or permission. NU or EV only. Offeredas needed.

258 African Society. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of the processes that have led tothe present conditions in African societies.Investigation of the changing patterns of lifein rural and urban Africa through case stud-ies. Focus ranges from detailed accounts oflife in particular communities to the place ofAfrica in the modern world. Prerequisite:SOAN 100 or 102 or permission. Offered asneeded.

259 The Middle East. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Students are encouraged to appreciate thedynamic cultural diversity of the Middle Eastthrough class discussions and a variety offilms and readings, many of which come fromindigenous sources. Exploration of vital andtimely sociopolitical issues including Islam,gender, nationalism, and the Israeli-Pales-tinian and other regional conflicts. NU or EVonly. Offered as needed.

260E Origins of Human Behavior. Summer (4).Discussion of the wellsprings of humanbehavior starting with an investigation ofsociobiology and human origins and othertheories of human natures such as marxismand behaviorism. Not regularly offered. NUonly.

269, 369, 469 Travel/Study in Sociologyand Anthropology. Interim (3).Travel/study tours to various world locales.Past locations have included Australia,England, Jamaica, Baja California, andsouthern Mexico. Focus typically on widersocial processes present in the travel locale.Prerequisite: permission. May be repeated fordegree credit, for a maximum of 6 credits,given a different destination. Offered asneeded.

311 Classical Social Theory. Fall (4). Analysis of the basic assumptions, concepts,and modes of thinking of Marx, Weber,Durkheim, and the other founders of socialscience. Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or 102, andSOAN 200. Offered in alternate years.

312 Contemporary Social Theory. Spring (4).Examination of important Twentieth-Centurydevelopments in social theory, focusing oncritical, neo-Marxist, neo-functionalist, sym-bolic interactionist, ethnomethodological, andfeminist theories. Prerequisites: SOAN 100,102, and 200. Offered in alternate years.

313 Anthropological Theories. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Overview of theoretical orientations incultural anthropology followed by an in-depth examination of selected theoriesincluding evolutionism, cultural ecology,symbolic anthropology, and cultural materi-alism. Prerequisite: SOAN 102 and 200.Offered in alternate years.

315 Research Methods in the Social Sciences. Spring (4).Critical analysis of research methodologyinvolving both quantitative and qualitativeapproaches to the collection of data. Practicalexperience in data collection and analysisaccompanies discussion of ethical issues.Prerequisites: SOAN 100 or 102, and 200.Offered in alternate years.

316 Fieldwork and Ethnographic Methods.Interim (3) or Spring (4).Examination of the nature of ethnographyand the application of fieldwork methods for

College of A

rts & S

ciences



the development of an ethnography. Empha-sis on practicing the method of participant-observation for data formulation. Ethical andmethodological issues of fieldwork are exam-ined. Prerequisite: SOAN 102 and SOAN200. Offered in alternate years.

319 Quantitative Sociology. Fall (4) or Interim (3).Introduction to quantitative social analysis,designed for the math-averse. Students learnthe benefits and limits of numerical analysis,become familiar with the major publicsources of quantitative data, and learn to usecomputers. Especially recommended forstudents intending to pursue graduate train-ing. Prerequisite: SOAN 100 and 200. Offeredas needed.

320 Self in Society. Fall (4).Focus on the definition of the individual andthe meaning of individuality in society.Concentration on the study of the “self”allows students to see how the individual isboth created from, and a creator of, the socialorder. Language and basic processes of socialinteraction are explored. Prerequisite: SOAN100 or 102 or permission. Offered as needed.

321 Deviance. Spring (4).Study of the process of becoming deviant,including how deviance is defined, the conse-quences of the deviant label, and how socialperceptions of deviance change over time.Exploration of the social isolation, as well asthe creativity, of being deviant. Prerequisite:SOAN 330 or permission. Offered as needed.

325 Class and Inequality. Fall (4). Theoretical and substantive analysis of themajor dimensions of economic inequality inindustrial societies. The theoretical contribu-tions from Marx and Weber to contemporarytheory are used as context for the study ofsocial stratification, social mobility, andchanges in these processes in the UnitedStates, Western Europe, and socialist states.Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or 102 or permis-sion. Offered as needed.

328 Race and Ethnic Relations. Spring (4).Examination of the determinants of racialand ethnic relations in the United States andother countries. Analysis of socio-historicaldevelopment and politico-economic struc-tures that produce patterns of oppressiverelations and minority reactions. Prere-quisite: SOAN 100 or 102 or permission.

330 Crime and Delinquency. Fall (4). Exploration of definitions of crime and delin-quency and various explanations of criminalbehavior. Emphasis on political and economicaspects of the criminal justice system as wellas the history and application of differentphilosophies of punishment. Alternatives tothe existing system are explored. Prerequi-site: SOAN 100 or 102, or GOVT 111, orpermission. Offered in alternate years.

331 Urban Sociology. Spring (4).Critical examination of the process of urban-ization and the consequences for social life inthe United States and globally. Examinationof classical and contemporary theories ofurban social change alongside current urbanethnography. Prerequisite: SOAN 100 or 102or permission. Offered as needed.

334 Work and Family. Fall (4), Spring (4).Exploration of the connections between workand family life, considering the effects ofclass, race, gender, and sexual orientation.Students study the experiences of a range ofworking parents—from corporate managersto line workers in multinational factories—tounderstand contemporary changes in familyand work relationships. Prerequisite: SOAN100 or 102. NU or EV only. Offered as needed.

339 Globalization and Its Critics. Fall (4), Interim (3), or Spring (4).Globalization as an economic, political, social,and cultural process, developing in the histor-ical context of colonialism and global powerrelations. Exploration of changing patternsof work, migration, and urbanization arisingwith the globalization of economic produc-tion; as well as the anti-globalization move-ment and other forms of resistance to



globalization. Prerequisite: SOAN 100, 102,or permission. Offered as needed.

340 Capitalism and Social Change. Fall (4), Spring (4).Investigation of the underlying causes ofsocial change, with a focus on the expansionof global capitalism. Exploration of theways that power relationships shape macro-and micro-level changes in Latin Americaand other regions of the world. Prerequi-site: SOAN 100 or 102 or permission.Offered as needed.

341 Social Movements. Fall (4).Theoretical and substantive analysis ofcollective action and social movements in thelate Twentieth Century. Exploration of how,why, and when individuals come together tocause or prevent social change. Focus on howsocial movements gain public space and whathappens when they do, both in the UnitedStates and around the world. Prerequisite:SOAN 100 or 102, or permission. Offered asneeded.

342 Gender and Sexuality.Fall (4), Spring (4).Gender and sexuality in various culturalareas around the world, and consideration ofthe significance and implications of genderand sexuality in the social life of thesepeople, while introducing current theoreti-cal issues in the cross-cultural study ofgender and sexuality. Prerequisites: SOAN100, SOAN 102, or WMST 120, or permis-sion. Offered as needed.

344 Anthropology of Dance. Fall (4).Based on anthropological texts, films, andperformed live experiences, students explorewho, when, where, how, and why peopledance and thereby increase their under-standing of the connections between cultureand dance. Specific topics include revolu-tionary politics and dance, dance as embod-ied knowledge, and exotic dance and the body.Prerequisites: SOAN 102 or permission. NUor EV only. Offered as needed.

345 World Ethnographies. Fall (4), Spring (4).Students gain a thorough understanding ofthe central methodological paradigms ofanthropologists: participant observation.Students have the chance to deconstruct anumber of full-length ethnographies with aneye toward comparing and contrasting theresearch methods and writing styles of vari-ous contemporary anthropologists. Prerequi-sites: SOAN 102. NU or EV only. Offered inalternate years.

350 Archaeological Field and LaboratoryMethods. Spring (4).Tied to ongoing projects with the SanBernardino County Museum, the Bureau ofLand Management, and the National ParkService. Content varies, but typically includessurvey and mapping work, excavation, labo-ratory analysis and curation of accessions,and relevant library research. Includes aGeographic Information Systems (GIS)component. Prerequisites: SOAN 102, 255, orpermission. Offered as needed.

351 Mapping Solutions to EnvironmentalProblems. Fall (4), Spring (4).Examination of environmental issues using amapping applications approach. Studentsgain familiarity with the use of Global Posi-tioning Systems and Geographic InformationSystems (GIS) technology, and research theuse of these tools in mapping solutions toenvironmental problems. Ideal for studentsplanning careers intersecting public policyand environmental concerns. Offered asneeded. EV or NU only.

400 Senior Capstone. Spring (2).Capstone designed to give students an oppor-tunity to synthesize their sociological andanthropological learning. Capstone projectresults in a paper and presentation beforedepartment students and faculty. Prerequi-site: SOAN 100, 102, 200, and senior stand-ing. CN only.

426 Political Economy. Fall (4).Critical examination of the interplay of polit-ical and economic structures in capitalistsocieties and the effects on both domestic and

College of A

rts & S

ciences



global issues. Case studies emphasize theprocess of production, exchange, andconsumption, together with the ideologicalconcerns of the state. Prerequisite: SOAN 100or 102 or permission. Offered as needed.

427 Women in Collective Action. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of contemporary and historical exam-ples of women affecting change in society.Examination of theories of social movementsand change as applied to women’s effortspolitically and culturally to transform thesocial order. Examples drawn from theUnited States and other countries. Prerequi-sites: SOAN 227, WMST 120, or permission.Offered as needed.

441 Community Social Change. Interim (1–3) or Spring (2–4).Intensive study of the political and economicstructure of communities and grassrootsorganizations for social change. Workingwith community members, students partici-pate in and analyze ongoing communitydevelopment projects. Prerequisites: SOAN100 or 102, and junior or senior standing.Offered as needed.

475 Independent Research. Fall (2–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (2–4).Independent research, generally included asan element of the senior capstone. Studentswork with a department faculty member whohelps design the project, supervises it, andprovides advice about analyzing the material.The analysis results in a comprehensive writ-ten report. Prerequisite: SOAN 100, 102, 200,or permission. Offered as needed.

485 Sociology and Anthropology Internship.Fall (2–12), Interim (1–3), Spring (2–12).Work in an applied setting, which is generallyincluded as a component of the seniorcapstone. This experience is broadly definedand suited to the student’s interests. Studentswork with a faculty member to establish theinternship and to determine how to analyzethe setting. The analysis results in a compre-hensive report. Prerequisite: SOAN 100, 102,200, and permission. Offered as needed.

498 Sociology and Anthropology Honors Independent Research. Fall (2–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (2–4).Independent research as part of an approvedhonors project. Each student works with anhonors committee chaired by a departmentfaculty member. The committee supervisesthe project, helps in research design andanalysis, and provides advice for the compre-hensive report formally presented to thedepartment faculty and the committee.Prerequisite: SOAN 100, 102, 200, or permis-sion. May be repeated for degree credit up toa maximum of 8 credits. Offered as needed.



THE FACULTYHector Brasil-LaurenzoOlga GonzálezVeronica HerreraMarcela PeirolaIvonne C. Vailakis

THE MAJORA major in Spanish consists of 44 creditsbeyond SPAN 201–202.

Spanish majors must choose an emphasisin Latin American or Spanish literature,culture, and civilization. Students who startat the fourth-year level or beyond are consid-ered to have completed the equivalent of 8 ofthese 40 credits. These apply only to themajor, not toward the total credits requiredfor graduation. The foregoing also applies tothe minor. At least 30 credits must be inprescribed courses other than individualizedstudy, and at least 28 of these credits must beearned at the University of Redlands.

Language courses must be taken in thecorrect sequence. Through departmentalplacement, a student may enter the sequenceat a place beyond SPAN 101, but no studentcan subsequently receive credit for a coursethat is numbered lower than the highestcourse previously completed by that student.

The prerequisite for courses numberedabove SPAN 225 is SPAN 302 or its equivalent.

Requirements1. SPAN 301–3022. 8 credits from SPAN 401–4023. 8 credits from SPAN 426–427 or 436–4374. 4 credits from SPAN 425 or 4355. SPAN 458 and 4596. One upper-division course numbered

beyond SPAN 2257. One additional 400 level Spanish courseStudents who plan to major in Spanishshould discuss their programs of study withfaculty advisors as early as possible.

THE MINORA minor in Spanish consists of 24 creditsbeyond SPAN 202. Requirements: SPAN

301–302, plus four other courses numberedSPAN 225 or above.

Advanced PlacementSpanish Language: Students receiving ascore of three on the Advanced PlacementTest receive 4 credits for SPAN 102; thosewho score four or five receive 8 credits forSPAN 201 and 202.Spanish Literature: Students with scoresof four or five receive 8 credits toward themajor.

Study AbroadInterim Semester in Guadalajara. Insome years a group of students spend themonth of January in Guadalajara, Mexico.Students live with Mexican families andexperience the culture first-hand. TheInterim session in Guadalajara may becounted toward the minor and repeated fordegree credit.Interim Semester in Spain. In some yearsa group of students take a cultural excursionthrough some of the most beautiful andhistoric places in Spain. This program beginswith an extended stay in Madrid, followed bya coach tour of Barcelona and the major citiesof Andalucía. The program includes lectureson art, history, architecture, music, theatre,language, and customs.Semester and Full-Year ProgramsAbroad. A semester or full year of study at theUniversity of Madrid through IES, the Univer-sity of Salamanca through IES, SyracuseUniversity in Madrid, Central College inGranada, Sweet Briar College in Sevilla, andBeaver College in Guadalajara, Mexico, is avail-able for highly qualified students.

Departmental HonorsA departmental honors program is availablefor exceptionally able and motivatedstudents. Admission to the program maycome by departmental invitation or, shouldstudents initiate their own applications, byan affirmative vote of the Spanish faculty.Interested students should consult with theSpanish faculty by their junior year forinformation about the application procedureand requirements.

SpanishC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Spanish

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SPAN)

101–102 First-Year Spanish. Fall (4), Spring (4).Pronunciation, conversation, essentials ofgrammar and composition, reading of elemen-tary texts. Practice and drills on four basicskills: reading, writing, speaking, and hearing.Periodic lectures on Hispanic culture. Fourhours lecture, one hour laboratory.

160 Introductory Topics in Spanish. Interim (3).Selected introductory topics in Spanishchosen to reflect student interest andinstructor availability. Prerequisite: SPAN101 or higher, or permission. Offered asneeded. NU only.

165 Special Topics in Spanish Culture.Interim (3).A cultural excursion featuring all the majorcities of Spain. Tour begins in Madrid andincludes excursions to Salamanca, Segovia,Avila, El Escorial, and Toledo; it continues toBarcelona, Valencia, Granada, Málaga,Sevilla, and Córdoba. Lectures on art,history, architecture, music, theater,language, and customs. Spanish languagenot required. CN only.

201–202 Second-Year Spanish. Fall (4), Spring (4).Review of grammar and composition. Conver-sation. Reading of selected materials to givean introduction to Spanish literature andculture. Emphasis on communicative aspectsof the language. Four hours lecture, one hourlaboratory. Very little English spoken. Prereq-uisite: SPAN 101–102 or two years of highschool Spanish recommended.

225 Redlands in Guadalajara. Interim (3).Designed for students interested in social,political, cultural, and economic history ofMexico. Living with a Mexican family is anessential part of the experience, whichincludes tours of historic sites in the area.Students arrange their own transportationto Guadalajara, but faculty assistance is

available. Prerequisite: one year of Spanishlanguage. CN only.

301–302 Third-Year Spanish. Fall (4), Spring (4).Complete grammar review preparingstudents for advanced courses. Includesintensive training in composition and conver-sation. Four hours lecture. Laboratoryoptional. Taught completely in Spanish.Prerequisite: a minimum of two years of college-level Spanish or permission.

360 Intermediate Topics in Spanish. Interim (3).Selected intermediate topics in Spanishchosen to reflect student interest and instruc-tor availability. Prerequisite: SPAN 201 orpermission. Offered as needed. NU only.

401–402 Hispanic Cultural Studies: Writing through Culture/Hispanic CulturalStudies: Writing through Literature. Fall (4), Spring (4).Two-semester sequenced exploration of avariety of topics in Hispanic cultural studies,literature, and questions of language. Inves-tigation of the cultural bonds between Spainand Latin America through literature, film,and linguistic expression. Forum for writing,reading, and discussing cross-cultural issuesfrom a critical perspective. Emphasis on writ-ing and composition. Systematical review ofgrammar to strengthen writing. The firstsemester’s focus is on Hispanic culture, andthe second semester serves as an introduc-tion to Hispanic literature. Developsstudents’ ability to write through Hispaniccultural and literary studies.

410 Introduction to Spanish Linguistics.Spring (4).Synchronic investigation of the principles ofarticulatory phonetics, morphology, syntax,and semantics of Spanish. Includes a reviewof grammar and a discussion of how linguis-tic forms of Spanish and English compareand contrast. Taught in Spanish. Prerequi-site: SPAN 302 or equivalent. Offered inalternate years: 02F.


Spanish

425 Spanish-American Civilization and Culture. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Geography, history, art, literature, and societyof Spanish-American lands. Class discussionand oral and written reports required.Offered in alternate years: 02S.

426–427 Survey of Spanish-American Literature, I–II. Fall (4), Spring (4).Development of Spanish-American literaturefrom the pre-Columbian to the present day.Emphasis on relating literary works tohistorical events and cultural values. Offeredin alternate years: 01F, 02S.

435 Spanish Civilization and Culture. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Survey of the geography, history, art, litera-ture, and society of Spain. History of Spanishlanguage. Class discussion. Oral and writtenreports required. Offered in alternate years:02F, 03S.

436–437 Survey of Spanish Literature, I–II.Fall (4), Spring (4).Spanish literature from its beginnings to thepresent day. Emphasis on relating literaryworks to historical events and culturalvalues. Offered in alternate years: 00F, 01S.

440 Spanish-American Narrative. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Contemporary novelists and essay writersincluding Sábato, Rulfo, Cortázar, GarcíaMárquez, Vargas Llosa, and Paz. Addressesprincipal political and social Latin-Americanproblems. Offered as needed.

441 Hispanic Women Novelists. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Study of Hispanic novels written by womenduring the last decades to reflect on theproblems faced by women in present-daySpain and Latin America. The chosen worksexemplify different aspects of women’s liber-ation, contrasting the situation of Hispanicwomen of the past and in the present.Offered as needed.

450 Hispanic Poetry: Genres. Fall (4) or Spring (4).Examination of poetry through its variedexpressions in Hispanic literature. Succes-sive offerings focus on the historical develop-ment of the poetry of Latin America or Spain.Exploration of selected topics in literarythemes in the genres. May be repeated fordegree credit given different topics. Offeredas needed.

452 Hispanic Theatre. Fall (4) or Spring (4).A study of dramatic and theatrical Hispanicworks, combining both canonical and non-canonical texts. Includes drama theory,videos of dramas, live plays, and the processof “mise en scéne” or staging. Prerequisites:SPAN 401–402. Offered as needed.

454 Spanish Golden Age Literature. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4). Focus on the Golden Age masterpieces whileproviding a fundamental insight to the mostvaluable works according to the genre andtopics. Students will read, discuss, andanalyze the works using the most recent crit-ics. Prerequisite: Spanish majors, Spanishminors, native speakers, or permission.Offered as needed. EV and NU only.

455 The Generation of ’98. Fall (4). Representative writers including Ganivet,Unamuno, Azorín, Baroja, Valle Inclán,Maeztu, and Machado. Primarily prose. Polit-ical and social problems of Spain as reflectedin literary works. Offered as needed.

456 Panorama of the Contemporary Spanish Novel. Spring (4).Major contemporary novelists, includingCamilo José Cela, Carmen Laforet, Delibes,Gironella, Goytisolo, and Martín Santos. Themain aspects of the Spanish Civil War and itsinfluences in contemporary Spain areaddressed in these novels. Offered as needed.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Spanish

458 Senior Seminar: Reading Component.Fall (4).Study, detailed reading, and analysis of textsfrom a particular author, genre, work, ortheme in Peninsular or Latin-American liter-ature. As the first phase of the senior semi-nar, this course allows students to completerequired textual readings in preparation forSPAN 459. Prerequisite: senior standing orpermission. NU only.

459 Senior Seminar. Spring (4).Detailed and critical study of a special period,author, genre, or theme in Spanish or Span-ish-American literature. Topics to beannounced. Prerequisite: SPAN 458 andsenior standing.



FACULTYNephelie AndonyadisChris BeachVictoria Lewis

TECHNICAL DIRECTORDaniel Cork

THE MAJORThe Bachelor of Arts in Theatre emphasizesthe collaborative process and nurtures thetheatre artist in body, intellect, and spirit.Students are encouraged to pursue diversetheatre goals, cultivate individual expression,and understand theatre as a tool for socialand cultural discourse.

The theatre degree requires a minimum of44 approved theatre credits. Each theatremajor must complete the following founda-tion classes (32 credits):THA 105 Production CreditTHA 110 Introduction to TheatreTHA 130 Introduction to Theatre Technol-

ogyTHA 140 Acting FundamentalsTHA 220 Introduction to Theatre DesignTHA 251 Theatre History: Ancient–Early

ModernTHA 252 Theatre History: Melodrama–20th

CenturyTHA 300 Theatrical Manuscript Analysis

In addition to foundation classes, theatremajors must declare an emphasis in thejunior year in either Performance, Produc-tion, or Dramaturgy. Requires advisorapproval and a minimum of 12 credits foreach area of emphasis. Area of emphasisclasses include but are not limited to:THA 155 Performance ProjectTHA 200 Voice and Movement for

PerformersTHA 240 Acting TechniquesTHA 260 Theatre TopicsTHA 310 Directing for the StageTHA 320 Theatre Design TechniquesTHA 340 Advanced ActingTHA 350 Dramaturgy

Courses considered for cross-listingtoward degree credit:Dance, Drawing, Graphics/Computer, Drama,English Literature/Shakespeare, Playwrit-ing, Art History, Voice

THE MINORThe minor is designed to engage students inthe many disciplines of theatre arts and toprovide the opportunity to develop creativeexpression within the context of a well-rounded liberal arts education.Requirements consist of a total of 28 credits.1. Students are required to complete the

following courses for a total of 22 credits:THA 105, 110, 130, 140, 251 or 252, and240.

2. Students choose two of the followingcourses for a minimum of 6 credits:THA 155, or DNCE 122, 123, or 130.

Department FacilitiesThe Glenn Wallichs Theatre is a 340-seat,low-fly, proscenium house with fully equippedscenic and costume shops, and computerizedlighting and design systems. The Black Boxtheatre is a 60-seat laboratory theatreequipped with lighting and sound systems.Productions also appear at the Alumni GreekTheatre, a 3,500-seat outdoor amphitheatre.

Department ActivitiesEach year a minimum of four mainstageshows are produced at Glenn WallichsTheatre. These productions are directed anddesigned by faculty and/or professional guestartists. In addition to these productions, theGlenn Wallichs Theatre hosts annual danceconcerts, jazz concerts, and special events.Students also have the opportunity to workwith each season's visiting artists.

The student performance series, AfternoonMiracles, runs throughout the year in theBlack Box theatre. Afternoon Miraclesinclude student-written plays, jazz improvi-sation, dance, performance art, and more.

InternshipsIn addition to participating in theatreproductions and courses, many studentschoose to take advantage of internships with

Theatre ArtsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Theatre Arts

professional theatres available through thedepartment. Recent internships haveoccurred with the the American NewTheatre, Houston Shakespeare Festival,Hope Theatre Michigan, PCPA, and the MarkTaper Forum.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (THA)

100 Theatre Practicum. Fall (1), Spring (1).Supervised practical application of pre-production and production techniques forOpera and Music Theatre productions.Requires participation in faculty-supervisedproductions. May be repeated for degreecredit for a maximum of 4 credits.

105 Production Credit. Fall (1–3), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–3).Practical application of production andperformance techniques for the stage.Options include acting, design, construction,stage management, assistant directing.Requires participation in faculty-supervisedmainstage productions. May be repeated fordegree credit. CN only.

110 Introduction to Theatre. Fall (4). Designed to introduce students to theatre asa performing art with a unique set of tradi-tions, conventions, vocabulary, and creativepossibilities through time and acrosscultures. Exploration of theatre as a socialart responsive to communities in crisis and incelebration.

130 Introduction to Theatre Technology. Fall (4).Students learn production techniques ofstagecraft, run crew, and productionmanagement. Elements of technical design—ground plan, light, sound, and costume—areexplored as tools for interpreting andsupporting the text.

140 Acting Fundamentals. Fall (4).Intensive training of the student’s uniqueexpressive abilities. Focus on training theactor’s instrument: the body, voice, andcreative imagination. Through structured

ensemble and solo work, students develop thebasic tools of performance: concentration,relaxation, intention, physicalization, andmoment-to-moment play. May be repeated fordegree credit for a maximum of 8 credits.

155 Performance Project.Fall (3), Spring (3).Workshop-level play production. Designed toprovide the student with performance andproduction experience at a level betweenclassroom work and mainstage work. Prereq-uisites: THA 130 and 140. Offered in alter-nate years: 03S.

200 Voice and Movement for Performers.Fall (4).Study of the philosophical and psychologicalextension of the mechanics of voice, speech,and movement. The goal of the class is toliberate, expand, and integrate the student’svocal and physical expressive capacities.Through structured vocal and physical exer-cises, students deepen their technical andintuitive understanding of the voice, body,mind relationship. May be repeated fordegree credit with permission from thedepartment chair.

220 Introduction to Theatre Design. Fall (4).Overview of the function and responsibilitiesof scenic, lighting, costume, and sounddesigners. Primary information about thetools and basic techniques that are used tobring the designer’s concept to the stage areexplored, as well as methods of creative prob-lem solving and conceptual thinking specificto the theatrical design practice.

240 Acting Techniques. Spring (4). Techniques for building a character. Specificfocus on the actor’s approach to the textthrough work on auditions, monologues, andscenes. Students learn the necessary skillsto analyze a scene, physicalize characterintention, and play the character’s essentialaction. Prerequisite: THA 140 or permissionby instructor. May be repeated for degreecredit with permission of instructor.


Theatre Arts

251 Theatre History: Ancient–Early Modern.Fall (4).Emphasis on the emergence of theatre out ofmyth and ritual, and significant interculturalinfluences affecting its early evolution as anart form. Readings include theatre historyand plays, with a focus on historical andsocial context. Approaches include perfor-mance, analysis, and research.

252 Theatre History: Melodrama–Twentieth Century. Spring (4).Theatre is studied within historical andsocial contexts, examining its function as asocial barometer and catalyst. Moderntheatrical forms, texts, and theatre artistsare examined from Western and non-Westerntraditions. Readings include theatre historyand plays from different parts of the world.Approaches include performance, analysis,and research.

260 Theatre Topics. Fall (4), Interim (3), Spring (4).In-depth study of selected topics from thevarious theatre disciplines. Topics mayinclude Dance, Scene Painting, Video Produc-tion, Specific Play Styles, Specific Play-wrights, Specific Periods of Theatre History,Performance Styles, Specific Design Styles,Stage Management, Theatre Criticism. Maybe repeated for degree credit for a maximumof 16 credits. Offered as needed.

300 Theatrical Manuscript Analysis. Spring (4).Dramaturgical examination of a variety ofplay styles and critical paradigms.Approachesinclude performance, analysis, and research.Interpretive possibilities are explored throughthe concepts of given circumstances, dramaticaction, character, story structure, and idea;essentials for releasing words on the page toaction on the stage. Prerequisite: permission.Offered in alternate years: 03S.

310 Directing for the Stage. Fall (4).A combination lecture/discussion/workshopfocused on the fundamentals of stage direc-tion. Scenes are presented in class and eval-uated on student director’s written analysis

and execution of the scene’s dramatic action,character attitudes, idea/intention, ground-plan, environmental factors, dialogue, mood,tempo, and style. Prerequisite: permission.EV and NU only.

320 Theatre Design Techniques. Spring (4).In-depth and practical application of scenic,lighting, costume, and sound design. Thedirector/designer relationship is emphasizedin tandem with techniques for interpretingtext from concept to completion. Prerequisite:THA 110, 130, 220. May be repeated fordegree credit, for a maximum of 8 credits,with department chair approval. Offered inalternate years: 02S.

340 Advanced Acting. Spring (4).Focus on various approaches to character andstyle analysis. Through in-depth study, thedifferences and similarities of diverse actingstyles are examined. Sources of study includemask work, approaches to text, video and liveperformances, and historical research.Prerequisite: THA 140 and 240. May berepeated for degree credit, for a maximum of8 credits, with department chair approval.Offered as needed.

350 Dramaturgy. Fall (4).The role of the dramaturg investigated fromits roots in Eighteenth-Century Germany toits late Twentieth-Century arrival in theAmerican professional theatre. Topics includethe function of the dramaturg in classicalplay production, adaptation, community-specific performance, and new play develop-ment. May be repeated for degree credit, fora maximum of 8 credits, with departmentchair approval. Offered as needed.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



DIRECTOREmily Culpepper, Women’s Studies andReligious Studies

ADVISORY COMMITTEESawa Becker, Sociology and AnthropologyRafat Fazeli, EconomicsFran Grace, Religious StudiesKathie Jenni, PhilosophyPenny McElroy, ArtKathy Ogren, HistoryCheryl Rickabaugh, PsychologyJudith A. Tschann, EnglishIvonne C. Vailakis, SpanishPatricia L. Wasielewski, Women’s Studies and Sociology and Anthropology

THE MINORThe minor consists of 20 credits. Studentsare required to take WMST 120 as a core,interdisciplinary course. Students mayshape the minor to enhance their majorprogram and can do so in consultation withthe director or other members of the FacultyAdvisory Committee.

Registration InformationEach semester at registration, then later atcheck-in, the Women’s Studies Programprovides a current list of WMST, Concentra-tion, and Negotiable courses for the comingterm. Because the Women’s Studies Programis growing and new courses (including John-ston courses and special topics courses invarious departments) are likely to be added,this list always will have the most currentcourse offerings. Current WMST course list-ings are available in Larsen Hall 235 andfrom the director, and are distributed to everyfaculty advisor. They are also posted on theWomen’s Studies bulletin board next toLarsen 220.

Directed Study and InternshipsStudents can design a course of DirectedStudy, WMST 170, 270, 370, and 470, withthe director or with other WMST faculty

members in consultation with the director,whose signature is required on the Individu-alized Study form. Internships—both Exploratory (WMST 180, 280) andSpecialized (WMST 380, 480)—offer theopportunity for learning more about particu-lar employment and community servicesettings. Most internships are student-initi-ated and negotiated with the director.

Internships are available each Fall andSpring semester:WMST 180.01 Rape Crisis Hotline (4).

Training at the San Bernardino CountySexual Assault Services.

WMST 180.02 Battered Women’s Shelter(2–4). Training to become a volunteer atOption House Shelter for batteredwomen and their children.

WMST 180.03 Women’s Center (2–4).Activities on staff of the campus Women’sCenter. Specific focus negotiated withstudent facilitators of the Women’sCenter and WMST faculty advisor to thecenter.

WMST 180.04–.09 Student initiated.

The CoursesWMST 120 Women’s Issues Across the

CurriculumWMST 165, 265, 365 Special Topics in

Women’s StudiesWMST 240 Contemporary Feminist TheoryWMST 320 Mediating Cultures: Latina

LiteratureWMST 350 Feminist Ethics

Concentration CoursesThese courses are described by their owndepartments. Check the appropriate depart-mental listings for full descriptions andprerequisites, if any. They are regularlyapplicable to Women’s Studies and may becounted automatically toward the minor.These courses concentrate entirely or signif-icantly on women’s or gender issues.ECON 340 Economics of Race and GenderECON 353 Economics of LaborENGL 217 Images of Women in LiteratureGOVT 217 Women and Politics in Latin

AmericaGOVT 317 Feminist Political Theory

Women’s Studies

Women’s Studies

HIST 223 Women and the Family in American History

HIST 252 America and AsiaLAST 230 Black Women Writers of the

AmericasPHIL 310 Philosophy and FeminismPSYC 320 Psychology of GenderREL 131 Religions of AmericaREL 151 Women, Sexuality, and Western

ReligionREL 152 African-American Religion and

SpiritualityREL 424 Feminist and Womanist TheologiesSOAN 227 Women in SocietySOAN 427 Women in Collective Action

Negotiable CoursesMany additional courses and individualizedstudies from other departments also may becounted as Women’s Studies courses. Such acourse would include significant attention towomen’s or gender issues and offer the oppor-tunity for focusing a research paper or projecton such issues.

In a negotiable course, students shouldclarify with the instructor (at the beginningof the semester) their plans to have theirwork credited toward the minor. Studentsalso should discuss their intentions to focusresearch papers or projects on women’s studies issues. Negotiable courses must beapproved by the director of Women’s Studiesfor credit toward the minor.

The following list of negotiable courses isintended to be suggestive. In addition to thecourses on this list, students might identifyother courses in various departments thatare also appropriate to negotiate for Women’sStudies credit.BUS 310 Principles of Management and

Organization BehaviorECON 307 History of Economic ThoughtECON 355 Environmental and Resource

EconomicsENGL 110 PoetryENGL 112 Short FictionENGL 122 Literature in EnglandENGL 133 African-American LiteratureENGL 332 Modern American Literature:

Quest for Self-IdentityFREN 458 France Today (taught in French)

FREN 459 The Francophone World: French-Speaking Africa (taught in French)

HIST 121 American Civilization IHIST 122 American Civilization IIPHIL 120 Ethics and Social PhilosophyPHIL 240 Existentialism and

PhenomenologyPHIL 320 Ethics and LawPHIL 330 Ethics and the EnvironmentPE 210 Social Sciences in Physical

Education and SportPSYC 31 Psychology of Interpersonal

RelationshipsPSYC 210 Personality TheoriesPSYC 335 Developmental PsychologyPSYC 349 Social PsychologyPSYC 435 Cross-cultural PsychologyREL 205 The Christian ScripturesSOAN 232 Religion and SocietySOAN 328 Race and Ethnic Relations

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (WMST)

120 Women’s Issues Across the Curriculum. Fall (4).Introductory survey of issues important towomen, including women’s positions infamily and society, attitudes about women,women’s health and sexuality, and economicand other forces affecting women’s lives.Titles vary each fall and have included thefollowing: Power and Women’s Bodies;Women, Work, and Sexual Politics; Sex, Sexu-ality and Sexism; and Gender, Passion, andPolitics. Faculty from various departmentsjoin the class over the course of the semesterto present perspectives from their fields.Team-taught.

165, 265, 365 Special Topics in Women’s Studies. Fall (2–4), Interim (2–3), Spring (2–4).Topics of current interest in women’s studies.May be repeated for a maximum of 8 degreecredits given a different topic. Offered everySpring and other semesters as needed.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


Women’s Studies

240 Contemporary Feminist Theory. Spring (4).Survey of recent theoretical approaches infeminism exploring causes of women’soppression and strategies for liberation.Includes theory by liberals, socialist femi-nists, radical feminists, and by women ofcolor. Examination of issues of sex andgender together with racial, cultural, andeconomic factors. Themes and titles vary.Offered in alternate years: 02S.

320 Mediating Cultures: Latina Literature.Fall (4).Exploration of the notion of utopia andborderlands in literature by Latina writers.Students read a variety of contemporaryauthors with attention to the theoretical andliterary forms in which they found expres-sion. Offered in alternate years: 03F.

350 Feminist Ethics. Spring (4). Examination of women as moral agents andthe question of whether women approachethics in a different voice. Exploration ofspecific applied areas such as abortion, repro-ductive technologies, and surrogate mother-hood; rape, battering, and pornography;housework and child care; and aging. Themesvary. Offered in alternate years: 03S.



PRELAW

Program AdvisorsClaudia Ingram, EnglishArthur G. Svenson, Government

Major EmphasisStudents should plan a major in a specificdiscipline in consultation with their advisors.Typically the major would be from one of thefollowing departments: economics, govern-ment, history, English, philosophy, or sociol-ogy and anthropology.

Recommended Central CoursesPrelaw students should select a minimumof eight courses from the following list:ACCT 210 Principles of Financial

Accounting and ReportingACCT 220 Principles of Managerial

AccountingECON 250 Principles of MicroeconomicsECON 251 Principles of MacroeconomicsECON 350 Intermediate MicroeconomicsENGL 110 Introduction to PoetryENGL 130 Introduction to American

LiteratureENGL 161 Studies in Literature:

Law and LiteratureENGL 201 Analysis of LiteratureENGL 309 Persuasive WritingGOVT 111 American National Government

and PoliticsGOVT 301 California PoliticsGOVT 306 Constitutional Law: National

and State PowersGOVT 307 Constitutional Law: Liberty and

AuthorityGOVT 310 Classical Political ThoughtGOVT 485 Specialized Internship in LawHIST 121 American Civilization IHIST 122 American Civilization IIPHIL 120 Ethics and Social PhilosophyPHIL 130 Reasoning and LogicPHIL 320 Ethics and LawSPCH 110 Fundamentals of Speech

Recommended Elective CoursesStudents are advised to take at least fivecourses in this area, taking care not to dupli-cate courses in the Liberal Arts Foundationor those from the major. (Specific courses aredetermined by students in consultation withtheir advisors.)BUS 310 Principles of Management and

Organization BehaviorECON 352 Industrial Organization and

Public PolicyECON 354 Public FinanceECON 355 Environmental and Resource

EconomicsENGL 121 Introduction to British

LiteratureENGL 133 African-American LiteratureENGL 134 Mexican-American LiteratureENGL 210 PoetryENGL 222 ShakespeareGOVT 123 Introduction to World PoliticsGOVT 304 Congress and the BureaucracyGOVT 308 American PresidencyGOVT 314 Modern Political ThoughtGOVT 318 American Political Thought and

PracticeGOVT 320 Governments and Politics of

EuropeGOVT 344 International Law and

OrganizationHIST 111 European Civilization: Early

ModernHIST 112 European Civilization: The

Nineteenth and Twentieth CenturiesHIST 211 Political ExtremismPSYC 100 Introduction to PsychologySOAN 100 Introduction to SociologySOAN 102 Introduction to Cultural

AnthropologySOAN 205 Social IssuesSOAN 330 Crime and DelinquencySOAN 426 Political EconomySPCH 130 Interpersonal CommunicationSPCH 200 Forensics

Integrated Programs of StudyC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Integrated Programs of Study

PREMED

Health Professions AdvisorsElaine S. Brubacher, BiologyCaryl Forristall, Biology

The CurriculumThe minimum requirements for admission tomost medical schools in the United Statesinclude 8 to 16 semester credits of biology, 16to 20 of chemistry, 4 to 8 of mathematics, 6 to8 of physics, and 8 to 10 credits from Englishand the humanities.

Central CoursesStudents generally take the following courses:BIOL 131–133 Principles of BiologyCHEM 131–132 General ChemistryCHEM 231–232 Organic ChemistryENGL 6 to 8 credits, including compositionMATH 121, 122 Calculus I, IIPHYS 220–221 Fundamentals of Physics PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology

Recommended CoursesA student’s application to medical school isstrengthened if several of the followingcourses are taken:BIOL 235 Genetics or BIOL 240 Molecular

GeneticsBIOL 334 Comparative Physiology or BIOL

344 Human PhysiologyBIOL 337 Vertebrate AnatomyBIOL 338 Cell BiologyBIOL 348 Developmental BiologyCHEM 320 BiochemistryCHEM 330 Equilibrium and Analysis

Many of these required and recommendedcourses are either full-year sequences,prerequisites for other courses, not offeredevery semester or year, or must be completedbefore taking the MCAT (usually taken inthe spring of the junior year). Studentsshould plan a tentative schedule for theirentire course of study early.

The health professions advisors providestudents with support and informationconcerning course selection, the MCAT, appli-cation procedures, and letters of recommen-dation. Students should consult with the

health professions advisors to developprograms tailored to their particular needsand interests.

For other health-related fields, admissionsrequirements and application procedures aresimilar to those for medical school. Studentsinterested in careers in dentistry, veterinarymedicine, physical therapy, physician assis-tance, and the like should consult with thehealth professions advisors for more detailsand information.

PROUDIAN INTERDISCIPLINARYHONORS PROGRAM

Program DirectorDaniel Kiefer, English

RequirementsThe Proudian Program is designed for up totwelve talented students in each graduatingclass who wish to explore interdisciplinarylearning. The program offers students threespecial seminars on interdisciplinary topics.Two of these occur in the sophomore year(Interim and Spring), and one in the senioryear (Fall). These courses frame two individ-ualized junior-year options: study abroad or,in special cases, an internship in a profes-sion or business. A senior thesis is required ofeach scholar. The program assumes thevalue—indeed the necessity—of interdisci-plinary inquiry in the Twenty-first Century.

There are special privileges that come withelection to the program. Scholars have exclu-sive use of the Proudian Room (Hall ofLetters 200) and its equipment. They havefaculty borrowing privileges at the library.Scholars may also propose alternate ways ofmeeting the Liberal Arts Foundation require-ments for graduation. These proposals mustbe approved by a faculty member whoteaches in the relevant Foundation category,and by the director. These changes alsorequire, of course, successful completion ofthe full program, including the senior thesis.

Admission to the program is competitiveand based on highly selective criteria (GPA,SAT scores, writing samples, and especially a


Integrated Programs of Study

series of individual interviews). Selectiontakes place during the first semester of thesophomore year. More specific informationconcerning application may be obtained fromthe director of the program.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (IDS)The prerequisite for all courses is admissionto the program.

360 Sophomore Seminar I. Interim (3).Introduces interdisciplinary theory andmethod, as well as seminar learning skills.

361 Sophomore Seminar II. Spring (4).Interdisciplinary seminar: topics areannounced in the Schedule of Classes.Completion of a major paper/project isrequired. Culminates in an academic “sympo-sium” in which student papers are presentedto a University-wide audience.

380 Junior Year Exploratory Internship. Fall (2–3), Spring (2–3).465 Senior Seminar. Fall (4).Advanced interdisciplinary topics areaddressed, perhaps arising out of students’junior year experiences, and selected byfaculty and students in concert. This seminarincludes a section on the development of thesenior honors thesis.

495 Senior Thesis. Fall (1–4), Interim (1–3), Spring (1–4).

SOCIAL SCIENCE PROGRAM

Program DirectorJames Sandos, History

The Social Science Program (SSP) is a Stateof California approved comprehensivecurriculum covering the social sciencesubjects taught in California SecondarySchools. It consists of 88 total credits dividedinto 60 credits of Core Courses and another28 credits of Breadth Courses. In additionthe candidate must complete a major. Inter-ested students should meet with the program

director for a detailed listing of courses. Closeconsultation with the program director andappropriate SSP faculty will enable thestudent to successfully complete this curricu-lum. Completing the SSP entitles a candi-date to pursue a credentialing programwithout taking the comprehensive PRAXISstandardized examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTION (SCSI)

460 Social Science Capstone. Fall (3–4), Interim (3–4), Spring (3–4).A combination of Social Science methodologyand individual creation of student portfoliosbringing together a summary of their worksince beginning the program. Prerequisite:completion of the program.

College of A

rts & S

ciences



UNIVERSITY ACTIVITY (UACT)The University offers credit for such activitiesas work with the student newspaper or withproductions in Glenn Wallichs Theatre.Studentsshould check with the appropriate projectsponsor for enrollment information. UACT: 0–1credits. CN grading only. Written evaluation.

ENGINEERING (ENGR)

117 Fundamentals of Aeronautics. Interim (3).An FAA-certified “ground school” with a focuson aerodynamics, the flight environment,aircraft systems and performance, meteorol-ogy, weather data, navigation, navigationsystems, physiology, and flight planning.Prepares students for the FAA Private PilotWritten Examination. CN only.

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE(ESL)The University provides an advanced class inEnglish as a second language for matricu-lated Arts and Sciences students who needmore proficiency in English as a basis fortheir other coursework. Entering studentsplaced in the ESL class must successfullycomplete the course or its equivalent as aprerequisite to junior standing.

55 Advanced English as a SecondLanguage. Fall (4), Spring (4).An English language class designed for inter-national students who require additionalproficiency before enrolling in ENGL 102.Concentration on composition, reading, gram-mar, and the documented essay. Three hoursclass and a designated hour writing labora-tory each week.

SPEECH (SPCH)Faculty: H. Ben DillowWilliam Southworth

The College of Arts and Sciences offersservice courses in public speaking and spon-sors a nationally competitive, intercollegiatedebate team with a heritage of success innational competition. Two levels of partici-pation in forensics are available to all

students. For more experienced debaters whowish to engage in traditional policy debate,Redlands program offers the opportunity fornational competition. For the student withless experience or a more constrained timecommitment, local competition, two-persondebate, or individual events are available.Talent scholarships are offered each year tooutstanding students in policy debate.

Speech courses have been designed forstudents pursuing careers in education(Professional Speech) or business (BusinessSpeech) and for students who seek to developtheir skills in public speaking (Fundamen-tals of Speech). Most courses are offered with-out prerequisite and can be found on the listof recommended courses outside the majorin many departments.

110 Fundamentals of Speech. Fall (4). Principles of public speaking and interpreta-tion with classroom evaluation of speeches.Designed to enhance the student’s skills inpersuasive or informative speaking situations.

115 Business Speech. Spring (4).Theory relevant to a variety of businessspeech situations, including speeches toinform, entertain, and persuade. Instructionin the following business speech situations:interviews, sales, technical reports, andconference speaking.

120 Professional Speech. Interim (3).Performance course designed to accommo-date the needs of multiple subject and educa-tion majors. Primary attention given to theunique demands of classroom and profes-sional speech situations. Reports, lectures,discussion leading, story-telling, and demon-strations are covered. Offered as needed.

150 Speaking of Wellness. Interim (3).Basic course in public speaking providingopportunities for students to engage in thestudy of public address while focusing onthemes coming from the study of holistichealth. Students engage in dyadic, smallgroup and platform speaking while dealingwith issues of stress management, physicalfitness and nutrition. Offered as needed.

Additional Course Offerings

Additional Course Offerings

200 Forensics. Fall (1), Spring (1).For students interested in participating inintercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: permis-sion. May be repeated for a maximum of 8degree credits.

260 Topics in Speech. Interim (3).Seminar includes a rhetorical analysis ofcontemporary social issues and movements.Prerequisite: permission. May be repeated fordegree credit given a different topic.

STUDENT SERVICES (SSRV)

150 Real World 101: Life after College.Interim (3).Designed to prepare students for life aftercollege. This is accomplished through self-assessment, exploration of educational andoccupational choices, and the development ofreal-world survival skills. Format includeslectures, hands-on exercises, and experien-tial learning within a professional environ-ment. Not open to ANWC students throughthe experiential essay process. Prerequisite:juniors and seniors only.

154 Learning Skills. Fall (2), Spring (2).Designed to assist students in obtaining theskills necessary to succeed at the University.Topics include campus resources, timemanagement, academic and career planning,reading a textbook, and note-taking.

251 Peer-Tutor Training: Theory and Practice. (1–3).Introduction to theories and practices of peertutoring in the writing lab. Weekly seminarsin pedagogy and theory establish that criticalwriters gain authority as they engage inactive dialogue with other voices. Journalassignments ask student tutors to becomeconscious of their own writing practices toassist other writers. Prerequisite: by recom-mendation only.

College of A

rts & S

ciences


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

CATALOG REQUIREMENTUndergraduate students must complete thegraduation requirements as stated in thecatalog in effect for the year of formal admis-sion, or the catalog in effect for the year ofgraduation. A student is not free to selectgraduation requirements from more than onecatalog. If a student is re-admitted, therequirements prevailing at the time of read-mission or graduation must be met.

QUANTITY AND QUALITY OF WORKTo graduate, students must complete all ofthe requirements of their degree programsand earn at least 132 units of academic credit.

Students must maintain a grade pointaverage (GPA) of 2.00 or better in all worktaken at the University of Redlands. In addi-tion, they must maintain a GPA of 2.00 orbetter in their major field and in the minor orrelated field. Quality grade points (derivedfrom numeric grading) are not awarded fortransfer work or courses taken on aCredit/No Credit basis, and credits for thesecourses are not calculated in the GPA.

Activity CreditCollege of Arts and Sciences undergraduatesmay apply up to 8 activity credits distributedbetween Community Service Activity (limitof 3 credits), Physical Education Activity(limit of 4 credits), and University Activity.(Community Service Activity is describedlater in this section. Physical EducationActivities are described in the PhysicalEducation section; University Activity isdescribed in the Additional Course Offeringssection.)

RESIDENCEThe minimum residence requirement for thebachelor’s degree is one year, during which nofewer than 32 credits must be completedsuccessfully. The last two semesters beforegraduation must be taken in residence atRedlands except for students studying inapproved off-campus programs such as the

Salzburg Semester or for students followingapproved professional programs, in whichcase the final undergraduate year iscompleted at a professional school.

FIRST-YEAR SEMINARFirst-year Seminars are 4-credit courses thatbegin in New Student Week and continuethrough the entire Fall semester. All newstudents entering the University arerequired to take a First-year Seminar duringtheir first term at Redlands. First-year Semi-nars provide every student with a closepersonal relationship with a faculty memberwho not only teaches the course but alsoserves as academic advisor and mentor toclass members, introducing them to college-level skills as well as assisting them in plan-ning their academic program. Students selectfrom a list of seminars that changes eachyear. Most seminars are interdisciplinary infocus, and students are encouraged to selectseminars according to interest regardless oftheir possible majors. In one recent year,seminar offerings included such topics ashuman rights, mathematics and social choice,popular culture in China and Japan, ethicsand the scientific method, construction anddeconstruction of the self, the rise of Ameri-can capitalism, Shakespeare and film, theColorado River, and the history of jazz.

INTERIMEntering first-year students are required toparticipate in three Interim sessions: one incommunity service and no more than two inacademic courses. Transfer students mustattend all but one of the Interim sessionsoffered during their degree program andcomplete the Community Service requirement.

COMMUNITY SERVICE ACTIVITY (CSAC)All students are required to successfullycomplete an approved community serviceactivity. Activities typically consist of serviceoutreach at a nonprofit agency, hospital, orschool. Students gain a greater understand-ing of problems faced by individuals andcommunities through meaningful participation


Graduation Requirements

in, and reflection on, efforts to help addresssuch challenges.

Students may undertake their requiredcommunity service activity during any oneof their Interims at Redlands, and may do sowhile in residence at Redlands, at approvedlocations outside of Redlands (e.g., in theirhometown), or through one of the faculty-taught service courses offered during Janu-ary that emphasizes active learning throughservice. (Faculty-taught service-learningcourses require permission to enroll.)

Students completing the CSAC require-ment should be alert to the programannouncements published by the Office ofCommunity Service Learning each Fallsemester. CSAC information sessions areoffered five to ten times during the Fallsemester. All CSAC preparatory informationis discussed at these sessions, along withinformation regarding faculty-taught service-learning courses.

Students having difficulty completing theCSAC requirement during Interim, or whofind a needy organization and meaningfulplacement outside of January, may completeCSAC outside of January with permissionfrom the Director of Community ServiceLearning. Students fulfilling CSAC duringsummer should be aware that preparatorywork must be completed during the Springsemester prior to the summer of a CSACplacement. Registration for those completingservice over the summer takes place thefollowing Fall. (Overload fees may apply insome instances.)

APPLICATION FOR GRADUATIONStudents must file a formal application forgraduation in the Registrar’s office by thefirst semester of their junior year.

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMSSome major programs require passing acomprehensive examination. (See individualprogram descriptions.) These exams areusually scheduled during the first semesterof the senior year.

THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATIONThe Liberal Arts Foundation endows studentswith the fundamental skills essential to effec-tive learning and scholarship. It also chal-lenges them to examine their own values andthe values of society. By integrating the Foun-dation with an area of concentration and care-fully chosen elective courses, students obtainan education that offers both breadth of learn-ing and depth of understanding.

Every student working for a bachelor ofarts or bachelor of science degree is requiredto successfully complete, in each of the cate-gories listed below, at least one approvedcourse of at least 3 credits. In some cate-gories, pairings of two 2-credit courses havebeen approved. If a course is approved formore than one Liberal Arts Foundation cate-gory, it will satisfy each of those requirementssimultaneously.

The designation “ID” indicates a categorythat may be satisfied by the completion of aninterdisciplinary thematic course, taught byone or more faculty members, which has beenapproved for that category by the College ofArts and Sciences Curriculum Committee.

Courses taken to fulfill the Liberal ArtsFoundation must be taken for a numericgrade or evaluation, except in those instanceswhere a course is offered only on a Credit/NoCredit (CN) basis.

A student who transfers to Redlands mayapply acceptable courses taken at any accred-ited institution toward all Liberal Arts Foun-dation requirements.

The specific requirements for the B.A. andB.S. degrees are found below. For Foundationrequirements applying to the B.M. please seethe Music section in this Catalog.

Computing Across the Curriculum (CA)Computers have become an integral compo-nent of our everyday lives, requiring us tounderstand and utilize this medium effec-tively to become better learners in all disci-plines. Understanding the workings ofcomputers and how their influence results inchanges in many disciplines along with theimpact of computing on society is vital to ourparticipation in today’s world. In order to

Graduation RequirementsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


gain this understanding, students mustcomplete at least one course that examinesthe practical, theoretical, and/or societalaspects of computing.

Creative Process (CP)Creative expression calls forth the whole ofhuman experience: the emotional, intellec-tual, and spiritual dynamic of our singularselves. The creative process reaches pastwhat we understand into the unknown. Onthe other hand, each creative medium—painting or sculpture, creative writing ormusical composition, theatrical or musicalperformance—pays homage to its own tradi-tion and ongoing history. Creative expressionis a wholly process-oriented concentration, acombination of vision and technique. Classesengage students in the experimentation andthe discovery that produce good work.

Cross-cultural Studies (CC)These courses expose students to the politi-cal, literary, historical, artistic, and religiousheritage of cultures outside the UnitedStates. Students come to understand a differ-ent culture and gain fresh appreciation oftheir own. The category includes approvedstudy-abroad programs as well as on-campuscourses that study peoples and cultures inAfrica, Asia, Europe, and Latin America.

Dominance and Difference (DD)These courses analyze the relations betweena dominant culture and groups that havebeen oppressed or rejected by that culture.They focus on the marginalization of partic-ular groups (in the United States or else-where) such as those identified by race,ethnicity, class, religion, sexual orientation,and/or gender. They study the experiences,beliefs, practices, and world-views generatedby these differences.

Foreign Language (FL)A language expresses in speech and writingthe thought and emotion of the individualswithin a certain culture; it opens up thatcultural tradition and transmits it to others.Modern language courses use a variety of

methods to develop the skills needed tocommunicate in a foreign language. Bystudying the foundations of grammar,students learn about the structure oflanguage. By examining the differences andsimilarities among various cultures, theyincrease their own cultural awareness.Fulfillment of this requirement is attainedby completing one course at the fourthcollege-level semester or higher for the B.A.,or one course at the second college-levelsemester or higher for the B.S. By applicationto the chair of Modern Languages, studentswhose first language is not English may beexempted from this requirement if theydemonstrate competence in reading, writing,and speaking in their first language.

Human Behavior (HB)Courses in human behavior introducestudents to the basic concepts, theories, andmethods that advance our understanding ofhuman behavior at the individual and soci-etal levels. Students are asked to reflect onthe ways that scholars collect data throughobservation and on the ways that scholarsuse those data to test theories and assump-tions about human action. These courseschallenge students to examine the humanimplications of such studies for issues ofsocial concern.

HumanitiesStudents earning a B.A. degree fulfill thiscategory by completing one appropriatelydesignated course from each of the threeareas (history, literature, and philosophy).

Students earning a B.S. degree may chooseone course each from two of the three cate-gories.

Humanities History (HH).These courses address the ideas, documents,and events that have shaped the Westerntradition. They emphasize, in broad histori-cal contexts, the interpretation and analysisof primary sources, whether verbal, musi-cal, or artistic. The understanding of thesecultural artifacts deepens our insight intothe nature of Western civilization and into



the lives and thinking of the people whocontributed to its development. Art history,history, music history, theatre history, orappropriate ID courses fulfill the historycategory.

Humanities Literature (HL).Poetry, drama, fiction, and film represent inspecific form the aspiration and dejection thathuman beings experience. These coursesinvestigate how such genres express feelingand propose truth. Through literature,students become immersed in otherconsciousness as they study the contexts ofhistory, culture, and biography that producean individual work. Discussion in class leadsstudents to more precise analysis in theirwriting and greater commitment to their ownideas. Asian, Biblical, English, French,German, Spanish, or select ID literaturecourses may be chosen.

Humanities Philosophy (HP).Philosophical reflection poses fundamentalquestions about the nature of reality, thepossibility of knowledge, and the meaning oflife. Courses in philosophy introduce theissues and methods of metaphysics, ethics,logic, and epistemology. They engagestudents in critical reflection on the presup-positions of other human inquiries, such asart and religion, the natural and the socialsciences. Courses in religion introduce thebeliefs and spiritual principles embraced bydifferent faiths. All these courses trainstudents in critical and analytical skills andnurture intellectual autonomy by encourag-ing students to challenge their deepestassumptions. Humanities, philosophy, reli-gion, or designated ID courses fulfill thephilosophy category.

Mathematics and Science (MS). Achievements in mathematics, biology, chem-istry, and physics have shaped modern culturein profound ways. Courses in natural sciencegive students understanding of the range andlimitations of scientific knowledge. Theyemphasize the central role of observation andexperimentation according to the scientific

method. The study of mathematics leadsstudents to discover the beauty and power ofmathematical conception. This requirementprovides students with the ability to reasonmathematically and to perform scientificinvestigations.

Applicable courses are provided on anapproved list. Advanced courses may besubstituted with permission.Students must complete three courses:1. At least one course in the natural

sciences that includes a laboratory experience.

2. At least one course in mathematics.3. A third course selected from the follow-

ing options:a. Another course in the naturalsciences, with or without a laboratoryexperience;b. Another mathematics course;c. A computer science course numbered 110 or higher.

State and Economy (SE)The decisions made by political and economicbodies affect everyone. The political mapchanges; the scale of economic institutionsexpands. Understanding the workings ofpolitical and economic institutions and ourrelation to them is vital to our participationin today’s world. To gain this understanding,students take courses in government andeconomics that examine practical issueswithin a theoretical context. Completing aneconomics, government, or designated IDcourse fulfills this category.

Writing Across the Curriculum (WA, WB)Writing is both a powerful learning tool andan important means for expressing thought.Students advance their competence in writ-ten communication by completing at leasttwo writing-intensive courses: (1) one in thefirst year (WA), and (2) a course in the junioror senior year that concentrates on forms ofwriting appropriate to the major (WB). Thesecourses give students practice in researchtechniques and documentation. The mainemphasis, however, is on the actual work ofwriting: generating ideas, identifying an


ollege of Arts &

Sciences


audience, constructing an argument withrelevant details into a coherent whole, andrevising fearlessly.

New students will be placed in WA classesaccording to their entrance test scores or achallenge exam. Students should meet thisrequirement during their first year.1. Students who score 500 or above on the

SAT verbal or 20 or above on the ACTEnglish Test satisfy the WA requirementby completing any 3- or 4-credit courselabeled WA in the current Schedule ofClasses.

2. Students who score below 500 on theSAT verbal or below 20 on the ACTEnglish Test must complete ENGL 100,Expository Writing and then completeENGL 102. Students may challenge theirplacement by taking a writing examina-tion during new student week. Studentswill be placed in appropriate WA classesbased on their examination.

All students satisfy the upper-divisionrequirement by completing any course labeledWB after they have attained junior standing.

For information on fulfilling the writingrequirement through Advanced Placement,please refer to the “Advanced Placement inEnglish” section in the English: Writing andLiterature section of this Catalog.

Transfer students who have transfer creditfor freshman composition and SAT verbalscores of 500 or above (or ACT English scoresof 20 or above) satisfy the Liberal Arts Foun-dation requirement in writing by completingany course labeled WB after they haveattained junior standing.

Students who have transfer credit forfreshman composition and whose SAT verbalscores are below 500 (or whose ACT Englishscores are below 20) must write the challengeexam offered at the end of their first semes-ter on campus. That exam either willcomplete their WA requirement or indicatethe need for ENGL 301, a 1-credit tutorial inwriting. They satisfy the WB requirement bycompleting any course so labeled after theyattain junior standing.

Those who do not have transfer credit forfreshman composition will be placed in theappropriate WA course based on theirentrance scores or a challenge exam. Theymust complete this course before enrolling ina WB course.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTSStudents must successfully complete a major(or an emphasis in the case of Johnstonstudents) for all undergraduate degrees. Aminor is not required, except for certain B.S.majors.

Declaration of a Major FieldStudents must declare their major beforeregistration for the junior year. Forms andinstructions are available in the Registrar’soffice and in academic departments. Beforedeclaring a major, students should discusstheir proposed course of study with the chairor director of the program. A declaration of amajor can be made at any time prior to regis-tering for the junior year. Students areencouraged to explore several fields duringtheir freshman and sophomore years.

Forms and instructions for changes inmajor and declaration of a second major areavailable in the Registrar’s office and in acad-emic departments. This action should followconsultation with, and formal approval by,the chair of the new major department.

Multiple Majors and MinorsA student may have multiple majors andminors as long as the following minimumsand conditions are met:1. The student must designate 28 credits

from the required courses for each majoras base units for the major.

2. Any credits designated as base creditswithin a major may not be designated asbase credits within another major, normay the base credits count toward adepartmental minor. Double counting onnon-base credits is unrestricted. Depart-ments and programs may place furtherrestrictions on major and minor require-ments within their jurisdiction.



Students who complete double majors in twodifferent degree programs (e.g., a B.A. and aB.S. track) will have only one major listed ontheir diplomas. The transcripts will note onedegree and major, with a special note that asecond major in another degree track hasbeen completed. Students who wish to obtaina double degree (e.g., a B.A. in English and aB.S. in chemistry) are referred to theRequirements for a Second Bachelor’s Degreefound below in this section of the Catalog.

Major Requirement OptionsStudents at Redlands are given the choice ofpursuing a traditional course of study leadingto either one or a combination of the degreesbachelor of arts, bachelor of science, or bach-elor of music, or of electing to design theirown course of study leading to the B.A.degree through the Johnston Center for Inte-grative Studies. For detailed informationabout the Johnston Center option, consultthe appropriate section of this Catalog.

Bachelor of ArtsStudents must select a major field of studyfrom the following approved areas:Art (Studio or Art History)Asian StudiesBiologyBusiness Administration

(requires a second major)Communicative DisordersEconomicsEnglish (Writing or Literature)Environmental StudiesFrenchGermanGovernmentHistoryInternational RelationsLatin American StudiesLiberal StudiesMusicMusical TheatrePhilosophyPhysicsPsychologyReligious StudiesSociology and Anthropology

SpanishTheatre Arts

The major program consists of 28 to 44 cred-its as specified by the individual departmentsor programs. No course for the major maybe taken for Credit/No Credit (CN) exceptin instances where a course is offered only onthat basis.

Bachelor of ScienceStudents may select a major field from thefollowing areas:AccountingBiochemistry and Molecular BiologyBiologyBusiness AdministrationChemistryComputer ScienceEconomicsEnvironmental ManagementEnvironmental ScienceMathematicsPhysics

The major program consists of 32 to 50 cred-its, as specified by the individual depart-ments. In addition, one of the two followingrequirements must be met:1. The student must complete 16 to 32 cred-

its in a related field outside the majordepartment. The related field is intendedto provide support for gaining competencein the major. Courses are specified by themajor department; or

2. The student must complete a minor of 22 to 32 credits in a single program. Theminor is intended to encourage the devel-opment of competence in a second field ofstudy. None of the credits in the minorprogram may be specified by a student’smajor. The minor is to be developed bythe student with the approval of theadvisor and is subject to the guidelinesset forth by the department in which theminor is taken. A second major may betaken in lieu of a minor.

Not all programs leading to the B.S. degreeoffer both the related field and the minorroutes for satisfying the degree. Students


ollege of Arts &

Sciences


should check the requirements of theirparticular department. No course for themajor may be taken for Credit/No Credit(CN) except in instances where the course isoffered only on that basis.

Bachelor of MusicStudents may select a major field from thefollowing areas:CompositionMusic EducationMusical StudiesPerformance (Applied Music)

The requirements for the Bachelor ofMusic degree are listed under School ofMusic in this Catalog. No course for themajor may be taken for Credit/No (CN) creditexcept in instances where a course is offeredonly on that basis.

Interdisciplinary MajorA major in an interdisciplinary program, suchas Liberal Studies, Environmental Studies,International Relations, or Asian Studies,consists of 48 to 72 credits as listed in thisCatalog. Of these credits, no more than 24 maybe taken in any one department or discipline.

Requirements for a Second Bachelor’s DegreeThe University will grant a baccalaureatedegree to a student who already possesses abachelor’s degree earned at Redlands oranother accredited college or university ifthat student passes no fewer than 32 addi-tional credits in a new major while in resi-dence at the University and meets all generaland major graduation requirements in effectat the time of residence.

MINOR REQUIREMENTS

Declaration of a Minor FieldAlthough a minor is not required for gradu-ation, students who choose to pursue a minorprogram of study must declare their minorbefore registration for the junior year. Formsand instructions are available in the Regis-trar’s office and in academic departments.Before declaring a minor, students should

discuss their proposed course of study withthe chair or director of the program.

The minor program consists of 22 to 32credits in a single program and is intended toencourage the development of competence ina second field of study. The course of studymust be approved by the advisor and issubject to the guidelines set forth by theprogram in which the minor is taken. Neitherthe credits nor the area of the minor programmay be specified by a student’s major. Nocourse for the minor may be taken forCredit/No (CN) credit except in instanceswhere a course is offered only on that basis.

Please note the rules for double majors andminors in the section entitled “MultipleMajors and Minors.”

Interdisciplinary MinorStudents may construct an interdisciplinaryminor under the aegis of an existing depart-ment or program. This minor must satisfythe following conditions:1. It must meet University-wide standards

as published in the Catalog;2. It must be designed in conjunction with a

faculty advisor; and3. A committee of faculty representatives

from all disciplines involved must beconvened to approve the student’sproposal.

GRADUATE PROGRAMSRequirements vary among graduate programs.Students should consult the appropriatedepartmental listing in this Catalog forspecific requirements. However, the followingregulations pertain to graduate students inall programs at the University of Redlands.

Credit ObsolescenceNo course that has been completed morethan six years before the date of graduationshall be counted toward a University ofRedlands graduate degree.

ThesisFor students admitted to candidacy programsthat require a thesis or project, an advisorycommittee is appointed as soon as possible



during the course of study, but in no caselater than the beginning of the student’s lastsemester of graduate work. The chair of thecommittee will usually be selected from thedepartment of specialization, and he or she isresponsible for reviewing the candidate’sprogram to ensure that all departmental ordivisional requirements have been met. Thechair serves as the primary advisor for workon the thesis, but the candidate is expected toconsult regularly with other members of thecommittee while such work is in progress.

Thesis Guidelines1. The candidate must submit a thesis topic

proposal to the appropriate programdirector, department chair, or committee.The proposal must be approved beforethe student undertakes further work onthe thesis. Topics must be limited toareas in which research material is avail-able and in which faculty members feelqualified to direct research.

2. Candidates must register for the numberof thesis credits required by the program(courses numbered 699).

3. The format of the thesis (usually takenfrom the handbooks developed by theAmerican Psychological Association,Turabian, or Campbell) must beapproved by the candidate’s committee.

4. Candidates must consult with allmembers of the committee as the thesisprogresses, and suggested revisions mustbe incorporated before the final draft ofthe thesis is prepared. It is the responsi-bility of the candidate—and not thecandidate’s committee—to proofread thetext carefully and to correct all errors inspelling, punctuation, or grammar.

5. The final version of the thesis must besubmitted to all members of the examin-ing committee no later than one weekpreceding the date of the examination.

6. Any additional revisions or corrections to the final version of the thesis, as speci-fied by the examining committee, mustbe completed before the degree will beawarded.

Oral ExaminationsSome programs require a candidate to passan oral examination in his or her major fieldof study before receiving the master’sdegree. The examination is administered bya committee approved by the program direc-tor or department chair. Such an examina-tion generally centers on the thesis orproject completed by the candidate but maycritically examine all phases of the candi-date’s work. The examination is scheduledonly after payment of the thesis fee (ifapplicable) and after all members of thecandidate’s committee have approved itsscheduling. The candidate is responsible forpaying all necessary fees and ensuring thatall committee members have approved thedate of the oral examination.

Comprehensive ExaminationsComprehensive examinations, when requiredby the candidate’s program, must be taken atleast five weeks prior to completion of theprogram. Notification of intent to take thecomprehensive examination should be madeto the program director or department chairearly in the semester in which it will betaken. Upon the specific recommendation ofa department or program, the comprehensiveexamination may be waived for students withoutstanding academic records.

Minimum Credit and CurriculumRequirementsThe minimum number of credits requiredvaries according to the program. See individ-ual department listings for this information.


ollege of Arts &

Sciences



College of Arts and Sciences Tuition and Fees 2001–2002

The following schedules list the principalexpenses and regulations concerning thepayment of fees for the 2001-2002 academicyear (Fall and Spring semesters and Interimsession). Fees and course offerings for summerprograms are covered in separate publica-tions. (For all matters not covered specificallyin other publications, this Catalog will apply.)Expenses are subject to change. Whensuch changes are made, notice will be given asfar in advance as possible.

Fees for the 2002-2003 academic year willbe published during summer 2002.

DEFINITIONS

UndergraduateFull Year is defined as Fall/Interim/Spring,or Fall/Spring and includes 24-38 academiccredits.Half Year is defined as Fall only, Fall/Interim,Interim/Spring, or Spring only and includes12-19 academic credits.Full-time degree-seeking students arecharged full tuition for 1 or more credits inany single semester.Part-time is defined as 1-8 credits per semester.

GraduateGraduate program tuition is charged on a per-credit basis.Full Year is defined as Fall/Interim/Spring, orFall/Spring.Half Year is defined as Fall only, Fall/Interim,Interim/Spring, or Spring only.

Graduate AssistantshipsGraduate assistantships are available. Contactthe appropriate department for applicationand awards information.

TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES(Numbers in columns indicate dollar amounts.)

Undergraduate TuitionFull Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,180Half Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,590Interim only, per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662

Special Status UndergraduatePart-time tuition, per credit . . . . . . . . . . 662

Individualized Study, per credit . . . . . . . 662

Undergraduate Auditing, per creditDegree candidates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662Non-degree students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167High school students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

There is no charge for auditing by full-timeundergraduate students within full-year (38credits) or half-year (19 credits) limits.However, if auditing a course takes the totalnumber of credits beyond the stated limit, theexcess credit fee will apply. Full-time studentsmay not audit applied music courses.

Liberal Studies Evening ProgramPer credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422Student Services Fee, per course . . . . . . . 17

All students pay a minimum of $140 prepay-ment at the time of registration; prepaymentis applied to the student’s account. Tuitionand fees are billed course by course withpayment due 45 days from the invoice date.

Graduate Tuition

Music and Communicative DisordersPer credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

M.S. in GISPer credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

Graduate Individualized StudyPer credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Graduate Auditing, per creditDegree candidates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460Non-degree students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Cross-registration with the Schools ofBusiness and EducationFull-time, upper-division Arts and Sciencesstudents may cross-register for School of Busi-ness or School of Education courses with thepermission of their academic advisors.Students may register for one School of Busi-ness or School of Education course per termprovided it does not duplicate an Arts andSciences offering. No more than 12 creditstaken at the School of Business and the School

of Education can be applied toward abaccalaureate degree. School of Education orSchool of Business registration cards mustbe signed by the student’s advisor and theregistrar. Credits taken at either the Schoolof Business or the School of Education areconsidered part of the regular academic loadand are subject to the Arts and Sciencesexcess credit fee. Part-time, degree-seekingstudents follow the same procedures andpolicies as stated above for full-time students.Part-time non-degree students are chargedthe School of Business or School of Educationcredit fee.

Residence Hall Fees

Room Full Year Half YearDouble room $ 4,370 $ 2,185Single room, double size 6,780 3,390Single room, single size 5,540 2,770Triple room 3,588 1,794Apartment, single 6,054 3,027Apartment, double 5,036 2,518

Village Apartment RentStudio 365One bedroom 436Two bedroom 497

Board Fall Spring TotalPlan A $ 1,705 $ 1,705 $ 3,410Plan B 1,735 1,735 3,470Plan C 1,782 1,782 3,564Plan D* 905 905 1,810Plan E 1,855 1.855 3,710No meal plan** (Dining Facility Fee)

339 339 678**Available only to residents of University-owned

alternative housing (the Village, the Grove Apart-ments, Honor Houses), or to students who live offcampus.

**Students who live on campus (residence halls) andobtain permission to cancel their subscriptions to ameal plan, regardless of the reason, are charged$678 ($339 per semester).

Students are required to stay on the samemeal plan for the entire semester.

The board fee covers food costs for studentsduring the entire period school is in session,excluding scheduled vacation periods

(Thanksgiving, Christmas, Spring recesses,and semester breaks).

Non-returning Student ContractCancellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Continuing students may cancel acceptanceof room and board contracts withoutpenalty if written notification is received inthe Office of Student Life by August 1. Afterthat date, the penalty is charged to continu-ing students who do not honor a signedroom and board contract.

Other Special Costs

Accident and Sickness Insurance(optional for Domestic Students), per year. . . . . . . . . 350

Supplemental Major Medical Insur-ance (optional for Domestic Students),per year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Accident and Sickness Insurance withSupplemental Insurance (mandatory forInternational Students), per year . . . . . 438

Admissions Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Each Arts and Sciences student admitted to theUniversity must pay a $200 admissions deposit. Forstudents who enroll, the deposit is credited toward thestudent’s entering semester tuition. For students whodo not enroll, $100 is refundable if a written requestis received by June 15 of the year of admission. Afterthat date, no part of the deposit is refundable.

Application Fee (not refundable)Used to cover the cost of processing admis-sions applications.Computerized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Non-computerized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Associated Students FeeCollected by the University to support ASURand its sponsorship of various activities.Regular student, per year . . . . . . . . . . . 113Full-time graduate, per semester . . . . . . 56Special Status undergraduate, per year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Part-time graduate,per semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40


College of A

rts & S

ciences


Visiting student for Interim. . . . . . . . . . . 42International Off-Campus Programs, per semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34(The Salzburg semester is charged at the regular student rate.)

Duplicate Diploma Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Examination for Credit in Lieu of Classwork, per unit . . . . . . 250Available only to full-time students who have notpreviously audited or attended the course.

Excess Credits Fee, per credit . . . . . . 662For academic credits taken in excess of the limit (41per year or 19 per semester). All credits, includingthose for performance (applied) and ensemble musiccourses, are considered academic credits. Only physi-cal education activities are excluded from considera-tion as academic credits. Excess credits apply only toundergraduate students.

Field Trips. . . . . . . actual cost per student

Late Check-in FeeFor the first occurrence of checking inafter the approved deadline . . . . . . . . . . 100For second and subsequent occurrences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Late Change of Program Processing FeeIf granted permission by the Academic Review Boardto change program after normal add or drop dead-line.

During the semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35After close of semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Late Payment Fee,For bills not paid three weeks prior to the start of each semester,

per occurrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Matriculation Fee (not refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Encompasses costs incurred by the University formaintenance of students’ permanent records.

Placement File FeeFee includes the establishment of the place-ment file plus 10 files to be sent in the acad-

emic year of establishment (September 1through August 31).Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Alumni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30For fees relating to maintenance or modification offiles, contact Student Services Center.

Reader’s Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Assessed to students who make up “incomplete” workafter the deadline and after leaving the institution.Approval to complete such work must be secured fromthe Registrar’s office.

Replacement ID Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Room and Board Contract Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Technology Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Thesis Fee—Graduate Program . . . . . 50

Transcripts of Records, each copy. . . . . 5 Johnston Center Transcript,each copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

MUSIC FEESUnless stated otherwise, these are charged inaddition to tuition and apply to all students.Music fees are not refundable after thesecond week of classes.Group Lessons, per credit . . . . . . . . . . . 115Private Lessons*, per credit . . . . . . . . . 165Class Lessons, per classFull-time students . . . . . . . . . no extra costPart-time and non-degree students . . . . 115*Music majors are eligible for a waiver of this fee ifthey meet specific criteria. All students who registerfor a major conducted ensemble are eligible for areduced fee. See “Waiver or Reduction of PrivateLesson Fees” below. Major conducted ensembles are:MUSI 111 University Choir, 114 Madrigal, 132Chamber Orchestra, and 138 Wind Ensemble.

Waiver or Reduction of Private Lesson FeesStudents required by their program curricu-lum to register for private lessons will haveprivate lesson fees waived for the minimumnumber of credits required in their respective



majors, regardless of the distribution of thesecredits among various instruments or invoice. Credits for private instruction earnedat other universities will be counted in deter-mining this minimum number. Students willbe charged the private lesson fee for anyinstruction beyond the minimum number ofcredits. Music majors in the bachelor of artsprogram may waive a maximum of 16 cred-its of private lesson fees.

To qualify for waiver of private lesson fees,students must meet all of the followingrequirements:a. Be registered full-time;b. Be registered for or have completed MUS

10, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108(MUS 103, 104, 107, and 108 are notrequired for bachelor of arts majors);

c. Be declared and approved as a musicmajor;

d. Be advised by a member of the musicfaculty; and

e. Be registered for a course of study thatwill permit graduation within ninesemesters. Semesters of eligibility fortransfer students will be pro-rated.

Full-time students who concurrently enrollfor credit in, and successfully complete, MUSI111, 112, 113, 114, 130, 131, 136, or 138 areeligible for a special private lesson fee of $70per credit; the minimum enrollment persemester is 2 credits.

Methods of PaymentAll charges must be paid in full or applicationmust be made to the University’s approvedtuition installment plan (AMS)* prior to thetuition due date. All remittances should bemade payable to the University of Redlands.

Students with past due balance ontheir University account are subject todismissal from the University. TheUniversity will not release transcriptsor a diploma until the past due balanceis paid in full.

Students will not be permitted to pre-register for the next term until the pastdue balance is paid in full.

For information regarding studentand parent loan programs, please refer

to the appropriate category in theFinancial Aid section of this Catalog.*For information regarding the tuition installmentplan (AMS), please contact the Office of Businessand Finance—Student Accounts.

Policy on RefundsRefund policies at the University of Redlandsare established in compliance with the 1992amendments to the Higher Education Act of1965. The University has adopted the federalrefund policy guidelines as its institutionalpolicy. Refund policies are subject to changeat any time according to federal and stateregulations. When such changes are made,notice will be given as far in advance aspossible. To obtain a refund or a separatepublication outlining examples of refundpolicy requirements and calculations, pleasecontact the Office of Business and Finance—Student Accounts.

Refunds are calculated from the date ofofficial withdrawal or approved leave ofabsence. Students who withdraw unofficiallyor at the request of the University are notentitled to refunds for the current semester.A withdrawal or leave is considered officialwhen written notice has been provided to theStudent Services Center and to the registrar,stating the intention of the student to discon-tinue the course(s) in which he or she is regis-tered, and the withdrawal has been approvedby both. Part-time students (other thanspecial status students) must also withdrawfrom classes in writing to the Office ofAdmissions.

Students Receiving Federal Title IVFinancial AidStudents receiving federal Title IV financialaid funding may be eligible for a refundaccording to the federal refund policy guide-lines. Federal regulations stipulate the allo-cation of refunds representing federal aid andthe repayment requirements for studentsreceiving cash disbursements of federal aid.

Allocation of Federal Portion of RefundsIf a refund is available under federallymandated refund policy guidelines, studentswill not receive refunds until all funds repre-senting financial aid awards have been


College of A

rts & S

ciences


GENERAL INFORMATIONFinancial need is calculated as the differencebetween the cost of attending college and theexpected contribution from students andtheir parents. Financial aid is an award inthe form of a scholarship, grant, loan, and/orwork opportunity that will assist in meetingthis need.

Every effort has been made to ensure theaccuracy of this information at the time ofpublication. However, due to frequentchanges in program regulations mandatedby the U.S. Congress, Department of Educa-tion, and the State of California, the infor-mation contained herein is subject to changewithout notice.

This information reflects the policies, tuition,and fees for the 2001-2002 academic year.These will change for the 2002-2003 acade-mic year. New information will be availableduring summer 2002.

Financial Aid VocabularyAcronyms and initials are frequently used indiscussing financial aid; many appear in thispublication. Familiarity with the followingterms is helpful when investigating poten-tial financial aid programs:

CAL GRANT A State of California GrantCAL GRANT B State of California GrantCOA Cost of AttendanceEFC Expected Family Contri-

butionFAFSA Free Application for

Federal Student AidFFELP Federal Family

Education LoansProgram

FGSL Federal Guaranteed Stafford Loan

PLUS Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students

GPA Grade Point AverageIRS Internal Revenue ServiceSEOG Supplemental

Educational Opportunity Grant

SAR Student Aid Report AMS Academic Management

Services TuitionPay

EligibilityTo receive need-based financial aid, a studentmust meet each of the following conditions:1. The applicant must be a United States

citizen, a citizen of the Trust Territories,or someone who is in the United Stateson other than a temporary basis.

2. The applicant must have demonstratedfinancial need according to the currentneed analysis procedure.

3. The applicant must be registered withthe Selective Service if the applicant is a male at least 18 years old and not acurrent member of the active armedforces.

4. The applicant must be accepted foradmission to the University of Redlands.

5. The applicant must certify non-participa-tion in the unlawful manufacturing,dispensation, possession, or use of acontrolled substance.

Outside Funding Sources

Army ROTC, Air Force ROTCThese programs provide college-trained offi-cers for the U.S. Army, the National Guard,the U.S. Air Force, the Air National Guard,and the U.S. Army Reserve. ROTC scholar-ships pay for college tuition, books, lab fees,and other purely academic costs. Scholarshipcadets also receive a tax-free living allowanceup to $1,000 for each academic year thescholarship is in effect. Applicants must becitizens of the United States when theyaccept the award, at least 17 years of age, andunder 25 years of age on June 30 of the yearthey become eligible for appointment as offi-cers. The SAT or ACT must be taken no laterthan November of the year the candidateapplies for the scholarship. For further infor-mation, contact the Department of MilitaryScience at (909) 624-7965 for Army ROTC,and (213) 740-2670 for Air Force ROTC.

Veterans AssistanceThe University of Redlands has been desig-nated by the Veteran’s Administration as oneof the qualified institutions veterans mayattend and receive benefits under the follow-ing U.S. Codes:


College of Arts and Sciences Financial AidC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

• Chapter 30, Montgomery G.I. Bill-ActiveDuty

• Chapter 31, Veterans and VocationalTraining and Rehabilitation Act (PublicLaws 894 and 97-815)

• Chapter 32, VEAP• Chapter 35, War Orphans Educational

Assistance Act• Chapter 1606, Montgomery GI Bill-Select

ReserveVeterans and widows and children of

deceased veterans who wish to inquire abouttheir eligibility for benefits should contactthe regional office of the Veterans Adminis-tration by calling 1-800-827-1000.

UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION

Sources of Financial AidThe following is a list of financial aid pro-grams available to students in the College ofArts and Sciences.

Need-Based Grants

University of Redlands GrantsFirst-year student eligibility for this grant isdetermined by academic performance basedon the applicant’s high school grade pointaverage (GPA) and SAT/ACT score, leader-ship activities, and the calculated amount offinancial need.

Academic performance for transferstudents is determined by the cumulativeGPA of all previous college work completed.

Please note that these grants will not beoffered to students who have received non-repayable funds from a California and/or Pellgrant or from a University of Redlandsdepartmental or other scholarship that meetsthe total need level of the applicant’s finan-cial aid package.Note: Students must reapply for financial aid everyyear by March 2. Students who apply after March 2will have a ten percent reduction in University grant.After July 1 there will be a twenty-five percent reduc-tion in University grant.

Cal Grant A and Cal Grant BA Cal Grant A provides up to $9,708 at theUniversity of Redlands.

A Cal Grant B is available to California highschool graduates who have not taken anycollege courses prior to entering the Univer-sity of Redlands. This grant is awarded tostudents from disadvantaged economic back-grounds. Awards range from $1,410 as a first-year student up to $10,446 as a sophomore,junior, or senior. Additional information andapplications concerning the Cal Grant Programare available at all high school and commu-nity college guidance offices and at collegeand university financial aid offices.

California resident students applying for aCal Grant (A or B) must apply directly tothe California Student Aid Commission byfilling out a GPA verification form by March2. The Cal Grant A and B Application, theFederal Pell Grant Application, and the GPAverification form must be submitted byMarch 2 each year.

Federal Pell GrantThis federal grant ranges from $400 up to$3,750 for a full-time undergraduate student.The award is determined by the amount ofthe calculated family contribution in relationto the cost of attending the University ofRedlands. Eligibility may extend to theperiod required to complete the first baccalau-reate degree.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)This federal grant assists students whodemonstrate financial need, and is adminis-tered by the Office of Financial Aid. Grantsrange from $200 to $4,000 per academic year.A student must have a Pell Grant to be eligi-ble to receive an SEOG.

LoansA loan is often part of a financial aid awardpackage and enables students to defer educa-tional costs. All educational loans must berepaid.

Federal Perkins Student LoanThis federal loan carries an interest rate of 5 percent and is repayable starting ninemonths after graduation, upon terminationof an academic program, or after enrolling for


College of Arts and Sciences Financial Aid

fewer than 6 credits during a semester.Repayment extends over a maximum of 10years at a minimum monthly payment of $40.An additional 10 years may be requested forlow-income individuals based upon criteriadeveloped by the U.S. Secretary of Education.The exact quarterly repayment will be greaterfor loans in excess of $1,800. This loan isadministered by the University of Redlands.Annual loans generally range from $200 to$3,000, with an average award of $1,500.

Loan Limits (aggregate amounts). Forundergraduate students the annual loanlimit is $4,000 and for graduates the limit is$6,000. The aggregate loan limit is $20,000for undergraduate students and $40,000 forgraduate students, including any amountborrowed as an undergraduate.

Federal Subsidized Stafford StudentLoanThis long-term student loan is available frombanks, savings and loan associations, andcredit unions. No interest is charged to thestudent, nor is repayment required, while theborrower is enrolled at least half-time. Theinterest rate is variable and caps at 8.25percent. Students are eligible for this loan ifthey demonstrate a financial need usingstandards established by the U.S. Secretaryof Education.

Loan Limits. Students with a demon-strated need of more than $500 can borrowonly what is needed, not to exceed a maxi-mum of $2,625 a year for freshmen, up to$3,500 a year for sophomores, up to $5,500 ayear for juniors and seniors, and up to $8,500a year for graduate students.

Minimum Annual Repayment. Theminimum annual repayment on loans will be$600 a year ($50 a month). Repayment peri-ods may be less than five years if necessaryto ensure this minimum repayment.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student LoanAll students are eligible for this loan ifdetermined to be ineligible for the FederalSubsidized Stafford. Repayment is the sameas the Federal Subsidized Stafford, butthere is no in-school federal interest subsidy

on these loans. Students have the option todefer interest while in school, leaving theinterest capitalized.

Federal Parent Loans for UndergraduateStudents Program (PLUS)The Education Amendments of 1980 estab-lished the PLUS program to allow parents ofdependent, undergraduate students toborrow up to the total cost for the academicyear, minus financial aid received. Repay-ment is required to begin within 60 daysafter disbursement, and there is no in-schoolfederal interest subsidy on these loans. Thecurrent interest rate is variable and caps at9 percent. The monthly minimum paymentmust be $50 or an amount that will allow theloan to be paid in full in 10 years, whicheveris more. For more information, applications,and a list of participating lenders, parentsshould contact the Office of Financial Aid.

WorkWork may be included as part of the finan-cial aid award package. Such jobs are usuallylocated on campus, although some can be offcampus. Part-time jobs can add depth to astudent’s educational experience and can bea valuable asset when seeking employmentafter graduation. Students may not workmore than 10 hours a week during regularclass sessions and should expect to earnbetween $2,000 and $2,300 during the acad-emic year, although the exact earning poten-tial depends upon the student’s academicschedule. Institutional funds and federalfunds are allocated to provide part-timeemployment to students.

Academic and Talent Awards Not Based on NeedThe University of Redlands offers a variety ofscholarships without consideration of finan-cial need or athletic ability.

University of Redlands Award of MeritUp to full tuition for selected National Meritfinalists. Submission date: Apply to theUniversity by Phase I (December 15), indi-cate on the application your interest in theaward, report by April 1 to National Merit



ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Scholarship Association, indicatingRedlands as first choice and forwardingphotocopy of finalist certificate. Basis ofaward: A student must have applied andhave been accepted to the U of R, must be aNational Merit finalist, and must reportRedlands as first choice. Renewal criterion:good academic standing (3.0 or higher).

Achievement AwardUp to $10,000. Submission date: Apply to theUniversity by Phase 1 (December 15) andindicate on the application your interest inthe award. Include a resume of activities,positions, and honors achieved. Basis ofaward: Awarded to students who have supe-rior academic records and/or have demon-strated an unusual degree of leadership andaccomplishment in school or communityservice. Renewal criterion: 3.00 GPA orhigher.

Presidential ScholarshipsEach entering freshman whose recalculatedhigh school GPA in all college preparatorycourses (10th through 12th grades) is abovea 3.50 and whose combined SAT I scoreequals or exceeds 1,100, or whose ACT scoreis equal to or exceeds of 23, is eligible toreceive a Presidential Scholarship of $1,500.Renewal criterion: 3.00 G.P.A. or higher.

Talent AwardsUniversity of Redlands Talent Awards inamounts up to $6,000 are available in each ofthe following areas to entering first-yearstudents and transfer students: art, creativewriting, debate, and music. Selection andrenewal are based upon recommendation bythe department.

National Merit ScholarshipsThe University of Redlands sponsors four-year National Merit Scholarships. Recipientsare selected on the basis of their ability.

Renewal Policy on Merit AwardsTo be eligible to renew University ofRedlands Awards of Merit, National MeritScholarships, Achievement Awards, or Presi-dential Scholarships, students must:

1. Make satisfactory progress towards theirdegree. Normally this would meancompleting 33 credits by the end of theirfirst year; 67 credits by the end of thesecond year; and 100 credits by the end of the third year.

2. Achieve a cumulative GPA of at least3.00 by the end of the sophomore yearand each year thereafter. JohnstonCenter students who have few or nocourses taken for a numerical grademust be similarly evaluated by the John-ston Center director.

For all of the above awards, students who failto meet renewal criteria after any semesterbut are able again to meet the criteria aftera year of work may be eligible to have thescholarship reinstated. Final award renewalsmust be approved by the director of FinancialAid.

Note: If a recipient of any of the above awards is alsoeligible for need-based funding, the total value of allUniversity gift aid cannot exceed the cost of tuition.

Method of Payment of Financial Aid AwardsAll financial aid awards are credited directlyto a student’s account at the beginning ofeach semester. The work award is paid twicemonthly to the recipient according to thenumber of hours worked in each two-weekperiod.

Cost of AttendanceThe following table outlines the cost of atten-dance for the 2001-2002 academic year:

On-Campus Student BudgetTuition $21,180Room (double occupancy) 4,370Board 3,470ASUR fee 226Books and supplies* 800Total $30,046*Estimate of possible cost to student.



Analysis Systems

Parental ContributionThe expected parental contribution is calcu-lated on the basis of the financial informationprovided by parents on the FAFSA. Theanalysis system attempts to judge how mucha family can realistically afford to contribute,not how much they will pay (i.e., the systemis concerned with objective facts of a family’sfinancial position and not with the family’sfinancial practices). The analysis procedureattempts to determine an expected parentalcontribution based not only upon income, butupon a variety of other variables as well:investments, indebtedness, family size,siblings attending college at the same time,etc. The FAFSA calculates the parent contri-bution for federal funding.

Student ContributionThe University of Redlands requires thefollowing minimum student contributions:Dependent StudentsFreshman $ 1,000Sophomore 1,000Junior 1,000Senior 1,000Independent StudentsFreshman $ 1,200Sophomore 1,200Junior 1,200Senior 1,200

How a Financial Aid Award Is DeterminedAn award package is a combination of grant,loan, and/or work funds designed to assist inmeeting a student’s need. Financial needequals the difference between educationalcost [see “Cost of Attendance” above] andthe family contribution (parental contribu-tion plus a student’s income and assetcontribution).

Financial Aid Policies and Practices

Dependent or IndependentStudents (and their families) have theprimary responsibility to meet the cost of

their college education to the extent deter-mined possible by the analysis system.Financial aid is available only to cover thedifference between each student’s resourcesand the required expenses of attendance.

To qualify as an independent student forfederal funds, state funds, and/or Universityof Redlands funds, the applicant must meetone of the criteria listed below. The individualmust be:1. At least 24 years old by December 31 of

the award year;2. An orphan or ward of the court;3. A veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces;4. An individual with legal dependents

other than a spouse;5. A graduate or professional student; or6. A married person.

Duration of Financial Aid EligibilityThe total number of semesters for whichfinancial aid can be awarded and received isdetermined by subtracting from eight thenumber of semesters of any college-levelwork accepted by the University of Redlands.Students may determine the number ofsemesters of financial aid eligibility from thefollowing scale:1st-semester,

first-year student eight semesters2nd-semester,

first-year student seven semesters1st-semester

sophomore six semesters2nd-semester

sophomore five semesters1st-semester

junior four semesters2nd-semester

junior three semesters1st-semester

senior two semesters2nd-semester

senior one semester

Who Sets the Rules, Regulations, and ProceduresFinancial aid funds are provided to studentsprimarily from three sources: federal govern-ment, state agencies, and individual colleges.



ollege of Arts &

Sciences

Federal (Pell Grant, Perkins Loan,Stafford Loan, Work, Supplemental Educa-tional Opportunity Grant programs)—Federal regulations outline and govern thefollowing items: institutional responsibilities,student responsibilities, application proce-dure, student eligibility, maintenance ofstudent records, analysis procedure, awardcoordination with state and college awards,and recipient enrollment requirements.

State (Cal Grant A and Cal Grant B)—TheState of California regulates institutionalresponsibilities, student responsibilities,student eligibility, application procedure anddeadlines, analysis procedure, award coordi-nation with federal and college awards, andenrollment requirements.

College (Awards of Merit, AchievementAwards, University Scholarships and Grants,Presidential Scholarships, Talent Awards)—Members of the University of RedlandsBoard of Trustees, in coordination with theFinancial Aid Committee, regulate the distri-bution of college funds, adhering first tofederal and state regulations.

The Office of Financial Aid at the Univer-sity of Redlands adheres to all federal, state,and college regulations in the application forand in the analysis and awarding of, financialaid to ensure regulations are not in conflictand meet the language and intent of thelegislative provisions. Copies of federal, state,and institutional regulations and proceduresare on file in the Office of Financial Aid.

Satisfactory Academic ProgressThe University of Redlands defines satisfac-tory academic progress on the basis of thenumber of credits and approved degreerequirements satisfactorily completed, aswell as the student’s cumulative grade pointaverage (GPA). To receive financial aid atthe University of Redlands and maintainsatisfactory academic progress, undergradu-ate students must meet the following mini-mum standards based on a 12-monthcalendar year.

Minimum Requirements for Full-time StatusAcademic year 1 2 3 4Credits completed 24 48 72 96Cumulative GPA 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

Special NotesAlthough the 24-academic-credit-per-yearrequirement for full-time students is theminimum acceptable standard to be eligiblefor financial aid, a student must complete anaverage of 33 credits per academic year tograduate within a four-year period. A studentmay have met the minimum satisfactoryacademic progress requirement throughoutthe four years and be unable to graduatebecause (s)he will not have met the 132-credit degree requirement. If this happens,the student will not be eligible for State ofCalifornia or University of Redlands non-Title IV aid for the ninth and tenth semes-ters, which might be required to completeUniversity of Redlands degree requirements.• Students will not be eligible for the Cal

Grant programs or University ofRedlands financial aid if they havecompleted eight semesters of collegeeducation.

• Part-time students are not eligible forUniversity of Redlands funding.

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIESThe rights and responsibilities of all financialaid recipients as required by federal andstate regulations are outlined below.

What students have the right to know:• The deadlines for submitting application

for each of the available programs.• How your financial need was determined.• How much of your financial need has

been met.• What resources were considered in the

calculation of your need.• What financial aid programs are avail-

able and their exact requirements.• The number of students who graduate

from your major.• How financial aid program eligibility is

determined, how decisions on eligibility



are made, the basis for these decisions,and the procedures for appealing deci-sions if you believe you have been treatedunfairly.

• What portion of your financial aid is aloan, and what portion is a grant. If theaid is a loan, you have the right to knowthe total amount that must be repaid,the amount of each payment, the interestrate, the length of time you have to repaythe loan, and when repayment is tobegin.

• What it costs to attend the University ofRedlands and what the University’srefund policy requires of the Universityand of you.

• How the University determines whetheryou are making satisfactory progress,and what happens if you are not.

• What happens if you withdraw or dropout during the year.

Responsibilities of students:• You should read carefully all information

regarding the University of Redlandsprograms.

• You must complete all forms accuratelyand submit them on time to the correctagency or office.

• You should be careful and accurate incompleting your application for studentfinancial aid. Errors can result in longdelays in your receipt of financial aid.Intentional misreporting of informationon application forms for federal financialaid is a violation of law and is considereda criminal offense subject to penaltiesunder the U.S. Criminal Code.

• You must be aware of and comply withthe deadlines for application and reappli-cation for aid.

• You need to maintain good academicstanding and make satisfactory progress.

• You are required to report to the Office ofFinancial Aid if you drop below full-timestatus.

• You must provide all additional docu-mentation, verification, corrections,and/or new information requested byeither the Office of Financial Aid or anyagency to which you applied.

• You have to update information such as

name change, address change, with-drawal, or graduation as they occur.Notify the Office of Financial Aid or anyagency that has awarded you funds.

• You must accept responsibility for read-ing, understanding, and keeping copies ofall forms that you are asked to sign.

• You must comply with all policies andregulations when you accept financial aidfrom any source.

• You should keep track of the totalamount of your loans as you go throughschool so that you have accurate knowl-edge of the total amount you owe when itis time to begin repayment.

• If you have received a Federal PerkinsStudent Loan or a Federal Stafford Loanfrom the Office of Financial Aid, youmust participate in an exit interview asrequired by federal law before graduat-ing, transferring, or withdrawing fromthe University of Redlands.

• You must perform the work that isagreed upon in accepting an employmentaward. Keep a record of the amount ofeach check you receive from your work-study employer. You cannot exceed themaximum earnings for employment indi-cated on your Notice of Financial Aid.

• You must report your earnings to theUniversity. You are required to monitoryour earnings and not to exceed the maxi-mum amount you are allowed to earnfrom work-study jobs on campus. Over-working will create a reduction of otherforms of financial aid in your package.

• If you receive additional funds from anysource before or after you receive finan-cial aid from the University, you mustreport the source and value of the awardto the Office of Financial Aid. Additionalfunds frequently require an adjustmentin the University’s award to avoid an“overaward” as defined by federal andstate regulations.

Revisions of Financial Aid AwardsAll financial aid awards are final whengranted. However, the Financial Aid officewill re-evaluate and consider a revision ofthe financial aid award if there is a change of



ollege of Arts &

Sciences

family circumstances during the award year.Any revision will be subject to the availabil-ity of funds.

Drug Related ConvictionsTitle IV financial aid eligibility is suspendedfor a student convicted of violating anyFederal or State drug possession or sale law.

For drug possession convictions, eligibilityis suspended:• One year for the first offense,• Two years for the second offense, and• Indefinitely for the third offense.For drug sale convictions, eligibility issuspended:• Two years for the first offense, and• Indefinitely for the secondA student’s Title IV financial aid eligibilitymay be resumed before the end of the ineli-gibility period if:• The student satisfactorily completes a

drug rehabilitation program whichcomplies with criteria established by theSecretary and such a program includestwo unannounced drug tests, or

• The conviction is reversed, set aside, orotherwise rendered nugatory.

Uniform Crime ReportingFor information regarding compliance withfederal regulations on uniform crime report-ing, please refer to the “Legal Statements”section of this Catalog.

Emergency Student Loan FundsThe Financial Aid office administers a short-term, no-interest loan fund to assist studentsexperiencing an unexpected emergency orcash-flow problem. Except in unusual circum-stances, these loans do not exceed $50 and aredue and payable within 30 days to the Univer-sity’s Business Office. Evidence of repaymentability is a prerequisite for all subsequentshort-term loans made to students.

Refund PolicyRefunds are calculated from the date of offi-cial withdrawal or leave of absence. Studentswho withdraw unofficially or at the request ofthe University are not entitled to any insti-tutional refund for the current semester. A

withdrawal or leave of absence is consideredofficial when notice to the dean of StudentLife and the registrar—stating the intentionof the student to discontinue the course ofstudies in which s/he is registered—has beenapproved by both. The refund calculationschedule is outlined in the Tuition and Feessection of this Catalog.

Once the amount of the refund has beencalculated, the Financial Aid office will deter-mine the Title IV refund amounts according tothe calculation schedule approved by the U.S.Secretary of Education. Refunds to specificTitle IV programs will be made according tocurrent regulations. This information is avail-able in the Financial Aid office.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE

How to Apply for Financial Aid—New Students• Apply for admission by February 1 prior

to the academic year of anticipatedentrance.

• Complete the Free Application forFederal Student Aid (FAFSA) by February 1.

• California residents applying for a CalGrant A or B must do so by March 2prior to the academic year of anticipatedentrance by submitting the completedFAFSA and GPA verification form.

• Apply for a Pell Grant by completing thefederal application (FAFSA).

Returning Student DeadlinesFree Application for Federal StudentAid (FAFSA)March 2 prior to the next academic year,which can be mailed via paper format, or on-line at www.fafsa.ed.govCal Grant A and B Application Supple-ment (California residents applying forCal Grant A and B) March 2 prior to theacademic year of anticipated entrance

Students can obtain information regard-ing the following by referring to the appro-priate sections in this Catalog:• Refund policy• Available degree programs• Course listings by department



• Instructional facilities• Faculty and instructional personnel• Special facilities/services available to

handicapped students• Names of associations, agencies, and

governmental bodies that accredit,approve, or license the University and its programs.

Appeal ProcessA student may appeal the University ofRedlands financial aid decisions by contact-ing the director of Financial Aid.

Information and AssistanceFor further information about financial aid,or for assistance in completing any of theapplication forms, write to the Director ofFinancial Aid, Office of Financial Aid, Univer-sity of Redlands, P.O. Box 3080, Redlands,CA 92373-0999; or call Monday throughFriday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., at (909) 335-4047.

GRADUATE INFORMATIONNote: The following paragraph titles reflect informa-tion pertinent to graduate as well as undergraduatestudents. The information listed below immediatelyprecedes this graduate section.

• Full-time Students• Special Notes• Student Rights and Responsibilities• Revision of Financial Aid Awards• Crime Reporting• Emergency Student Loan Funds• Refund Policy• Application Procedure• Deadlines• Appeal Process• Information and Assistance

Graduate AssistantshipsThese are available to graduate students inall graduate programs. Applications may beobtained from the chair or director of theprogram in which the student plans to enroll.

Loan ProgramsThese are available to graduate students inall College of Arts and Sciences programs.Requests for the appropriate application

forms should be sent to the Office of Finan-cial Aid at the University of Redlands.

Federal Subsidized Stafford Student LoanThis long-term student loan is available frombanks, savings and loan associations, andcredit unions. No interest is charged to thestudent nor is repayment required while theborrower is enrolled at least half-time. Theinterest rate is variable and caps at 8.25percent. Students will be eligible for this loanif they demonstrate a financial need usingstandards established by the U.S. Secretaryof Education.Loan Amounts. Eligible graduate or profes-sional students may borrow up to $8,500 peracademic year. It is recommended thatstudents borrow only the amount necessary,because, the higher the aggregate loan, thehigher the monthly payment.Minimum Annual Repayment. The mini-mum annual repayment on loans disbursedwill be $600 a year ($50 a month). Repay-ment periods may be shortened below fiveyears if necessary to ensure this minimumpayment.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student LoanThis long-term loan is available from banks,savings and loan associations, and creditunions. The same terms and conditions applyas to Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,except the borrower is responsible for theinterest that accrues during deferment peri-ods (including time in school) and during thesix-month grace period. The student’s optionsin handling the interest of the loan are: (1)Pay the interest and the principle; (2) Paythe interest quarterly and defer the principle;(3) Defer the interest and principle until thestudent goes into repayment (interest willaccrue and be capitalized to the loan whenthe student enters repayment).Loan Amounts. A student is eligible toborrow up to $10,000.

Satisfactory Academic ProgressThe University of Redlands defines satisfac-tory academic progress on the basis of the



ollege of Arts &

Sciences



number of credits and approved degreerequirements satisfactorily completed, aswell as the student’s cumulative grade pointaverage (GPA). To receive financial aid at theUniversity of Redlands and maintain satis-factory academic progress, graduate studentsmust meet the following minimum standardbased on a twelve-month calendar year.

Minimum Requirements for Full-time Status

Academic year completed 1 2

Minimum number of academiccredits satisfactorily completed 18 36

Minimum cumulative GPA 3.0 3.0

Special NotesAlthough the 18-credit-per-academic-yearrequirement for full-time students is a mini-mum acceptable standard to be eligible forfinancial aid, a student must complete anaverage of 26 credits per academic year tograduate within the two-year period.

DEAN’S LISTEach semester, a Dean’s List is prepared tohonor undergraduate College of Arts andSciences students who have earned a gradepoint average (GPA) of 3.65 or higher whiletaking 12 or more credits of work on anumerically graded basis.

GRADUATION WITH HONORSUndergraduate students whose cumulativeacademic record demonstrates overall acad-emic excellence will be awarded honors atgraduation as follows:

Departmental or Programmatic Honors A student who satisfactorily completes anhonors project or a capstone experience inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded honors upongraduation.

Cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.45-3.64and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded cum laude upongraduation. The honors project may serve asa capstone experience with the department’sapproval.

Magna cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.65-3.84and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded magna cumlaude upon graduation. The honors projectmay serve as a capstone experience with thedepartment’s approval.

Summa cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.85-4.00and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded summa cumlaude upon graduation. The honors project

may serve as a capstone experience with thedepartment’s approval.

INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORSCollege of Arts and Sciences students whoare accepted into the Proudian Interdiscipli-nary Studies Program may choose to worktoward honors. They should consult with theprogram director for requirements.

PHI BETA KAPPAOutstanding College of Arts and Sciencesstudents who have achieved at least a 3.50cumulative GPA and who have completed awide distribution of courses taken fromthroughout the liberal arts curriculum areconsidered for election to Phi Beta Kappa,the nation’s oldest and most prestigious acad-emic honor society.

SPECIAL AWARDS

Barbara Jean Duncan Hardy AwardMade in memory of an outstanding student,this award recognizes a senior woman fornoteworthy service to the University and thestudent body.

Marcus Forcinelli AwardGiven to the student who, through ASUR,has given unselfishly of his or her time andtalent.

Richard Lane Memorial AwardGiven by the men of Chi Sigma Chi fraternityto an outstanding first-year student forcontributions to campus life.

Esther Mertins Endowed Scholarship,Anne Simpson Endowed Scholarship,and Susanne Stephenson InternationalStudent ScholarshipThese awards are designated for interna-tional students who have exhibited academicexcellence and commitment to their educa-tion at the University of Redlands.

Velma Hooper McCall AwardPresented in memory of Velma Hooper, Classof 1930, to a female in the junior class who


Awards and HonorsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences

demonstrates exemplary academic achieve-ment, is an active and involved member ofthe campus community, and is held in highregard by fellow students and faculty.

Outstanding Senior AwardAn annual award honoring the senior whohas made extraordinary contributions to heror his class and the life of the University.The recipient is selected by a vote of faculty,administrators, and the Senior Class Steer-ing Committee; nominations are solicitedUniversity-wide.

Raymond H. Whitmus Memorial AwardAwarded to an outgoing Yeoman student whobest exemplifies the spirit of the lateRaymond Whitmus, who served as vice pres-ident for student affairs and Yeoman advisorfrom 1973 to 1976.

Ray Wilson AwardAn award given annually by the Pi Chifraternity in memory of Ray Wilson, Class of1933, to a senior who has exemplified thebest spirit of sportsmanship.

Women’s Achievement AwardThis award recognizes a member of theUniversity community for superior contribu-tions toward the education and guidance ofUniversity of Redlands women.

ART

Art AwardsStipends are given to the most outstandinggraduating seniors in art history and studioart.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING

Eadie and Payne CPAs’ PrizeAwarded to graduating seniors in account-ing and business administration to recognizeoutstanding scholarship and service to theUniversity.

The Wall Street Journal AwardGiven to the outstanding senior in academicsand service.

Hunsaker ScholarshipAwarded to high-achieving seniors to work onhonors research projects with the HunsakerProfessor.

COMMUNICATIONS

E. R. Nichols AwardGiven each year to recognize the debater whobest represents overall forensic excellenceand whose contributions to the debateprogram are judged by colleagues to be mostworthy of recognition.

COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

Outstanding Senior AwardAwarded each year to an undergraduatestudent in recognition of academic achieve-ment, qualities, clinical abilities, and thepotential for future contributions to the fieldof communicative disorders.

Phil Kiddoo ScholarshipAn award in honor of Phillip Kiddoo thatrecognizes his 20 years of service as a guestlecturer. It is presented to a first-year grad-uate student for outstanding clinical andacademic achievement.

Crawford AwardPresented to a graduating clinician, chosenby peers, for outstanding clinical perfor-mance during master’s degree preparation.The recipient is selected by members of theNational Student Speech-Language-HearingAssociation.

John Hitchcock AwardAn award in memory of a class of 1968 grad-uate student. This award is presented to thesecond-year graduate student who exhibitsthe academic and personal values exempli-fied by John during his study at Redlands.

Awards and Honors


William R. Parker ScholarshipThis award is given in memory of William R.Parker, who founded the clinical trainingprogram in Communicative Disorders. It isgiven to a first-year graduate student whodisplays outstanding personal and academicstandards.

EDUCATION

Alpha Delta Kappa, OutstandingStudent Teaching AwardAlpha Delta Kappa is an honorary educa-tional organization which promotes educa-tional and charitable projects, sponsorsscholarships, and works toward promotingexcellence in the teaching profession.

ENGLISH: WRITING AND LITERATURE

The Creative Writing AwardsThe Academy of American Poets Jean BurdenPrize and a prize in fiction are given annually.

Eugene Kanjo Prize for Excellencein Literary StudiesAwarded to the student who completes thebest literary analysis essay.

GOVERNMENT

Colwell PrizeAn endowment established by J. M. Colwellfor a prize to the student who writes the bestessay each year on American ideals.

Frederick John Wiley Memorial Writing AwardAn award given annually for the best paperon foreign policy.

Robert L. Morlan AwardsTravel and research scholarships are avail-able each year from an endowment that honors the late Professor Robert L. Morlan.

HISTORY

Henry G. Dittmar AwardPresented to an outstanding senior historymajor.

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS

Frank Serrao Male and Female SeniorStudent-Athlete of the Year AwardsPresented to the outstanding male andfemale student-athletes in recognition ofexcellence in athletic as well as academicendeavors. The awards are sponsored by theBulldog Bench.

MUSIC

Thelma Beardsley Memorial AwardAwarded annually to a senior music educa-tion major who has demonstrated the great-est potential for success in this field.

Graduate Student Service AwardGiven to the student who has contributed themost to the music program during his/hertwo-year residence.

Helen Johnston Memorial Performance AwardPresented to an outstanding junior or sopho-more performer in the Sigma Eta chapter ofSigma Alpha Iota, as selected by the musicfaculty.

Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia AwardGiven to a music major for musical ability,leadership, and service to the School ofMusic.

Pi Kappa LambdaUndergraduate music majors of exceptionalaccomplishment in both scholarship andperformance are eligible during their junioryear for election to membership in Pi KappaLambda, the national music honorary society.Graduate students of high academic andmusic excellence are eligible for election bythe faculty to this prestigious honor society.

Awards and HonorsC

ollege of Arts &

Sciences


Presser Foundation ScholarThe music faculty selects an outstandingjunior music major, based on musical promiseand academic achievement, to receive acertificate and stipend.

School of Music Performance AwardAwarded to the most outstanding graduat-ing senior and graduate student performersin the School of Music.

School of Music Service AwardAwarded by the music faculty to a seniormusic major for notable service to the school.

Sigma Alpha Iota College Honor AwardGiven for exemplary scholarship, musician-ship, and fraternity service to the Sigma Etachapter.

Sigma Alpha Iota Composer’s AwardPresented to the outstanding undergraduateand graduate student composers.

Sigma Alpha Iota Honors CertificateAwarded to the music major from the Univer-sity’s chapter with the highest cumulativegrade-point average.

PHI BETA KAPPA

Albert Crum Essay AwardPresented by the University’s chapter of PhiBeta Kappa in honor of the donor, Dr. AlbertCrum, Class of 1953, the award recognizesthe best essays submitted on a topic deter-mined each year by chapter members.

STAUFFER CENTER FOR SCIENCEAND MATHEMATICS

Robert D. Engel AwardPresented to the outstanding senior biochem-istry and molecular biology, biology, chem-istry, computer science, or physics major inmemory of Professor of Engineering RobertD. Engel. Professor Engel inspired genera-tions of University of Redlands students withhis love for teaching, his wit, his smile, andhis friendship.

Biology

Edmund C. Jaeger AwardGiven for exceptional scholarship to a juniormale biology student planning a career inteaching or research.

Computer Science

Computer Science AwardPresented each year to an outstanding grad-uating senior computer science major.

Mathematics

Judson Sanderson AwardPresented to the senior mathematics majorwho best exemplifies the standards of excel-lence epitomized by professor EmeritusJudson Sanderson in his teaching, his intel-lect, and his service to the University.

Paul Krantz AwardPresented to a senior mathematics majorwith outstanding potential as a secondaryschool teacher in memory of Professor PaulKrantz, who inspired generations of Univer-sity of Redlands students with his style, hiswit, and his friendship.

Elementary Education AwardPresented to a senior who shows greatpromise as a teacher of elementary schoolmathematics.

Awards and Honors


returned to the respective financial aidprograms as required by federal regulations.The federal portion of the refund will be allo-cated in the following order:1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan2. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan3. Federal PLUS Loan4. Federal Perkins Loan5. Federal Pell Grant6. Federal SEOG7. Other Title IV programs8. Other federal, state, private, or institu-

tional assistance9. Student

Repayment PolicySome students receiving financial aid willreceive cash for living expenses in addition tohaving their tuition and registration chargespaid by their financial aid. If a student with-draws completely or is disqualified, a portionof the cash disbursement may need to berepaid. Based upon the amount of aidreceived offset by the cost of attendance up tothe point of withdrawal, a repayment calcu-lation is performed to determine the amountof aid the student is obligated to repay.

Other FeesRefunds of other fees will be made accordingto applicable University policies.

Temporary AbsenceNo refunds will be made for students whoremain away for part of a semester withoutofficially completing the withdrawal or leaveof absence process. No refunds will be madein cases of disciplinary suspension.




BEGINNING THE PROGRAM The School of Business regularly schedulesinformational meetings for individualsthroughout Southern California and willschedule meetings for organizations uponrequest.

At these meetings, a University represen-tative presents information on programsoffered, admission requirements, curriculum,degree completion requirements, cost, andfinancial aid. Individual pre-admission coun-seling is encouraged.

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe School of Business offers undergraduateprograms in business and management, andinformation systems.

1. All applicants must complete a formalapplication.

2. Official transcripts from every college or university attended (in any country)since high school must be submitted.Only transcripts sent to the Office ofStudent Records from the registrar ofeach institution attended will beaccepted as official. No portion of acollege record may be omitted fromconsideration of eligibility for transfer.

3. Forty (40) semester credits of acceptedtransfer credit. Neither portfolio creditnor courses taken in the University ofRedlands School of Business coreprogram can be applied to the 40-creditminimum.

4. A minimum grade point average of 2.00(C) on a 4.0 scale in all college coursesacceptable to the University of Redlands.

5. Five (5) years of full-time work experi-ence since high school graduation, whichmay be cumulative and may include timespent at home as a family care-giver.

6. International students whose primarylanguage is not English must present aTOEFL score of 500 (or 173 for thecomputer-based test) or higher.

Final Determination of acceptability and distri-bution of general education and professionalwork toward admission to an undergraduateprogram is made by the registrar.

RegistrationStudents may begin the first course whileapplication materials are being processed;however, a student must complete an appli-cation for admission prior to registering forthe program. Students may not continue theprogram beyond eight weeks without writ-ten notification of admission.

GRADUATE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSThe School of Business offers master’sdegrees in interactive telecommunicationsand business and management. Admissionspolicies and procedures are program-specific.

Admission Requirements for GraduatePrograms in Management and BusinessEvaluation of applicants to the M.B.A., M.A.in Management, and M.S. in InteractiveTelecommunications programs is based onthe following criteria:1. Bachelor’s or higher-level degree from an

accredited college or university andsubmission of official transcripts of allprevious college coursework.

2. At least 20 credits of general educationcoursework at the undergraduate level.

3. An undergraduate grade point average of3.00 out of a possible 4.0 during thejunior and senior years. Applicants witha grade point average of less than 3.00on a 4.0 scale must show promise basedon other criteria.

4. Five (5) years of full-time work experi-ence at supervisory, middle management,or professional staff level.

5. Recommendations from two individualsqualified to evaluate applicant’s capacityfor graduate study.

6. A typewritten essay reflecting both astrong motivation and a recent successfulprofessional or educational experience.

7. A TOEFL score of 550 (or 213 for thecomputer-based test) or higher for inter-national students whose primarylanguage is not English.

Admissions decisions are based on a compre-hensive consideration of each application.Elective choices, major, and difficulty ofundergraduate work are also considered.

School of Business AdmissionsS

chool of Business

School of Business Admissions

APPEAL PROCEDURE TO THE ADMISSIONS REVIEWCOMMITTEE FOR BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT STUDENTSThe School of Business recognizes thatcollege work previously undertaken byadults in their earlier years may not reflectcurrent abilities. To allow for a measure offlexibility, the School of Business has formedthe Admissions Review Committee toconsider petitions from students who do notmeet admissions requirements but believethey have compelling reasons for beinggranted an exception.

Petitions are to be addressed to the admis-sions officer, Office of Student Records.

After reviewing each petition, the Acade-mic Review Committee will make one ofthree recommendations:1. The student will be admitted without

qualification;2. The student will be admitted on provi-

sional status for the first semester;*3. The student will be denied admission.The decision of the admissions review

committee is final.* This status requires that the student earn a 3.00 orbetter in each course of the first semester. After thisrequirement is met, the student is transferred auto-matically to regular admission status


INTRODUCTIONThe School of Business is dedicated to provid-ing high-quality educational programsdesigned for working adults who wish topursue undergraduate and graduate studyin business administration, management, orinformation systems. The School of Busi-ness’s mission is fourfold:1. To maintain an educational environment

that responds to the needs of maturestudents and to contemporary trends inhigher education.

2. To provide curricula that enable studentsto unite the imaginative skills of liberaleducation with the practical elementscentral to their occupations.

3. To present adult learners with the oppor-tunity to study humanistic concerns andvalues that contribute to a satisfyingpersonal and social life.

4. To provide flexible access to highereducation by meeting the working adult’sparticular needs with regard to schedul-ing and location.

Program LocationsIn addition to the University of Redlandscampus, the School of Business operatesregional centers in Burbank, Ontario, Temec-ula, Torrance, Riverside, Santa Ana, and SanDiego. Classes also are held at other loca-tions throughout Southern California.

THE DEANPatricia W. Meyers

THE FACULTY*Sangeeta AroraRasool AzariSunny BakerLee S. BertrandMary E. BoyceKimberly CassHamid FalatoonAnne-Marie FeenbergAllison FraibergGerald M. GroshekRobert C. Howlett

Mahmoud KaboudanQingfeng LiuDonald W. McCormickWali MondalDavid E. PetrieJames B. PickThomas C. RohrerW. Hubbard SegurJames C. Spee

*Adjunct faculty are listed at the back of this Catalog

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMSCurricula for baccalaureate degree programsare subject to change. Students shouldconsult the annual supplementary publica-tion available from the School of BusinessOffice of Admissions to obtain the mostrecent information.

The Bachelor of Science in Business and ManagementThe Bachelor of Science in Business andManagement (BSBAM) offers studentsupper-division coursework designed todevelop management skills and increaseproficiency in the functional areas of busi-ness organization. Students extend theirunderstanding of quantitative analysis andhuman relationships within organizations.The application of classroom theory to work-place responsibilities, especially through thecapstone research project, brings concepts tolife while enhancing the student’s profes-sional performance and leadership capabili-ties. A key feature of the Business andManagement curriculum is the integrationof knowledge and skills into managementand business competencies.

Surveys of managers in top organizationsemphasize the need for speaking and writingskills, teamwork skills, numeracy, analyticalabilities, interpersonal skills, global perspec-tives, ethics, and the ability to understand andreact to changing environments.These compe-tencies are all addressed within the B.S. inBusiness and Management curriculum.


School of Business Programs of StudyS

chool of Business

Program RequirementsThe major program consists of eighteenrequired courses totaling 56 semester creditslisted here in the order in which they areusually taken. Course descriptions are foundin the section of this Catalog titled School ofBusiness Course Descriptions.

• MGMT 330 Managing and Leading Organizations (4)

• ENGW 301 Advanced Writing and Critical Analysis (3)

• MGMT 491 Management Ethics in aGlobal Environment (3)

• BUAD 335 Macroeconomics (3)• MGMT 356 Human Resources

Management (3)• BUAD 430 Business Information

Systems (3)• MTHW 305 Mathematical Applications

for Business and Economics (3)• BUAD 336 Microeconomics (3)• BUAD 332 Business Statistics (3)• BUAD 364 Accounting I—Financial (3)• BUAD 365 Accounting II—Managerial

(3)• BUAD 461 Financial Management (3)• BUAD 342 International Business (3)• MGMT 487A Project I: Research

Methods (3)• BUAD 470 Managing Quality and

Operations (3)• BUAD 340 Principles of Marketing (3)• BUAD 455 Business Law (3)• MGMT 487B Project II: The Practicum (4)

The Project PracticumCareer professionals need highly refinedskills in organization, research methods, anddevelopment. These skills are taught byusing an applied approach in workshopsessions and by immediate application infieldwork. An important component of thiswork is a career-oriented and degree-relatedproject. The project culminates in a formalpresentation.

Areas of Emphasis within the Bachelor of Science in Businessand Management ProgramStudents pursuing the Business andManagement degree may add an area ofconcentrated study to their academicprogram by completing additional course-work. An emphasis consists of a minimum of10 credits. Students choosing to do theirproject practicum in the area of emphasismay apply these credits to their emphasis.If the project practicum is not in the area ofemphasis, then students must complete atotal of 10 credits of electives related to thatemphasis. The emphasis courses, offeredthrough Extended Studies, may be usedtoward the declared emphasis or may betaken as electives.The following emphases are offered:• Health Care Management• Leadership and Teams• International Business• MarketingPlease contact the Office of Extended Studiesat (909) 335-4036 for the current Office ofExtended Studies Schedule of Classes.

The Assessment of ExperientialLearning for Students in the Business and Management ProgramStudents who enroll in this program shouldstrongly consider enrolling in LSHU 310Interpreting Experience. In this course,students learn the differences betweendescribing and interpreting experience andwhy those differences matter in the contextsof college, the workplace, and general learn-ing. Through discussion and the criticalexamination of literature, students examinethe effects of role, context, and language uponinterpretation. Students gain an apprecia-tion of the role of perspective in interpretingexperience. A major focus of this course is thedevelopment of an Experiential LearningPortfolio in which students examine andinterpret personal and professional experi-ences and identify college-level learningoutcomes. After completion of the course, theessays in the portfolio are evaluated byfaculty in the School of Business Prior Learn-ing Assessment Center. Other avenues of

School of Business Programs of Study


experiential learning also may be consideredfor credit. These credits may be used to meetGeneral Education requirements and othergraduation requirements. See the sectiontitled Credit for Experiential Learning in thissection of the Catalog. Please contact theOffice of Extended Studies at (909) 335-4036for the current Office of Extended StudiesSchedule of Classes.

The Bachelor of Science in Information SystemsThe Bachelor of Science in InformationSystems is intended to develop a well-rounded and standard set of informationsystems and business skills. The courseworkemphasizes object-oriented programming,systems development, databases, telecom-munications, decision-making systems,geographic information systems, and themanagement of information systems.

Computing System RequirementEntering students are required to own acomputer that can run the software pack-ages in the program, or have access to sucha system in the workplace (with permissionto use the system for School of Businesshomework assignments). Specific informa-tion on system configurations suitable tothis requirement may be obtained fromSchool of Business Admissions office or theJones Computer Center at the University’smain campus.

Program RequirementsThe Bachelor of Science in InformationSystems consists of seventeen requiredcourses totaling 56 semester credits, listedhere in the sequence in which they areusually taken. Course descriptions are foundin the section of this Catalog titled School ofBusiness Course Descriptions.• MGMT 330 Managing and Leading

Organizations (4)• ISYS 312 Productivity with Information

Technology (3)• ISYS 347 Introduction to Programming

in Visual Basic (3)• MGTW 310 Philosophical Foundations of

Management (5)

• ISYS 348 Advanced Programming inVisual Basic (3)

• MTHW 303 Mathematical Applicationsfor Information Systems (3)

• BUAD 337 Political and BusinessEconomics (3)

• ISYS 327 Telecommunications,Information, and New Media (5)

• ISYS 318 Database Concepts (4)• BUAD 469 Financial Planning and

Control (2)• ISYS 425 Management and Decision

Systems (3)• ISYS 365 Geographic Information

Systems: Managing Environmental Problems (3)

• ISYS 404 Systems Analysis and Design(4)

• ISYS 488 Applied Software DevelopmentProject I (2)

• BUAD 340 Principles of Marketing (3)• ISYS 489 Applied Software Development

Project II (3)• ISYS 415 Computer Ethics (3)

Applied Software Development Projectfor the B.S. in Information SystemsStudents pursuing the B.S. in InformationSystems must complete an applied develop-ment project, in accordance with professionalinformation systems practices and principles.

EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING CREDITSchool of Business undergraduate studentsearning degrees have the opportunity toreceive certified credit toward graduationthrough the evaluation of experientiallearning acquired outside an institution ofhigher education. Credit is certified onlyafter a student’s record is weighed againstthe standards established by the faculty ofthe University.

Students develop Experiential LearningPortfolios that are evaluated by faculty atthe School of Business Prior LearningAssessment Center. Through the portfolioprocess, college credit may be certified forcertain documented military courses andcertified courses that carry credit recom-mendations resulting from evaluation by theAmerican Council of Education (ACE), if such


chool of Business


recommendations are equivalent to coursesoffered at the University of Redlands. Collegecredit may also be certified for significantexperiential learning, demonstrated in writ-ing, that equates to selected Universitycourses.

A maximum of 30 credits may be certifiedthrough faculty assessment of experientiallearning. Faculty policy requires that faculty-assessed experiential learning credit beposted to student transcripts only uponcompletion of degree requirements, and atthe time of degree certification.

GRADUATE PROGRAMSCurricula for graduate programs are subjectto change. Students should consult the annualsupplementary publication available fromthe School of Business Admissions office toobtain the most recent information.

The Master of Business AdministrationThe Master of Business Administration(M.B.A.) has been developed in light of exten-sive experience with the needs of studentsand the California business community. Inaddition to providing a foundation in the corefunctions of business, the development ofleadership among M.B.A. candidates isenhanced through a firm grounding in theUniversity of Redlands rich tradition ofliberal arts. Research shows that successfulleaders need attributes drawn from liberaleducation, especially the ability to communi-cate effectively. The M.B.A. program alsoprovides an academic balance through arigorous combination of conceptual knowl-edge, critical thinking, and practical applica-tion in the fundamental disciplines ofbusiness and management.

Class sessions include seminars, lectures,simulations, case analyses, and small-groupactivities. Student interaction inside andoutside of the classroom is key to a success-ful experience.

Required Courses—M.B.A.The major program consists of thirteenrequired courses totaling 41 semester credits,listed here in the order they are usually

taken. Course descriptions are found in thesection of this Catalog entitled School ofBusiness Course Descriptions.• MGMT 631 Management and

Organizational Behavior (3)• MGMT 691 Information Technology (3)• MGMT 670 Human Resources

Management (3)• BUAD 686 Legal and Ethical Issues

for Business and Management (3)• BUAD 649 Research and Statistics (4)• BUAD 641 Economics (3)• BUAD 651 International Economic

Environment (3)• BUAD 659 Managerial Accounting (3)• BUAD 660 Managerial Finance (3)• MGMT 680 Marketing Management (3)• MGMT 650 Management Science and

Decision Analysis (3)• BUAD 655 Capstone Seminar: Global

Politics, Economics, and Business (3)• BUAD 698 Project Practicum Seminar

(4) or BUAD 699 Thesis (4)Students complete a practicum or thesisas a final requirement. The practicum isan applied research project, whereas thethesis is designed for students wishing toengage in academic research.

The Master of Business AdministrationEmphasesStudents may add an optional emphasis totheir M.B.A. degree. Two areas of specializa-tion are available: Information Systems orGlobalization. Students must declare theiremphasis at least six (6) months prior to thecompletion of their major program.

Information Systems EmphasisThe Information Systems emphasis requiresthe completion of four 3-credit courses:• ISYS 603 Database Management and

Design• ISYS 604 Systems Analysis and Design

for Management• ISYS 605 Telecommunications and

Electronic Commerce• ISYS 610 Information Systems Topics

and Current Issues for Management



Globalization EmphasisThe Globalization emphases requires thecompletion of four 3-credit courses:• INTB 691 Global Political Economy• INTB 692 Global Business Strategies• INTB 693 Global Finance• INTB 694 Global Marketing

The Master of Arts in ManagementManagers and future managers need criticalknowledge and skills to launch and sustainsuccessful careers. Not only do they need tounderstand strategic thinking and humanresources management, but they must developexcellent personal, people management, andanalytical skills. The Master of Arts inManagement is designed to provide studentswith these critical competencies, which applynot only in the workplace but also instudents’ personal and community lives.

The M.A. in Management emphasizes thequalitative skills of management. The M.A.in Management is especially valuable forprofessionals who have been promoted froma technical position and need to learn how tomanage as well as for experienced managerswho wish to deepen their knowledge of thehuman side of management.

Students examine and develop theirmanagerial and leadership skills throughcoursework and a self-directed learning plan.They use nationally recognized assessmenttools to evaluate their knowledge and skillsat the beginning of the program. In addition,students select a “target organization”(usually their workplace) in which to applytheir new knowledge and receive feedbackfrom University of Redlands faculty.

The curriculum design of the M.A. inManagement program is based upon exten-sive research on the capabilities and knowl-edge needed for management success.

The approach used in the M.A. in Manage-ment program to develop students’ skills is arigorous one. Students must demonstratetheir ability to comprehend, apply, andanalyze management situations. Based ontheir analyses, they must create possiblesolutions and evaluate the appropriateness oftheir recommendations.

As the conclusion of the program, studentsreassess their strengths and weaknesses andcompare these assessments to their initialmeasurements. They reflect on their evolu-tion as managers and submit new plans forcontinued growth and development. Thecourse analyses are integrated for a compos-ite presentation of the students’ learning andacquired skills.

Program RequirementsThe major program consists of twelverequired courses totaling 33 semester credits.Course descriptions are found in the sectionof this Catalog entitled School of BusinessCourse Descriptions.

Required Courses—M.A. in Management• MGMT 601 Managerial Assessment and

Development (1)• MGMT 621 Contemporary Ethical Issues

in Management (3)• MGMT 622 Leadership and Motivation (3)• MGMT 623 Team-based Organizations:

Creating and Leading High-PerformanceGroups (3)

• MGMT 624 Communication and Conflictin Organizations (3)

• MGMT 632 Management of Self (3)• MGMT 661 Decision Making: Managing

Risks, Serving the Customer, Examiningthe Numbers (3)

• MGMT 674 Human Resources Manage-ment (3)

• MGMT 686 Organizational Frames (3)• MGMT 689 Managing Change and

Organizational Learning (3)• MGMT 690 Strategy (3)• MGMT 699 The Reflective Manager (2)

THE MASTER OF SCIENCEIN INTERACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONSThe Master of Science in Interactive Telecom-munications is a two-year graduate degreeprogram with an emphasis on leading edgetelecommunications and Internet applica-tions; management, strategies, and policiesfor those applications; and electronic business.The more traditional aspects of the degree


chool of Business


include telecommunications principles, infra-structure, servers and server content, regu-lation, policy, resource management, andstrategy. Newer areas encompass electroniccommerce, web programming, user interfacedesign, knowledge management, and emerg-ing technologies. The degree includes acapstone project, in which the student devel-ops, creates, and tests a small e-businessapplication.

The program has a five year work experi-ence requirement. This common experiencebase in the working world supports andenables reflection, critical thinking, anddiscussion-based teaching that has proveneffective in adult learning programs.

M.S. in Interactive Telecommunicationscourses, listed here in the order in which theyare usually taken, are offered in six- andeight-week formats year round, with periodicbreaks. The courses are designed for one four-hour weeknight workshop per week.

Program Requirements• TCOM 614 Introduction to Telecommuni-

cations (3)• ISYS 317 Introduction to Programming

Techniques (3)• MGMT 691 Information Technology (3)• TCOM 621 Programming Languages for

Telecommunications (3)• TCOM 611 Telecommunications Policy (3)• TCOM 622 User Interface Design (3)• TCOM 660 Knowledge Management and

Telecommunications Strategy (3)• TCOM 633 Telecommunications Infra-

structure (3)• TCOM 640 Electronic Commerce (3)• TCOM 651 Development of Information

Servers (3)• TCOM 654 Management of Telecommu-

nications Resources (3)• TCOM 633 Emerging Technologies (3)• TCOM 664 Telecommunications Project

Practicum (3)

Graduate Certificate ProgramsFor the current Office of Extended StudiesSchedule of Classes or for more informationon Graduate Certificate Programs, please

contact the Office of Extended Studies at(909) 335-4036.

Environmental ManagementThe Environmental Management CertificateProgram uses Geographical InformationSystems (GIS) as an instructional tool toteach students new ways of doing business asa specialist within a organization, and incollaboration with other land-use profession-als. Students complete three 2-credit coursesfor this certificate:• ISYS 600 Geographical Information

Systems: Managing Environmental Problems

• MGMT 600 Organizational Learning andSystems Thinking

• EVSW 600 Environmental Decision-Making

FinanceStudents may pursue a certificate in Financeby successfully completing the following four3-credit courses:• FINC 661 Financial Markets and

Institutions• FINC 662 Investment Theory and

Analysis• FINC 663 Advanced Financial

Management

M.B.A. Certificate ProgramsOnce students have completed their M.B.A.,they are eligible to pursue the followingcertificate programs.

Information SystemsStudents receive a Graduate Certificate inInformation Systems by successfully complet-ing all M.B.A. requirements and the followingcourses:• ISYS 603 Database Management and

Design• ISYS 604 Systems Analysis and Design

for Management• ISYS 605 Telecommunications and

Electronic Commerce• ISYS 610 Information Systems Topics

and Current Issues for Management



GlobalizationStudents receive a Graduate Certificate inGlobalization by successfully completing allM.B.A. requirements and the followingcourses:• INTB 691 Global Political Economy• INTB 692 Global Business Strategies• INTB 693 Global Finance• INTB 694 Global Marketing

EXTENDED STUDIESThe University of Redlands School of Busi-ness Extended Studies program is designedto assist prospective, matriculated, and post-core undergraduate students accomplishtheir academic goals. This is done by provid-ing a program of elective courses in generaleducation and management and businessthat enhances and compliments the coreprograms while providing academic credittoward degree completion programs.

Extended Studies courses enhance theundergraduate degree programs by providingacademic depth and breadth in areas of inter-est such as an emphasis in Leadership andTeams, Marketing, International Business,and Health Care Management. LSHU 310Interpreting Experience provides the B.S. inBusiness and Management student with anopportunity to prepare an ExperientialLearning Portfolio for assessment, as B.S. inInformation Systems students do in theirmajor program.

Extended Studies weekend and eveningcourses are conveniently scheduled at RegionalCenter locations throughout Southern Califor-nia and on the main campus. Further programinformation and the Extended Studies Sched-ule of Classes can be obtained by calling (909)335-4036 or by visiting the University Web siteat www.redlands.edu.

NUMBERING SYSTEM0–99 Freshman level (not counted

toward degree credit)100–199 Freshman level (included in

degree grade point ratio)200–299 Sophomore level300–399 Junior level400–499 Senior level500–599 Continuing education courses not

otherwise offered at undergradu-ate or graduate levels

600–699 Graduate level700–799 Post-graduate credential courses

not otherwise offered as gradu-ate courses

Course FrequencyMajor program courses are offered in sequenceat times indicated in the Schedule of Instruc-tion (SOI). An SOI is published for the dura-tion of each cluster at the beginning of theprogram. The SOI is subject to change withwritten notification

Definition of Academic CreditOne semester credit is awarded for the amountof work an average student would accomplishin a minimum of 40 hours (undergraduate)and 45 hours (graduate), including the hoursspent in the laboratory or classroom.

Explanation of Course MarkingsCourses that continue over a series of semes-ters in learning groups, such as the practicumor thesis, are described together. Coursenumbers• separated by a comma can be scheduled

in any sequence;• separated by a hyphen must be taken in

sequence as the first is a prerequisite forthe one following; and

• separated by a slash indicate that under-graduate and graduate courses areoffered together. Undergraduates registerfor the courses numbered 001–499, whilegraduates register for the 500– or 600–level courses.


chool of Business



ART (ARTW)

101 Society and the Visual Arts. (3). Examination of the most significant devel-opments in the history of Western art, theirhistorical and social contexts, and theirinterrelations. Students also study theformal characteristics of the visual arts anddevelop aesthetic appreciation. Corequisite:ARTW 181.

110 Art through Museums. (3).On-site introduction to the language of art,the study of materials, and the techniquesof artists.

181 Field Studies in the Visual Arts. (2).Students receive classroom guidance toexplore the visual arts on their own. Studentsreflect upon and write about various artforms available in their community andworkplace. Corequisite: ARTW 101.

212 Film as an Art Form. (3).Introduction to film analysis, criticism, andhistory. Key elements of film are treated andused to analyze films. A range of criticalsystems and evaluative criteria are studiedand employed. Films viewed in class areorganized chronologically to represent themajor phases of film history.

304 Topics in Art History. (3).Specialized study of a topic in art history.Organized around any aspect of the study ofart history (e.g., theme, period or artisticmovement) while framing the subject matterin its social and historical context.

320 The Built Environment of the AmericanSouthwest: Reflections of the Good Life (3).Examination of the architecture and otherartifacts of the American Southwest. Histor-ical, social, and physical determinants of thebuilt environment studied.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUAD)

130 Effective Communication in a Work Environment. (3).Practical approach to understanding thenature of effective communication in a busi-ness context with emphasis on the oral andvisual techniques for the delivery of messages.Provides students with the communicationskills to accomplish specific objectives.

301 Small Business Management. (3).Considerations for those involved in smallbusiness. Location, legal problems, staffing,financing, marketing, and other topics areanalyzed.

332 Business Statistics. (3).Application of statistics to business:frequency distributions, tables, charts, prob-ability distributions, sampling, and estima-tion. Also statistical inference, confidenceintervals, hypothesis testing, chi-square,analysis of variance, correlation, regression,and decision theory. Prerequisite: MTHW 303or 305.

335 Macroeconomics. (3).Study of the national and global economy, theimpact of economic aggregates and govern-ment action. Emphasis on macroeconomicconcepts including national income account-ing, employment, inflation, monetary andfiscal policy, business cycles, internationaltrade and finance, and social change fromeconomic growth in an increasingly industri-alized world. Not open to students who havesuccessfully completed BUAD 337.

336 Microeconomics. (3).Study of decision-making by individual firmsand consumers in regard to the allocation ofscarce resources. Emphasis on basics ofsupply and demand, price-output determina-tion, industrial organization and profit maxi-mization, labor market analysis, andeconomics of developing countries.

School of Business Course Descriptions


337 Political and Business Economics. (3).Principles of economics in the societal setting.Effects of economic forces on the individual,communities, business enterprises, and inter-national trade. Study of aggregate economicbehavior. Prerequisite: MTHW 303 or 305.

339 International Business and Economics. (3).Examination of global markets, trade agree-ments, international monetary and fiscal poli-cies, and major financial institutions. Studentsstudy various trade theories and the underly-ing impact of geopolitical and socioculturalinfluences on global trade. Prerequisites:BUAD 337 and MTHW 303 or 305.

340 Principles of Marketing. (3). Introduction to the concept of marketing andmarketing principles. Focus on creating valuefor customers. Develops an understanding ofthe four elements of the marketing mix(product, price, promotion, and place/distrib-ution) with application to product, service,profit, and not-for-profit enterprises in local,national, and international environments.

342 International Business. (3).Examination of developments within inter-national markets and their effect on theactivities of business enterprises. Studentsstudy the importance of decreasing interna-tional linkages on the role and conduct ofdomestic and international business func-tions. This course may be substituted byeither of the study abroad programs inCambridge (INTB 476) or Asia (INTB 477).Not open to students who have successfullycompleted BUAD 339.

345 Consumer Behavior. (2).Models of consumer behavior and researchin consumer behavior for marketing deci-sions about segmentation, advertising, andproduct management. Issues of publicpolicy concerning consumption behaviorare also explored. Major areas of studyinclude attitudes and behavior, social influ-ences, information processing, and person-ality and lifestyle.

346 Advertising and Promotional Strategy. (2).Introduction to the field of marketingcommunication. While advertising is coveredin detail, other areas of marketing commu-nication such as sales promotion, public rela-tions, and personal selling are also explored.Major topic areas include the communicationprocess, advertising and promotional objec-tives, creative strategy, media planning, anddirect marketing. Not open to students whohave received credit for BUAD 392.

347 Marketing Research. (2).An introduction to the field of marketingresearch. The marketing research process,and the relationship of marketing research tomarketing decisions are discussed. Majortopics include exploratory research,sampling, factory analysis, cluster analysis,conjoining analysis, regression, analysis ofvariance, and the application of those tech-niques to aid marketing decision-making.

348 Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing. (2).Discussion of electronic commerce includingits components, structure, and technology aswell as the application of marketing conceptsto e-commerce. Prerequisite: BUAD 340.

364 Accounting I—Financial. (3).Introduction to the theory of the financialrecord keeping system of the business enter-prise in our modern economy. Emphasisplaced on the accounting principles andapplication including double-entry, book-keeping, income determination, merchandiseaccounting, accounting cycles, and financialstatements. Not open to students who havesuccessfully completed BUAD 368.

365 Accounting II—Managerial. (3).Analytical tools necessary for day-to-dayfinancial management of the business enter-prise. Emphasis on terms and concepts utiliz-ing mathematical models to reinforceaccounting theory.

School of B

usiness



368 Survey of Accounting for Managers. (3).Survey of accounting terms and concepts,sometimes called the “language of business.”Introduction to accounting principles and thefinancial and managerial accounting data-base provides a foundation for financialanalysis and managerial decision-making. Aprerequisite for courses in finance andmanagerial accounting. Prerequisite: MTHW303 or 305.

393 Principles of Personal and FamilyFinance. (2–3).Emphasis on principles of finance and finan-cial planning underlying personal and familyfinance. Topics include budgeting, install-ment buying, savings, investments, borrow-ing, pensions, wills, estates, insurance, homeownership, banking, taxes, and buying oncredit.

396A Special Studies: Accounting. (1–3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396B Special Studies: Business Law. (1–3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396C Special Studies: Statistics. (1–3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396D Special Studies: Marketing. (1–3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396E Special Studies: Economics. (3). Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396F Special Studies: Finance. (3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of planned activities,results expected and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

430 Business Information Systems. (3).Business information systems for manage-ment decision-making. Use of computers inbusiness systems.

436 Political and Legal Issues in Health Care Administration. (2).Political and legal issues in administration ofhealth care organizations and services. Reviewof political and legal issues in the frameworkof health care as an industry in transition.Prerequisites: BUAD 455, MGMT 491.

437 Health Care Economics. (2). Microeconomic analysis and application ofmedical care. An economic perspective ofhealth care including examination ofmanaged care, third-party powers, the role ofgovernment and competitive market. Healthcare systems and policy are reviewed. Prereq-uisite: BUAD 337.

455 Business Law. (3).Topics in business law including contracts,liability, and torts related to business andgovernment regulation. Intensive study andanalysis of the Uniform Commercial Code.

461 Financial Management. (3).Principles of financial planning, control, andanalysis of the firm. Role of the financialmanager within the firm. Prerequisites:BUAD 368 and MTHW 303 or 305.



469 Financial Planning and Control (3).Introduction to accounting principles and thefinancial and managerial information data-base which provides a foundation for finan-cial analysis and managerial decision-making.Shows how database accounting systemsrecord, classify, and aggregate economicevents. Prerequisite: ISYS 318.

470 Managing Quality and Operations. (3).Study of management issues and quantita-tive techniques used to analyze problems fororganizations involved in providing servicesand manufacturing products. Topics includetotal quality management, operation strat-egy, inventory control, capacity planning,process design, and scheduling.

480 Integrated Seminar: Customer Service. (1).Builds competency in providing outstandingcustomer service in organizations andincreasing business by retaining desiredcustomers using operational and statisticalprinciples. Integrates concepts from market-ing, business law, statistics, and produc-tion/operations management to create aunified approach to customer service, recog-nizing the rights and responsibilities inher-ent in consumer protection. Prerequisites:two of the following courses: BUAD 332, 340,455, and/or 470. CN only.

641 Economics. (3).Application of economic theory and principlesto problem analysis and business decision-making, including international economicissues.

649 Research and Statistics. (4).Emphasis on the application of statistics as a research and decision-making tool;designed to introduce elementary businessstatistics and proceed with more advancedtopics on statistics such as small sampleinference, regression and correlation, indexnumber, time series analysis, and non-para-metric. Application and understanding ofstatistical computer programs appropriate tobusiness environment.

651 International Economic Environment. (3).Development of the theoretical and practicalconcepts of international economic relationsto provide a framework for understandingthe process of globalization in the world econ-omy. Topics include the rationale for andlimits to international trade; regionaleconomic integration; balance of payments;foreign exchange rate determination andmarkets; international financial organiza-tions; developing and transition economies.Prerequisite: BUAD 641. May not be takenby students who have successfully completedBUAD 650. May be substituted by theCambridge INSTEP program.

655 Capstone Seminar: Global Politics,Economics, and Business. (3).Capstone seminar integrating prior course-work within the context of the internationalpolitical and economic environment. Empha-sis on the application of the core businessfunctions in an international context and theimplications of global issues for businessdecision makers.

659 Managerial Accounting. (3).Presents analytical tools necessary for day-to-day financial management of the businessenterprise. Emphasis on terms and conceptsutilizing mathematical models to reinforceaccounting theory.

660 Managerial Finance. (3).Overview of financial management tools usedin analyzing and developing strategies formaking business decisions. Topics includeanalysis of financial statements, forms oforganization, financial and risk analysis,capital structure, working capital manage-ment, capital investment decisions, mergersand acquisitions, and business failures.

686 Legal and Ethical Issues for Business and Management. (3).Students learn to deal effectively with legaland ethical issues in the business environ-ment, domestic as well as global. Whenmanaging organizations, managers confront anumber of legal and ethical dilemmas. Assistslearners in identifying legal and ethical

School of B

usiness



dilemmas before they become legal and ethi-cal problems.

692 Managing Conflict in Organizations. (2).Focus on processes and dynamics of conflict.Draws from literature in the social andbehavioral sciences and from the recentresearch on organization, community, labor,and international conflict.

698 Project Practicum Seminar. (4). Background and knowledge for conducting asystematic business research by focusing ontopics within the areas of administrative andbehavioral sciences. The written project en-compasses a practical problem discussing theproject idea, development of hypothesis, liter-ature review, methods of analysis, results,conclusions, and a final presentation.

699 Thesis. (4).Selecting, planning, designing, and complet-ing an organizational management consultantstudy, and writing an academic thesis. Inde-pendent research, which constitutes the inte-grative capstone experience of the program, isrequired. CN only.

ENGLISH (ENGW)

003 Writing Clinic. (0).Writing problems in punctuation, usage,paragraph structure, diction, spelling, gram-mar, and syntax are diagnosed for specialcorrective assignments and drills.

095 Basic Writing for College. (0). Introduction to basic strategies in writing toexpress and communicate ideas. Emphasison issues in writing for academic contexts.Students produce writing that considersaudience, content, form, and style. Specialattention paid to the process of writing(invention, drafting, and revising).

101 English Composition. (3).College-level composition course designed toenable students to improve their revisionskills. Students complete writing projects onspecific problems addressed to pre-deter-mined audiences.

200 Approaches to Literary Studies. (3–4).Introduction to the analysis of literature,including the examination of the main liter-ary genres: fiction, poetry, and drama, andtheir historical contexts. Various criticalapproaches to literature.

201 Intermediate Writing and Critical Analysis. (3).Methods, strategies, and contexts for devel-oping clear and effective analytical writing.Special attention paid to taking a position,argument development, use of evidence, orga-nization, and style.

205 Literature for Children and Adolescents. (2–3).Examination of the wide variety of genresand divergent ways of using literature.A thor-ough examination of examples of agelessliterature for school-aged children.

210 American Character through Literature. (3).Exploration of important aspects of theAmerican character and encouragement ofappreciation and understanding of literature.Developing oral and written communicationskills is central to the course.

301 Advanced Writing and Critical Analysis. (3).Introduction to strategies for successful andconvincing writing. Students analyze textsand produce writing that is clear, organized,and sophisticated. Crucial issues in theprocess of effective writing are covered:collaboration, argumentation, and revision.Prerequisite to all other courses in the Bach-elor of Science in Business and Management(BSBAM) program, and must be passed witha grade of 1.7 or higher.

302 Persuasive Writing. (2–3).Designed to help students write persuasiveessays from a range of practical contexts.Focus on analyzing issues, identifying argu-ments, and evaluating and proposing solu-tions.



303 The Persuasive Pen: A Workshop inWriting and Reasoning with Power. (3).Designed to help students become more effec-tive problem-solvers through better reason-ing and writing, this course develops specialtools and skills pertaining to analysis ofissues, identification and articulation of argu-ments, and evaluation of solutions.

325 Regional Writers: Literary Approachesto the American Southwest. (3). Examination of ways in which literaturearticulates the human relationships to thenatural worlds of the American Southwest.

340 Mystery Novels. (3).Introduction to detective fiction from EdgarAllen Poe to the present, with emphasis onliterary analysis and an awareness of histor-ical and social context.

373 Literature by Women. (2–3). Examination of novels, short stories, andpoetry by representative female authors ofthe last 150 years. Goals are to familiarizestudents with the contributions of women toour literary heritage and to test the theorythat female writers perceive and delineatereality differently than males.

375 Advanced Writing: Environmental Debates. (3).Instruction in advanced writing emphasiz-ing critical thinking skills—specifically,controversy and analysis, argument, andcounter-argument. Students considercurrent controversial environmental issuesand learn how to construct arguments,make concessions, and counterargue.Prerequisite: one course in college-levelEnglish composition or successful comple-tion of a placement examination.

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (EVSW)

350 Introduction to Environmental Design. (3).First of a two-course sequence. Introductionto a multidisciplinary whole-systems approachto solving environmental problems, while

providing students with the knowledge tobecome environmental designers.

440 Environmental Economics. (3).Survey of the critical economic issuesinvolved in our relationship with nature: thereduction of pollution, the conservation ofresources, and the preservation of threatenedspecies and habitats. Role of market forcesand public policy for resource allocation inurban, suburban, and regional growth arestudied.

450 Advanced Environmental Design. (3).Continuation of the project-based strategy fora multidisciplinary whole-systems approachto solving environmental problems. Empha-sis on spatial thinking and the use ofGeographic Information Systems software fordefining, formatting, and analyzing environ-mental problems. Applies problem-solvingstrategies and tools to a project selected bythe student in consultation with the instruc-tor. Prerequisite: EVSW 350.

460 Topics in Environmental Science. (3).Greater understanding of the science thatunderlies such environmental problems asozone depletion and the loss of genetic diver-sity through exploration of the nature andscope of science relative to environmentalissues. The methods of science, the limita-tions of scientific knowledge, and the role ofscience in society today are discussed.

470 Managing Global Environmental Systems. (3).Management of global environmentalsystems and the role of science. Topicsinclude approaches to global warming, ozonedepletion, acid precipitation, removal of trop-ical rain forests, water pollution, and deser-tification. Management technologies used todeal with these problems are studied.

600 Environmental Decision-Making. (2).Systems approach to environmental decision-making, including Geographic InformationSystems (GIS) as a component in the process.Decision support models are developedthrough collaborative, interdisciplinary teams.

School of B

usiness



FINANCE (FINC)

661 Financial Markets and Institutions. (3).Analysis of the role of money and capitalmarkets, and financial institutions in capitalallocation of the economy. Depository, as wellas non-depository financial institutions suchas mutual funds, pension funds, insurancefirms, and finance companies will bediscussed with special attention to the evolu-tion and regulation of such institutions.Prerequisite: BUAD 660, or completed bach-elor’s degree in any field with either anundergraduate or graduate level core/foun-dation course in finance.

662 Investment Theory and Analysis. (3).Presentation of a theoretical framework forinvestments and portfolio analysis. Focus ondevelopment of investment objectives andevaluation of risk-return trade-off leading upto optimal portfolio selection and manage-ment. Basic coverage of investing, including,but not limited to, the most appropriateinvestment vehicles based on individual risktolerance(s). Prerequisite: BUAD 660, orcompleted bachelor’s degree in any field witheither an undergraduate or graduate levelcore/foundation course in finance.

663 Advanced Financial Management. (3).Builds upon the the framework set forth inthe core MBA finance course by in depthexploration of some of the more advancedtopics in corporate finance. Topics includefinancial statement analysis, mergers andacquisitions, bankruptcy and reorganiza-tions, dividend policy, capital structure, andbankruptcy. Prerequisite: BUAD 660, orcompleted bachelor’s degree in any field witheither an undergraduate or graduate levelcore/foundation course in finance.

GEOGRAPHY (GGRW)

310 World Cultural Geography. (3). Investigation of human adaptability inregional ecological settings. Examinesthemes including culture region, culturaldiffusion, and space. Also includes Global

Positioning Systems (GPS) and GeographicInformation Systems (GIS) components.

HEALTH SCIENCE (HLSC)

116 The Stress of Living. (3).Considers individual lifestyles and stressstyles and teaches stress management tech-niques, including relaxation response,imagery, and self-hypnosis. Appropriate stressmanagement intervention for the individual,group, and organization. Includes experien-tial and didactic learning experiences.

396 Special Studies in Health Science. (1–3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how each are to bereported and evaluated.

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)

656A The World of Work. (2).The world of work through the lens of sociol-ogy using a case-study approach. Issuescentral to human resources managementinclude the effect on employees of occupa-tional choices, work groups, family life, andsocial trends and developments. Also consid-ered are the commonalities of worklife expe-riences among employees.

656B Human Resources Development. (2).Human resources development programsthat seek to strengthen employee and orga-nizational performance through orientation,training, development, motivation, coaching,counseling, career development, managementdevelopment, and organizational develop-ment activities.

656C Managing Performance. (2). Examination of the instruments, processes,and consequences of employee performanceappraisal programs in organizations—including reward systems, counselingprograms, disciplinary policies, and griev-ance procedures.



HISTORY (HSTW)

100 United States History. (3).Breadth and scope of United States history,from the first peoples in North America to thepresent. Close attention paid to issues ofethnicity, class and gender; these themesfrom American history are related to issuesaffecting the lives of contemporary students.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (INTB)

410 International Trade. (2).Examination of the conceptual foundationsthat explain international trade and thelimits of the flow of goods and services acrosscountries. Important in the discussion is thedevelopment of international and regionaltrade agreements. Prerequisite: BUAD 335or 336.

412 International Finance. (2).Examination of international monetary rela-tions, the functioning of foreign exchangemarkets, and the behavior of multinationalcorporations in the international financialsystem. The manner in which paymentsimbalances are corrected and the role ofinternational financial institutions are alsoexplored. Prerequisite: BUAD 335 or 336.

414 International Marketing. (2).Study of marketing principles and strategyas used in the global environment.

416 International Strategic Management. (2).Covers the role of strategic analysis andplanning: formulating plans, organizationalgoals, and objectives in the context of a globalenvironment and technology.

418 International Human ResourcesManagement. (2).Examination of the application of the humanresource management function in an inter-national context. Attention given to thestaffing, development, and compensationpractices that are compatible with a firm’sinternational strategy, structure, and opera-tional environment.

476 Cambridge Study: Trends in Global Business. (3).Combination of study and travel aimed atexploring the evolution of business functionsin the context of political, social, and economicconsiderations at the global level. Applicationof the European Union to illustrate the ratio-nale and challenges posed by global business.Offered in conjunction with the Institute ofPolitical and Economic Studies, Cambridge.May substitute for BUAD 342.

477 International Business: Perspectives from Asia. (3).Combining preparatory instruction at theUniversity of Redlands with two weeks ofoverseas seminars and travel, this courseexplores the global business environmentfrom an Asian perspective. offered in conjunc-tion with partner universities in Tokyo andHong Kong. May substitute for BUAD 342.

676 Cambridge Study: Challenge of Global Business. (3).Examination of the relation between politicaland economic structures and business activ-ity at the regional and global levels. Focus onthe development of regional institutions inthe European Union in response to and moti-vator of the increasing global nature of busi-ness. Offered in conjunction with theInstitute of Political and Economic Studies,Cambridge. May substitute for BUAD 651.

677 International Marketplace: Perspectives from Asia. (3).Combining preparatory instruction at theUniversity of Redlands with two weeks ofoverseas seminars and travel, this courseevaluates the characteristics of Asian busi-ness activities and their impact on the inter-national marketplace. Offered in conjunctionwith partner universities in Tokyo and HongKong. May substitute for BUAD 651 or 655.

691 Global Political Economy. (3).Focus on identifying and analyzing nationaldifferences in state-economy relations andtheir effect on business and resource alloca-tion decisions. The transition of economicsystems, the manner in which states attempt

School of B

usiness



to manage interdependencies through theuse of international organizations, and thechallenges posed by MNCs are also covered.

692 Global Business Strategies. (3). Examination of how national and interna-tional competition, government interaction,product and technological development, andintra-firm coordination affect the formationand implementation of business objectives,strategy, and structure.

693 Global Finance. (3).Study and application of finance in theglobal arena. Focus of critical attention onhow financial strategies, risk, tools, invest-ments, theories, and institutions work in aglobal context.

694 Global Marketing. (3).Exploration of and application of marketingconcepts to the demands and conditions ofthe global marketplace. Critical evaluation ofthe marketing challenges presented by theincreased exposure of individuals, busi-nesses, and governments to internationalmarket forces.

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES—SOCIAL SCIENCES (ISSS)

302 The Personal and Social Impact of Marital Dissolution. (2–3).Issues include the environment of theformerly married (divorced, separated,widowed); problems encountered before,during, and after the process of dissolution;single parenthood; common causes of maritaldifficulties and approaches to their resolu-tion; adjustments of the individual frommarried to single life; and social forces affect-ing the lives of the formerly married.

304 Death and Bereavement. (2–3).Economic, legal, psychological, and historicalaspects of the process of the dying person andthe survivors; similarities and differences ofreactions to death and dying; causes andconsequences of suicide; fear of and curiosityabout death; and social attitudes concerning

death and dying. Not open to students whohave received credit for SOAN 69.

305 Occupations and Professions. (3).Complexity of the American labor force bothhistorically and in the contemporary situa-tion. Central issues include the differencebetween a job and a profession, occupationalsocialization, unions, effects of work settings,gender issues, and the history of occupa-tional change.

307 Gender and Work. (3).Examination of social-psychological, political,and historical realities affecting men andwomen in the workplace. Incorporatespersonal experience as students examineissues such as power, tokenism, support,networking, socialization, and change. Specialattention to the interplay of gender and othersocial factors such as race, sexual orientation,and physical and mental disabilities.

310 Women: Historical, Legal, and Contemporary Issues. (3).Reading, discussion, and analysis of feministissues with consideration of the roots ofmodern perceptions of women, and emphasison an evaluation of the diverse social, politi-cal, and legal choices available to the contem-porary woman. Analysis at upper-divisionlevel.

311 America in the Sixties. (2–3). Examination of the historical, sociological,economic, and cultural issues and trendsthat characterized an important period inU.S. history.

330 Systems Thinking. (3).Systems as a way of seeing. Clues for under-standing relatedness and connection in orga-nizational settings. Historical overview of thedevelopment of paradigms and thoughtsystems: ancient, classic, dynamic, communi-cations, field, and evolutionary.

351 Business: Historical and Sociological Trends. (3).Interdisciplinary course studying historicaland sociological trends influencing the business



culture of 20th-century America. Topicsinclude industrialism, the Great Depression,the New Deal, World Wars I and II, urban-ization, high technology, change in the Amer-ican family, the military-industrial complex,and future directions in American business.

INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ISYS)

100 Computers in Business and Society. (2).Examines computing problems in businessand society. Presents the fundamentals ofcomputing technology, software and program-ming, telecommunications, managing infor-mation, and the problems of ethics, privacy,and security. Includes a study of aspects ofcomputing in the student’s firm, as well asshort articles and case studies.

219 Fundamentals of Structured Programming with C. (3).Introduction to the C language. Coversprogramming analysis, algorithm design,data structure, input/output, control struc-ture, functions and procedures, arrays, point-ers, and stacks. Prerequisite to all othercourses in the Bachelor of Science in Infor-mation Systems program.

312 Productivity with Information Technology. (3).Includes “wiring up,” learning how to use theInternet, and IT tools as an integrativeproject. Includes word processing, spread-sheets, database, and presentation applica-tions.

317 Introduction to Programming Techniques. (3).Introduction to object-oriented programmingwith a focus on solving business problems.Emphasis on the conceptual foundations ofobject-oriented programming including useof the graphical user interface, event-drivenprogramming, objects, properties, methods,and structured program design. Includesprogramming development exercises in alaboratory setting. Prerequisite: ISYS 219

318 Database Concepts. (4).Overview of database concepts includingdatabase management systems, databasedesign, data modeling, physical design, rela-tional and other models, the Codasyl model,and distributed databases. Lab exercises areincluded. Prerequisite: ISYS 347.

327 Telecommunications, Information, and New Media. (5).Considers the Internet, World Wide Web,HTML programming, intranets, local areanetworks, wide area networks, communica-tions hardware and configuration, distributedapplications, security and management, andtelecommunications policy and regulations.Prerequisites: MTHW 303 and ISYS 347.

347 Introduction to Programming in Visual Basic. (3).Introduction to programming with an empha-sis on MS Windows environment program-ming using the Visual Basic (VB) language.Focus on the conceptual problem solvingapproach using modern methods such asvisual and object-oriented. As a programmingtool, it will make use of the fundamental capa-bilities of VB, including use of the graphicalprogram design, event-driven programming,properties, methods invocation, structuraland modular program design, and object-oriented approach to programming.

348 Advanced Programming in Visual Basic. (3).Advanced concepts of object-orientedprogramming (OOP) using the Visual Basic(VB) programming language. Focus onadvanced topics to include the developmentand utilization of ActiveX Controls, ActiveXDocuments, Component Creation, ClassModules, ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) andthe Data Environment, Multilayer DatabaseApplications, Windows API, and InternetDevelopment. Other portions will cover Opti-mizing applications, Creating Help Files, andDistributing Applications and Components.Prerequisite: ISYS 347 or equivalent coursein Visual Basic.

School of B

usiness



365 Geographical Information Systems:Managing Environmental Problems. (3).Students, managers, and business profes-sionals are introduced to the use and practi-cal importance of Geographic InformationSystems (GIS). Covers the design and func-tioning of GIS, applications to business andenvironmental problems, and managementof GIS. Includes hands-on experience. Prereq-uisite: ISYS 312.

404 Systems Analysis and Design. (4).Includes both the concepts and methodolo-gies of the systems analyst in the develop-ment of business information systems. Topicsinclude the systems development life cycles,structured methodologies, object-orientedmethodologies, project management, andCASE tool. Interpersonal communicationsemphasized.

415 Computer Ethics. (3).Consideration of the theories and issues ofethical behavior as they relate to thedemands of an information society. Topicsinclude ethical theory, computers and privacy,legal aspects, ethical issues in business, andcomputers and power. Concepts of computerethics are applied to specific ethical dilem-mas and problems.

425 Management and Decision Systems. (3).Capstone course focusing on management’sneed and uses for decision and expertsystems, management support system tools,and implementing management supportsystems. Provides hands-on experience andincludes contemporary topics in decisionsupport systems, executive informationsystems, and expert systems.

488–489 Applied Software DevelopmentProject I–II. (2,3).Field project under the supervision of afaculty member in which students design,construct and implement a software applica-tion. Students perform work in an organiza-tion in conjunction with a site contact at theorganization. Prerequisite for ISYS 488: ISYS404. Prerequisite for ISYS 489: ISYS 488.

600 Geographical Information Systems:Managing Environmental Problems. (2).Introduction for managers and businessprofessionals to the use and practical impor-tance of Geographic Information Systems(GIS). Design and functioning of GIS, appli-cations to environmental problems, andmanagement of GIS. Includes hands-onexperience.

603 Database Management and Design. (3).Introduction for students to the essentialprinciples and pitfalls of both the design andmanagement of data and databases. Studyof readings and active participation are usedto explore the opportunities and implicationsof databases in today’s organizations.

604 Systems Analysis and Design for Management. (3).Introduction to systems analysis and designfrom a management perspective. Includestopics of systems development methodologies,planning, developing and implementingsystems, documenting systems, designingsecure systems, managing systems develop-ment projects, and future directions. Includesdiscussion of real-world examples of systemsdevelopment and the important managerialissues involved.

605 Telecommunications and ElectronicCommerce. (3).Covers telecommunications technologies andinternet technologies and services, and thenturns to electronic commerce including itscomponents, structure, and technology aswell as products and services, market struc-tures, payment methods, and security consid-erations. Focus on the fit between technologyand strategy.

610 Information Systems Topics andCurrent Issues for Management. (3).Overview of important management issues instrategic information technology throughtheory and real-world case studies. Emphasison student analyses and discussions ofcurrent topics in strategic informationsystems, the impact of information technology



on businesses, and technology tools in today’sbusiness environments.

LIBERAL STUDIES—HUMANITIES(LSHU)

110 Search for the Self: Models of Human Nature. (3).Examination of seven classical theories ofhuman nature (associated with Plato, Chris-tianity, Marx, Freud, Sartre, Skinner, Lorenz)as these relate to the student’s ideas abouthis or her identity. Emphasis on integratingindividual values and theoretical perspec-tives in thinking about human identity. Notopen to students who have received credit forMGTW 310.

310 Interpreting Experience. (3).Students interpret their experience and thatof others to develop written, oral, and criticalthinking skills. Integral to the process iscreation of a portfolio of experiential learningthat can be evaluated for additional college-level credit. Attention paid to interpretationof experience through biography, autobiogra-phy, and literature. Not open to students whohave received credit for, or will take, MGTW310 or LSIS 310.

334 Life Themes and Reconciliations A. (3).Examination of oppositional themes and theliterature that embodies them. Studentsreflect upon the good/evil and utopia/dystopiaconflicts and apply some of the theories theyhave learned to conflicts in their businesses/lives. Not open to students who have receivedcredit for LSHU 331, 332, or 333.

335 Life Themes and Reconciliations B. (3).Examination of oppositional themes and theliterature that embodies them. Studentsreflect upon youth/age and woman/manconflicts and apply some of the theories theyhave learned to conflicts in their businesslives. Not open to students who have receivedcredit for LSHU 331, 332, or 333.

LIBERAL STUDIES—INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES(LSIS)

310 American Visions: 1650–1990s. (6).Consideration of the internal tensions andcontradictions of political, spiritual, andeconomic visions shaping American cultureand individual and communal life since 1650,including what makes each valuable. Incor-porates a portfolio section refining criticalthinking and communication skills. Revealsand clarifies personal values. Generation of aportfolio of experiential learning. Not opento students who have received credit forMGTW 310 or LSHU 310.

LIBERAL STUDIES—NATURAL SCIENCES (LSNS)

100 Environmental Science. (3).Students explore the scope, limits, and meth-ods of science and particularly environmen-tal science through readings, discussion,debate, analysis, and laboratory and fieldstudy. Consideration of local environmentalconcerns and their global context. Corequi-site: LSNS 181.

111 Ethics and the Environment. (3). Examination of the ways in which peoplemake ethical decisions. Analysis of everydayenvironmental issues in order to makeinformed ethical decisions.

150 Current Issues in Science and Technology. (3).Examination of some of the most importanttechnological developments of this centuryand their impact upon human lives. Exami-nation of the complex relationship betweenhumans, the environment, and technology.

181 Field Study in Environmental Science. (2).Students are provided the opportunity togather data, complete analysis, and reportfindings in a laboratory and field study expe-rience that complements their study in LSNS100. These experiences take students out ofthe classroom. Corequisite: LSNS 100.

School of B

usiness



201 Natural Sciences Through Living Laboratories. (3).Exploration of the principles and methodologyof astronomy, marine biology, natural history,and ecology to understand the natural envi-ronment. Students will utilize campus-basedfacilities and field sites throughout SouthernCalifornia as laboratories.

LIBERAL STUDIES—SOCIAL SCIENCES (LSSS)

311 Historical Aspects of Social and Organizational Theory. (3).Study of the historical sources of modernmanagement theories, as well as the sourcesfor modern theories of organizations. Pro-vides students with tools for the analysis andcritique of management practice and organi-zational structure by familiarizing them withclassical theories on the nature, origin, andcontrol of complex human organizations.

320 Organization Studies in Multicultural Issues. (3).Multicultural issues are surveyed throughthe lenses of intercultural communication,cross-cultural psychology, and organizationalbehavior. Cultural relativity is presented.Diversity of ethnicity, culture, gender, age,sexual orientation, and disability within thework force is examined. Work of relevanttheorists is applied. Prerequisite: prior course-work in the behavioral or social sciences. Notopen to students who have received credit forLSSS 120.

323 Multicultural Issues Seminar: Community. (2).Exploration and communication in writ-ing/reading and speaking/listening an under-standing and appreciation for multiculturaldiversity. Attention given to the largerconcern of developing a community whileappreciating difference and seeing it as anadvantage. Prerequisite: LSSS 320.

324 Multicultural Issues Seminar: Ethnicity. (2).Exploration and communication in writing/reading and speaking/listening an under-

standing and appreciation for multiculturaldiversity. Attention given to culture andethnicity. Focus on the organizational aspectof diversity as it connects to ethnicity, and asit is valued as an advantage to the workplace.Prerequisite: LSSS 320.

325 Multicultural Issues Seminar: Gender. (2).Exploration and communication in writing/reading and speaking/listening an under-standing and appreciation for multiculturaldiversity. Attention given to gender issues inthe workplace. Focus on diversity resultingfrom issues of gender as they strengthen theorganization and create change in the work-place. Prerequisite: LSSS 320.

MANAGEMENT (MGMT)

302 The Emerging Paradigm. (2).Exploratory or experimental investigation ofthe emerging (sometimes called “new age” or“holistic”) paradigm and its application towork, learning, and other aspects of oureveryday lives. Can humans trust what theythink they know? What is the transforma-tional workplace?

304 Leadership of Management Teams. (2).Issues of leadership as exercised in manage-ment teams explored through a combinationof class work, readings, and a high adven-ture ropes course or a similar wildernessexperience. The high adventure segmentincludes team challenges as well as individ-ual challenges.

305 Space Shuttle Simulation: Teamwork under Pressure. (2).In a simulated space mission at the Chal-lenger Learning Center, participants formteams to conduct experiments crucial to asuccessful moon landing, and operate missioncontrol. They learn to function as a team,work under pressure, make team decisions,and celebrate their success as a team.

306 Modern Organizations. (3).Interdisciplinary social science course focus-ing on the historical, sociological, political,



structural, and psychological aspects ofcomplex organizations. Classical and neoclas-sical organization theories, “modern” struc-tural organization theory, systems andcontingency theories of organizations, andthe organizational culture school.

320 Leadership in Organizations. (2).Focus on leadership in organizationalsettings. Leadership functions across hierar-chical levels and the application of leader-ship styles and principles in differentorganizational contexts are addressed.

330 Managing and Leading Organizations. (4).Synthesis of principles of management and organizational behavior. Focus on themanagement process of planning, organizing,leading, and controlling organizationalbehavior. Organizational behavior topicsinclude teams, individual behavior, manag-ing change, motivation, communication, andleadership. Cross-functional topics of diver-sity, ethics, quality, and leadership are woventhroughout. Not open to students who havereceived credit for MGMT 325 or 345.

331 Organizational Change: Strategies. (3).Processes of change with primary focus onstrategies to achieve change. Topics includeproblem formation and resolution, contem-porary approaches to systems assessmentand change intervention, future trends, andethical problems facing change agents.

332 Conflict Management. (2).Focus on understanding the process anddynamics of conflict and on new approachesto resolve conflict. Draws from literaturefrom all the social sciences and from experi-ence in organization, community, labor, andinternational conflict. Negotiation roles,processes, and strategies are reviewed andpracticed.

333 Organizational Communications. (1–3).Exploration of the role and dynamics ofcommunication in organizations. Individualswithin groups communicate to strengthen ormaintain relationships. Examination of the

communication process: elements of commu-nication, individual differences and styles,patterns of miscommunication, non-verbalcommunication, communication styles, per-ception, interactional models, and the impactof technology.

334 Management Simulation. (1–3).Advanced applications approach to the studyof management. Survey and application ofthe main aspects of management: communi-cating, motivating, planning, organizing,leading, controlling, change, and conflict.

335 Diagnosing Organizational Effectiveness. (1–3).Examination of organizations throughresearch, review, experiential methods, andanalysis to understand how and why organi-zations function.

347 Supervision. (3).Study of the worker with emphasis on moti-vating, communicating, counseling, training,managing time, and evaluating performance.Emphasis on small groups and individualsrather than the organization and its envi-ronment.

350 Managing Quality: The Quality System. (3).Introduction to state-of-the-art Total QualityLeadership (TQL) and Total Quality Manage-ment (TQM), by reviewing literature. Theo-ries of leading TQM advocators are discussedand analyzed for the implementation anddevelopment of quality systems in public andprivate sectors. The ISO-9000 quality systemstandards and the benefit and cost of imple-mentation of the system are discussed.

356 Human Resources Management. (3).Study of the theory and practice of thehuman resource/personnel function in orga-nizations, including labor relations. Currentissues in human resources management areaddressed.

357 Labor Relations. (3).Overview of the history, law, and practice inAmerica of collective bargaining, including the

School of B

usiness



reasons workers unionize, contract negotia-tions, impasse resolution, contract administra-tion, grievance arbitration, and labor-management cooperation.

384 Evaluating Personnel, Positions, and Performance. (2).Task-analysis approach to the developmentand evaluation of personnel, positions, andemployee performance in a variety of organi-zational settings.

385 Safety for Managers. (2).Industrial safety management and adminis-tration including history and economicfactors such as worker’s compensation,disability, and direct and indirect costs. Bothfederal and state occupational safety andhealth administration practices are empha-sized along with management responsibilityand trends. Student use of a case studyregarding safety and hygiene in the indus-trial environment.

386 Humor and Creative Management. (3).Consideration of cognitive styles, and explo-ration of theories of humor, while providingexercises connecting creative intelligence andhumor. Students develop framework forexamining organizational humor and cogni-tion and their relationships to innovation andcreativity. Students also construct modelsand plans for intervention to enhance humorand creative intelligence in organizations.

393 Training: Needs Analysis, Design and Presentation. (2).Examination of the role of training and howit differs from education; a study of needsanalyses, types of training, and methods ofmeasuring effectiveness. Not open tostudents who have received credit for EDUC 350.

395 Public Sector Management. (3).Basic theories and practices in publicmanagement. Interaction of theory and prac-tice in the daily management of a publicagency.

396A Special Studies: Business Ethics. (3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396B Special Studies: Information Management. (3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

396C Special Studies: Management. (3).Reading and research in a special area underfaculty direction. Project to include statementof objectives, outline of activities planned,results expected, and how they are to bereported and evaluated.

397 The Japanese Style: Lessons for Managers. (2).Designed to provide students with a basis forglobal perspectives in business throughexamination of the Japanese style of manage-ment.

438 Health Care Management and Administration. (2).Addresses the management and administra-tion of health care organizations such ashospitals, group medical practices, clinics,health maintenance organizations and otherinstitutional and community settingsinvolved in the delivery of health services.Emphasizes the administrator’s role in facil-itating and managing the delivery of qualityhealth care. Prerequisite: MGMT 330 andMGMT 356.

483 Strategic Management. (3).Integrative approach to understanding thenature and context of strategic management.Focus on assessing and diagnosing an orga-nization’s internal and external environ-ments; analyzing its strengths, weaknesses,opportunities, and threats; and then formu-lating, implementing, and evaluating strat-egy at the corporate and business levels.



487A Project I: Research Methods. (3).Introduction to experimental and correla-tional methods of research in business.Includes design of questionnaires, surveys,and other research procedures. Prerequisite:one course in descriptive and inferentialstatistics. Not open to students who havereceived credit for BUAD 351.

487B Project II: The Practicum. (4). Introduction to applied research. The projectis designed to focus on certain topics withinthe area of administrative and behavioralsciences. The individual project encompassesorganization, design, survey, proposed oractual implementation, and formal presen-tation to the student’s organization and theUniversity of Redlands. Not open to studentswho have received credit for MGMT 484, 488or 489. NU only.

491 Management Ethics in a Global Environment. (3).Devoted to the study of ethics and the socialresponsibility of organizations. Topics includecompetition, employment, environmentalprotection, consumer protection, and commu-nity relations. Global issues, includingcultural differences in ethical practices, arealso addressed. Not open to students whohave successfully completed MGMT 490.

600 Organizational Learning and System Thinking. (2).Presentation of a systems approach to prob-lem identification, problem-solving, and orga-nizational learning. Practices of systemthinking—identifying archetypes and mentalmodels, inquiring, advocating, conductingdialogues, and reflecting—are developed.

601 Managerial Assessment and Development. (1).First course in the Master of Arts in Manage-ment program. Students complete an assess-ment of critical managerial competenciesincluding: (1) personal skills; (2) peoplemanagement skills, (3) analytic skills, and(4) management knowledge. Studentsdevelop a self-directed learning plan to

address competencies in the four areas andcompetencies related to the student’s career.

605 Space Shuttle Simulation: Teamwork under Pressure. (2).In a simulated space mission at a ChallengerLearning Center, participants form teams toconduct experiments crucial to a successfulmoon landing and operate mission control.They learn to function as a team, work underpressure, make team decisions, and celebratetheir success as a team.

610 Management Theory. (2).Focus on organizational issues of structureand process, goal-setting, decision-making,power, and authority.

611 Decision Making: Economics. (2).Analytical techniques of microeconomicsapplied to management. Macroeconomicimpact on commerce and trade.

615 Managerial Accounting and Finance. (2).Financial tools used in analyzing and devel-oping strategies for making business deci-sions.

620 Contemporary Issues of Management. (3).History of management—especially in busi-ness, commerce, and trade—is analyzed toprovide a perspective on contemporary andanticipated issues. Ethical and moral ques-tions related to these issues are explored incase studies.

621 Contemporary Ethical Issues in Management. (3).Analysis of the history of management toprovide a perspective on contemporary andanticipated issues of corporate social respon-sibility. Ethical and moral questions relatedto these issues are explored. Examination ofways in which businesses are an open systeminteracting with local, national, and globalcommunities. Not open to students who havereceived credit for MGMT 620.

School of B

usiness



622 Leadership and Motivation. (3).Examination of effective leadership, leader-ship traits, and motivation and reward ofemployees in a diverse environment. Topicsinclude merging leadership concepts such astransformational and visionary leadership,stewardship, and leadership integrity.

623 Team-based Organizations: Creating andLeading High Performance in Groups. (3).Examination of the benefits of organizationalteams and methods for using the skills, expe-riences, insights, and ideas of team membersto enhance organizational performance.Topics include where and how teams workbest, and how to enhance team effectiveness.

624 Communication and Conflict in Organizations. (3).Topics include active listening, assertivecommunication, the dynamics of conflict,interventions used to manage conflict, costsand benefits of conflict, and styles of conflictmanagement. Focus in improving studentcommunication and conflict managementskills, as well as their ability to analyze inter-personal communication and conflict. Notopen to students who have received credit forBUAD 692.

630 Organizational Behavior. (2).Topics include motivation, leadership,communication, and influence. Focus onunderstanding, predicting, and influencingindividual and group behavior.

631 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3).Management functions and processes. Plan-ning, organizing, leading, and controllingpresented within the framework of extantorganizational theories, systems approaches,contingency theory and socio-technicalsystems analysis to demonstrate how themanagement of people, resources, and tech-nology leads to organization effectiveness inthe context of increasing globalization.

632 Management of Self. (3).Students will study theories of managerialcompetence, emotional intelligence (self-

awareness, self-regulation, and self-motiva-tion) and career values. They will then assessthemselves in terms of these and their ownvalues. From this study and reflection, theywill synthesize a personal vision of theirfuture careers and life.

650 Management Science and Decision Analysis. (3).Demonstration of various quantitative meth-ods developed over the years. Providesstudents with an understanding of the rolemanagement science plays in the decision-making process. Topics include linear andinteger programming, project management,forecasting, decision theory, inventorycontrol, Makov processes, queuing theory, andsimulation.

656A TQL/TQM: Statistical Process Control I. (2).Introduction to statistical methods empha-sizing quality control processes applicable tobusiness and management. Includes basicdescriptive statistical techniques used astools for Total Quality Leadership (TQL).Explores application of statistical methodol-ogy required to implement total quality prin-ciples. Equips managers to implement anddevelop quality systems in the public andprivate sectors. Not open to students whohave received credit for MGMT 696A Statis-tical Process Control I.

656B TQL/TQM: Statistical Process Control II. (2).Students research and report on state-of-the-art Total Quality Leadership (TQL) and TotalQuality Management (TQM) from literaturereview. Inferential statistical techniques areused as a tool for developing informationneeded to implement total quality principlesin the workplace. Equips managers to imple-ment and develop quality systems in thepublic and private sectors. Prerequisite:MGMT 656A. Not open to students who havereceived credit for MGMT 696A StatisticalProcess Control II.



656C TQL/TQM: Implementation. (2).Application and implementation of strategiesand techniques for continuous improvementof processes and systems in public andprivate organizations are studied throughgroup projects, case studies, and presenta-tions. Project teams gain experience in how toperform responsibilities effectively throughcommitment of management and employeeinvolvement in planning and decision-making. Prerequisite: MGMT 656A, MGMT656B.

661 Decision Making: Managing Risks,Serving the Customer, Examining theNumbers. (3).Investigation of decision making in the contextof three frameworks: how complying with thelaw, serving the customer, and understandingbasic finance influence performance. Explo-ration of decision making in the context ofthese frameworks.

670 Human Resources Management. (3).Study and critical analysis, using case stud-ies, of both theory and practice of the humanresource/personnel function in moderncomplex organizations.

674 Human Resources Management. (3).Study and critical analysis of theory andpractice of the human resource/personnelfunction in modern, complex, organizations.Includes topics such as personnel policies,workforce diversity, HR practices, employeediscipline, health and safety, and collectivebargaining. Address of goals of equity, effi-ciency, and effectiveness in a diverse envi-ronment. Not open to students who havereceived credit for MGMT 670.

680 Marketing Management. (3). Exploration of basic aspects of marketing withemphasis on the customer and the marketingmix. Development of analytical and criticalthinking skills through case study. Design andassessment of a basic marketing plan.

681 Public Relations and Marketing. (2).Emphasis on the importance of public rela-tions in the maintenance of integrity and

credibility of the corporate mission andimage. Application of marketing theory in thework environment with special attention tothe middle manager’s corporate responsibil-ity to the marketing function.

682 Marketing Principles and Applications. (2).Review of basic aspects of marketing and thecustomer and the marketing mix (product,price, promotion, and place/distribution).Emphasis on the practical application ofprinciples through case analysis and reviewof current literature. Not open to studentswho have received credit for MGMT 680 orMGMT 681.

685 The Legal Environment of Management. (2).Analysis of the legal dimensions of manage-ment decisions within the context of both thehistorical and contemporary development ofgovernment regulations. Lectures and casediscussions emphasize current issues.

686 Organizational Frames. (3).Examination of organizations from multipleperspectives. Investigation of four organiza-tional frames: (1) structural, (2) political, (3)symbolic, and (4) systems. Exploration,comparison, and integration of the fourframes to bring new perspectives to difficultproblems and build high-performing, respon-sive organizations.

687 Ethics in Organizations. (2). Examination of major ethical theories andthe principles of moral reasoning as thesebear on the clarification and solution of ethi-cal problems in business, non-profit, andgovernmental organizations.

689 Managing Change and Organizational Learning. (3).Examination of components of organizationalchange and the design of learning organiza-tions that are capable of continuous improve-ment. Students build the capability forcreating and assessing knowledge.

School of B

usiness



690 Strategy. (3).Strategy sets a critical direction and guidesthe allocation of resources to achieve long-term organizational objectives. Examinationof the formulation of strategy based on inter-nal strengths and weaknesses as well asexternal opportunities and threats in thecontext of changing technology and environ-ment. Not open to students who havecompleted MGMT 693.

691 Information Technology. (3).Survey of information system principles,including the role of information systems inbusiness, computing technology, software,telecommunications, systems analysis anddesign, managing information systemsresources, international and global aspects ofinformation systems, and the strategic role ofinformation systems. Includes two non-creditworkshops held on Saturdays to helpstudents develop computer skills.

693 Strategic Formulation. (2).Exploration of the role and purpose of strate-gic planning in organizations, plan formula-tion and establishing organizational goals andobjectives in the context of changing technol-ogy and environment. Techniques of policyformulation that integrate the financial,marketing, production, and personnel func-tions with the firm’s overall strategic plan.

694 Strategy Implementation: Managing Change in Organizations. (2).Investigation of the technical competenciesand behavioral skills required for recom-mending and managing change.

696A–696B–696C Special Topics: Corporate Elective I, II, III. (2, 2, 2).Special study designed to meet the organiza-tional need of a particular work environment.

698A–698B Management Practicum Seminar I, II. (2, 2).Selecting, planning, designing, and complet-ing an organizational business or manage-ment study using independent research. Thepracticum constitutes the integrative

capstone experience of the master’s program.698A is CN only.

699 The Reflective Manager. (2).Last course in the Master of Arts in Manage-ment program. Students complete a post-assessment of critical managerial compe-tencies including: (1) personal skills, (2)people management skills, (3) analytic skills,and (4) management knowledge. Studentsevaluate the level of integration from course-work and self-directed study. Examination ofhow well the competencies were learned.Prerequisite: taken after the tenth course inthe program.

MANAGEMENT (MGTW)

310 Philosophical Foundations of Management. (5).Liberal arts analysis of selected theories ofhuman nature that underlie managementtheories. Students explore their own under-standing of humanity, personal applicationof learning theory, and portfolio development.Not open to students who have receivedcredit for LSIS 310 or LSHU 310.

MATHEMATICS (MTHW)

003 Mathematics Clinic. (0).Intensive assistance in the acquisition ofbasic mathematics, algebra, and intermedi-ate algebra skills.

095 Basic Mathematics. (0).Provides students with necessary basic skillsto undertake the sequence MTHW 100, 105,and 106. These include skills in addition,subtraction, multiplication, and division ofintegers, fractions and decimals, percent ratioand proportion, and signed numbers. Coversexpressions, linear and quadratic equations,and inequalities. Emphasis on active studentproblem-solving using calculators or soft-ware. Graphing calculator may be required.CN only.

100 Mathematics Inquiry. (3).Introduction to the major conception of func-tions in mathematics and the important



branches of mathematical equations andprogressions. Designed for students to gainthe skills necessary to fulfill competencyrequirements and solve problems in educa-tion and business as well as in their personallives.

102 Environmental Mathematics. (3).Students use ideas, concepts, and materialfrom the natural sciences and business to domathematical modeling and to demonstratethe applicability of mathematics to solvingreal-world problems. Utilizes college-levelmathematics including functions, graphtheory, optimization, equations, inequalitieswith n variables, model constructions, anddata collections.

103 Historical and Applied Mathematics. (3).Analysis of problems from political science,ecology, institutional planning, etc., usingtechniques and research methods from geom-etry, probability theory, statistics, and linearand matrix algebra. Commentary on thesocial and cultural issues prompting thedevelopment of mathematical models and thepeople inventing them.

105 Business Mathematics I. (3).Topics include equations and graphing ofstraight lines and linear inequalities, matrixalgebra and linear programming by bothgraphing and simplex techniques.

106 Business Mathematics II. (3). Introduction to probability and problems of acombinatorial nature, including permuta-tions and combinations. Addresses set theoryto permit students to investigate a widerange of combinational and probability prob-lems that apply to business, economics, andthe social sciences as well as their careersand personal lives. Prerequisite: MTHW 105.

140 Business Mathematics. (3).Selected topics in mathematics not otherwisecovered in the curriculum. Topics includeequations and inequalities, functions andtheir graphs, systems of equations andinequalities, matrices and their applications,sequences and series, and probability.

303 Mathematical Applications for Information Systems. (3).Formation of the theoretical foundation formuch of today’s advanced science in infor-mation systems: communications, digitalsignal processing, neural networks, controland systems development, programming andcomputer technology, decision-making sys-tems and information theory. Combinatorics,sets, functions and graph theory, analysis ofproofs, and logic stand at the center of thecourse. Applications accompany the study.

305 Mathematical Applications for Business and Economics. (3).Introduction to the basic principles andgeneral concepts of mathematics with appli-cations to business, economics, finance, busi-ness statistics, and social science. Focus onmajor college level mathematical concepts:functions and their graphs, equations andinequalities, linear programming, sets, treesand diagrams, combinatorics and probability.

MUSIC (MUSW)

210 Romance in Music. (3).Examination of the themes of love andromance in the development of Westernmusic. Students listen to, discuss, and performmany forms of vocal and instrumental musicand attend live performances as arranged onSaturday nights. Students are expected topay for tickets.

215 Musical Storytelling. (3).A look at storytelling through musical narra-tion since the beginning of history and thedevelopment of all the different forms ofmusical plays from liturgical drama to operato Broadway. Students listen to, watch, anddiscuss video presentations as well as liveperformances and are expected to purchasetickets when necessary.

381 Travel Study in Music. (2–3).Residence in Salzburg, Austria, for theSummer Music Festival.

School of B

usiness



POLITICAL SCIENCE (PSCW)

150 Comparative Political Behavior. (3).Introduction to comparative understandingof diverse political systems and politicalcultures. Provides a framework for analysisof political cultures in various European,Asian, Latin American, African, and MiddleEastern countries and an overview of prob-lems facing these countries and regions.

301 American Constitution: Theory and Practice. (3).Critical analysis of selected original texts andcommentary from the generation of ourconstitutional framers, enlivened by an explo-ration of landmark decisions of the U.S.Supreme Court.

350 Environmental Politics and Regulation. (3).Historical review of the economic, legal,and social foundations of the law of adminis-trative agencies and environmental law andpolicy. Explores the development of relationsbetween government and business and morerecent commentary by noted economists,social theorists, and politicians.

PSYCHOLOGY (PSYW)

100 Introduction to Psychology. (4).Survey of the research and theory investi-gating the nature of human behavior, inter-personal dynamics, and psychologicalexperience. Students study the biological,social, and environmental factors that influ-ence women and men.

375 Child Growth and Development. (3).Students study the growth and developmentof children from the prenatal period throughadolescence, including the individual needs ofchildren in the modern world. Not open tostudents who have received credit for EDUG331 or EDUC 331.

SOCIOLOGY (SOC)

100 Introduction to Sociology. (4). Examination of the relationship betweenthe individual and society; the study ofsocial relationships and social institutions;the impact of cultural, structural, andsocial-historical forces on individuals,groups, and society. Exploration of currentsocial issues with a goal of making informedethical decisions.

240 Sociology of Television. (2). Examination of television as a sociologicalphenomenon, exploring its influence on atti-tude formation, buying behavior, and votingpatterns. Television’s portrayal of gender,racial, class, and economic distinctions isconsidered, as well as social, economic, andpolitical implications of television itself as amulti-billion-dollar industry.

309 The American Family. (3).Broad interdisciplinary overview of the vari-ety of situations that we call “the Americanfamily.” Designed to allow students to pursueparticular interests in this area.

312 A Social History of California: Tangled Roots. (2–3).Examination of social life in the context ofplace—Southern California. Exploration ofthe ecosystem of ethnicity. An understandingof demographic and immigration patternsshaping multicultural communities. Exami-nation of the historical-cultural-sociologicalframework. Theories of cultural clash andchange. How climate, geography, and ecologyhave created a distinct California culture

320 Race Relations in Industrial Society. (3).Analysis of race relations to reflect conditionsand processes in the United States. Analysisof changes over the last several decadeseffected by political movements that chal-lenged and radically transformed notions ofracial identity, the nature of social life, andthe role of the state.



330 Socialization and Childhood. (2). Theories of human socialization from both asociological and psychological perspective.Historical and cross-cultural views on child-hood. Deals with children developing withinsuch modern institutions as the school,media, peer groups, kiddy culture, andadolescence.Various strategies for parentingare also included. An introductory course insociology or psychology is recommended butnot required.

340 Film and Society. (3).Critical and historical examination of howcinema portrays various aspects of self, soci-ety, and culture. Students learn about theCalifornia film industry and the ways thatpopular films raise societal issues by reflect-ing American society and culture—especiallypolitical, sexual, psychological, and ideologi-cal attitudes and values.

352 Invisible Minorities. (2–3).References to minorities generally includesuch visible groups as blacks and the physi-cally handicapped. Invisible minorities (thosewhose minority status is not readily appar-ent) examined.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS (TCOM)

611 Telecommunications Policy. (3).Overview of regulations, emphasizing post-deregulation of telephone and broadcastindustries. Topics include the regulation ofemerging services and technology, freedom ofspeech, ownership and distribution of newinformation forms, and limitations and usesof technology, policy at the local, state,national, and international levels. Prerequi-sites: TCOM 614.

614 Introduction to Telecommunications. (3).Overview of the fields of computing, infor-mation technology, and telecommunications.Includes the economic, social, cultural, andpersonal consequences of the increasing useof technologies.

621 Programming Languages for Telecommunications. (3).Examination of the student’s programmingskills for interactive media. It includesprogramming the computer to control graph-ics, text, audio, and video images. Examinesthree types of programming languages—scripting languages, Web sites, and theproduction of applications on servers. Prereq-uisites: TCOM 614.

622 User Interface Design. (3).Examination of information and communi-cation technologies from the user’s perspec-tive. Investigates a spectrum of interfacedesign issues which include visual design,images, layout, readability, the use of color,structural design, the organization and link-ing of information, and the use of navigationand spatial cues. Emphasis on multimedia inthe arts, education, and business. Prerequi-sites: TCOM 614, TCOM 621.

633 Telecommunications Infrastructure. (3).Investigation of base- and broad-band trans-mission systems as a means to investigationdiverse computer and telecommunicationsequipment within an organization. Discussesspecific techniques to manage intra- andinter-organizational telecommunicationssystems. Considers the integration of suchsystems in terms of class, bandwidth, stan-dards, availability, interfaces, traffic patterns,network installation, performance criteria,and hardware. Prerequisites: TCOM 614.

640 Electronic Commerce. (3).Discussion of electronic commerce includingits components, structure, and technology aswell as products and services, market struc-tures, payment methods, and security consid-erations. Prerequisites: TCOM 621, 622

651 Development of Information Servers. (3).Investigation of the production, manage-ment, and facilitation of hardware, software,applications, and content used to provide andobtain information over communicationnetworks. Examination of identifying opti-mal resources and arranging those resourcesas an information system fit for use over

School of B

usiness



communications networks. Prerequisites:TCOM 614, 633.

654 Management of TelecommunicationsResources. (3).Problems, trends, and responsibilities ofmanagement in the telecommunicationsindustry. Includes analysis of the design,implementation, operations, and manage-ment of communications networks, facilities,hardware and software, the management oftechnology change, management of person-nel, and the possible types of organizationalstructures dealing with various user needs.Prerequisite: TCOM 640.

660 Knowledge Management and Telecommunications Strategy. (3).Discusses principles of knowledge acquisi-tion, classification, dissemination, andmanagement, particularly as they apply totelecommunications systems. Examines thestrategic benefits of implementing telecom-munications in organizations. Prerequisite:TCOM 614.

663 Emerging Technologies. (3).Investigation of the effects of future techno-logical innovations. Studies a number of newand promising technologies in transmission,switching, mass storage, processing, andother areas, such as system integrationstrategies, software reusability, and objectoriented design methodologies. Covers appli-cations and effects of new communicationand information technologies. Prerequisite:TCOM 614.

664 Telecommunications ProjectPracticum. (3).Having achieved proficiency through thesuccessful completion of other courses in theprogram, with the tools and concepts ofinteractive media and interfaces, studentsundertake individual projects that requirethem to apply their skills. Students willperform needs analysis, create specifications,and design, implement, and evaluate inter-active projects Prerequisites: TCOM 621,622, 640, 654.


UNDERGRADUATE

Catalog RequirementStudents must complete the graduationrequirements as stated in the catalog for theyear of admission. If a student is readmit-ted, the requirements prevailing at the timeof readmission must be met. A student is notfree to select graduation requirements frommore than one catalog.

Quantity and Quality of WorkTo graduate, students must complete all of therequirements of their degree programs andearn at least 120 units of academic credit.

Students must maintain a grade pointaverage (GPA) of 2.00 or better in all worktaken at the University of Redlands. Qual-ity grade points (derived from numeric grad-ing) are not awarded for transfer work orcourses taken on a Credit/No Credit basis,and credits for these courses are not calcu-lated in the GPA.

Graduation RequirementsStudents must fulfill five basic requirementsbefore receiving a baccalaureate degree:1. Completion of 120 semester credits of

study, of which at least 32 credits mustbe earned or certified at the University ofRedlands.

2. Completion of the major program towhich the student was admitted. Thespecific requirements are outlined in thisCatalog.

3. Satisfaction of General Educationrequirements consisting of a minimum of42 semester credits, as listed undergeneral education requirements.

4. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00earned for all college-level work taken atthe University of Redlands.

5. Students in degree-completion programsmust complete all requirements withinfour years from the date of the firstclass meeting. Students who do notcomplete their degrees within the four-year completion limit may apply for asingle three-year extension, whichbegins on the date of the student’s origi-nally scheduled deadline. The extension

application should be submitted to thestudent’s academic advisor for consider-ation. If the extension is approved, thestudent is required to pay a fee. Pleaserefer to the School of Business Tuitionand Fees section of this Catalog formore details. Should a student fail tocomplete their degree within the exten-sion period, he or she must apply forreadmission to the University andcomplete the degree requirements inplace at the time of re-enrollment.

General Education RequirementsWhile the School of Business major programsfocus primarily on advanced work in busi-ness-related courses, the School believes thatwell-educated students also need experiencein arts and humanities, behavioral and socialsciences, mathematics and science, and writ-ing and communication. General educationrequirements, therefore, constitute a signifi-cant portion of the degree and are intendedto acquaint students with the variety of theo-retical concepts and the diversity of method-ologies employed in the pursuit of knowledge.

The degree comprises 120 credits dividedroughly into three areas: general education,the major, and electives. Each student mustearn 42 semester credits of general educa-tion, distributed among four categories: Artsand Humanities (AH), Mathematics/Science (MS), Behavioral/Social Science (SS),and Writing and Composition (WC). Amongthe four categories, each has its own requirednumber of credits, as noted below. Six of thesecredits are the student’s individual choiceand may be taken from any of the categories.A minimum of 9 of these credits must beearned in upper-division courses. No individ-ual course can fulfill more than one categoryrequirement.

Students, with the assistance of theiracademic advisors, are responsible for moni-toring their progress toward fulfillment ofthe General Education requirements. Thestudents bear the ultimate responsibility formonitoring academic progress and ensuringfulfillment of all degree requirements.Art and Humanities (AH). A minimum of12 semester credits is required.


School of Business Graduation RequirementsS

chool of Business

Behavioral/Social Science (SS). A mini-mum of 9 semester credits is required.

Mathematics/Science (MS). A minimum of9 semester credits is required. Students arerequired to take at least one college-levelmathematics course. At least one naturalscience course (biology, chemistry, physics,geology, physical geography, astronomy,oceanography) is required. Students maytake one course in computer science.

Writing/Communications (WC). A mini-mum of 6 semester credits is required.Students must take at least one course inEnglish composition.

General Education requirements may befulfilled by:• transfer of appropriate and acceptable

credit from other colleges or universities;or

• successful completion of the appropriateExtended Studies courses; or

• successful petitioning of the appropriatecourses through the School of BusinessPrior Learning Assessment Center,DANTES, or certificated learning, eitherthat certified by the American Council onEducation or the University of Redlands;or

• successful completion of CLEP.

The following courses in undergraduateschedules of instruction qualify as GeneralEducation courses and partially fulfillGeneral Education graduation requirements.

B.S. in Business and ManagementArt and Humanities (AH)ENGW 301 Advanced Writing and Critical

Analysis (3)Social Science (SS)BUAD 335 Introduction to Macroeconomics (3)BUAD 336 Introduction to Microeconomics (3)MGMT 491 Management Ethics in a Global

Environment (3)Natural Science and Mathematics (NS)MTHW 305 Mathematical Applications for

Business and Economics (3)

B.S. in Information SystemsArt and Humanities (AH)MGTW 310 Philosophical Foundations of

Management (3)Social Science (SS)MGTW 310 Philosophical Foundations of

Management (2)BUAD 337 Political and Business

Economics (3)Natural Science and Mathematics (NS)MTHW 303 Mathematical Applications for

Information Systems (3)

Application for GraduationStudents complete a formal application fordiploma thirty days prior to completion of alldegree requirements. Applications may beobtained from the student’s academic advisor.

CommencementThe School of Business enrolls studentsthroughout the year and has studentscompleting at various points during the year.Students may commence in the academicyear in which they complete their degreerequirements if their degree requirementsare completed by March 1. An application toparticipate in commencement must becompleted and postmarked by February 15.

Students enrolled in a degree programwith a Schedule of Instruction (SOI) that iscompleted by August 31 may apply to partic-ipate in commencement that year providedthere are 3 (or fewer) credits to be completedin addition to the remaining courses in theSOI. Students whose SOIs were completedprior to March 1 and with as many as 6 cred-its still needed may also apply to participatein commencement. An application mustinclude a reasonable plan for completing theremaining credits by August 31 and shouldbe sent to one’s academic advisor, postmarkedby February 15.

Although undergraduate honors work isidentified on one’s transcript, students appre-ciate the recognition of honors at commence-ment. For undergraduate students to havetheir honors recognized in the printedprogram at commencement, all of their degreerequirements must be met by March 1. Thereare no exceptions to this honors policy.

School of Business Graduation Requirements


GRADUATE PROGRAMSRequirements vary among graduateprograms. Students should consult the appro-priate departmental listing in this Catalogfor specific requirements. However, the follow-ing regulations pertain to graduate studentsin all programs at the University of Redlands.


Minimum Credit and Curriculum RequirementsThe minimum number of credits requiredvaries according to the program. See individ-ual department listings for this information.

Curricula for School of Business graduatedegree programs may be subject to changeeach year. School of Business studentsshould consult the annual supplementarypublication.

School of Business Graduation RequirementsS

chool of Business



The following schedules list the principalexpenses and regulations concerning thepayment of fees for the 2001-2002 academicyear. Expenses are subject to change.When such changes are made, notice will begiven as far in advance as possible.


TUITION, FEES, AND EXPENSESNumbers in columns indicate dollaramounts.

Tuition, per creditB.S., Business and Management . . . . . . 422B.S., Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 422M.A., Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443M.B.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443M.S., Interactive Telecommunications . . 443

Audit or Independent Study, per creditAudit and independent Study courses arebilled at the current per-credit rate for thedegree program in which the course resides.

Repeat Courses, per creditRepeated courses are billed at the student’sper-credit program rate, provided he or she iscurrently enrolled in his or her core program.All other courses will be billed at the currentper-credit rate for the degree program inwhich the course resides.

Weekend and Completion Seminars, per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Forest Service Certificate Program,per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Other Fees

TextbooksStudents purchase textbooks through MBSDirect at market price at the time of purchase.

Student Services Fee,per course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Cross-registration with Arts & SciencesFull-time School of Business students maycross-register for one Arts and Sciencescourse per term as part of their degreeprogram with the approval of their academicadvisor, provided the course does not dupli-cate a School of Business offering. Classesmust be at the intermediate or advancedlevel (courses numbered 50 through 199).Arts and Sciences registration cards must besigned by the student’s academic advisor andthe registrar. Part-time students are subjectto the same regulations applicable to full-time students.

Other Special Costs

Duplicate Diploma Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Examination for Credit in Lieu ofCoursework, per course . . . . . . . . . . 250

Available only to full-time students who havenot previously audited or attended the course.

Late Registration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Matriculation Fee (not refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Encompasses costs incurred by the Univer-sity for maintenance of students’ permanentrecords.

Degree Completion Extension Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350When an extension is granted to a studentfor degree completion, all options for gainingearned and certified credit will remain opento the student during the time of the exten-sion. The extension for degree completion willbegin on the date of the student’s originallyscheduled deadline.

Placement File FeeFee includes the establishment of the place-ment file plus 10 files to be sent in the acad-emic year of establishment (July 1 throughJune 30).Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Alumni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

School of Business Tuition and Fees


For fees relating to maintenance or modifi-cation of files, contact the Student ServicesCenter.

Re-enrollment Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Thesis Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Transcripts of Records,each copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Methods of PaymentAll students must pay a minimum $140prepayment at the time of registration;prepayment is applied to the student’saccount. Tuition and fees are billed course-by-course with payment due 45 days fromthe invoice date.

Students with past due balances on theirUniversity account are subject to dismissalfrom the University. The University will notrelease transcripts or a diploma until thepast due balance is paid in full. Students willnot be permitted to enroll in subsequentcourses until the past due balance is paid infull. The University may contact creditbureaus, creditors, or personal references toobtain information concerning a debtorscurrent address, phone number, or place ofbusiness. For information regarding loanprograms, please refer to Financial Aid in theSchool of Business section of this Catalog.For information regarding the tuition installmentplan (AMS), please contact the Office of Business andFinance—Student Accounts.

Policy on RefundsRefund policies at the University of Redlandsare established in compliance with the 1992amendments to the Higher Education Act of1965. The University has adopted the Federalrefund policy guidelines as its institutionalpolicy. Refund policies are subject to changeat any time, according to Federal and Stateregulations. When such changes are made,notice will be given as far in advance aspossible. To obtain a refund or a separatepublication outlining examples of refundpolicy requirements and calculations, pleasecontact the Office of Business and Finance—Student Accounts.

Refunds are calculated from the date of offi-cial withdrawal or approved leave of absence.

Students who withdraw unofficially or at therequest of the University are not entitled torefunds for the student’s enrollment at thetime of withdrawal. A withdrawal or leave isconsidered official when written notice hasbeen provided to the registrar stating theintention of the student to discontinue thecourse(s) in which he or she is registered, andthe withdrawal has been approved by boththe student and the registrar.

Official WithdrawalRefunds are determined by the date of official withdrawal.

If a student fails to attend or stops attend-ing class but fails to withdraw in writingthrough the Office of the Registrar, thestudent will be administratively dismissed(withdrawn from the program) after thesecond consecutive course and will becharged in accordance with the University’sRefund Policy.

A student dropping or being dropped froma second consecutive course, or a studentdropping or being dropped from three courseswithin a twelve-month period will be admin-istratively dismissed (withdrawn from theprogram) and will be charged in accordancewith the University’s Refund Policy.

Returning StudentsStudents re-enrolling after withdrawal fromthe University will be charged current ratesand fees based on the start date of new regis-tration.

Noncompliance with AdmissionDeadlinesStudents who begin coursework and then aredenied admission because of failure tocomplete their admissions files by the end ofthe first course will be charged in accordancewith the University’s Refund Policy.

Denial of AdmissionStudents who are denied admission to aprogram after beginning their courseworkmay immediately withdraw, or continue, thecurrent course. Students will be liable for100% of the course costs for all coursescompleted. Course costs include per-credit

School of B

usiness



tuition, matriculation fees, and related coursefees. Academic credit will be received for allcompleted courses. A withdrawal is consid-ered official when written notice is providedto the Office of the Registrar stating thestudent’s intention to withdraw.

Loan RecipientsStudents who are withdrawing and are recip-ients of a Federal Stafford Loan (GSL) shouldbe aware of the following:1. The University must notify the lending

institution immediately when enrollmentis discontinued or drops below half-timestatus.

2. The student is also responsible for noti-fying the lender of her/his withdrawal.

3. Refunds of tuition and/or fees from theUniversity may be sent directly to thelender.

4. Students who re-enroll are responsiblefor providing enrollment verification tothe lending institution.

Tuition Liability and Refund ScheduleA Change of Status form from the StudentHandbook, or a letter of withdrawal must besent to the Office of the Registrar, to with-draw officially from the program.

The matriculation fee is non-refundable.

Repayment PolicySome students receiving financial aid willreceive cash for living expenses in addition tohaving their tuition and registration chargespaid by their financial aid. If a student with-draws completely or is disqualified, a portionof the cash disbursement may need to berepaid. Based upon the amount of aidreceived offset by the prorated cost of atten-dance up to the point of withdrawal,a repayment calculation is performed todetermine the amount of aid the studentmust repay.


GENERAL INFORMATIONFinancial need is calculated as the differencebetween the cost of attending college and theexpected contribution from students andtheir families. Financial aid is an award froma scholarship, grant, loan, or work fund thatwill assist in meeting this need.

Every effort has been made to ensure theaccuracy of this information at the time ofpublication. However, due to frequentchanges in program regulations mandatedby the U.S. Congress, Department of Educa-tion, and the State of California, the infor-mation contained herein is subject to changewithout notice.

Financial Aid VocabularyAcronyms and initials are frequently used indiscussing financial aid; many appear in thispublication. Familiarity with the followingterms is helpful when investigating poten-tial financial aid programs:CAL GRANT A State of California GrantCAL GRANT B State of California GrantCOA Cost of AttendanceEFC Expected Family Contri

butionFAFSA Free Application for

Federal Student AidFFELP Federal Family Education

Loans ProgramFSL Federal Stafford LoanPLUS Parent Loan for

Undergraduate StudentsGPA Grade Point AverageIRS Internal Revenue ServiceSEOG Supplemental


SAR Student Aid Report

ELIGIBILITYTo receive need-based financial aid, a studentmust meet each of the following conditions:1. The applicant must be a United States


2. The applicant must have demonstratedfinancial need according to the currentneed-analysis procedure.

3. The applicant must be registered withthe Selective Service if the applicant is amale, at least 18 years old, and not acurrent member of the active armedforces.



OUTSIDE FUNDING SOURCES

Veterans AssistanceThe University of Redlands has been desig-nated by the Veterans Administration as oneof the qualified institutions veterans mayattend and receive benefits under the follow-ing U.S. Codes:• Chapter 30, Montgomery G.I. Bill—

Active Duty • Chapter 31, Veterans and Vocational

Training and Rehabilitation Act (PublicLaws 894 and 97-815)


Assistance Act• Chapter 1606, Montgomery GI Bill—

Select ReserveVeterans and widows and children of

deceased veterans who wish to inquire abouttheir eligibility for benefits should contactthe regional office of the Veterans Adminis-tration by calling 1-800-827-1000.

LOANS

Federal Perkins LoanThis federal loan carries an interest rate of 5percent repayable starting nine months aftergraduation, upon termination of an academicprogram, or enrolling in fewer than 6 creditsduring a semester. Repayment extends overa maximum of 10 years at a minimummonthly payment of $40. An additional 10years may be requested for low-income individuals based upon criteria developed bythe U.S. Secretary of Education.


School of Business Financial AidS

chool of Business

Eligibility. Students with extreme financialneed, which is demonstrated by a maximumPell Grant and Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant, will be eligible for thePerkins Loan Program.

Federal College Work Study ProgramWork may be included as part of the financialaid award package. Such jobs are usuallylocated on campus or at one of the regionaloffices. Students can earn a maximum of$750 per academic year.

Eligibility. College Work Study will beawarded to undergraduate students with anextreme financial need, demonstrated by anadjusted gross income of $10,000 or less.

Students should understand that they arepaid for hours worked and that funds earnedfrom this program may be owed to theirstudent account.

Federal Subsidized Stafford StudentLoanThis long-term student loan is available frombanks, savings and loan associations, andcredit unions. No interest is charged nor isrepayment required while the borrower isenrolled at least half time. The interest rateis variable and is capped at 8.25 percent.Students will be eligible for this loan if theydemonstrate a financial need using stan-dards established by the U.S. Secretary ofEducation.

Eligibility. Full-time and half-time studentsare eligible to apply. Eligibility is determinedthrough needs analysis, documented via theFAFSA form. Eligibility is limited to U.S. citi-zens and qualified non-citizens. Also, thestudent must be officially admitted and regis-tered in a specific learning group before theloan can be certified.

Loan Limits. Full-time and half-time under-graduate students may borrow up to $5,500per academic year. Graduate students mayborrow up to $8,500 per academic year. Maxi-mum aggregate loan amounts are: for adependent undergraduate student, $23,000;for an independent undergraduate student,

$46,000; for a graduate or professionalstudent, $138,500. Repayment of principaland interest begins six months after leavingschool or if enrollment is less than half time,with up to 10 years for repayment. All loansare assessed a federal origination fee on theamount of the loan. Some states also chargea loan insurance fee. Stafford applicationsare mailed from the Financial Aid office wheneligibility is determined. Submit a currentFAFSA to the Federal Student Aid Program.These forms are obtainable from the regionalcenters or the Financial Aid office. A FAFSAshould be mailed in its enclosed envelope sixto eight weeks prior to the starting date of astudent’s academic program.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student LoanThis long-term loan is available from banks,savings and loan associations, and creditunions. The same terms and conditionsapply as to Federal Subsidized StaffordLoans, except that the borrower is responsi-ble for the interest that accrues duringdeferment periods (including time in-school)and during the six-month grace period. Thestudent’s options in handling the intereston the loan are:1. Pay the interest and principal;2. Pay the interest quarterly and defer the

principal; or3. Defer the interest and principal until the

student goes into repayment. (Interestwill accrue while the student is enrolledand in the grace period. Interest will becapitalized to the loan when the studentgoes into repayment.)

Eligibility. Eligibility requirements are thesame as for the Federal Subsidized StaffordLoan. This loan is available to students whodo not qualify for Federal Subsidized StaffordLoans. The combined total of subsidized andunsubsidized loans cannot exceed Staffordlimits. The maximum combined total peracademic year is $18,500 for graduatestudents and $10,500 for undergraduates.

Loan Limits. Full time and half time grad-uate students may borrow up to $10,000 per

School of Business Financial Aid


academic year. Undergraduate students mayborrow up to $5,000 per academic year.

NEED-BASED GRANTS

Federal Pell Grants(Undergraduate only)This federal grant ranges from $400 to $3,750for a full-time undergraduate student. Theaward is determined by the amount of thecalculated student contribution in relation tothe cost of attending the University ofRedlands. Eligibility may extend to the periodrequired to complete the first baccalaureatedegree. Grants do not have to be repaid.

Eligibility. Full-time and half-time under-graduate students with financial need areeligible. Those eligible generally have a lowincome and limited assets. Eligibility is deter-mined through needs analysis, documentedvia the FAFSA form, and is limited to U.S.citizens and qualified non-citizens.

Cal Grant A (Undergraduate only)California resident students must applydirectly to the California Student AidCommission for the Cal Grant A by fillingout a GPA verification form by March 2. TheGPA Verification Form for Cal Grants andthe FAFSA must be submitted by March 2each year. Forms are available at all highschool and community college guidanceoffices, and college financial aid offices.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG) (Undergraduate only)This federal grant is intended to assiststudents who demonstrate a financial need;it is administered by the Office of FinancialAid. Grants can be awarded up to $1,500 peracademic year. A student must have a fullPell Grant to receive an SEOG.

SATISFACTORY ACADEMICPROGRESSAs required by federal regulations, theUniversity of Redlands defines satisfactoryacademic progress on the basis of the numberof credits and approved degree requirements

satisfactorily completed, as well as thestudents’ cumulative grade point average(GPA). To receive financial aid at the Univer-sity of Redlands and maintain satisfactoryacademic progress, students must meet thefollowing minimum standards based on atwelve-month calendar year.

Full-time Status—UndergraduateAcademic year completed 1 2Minimum number of academic creditssatisfactorily completed 24 48Minimum cumulative GPA 2.0 2.0

Full-time Status—GraduateAcademic year completed 1 2Minimum number of academic creditssatisfactorily completed 18 36Minimum cumulative GPA 3.0 3.0

Half-time Status—UndergraduateAcademic year completed 1 2 Minimum number of academic credits satisfactorily completed 12 24 Minimum cumulativeGPA 2.0 2.0

Half-time Status—GraduateAcademic year completed 1 2 Minimum number of academic credits satisfactorily completed 9 18 Minimum cumulativeGPA 3.0 3.0

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIESThe rights and responsibilities of all financialaid recipients, as specified by federal andstate regulations, are outlined below.

A student has the right to know:• The deadlines for submitting an applica-

tion for each of the available programs.• How your financial need was determined.


chool of Business


• How much of your financial need hasbeen met.

• What resources were considered in thecalculation of your need.

• What financial aid programs are avail-able and their exact requirements.

• How eligibility for financial aid programsis determined, how decisions on eligibil-ity are made, the basis for these deci-sions, and the procedures for appealingdecisions if you believe you have beentreated unfairly.

• What portion of your financial aid is aloan, and what portion is a grant. If theaid is a loan, you have the right to knowthe total amount that must be repaid,the amount of each payment, the interestrate, the length of time you have to repaythe loan, and when repayment is tobegin.

• What it costs to attend the University ofRedlands, and what the University’srefund policy requires of the Universityand of you.



Responsibilities students accept:• You should carefully read all information

regarding programs at the University ofRedlands.





• You are required to report to the Office ofFinancial Aid if you drop below full-timestatus.

• You must return all additional documen-tation, verification, corrections, and/ornew information requested by either theOffice of Financial Aid or by any agencyto which you submitted an application.

• You have to update information concern-ing name change, address change, with-drawal, or graduation as they occur.Notify the Office of Financial Aid or anyagency that has awarded you funds.

• You must accept responsibility for read-ing, understanding, and keeping copies ofall forms that you are asked to sign.

• You must comply with all applicable poli-cies and regulations when you acceptfinancial aid from any source.


• If you have received a federal PerkinsStudent Loan or a Federal Stafford Loanfrom the Office of Financial Aid, youmust complete an exit interview asrequired by federal law before graduat-ing, transferring, or withdrawing fromthe University of Redlands.

• You must perform the work that isagreed upon in accepting an employmentaward. Keep a record of the amount ofeach check you receive from your work-study employer. You cannot exceed themaximum earnings for employment indi-cated on your Notice of Financial Aid.

• You must report your earnings. You arerequired to monitor your earnings andnot to exceed the maximum amount youare allowed to earn from work-study jobson campus. Overworking will create areduction of other forms of financial aidin your package.

• If you receive additional funds from anysource before or after you receive finan-cial aid from the University, you mustreport the source and value of the awardto the Office of Financial Aid. Receipt ofadditional funds frequently requires an

School of Business Financial Aid


adjustment in the University’s award toavoid an “overaward” as defined byfederal and state regulations.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES

How to apply for financial aid:• Complete the Free Application for

Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)*• All California residents who wish to

apply for a Cal Grant A must do so byMarch 2, prior to the academic year ofanticipated entrance

• Apply for a Pell Grant by completing theFAFSA.

*May be mailed by paper format or submitted on-lineat www.fafsa.ed.gov

DEADLINESFree Application for Federal StudentAid (FAFSA)March 2 prior to the academic year of antici-pated entrance, if applying for a Cal Grant A.GPA Verification FormMarch 2 prior to the academic year of antic-ipated entrance.Students can obtain information regardingthe following by referring to other sections inthis Catalog:• Refund policy;• Available degree programs;• Course listings by department;• Instructional facilities;• Faculty and instructional personnel;• Special facilities/services available to

disabled students; and• Names of associations, agencies, and

governmental bodies that accredit,approve, or license the University and itsprograms.

UNIFORM CRIME REPORTINGFor information regarding compliance withfederal regulations on uniform crime report-ing, please refer to the Legal Statementssection at the end of this Catalog.

DRUG-RELATED CONVICTIONSAND STUDENT INELIGIBILITYTitle IV eligibility is suspended for studentsconvicted of violating State or Federal drugpossession or sale laws.

For drug possession convictions, eligibilityis suspended:one year for the first offense,two years for the second offense, andindefinitely for the third offense.

For drug sale convictions, eligibility issuspended:two years for the first offense, andindefinitely for the second offense.

A student’s Title IV eligibility may beresumed before the end of the ineligibilityperiod if: the student satisfactorily completesa drug rehabilitation program whichcomplies with criteria established by theSecretary and such a program includes twounannounced drug tests; or the conviction isreversed, set aside, or otherwise renderednugatory.

FINANCIAL AID APPEAL COMMITTEEAny student wishing to appeal a financialaid decision must do so in writing to theUniversity of Redlands Office of FinancialAid in Redlands, California.

Director of Financial AidUniversity of RedlandsOffice of Financial AidP.O. Box 3080Redlands, CA 92373-0999

INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCEFor further information about financial aid orfor assistance in completing any of the appli-cation forms, write: Director of Financial Aid,Office of Financial Aid, University ofRedlands, P.O. Box 3080, Redlands, CA92373-0999; or call Monday through Friday,8 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., at (909) 335-4037 or (909)335-4049.


chool of Business



Gordon C. Atkins Memorial Scholarship AwardThis award recognizes School of Businessgraduates for their academic achievementand program participation. It is given annu-ally in memory of Dr. Atkins, who helpedcreate the Alfred North Whitehead College.

WHITEHEAD LEADERSHIP SOCIETYThe purpose of the Whitehead LeadershipSociety (WLS) is to recognize academic lead-ership achievement or potential and toprovide an enriching environment of collabo-rative learning between students and facultyof the Schools of Education and Business.

Whitehead Leadership Society membersparticipate in programs designed to enrichtheir experience at the University ofRedlands. As proponents of professionaleducation and lifelong learning, individualmembers provide active service to theUniversity community, foster an academicclimate to enhance student achievement, andhonor the traditions of liberal education.

Selection to the WLS is achieved througha student’s application, accompanied by a500-word essay, articulating his or hercommitment to strengthen the mission andideals of the Society, as well as a completedand signed questionnaire from three Schoolof Business or School of Education facultymembers, or two School of Business or Schoolof Education faculty members and onecurrent WLS student member. A minimumcumulative GPA of 3.50 and at least 12 cred-its completed at the University of Redlandsare requisites for selection. All full-timefaculty are invited to join the society. Adjunctfaculty may join the organization by complet-ing a brief questionnaire.

GRADUATION WITH HONORSUndergraduate students whose cumulativeacademic record demonstrates overall acad-emic excellence will be awarded honors atgraduation as follows:

Departmental or Programmatic HonorsA student who satisfactorily completes anhonors project or a capstone experience inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded honors upongraduation.

Cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.45-3.64and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded cum laude upongraduation. The honors project may serve asa capstone experience with the department’sapproval.

Magna cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.65-3.84and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded magna cumlaude upon graduation. The honors projectmay serve as a capstone experience with thedepartment’s approval.

Summa cum laude A student whose cumulative GPA is 3.85-4.00and who completes an honors project inaccordance with established department orprogram standards, as judged by an honorscommittee, will be awarded summa cumlaude upon graduation. The honors projectmay serve as a capstone experience with thedepartment’s approval.

School of Business Awards and Honors


THE DEANWilliam B. Stanley

THE FACULTY*Joe CastinoRobert DenhamMargo DrallosCarol Ann FranklinCandice FredrickBarbara McEwan LandauMarjo MitsutomiRonald MorganKeith OsajimaLydia RiveraJustin SaldanaLorraine Troy Sheffield

*Adjunct faculty are listed at the back of this Catalog

PROGRAMS FOR:Teaching CredentialsCLAD CertificateTechnology and Learning CertificateCounseling CredentialSchool Administration CredentialMaster of Arts Degrees

INTRODUCTIONThe School of Education is dedicated toproviding the highest quality professionaldevelopment programs for those who areinterested in becoming teachers, for teachersinterested in furthering their education, forthose interested in becoming counselors, andfor those interested in school administration.

MissionThe School of Education fosters a student-centered approach to learning in whichcandidates for teaching, counseling, andadministrative credentials and graduatedegrees experience both rigorous academicpreparation and professionally supervisedfield experiences that bridge theory and prac-tice. As a consequence of their work with us,our students will embrace learning as acentral value in their lives and continuouslyacquire new knowledge and skills necessary

for them to be effective educators throughouttheir careers. Effectiveness will be demon-strated through our graduates’ success inteaching the diverse population of studentsin their schools and providing visionaryeducational leadership in accordance withthe core values that define our understand-ing of education as a transformative process.

AdmissionsThe School of Education Admissions Officeencourages all interested individuals to visitthe campus either informally or by appoint-ment. To schedule an appointment, pleasecall (909) 335-4064 or visit our Web site atwww.redlands.edu. Prospective applicantsreceive information describing the school’sdegree and credential programs, coursecurriculum, admissions requirements, cost,and financial aid. Enrollment counselors andprogram directors are also available to meetwith interested groups hosted by schooldistricts, organizations, businesses, andcommunity agencies.

After submitting an application, a studentmay begin the first course of a programwhile additional application materials arecollected and processed. Official admissionstatus must be attained before registeringfor the second course.

Students will need access to e-mail andInternet resources for all programs. Access toword processing and other education appli-cations is strongly recommended. Enrolledstudents have access to campus-basedcomputing resources.

AdvisingUpon acceptance into a program, eachstudent is assigned an advisor who assists indeveloping a personalized program designedto meet both State and/or University require-ments and student interests. The director ofthe program approves each student’s courseof study. Competencies in the various fields,as specified by professional requirements orstate credential laws, must be attested to bythe instructor or the program director.

School of Education Programs of StudyS

chool of Education

School of Education Programs of Study

Program UpdatesCurricula for graduate and credentialprograms are subject to change. Studentsshould consult the annual supplementarypublication available from the School ofEducation Admissions Office to obtain themost recent information.

Program LocationsSome of the programs offered at the Univer-sity of Redlands are also available offcampus. School of Education facultymembers can advise program candidatesregarding the locations and times for off-campus offerings.

BASIC TEACHING CREDENTIALPROGRAMThis is a program for students who possess anapproved bachelor’s degree and want either aMultiple or Single Subject California TeachingCredential with Crosscultural, Language andAcademic Development (CLAD) emphasis,commonly referred to as the preliminarycredential. The State of California requiresindividuals who teach in elementary publicschool to possess a multiple subject creden-tial. For individuals planning to teach juniorhigh or high school, the State of Californiarequires a single-subject credential. Tocomplete this program, students must demon-strate subject-matter competence by passingthe appropriate section of the PRAXIS exam-ination, or by completing an approved multiple-or single-subject program.

For information about the University ofRedlands’ undergraduate program in liberalstudies please see the Liberal Studies sectionunder the College of Arts and Sciences in thisCatalog.

Program Admission Requirements

Application• Completed application form• Two sets of official transcripts to be sent

directly from the college or university tothe School of Education

• Recommendations from two individualsqualified to evaluate the applicant’s qual-ifications

Degree and G.P.A.• Bachelor of Arts or higher-level degree

from an accredited college or university• Undergraduate grade point average of

2.75 or higher on a 4.0 scale

Required Coursework and Experience• Completion of U.S. Constitution course

required by the California Commissionon Teacher Credentialing (CCTC)

• Evidence of 50 documented hours ofworking with children and adolescents ina public school setting

Tests• Provide documentation that the Praxis

Series requirement has been met eitherby an approved multiple-subject orsingle-subject competency program or byhaving taken the appropriate PraxisSeries Exam and one of the following:

Multiple Subject Assessment Test(MSAT) for elementary credential candi-dates or

Single Subject Assessment Test(SSAT) for secondary credential candidates

• Passing score on the California BasicEducation Skills Test (CBEST)

• International Students whose firstlanguage is not English must present aTOEFL score of 550 or higher on thewritten examination or 213 or higher onthe computer-based examination

Interview Assessment Process• Successful completion of an assessment

interview process which includes an inter-view, a written assignment, and participa-tion in a leaderless group discussion

Certificate of Clearance• Criminal and character identification

clearance from the U.S. Federal Bureauof Investigation and CaliforniaDepartment of Justice

Multiple and Single SubjectCredential CurriculumThe Basic Teaching Credential curriculumconsists of required courses totaling 27semester credits. Additional requirements



include the four prerequisite courses listedbelow; one course, “U.S. Constitution,”mandated by the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing (CCTC); and 6 semes-ter credits of a foreign language to meetCLAD requirements.

Pre-Requisite Courses• EDUC 531 Child Development (3)• EDUC 511 Introduction to Second

Language Acquisition (3)• EDUC 515 Teaching Diverse

Student Populations in U.S. Schools (3)• EDUC 589 Technology for Educators (3)

Program Requirements• EDUC 532 Foundations of Education (3)• EDUC 534 The Teaching of Reading:

K-12 (3)• EDUC 525 Democratic Classroom

Management (3) • EDUC 535 Teaching Mathematics and

Science in Elementary Schools (3) orEDUC 536 Teaching in the Content Area (3)

• EDUC 543 Elementary Curriculum andMethods: ELD and SDAIE (3) orEDUC 544 Secondary Curriculum andMethods: ELD and SDAIE (3)

• EDUC 560 Student Teaching: K-12 (12)

Professional Clear CredentialWithin five (5) years of attaining a prelimi-nary credential, the State of Californiarequires teachers to attain a ProfessionalClear Credential. Students who wish to earna Professional Clear Credential may do so bypassing CCTC-approved courses in healtheducation (with drug, alcohol, and nutritioncomponents); certification in communityCPR; special education (inclusion); andcomputer education for teachers. The follow-ing courses meet those CCTC requirements:• EDUC 520 Experiences with Exceptional

Children and Youth (3)• EDUC 527 Health Education (3)• EDUC 589 Technology for Educators (3)

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Crosscultural, Language, and Academic Development Certifi-cateThe Crosscultural, Language, and AcademicDevelopment Certificate provides educatorswho already possess a basic teaching creden-tial with the skills and competencies to teachdiverse students in today’s school environ-ment. the following courses fulfill the require-ment for the CLAD Certificate issues by theCalifornia Commission on Teacher Creden-tialing:• EDUC 515 Teaching Diverse Student

Populations in U.S. Schools (3)• EDUC 511 Introduction to Second

Language Acquisition (3)• EDUC 564 Methods for Multilingual,

Multicultural Students (3)• EDUC 565 Fieldwork in Evaluation

of Multilingual, Multicultural Education (3)

Technology and Learning CertificateThe Technology and Learning Certificateprovides teachers and administrators withexperience with instructional technology andlearning through the study of currentresearch and student/school site data, stan-dards-based instruction, assessment, andaccountability. The certificate courses may beapplied to the Professional AdministrativeServices Credential program or the Master’sDegree in Education in Curriculum andInstruction. Completion of the certificate isequivalent to the Professional Clear TeachingCredential technology requirement.• EDUC 681 Foundations of Technology

and Learning (3)• EDUC 682 Technology and Learning:

From Research to Practice (Part I) (3)• EDUC 683 Technology and Learning:

From Research to Practice (Part II) (3)• EDUC 684 Technology, Learning, and

Planning for the Future (3)

School of Education



MASTER OF ARTS DEGREES ANDSERVICE CREDENTIALS

Graduate AdmissionsRequirementsAdmissions decisions are made after acomprehensive review of each applicant’sabilities, record, and potential. Evaluation ofapplicants to graduate programs in educa-tion is based on the following criteria:1. Bachelor’s or higher-level degree from an

accredited college or university andsubmission of two sets of official tran-scripts of all previous college coursework

2. A grade point average of 3.00 or higheron a 4.0 scale is required. A petitionprocess is available for those applicantswith a G.P.A. lower than a 3.00

3. Recommendations from two individualsqualified to evaluate the applicant’s qual-ifications

4. A 500-word essay describing thestudent’s motivation for graduate studyand professional achievements (waivedfor the Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential)

5. Successful completion of the assessmentinterview (waived for the PreliminaryAdministrative Services Credential)

6. Application for Certificate of Clearancewith the California Department ofJustice and the F.B.I.

7. A TOEFL score of 550 or higher on thewritten examination or a score of 213 orhigher on the computer-based examina-tion for international students whoseprimary language is not English

8. All Professional Administrative ServicesCredential (PASC) candidates must holda current Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential and be employed in aposition requiring the Preliminarycredential

Upon acceptance into a program, eachstudent is assigned an advisor who assists indeveloping a personalized program designedto meet state and University requirementsand student interests. The program directorapproves each student’s course of study anddetermines the acceptance of transfer gradu-ate work. Competencies in the various fields,

as specified by professional requirements orstate credential laws, must be attested to bythe instructor or by the program director.

All graduate students pursuing creden-tials in administrative services or pupilpersonnel services must pass the CBEST asa requirement to complete their credentials.

I. Master of Arts: Curriculum and InstructionThe degree is designed for classroom teachersand other professionals in education andbusiness who engage in curriculum develop-ment and have become leaders in teachingeffectiveness. Students complete the gradu-ate core and then select from a number ofoptions. For example, a student may wish tospecialize in one of the following areas ofemphasis: (A) Crosscultural, Language, andAcademic Development (CLAD), (B) Profes-sional Clear Credential, or (C) Interdiscipli-nary Course Emphasis with the approval ofthe director of Curriculum and Instruction.

Students who have completed their prelim-inary teaching credential program throughthe University of Redlands may apply certaincourses toward the completion of the master’sdegree in curriculum and instruction only.1. Core Courses• EDUC 600 The Reflective Educator (3)• EDUC 601 Interpersonal Relationships (3)• EDUC 602 Pluralism in Education (3)• EDUC 603 Research and Evaluation (3)• EDUC 637 Master’s Seminar (3)• EDUC 670 Program Administration and

Management (3)• EDUC 671 Leadership (3)• EDUC 675 Curriculum and Program

Development (3)2. Courses for Area of Emphasis(A) Crosscultural, Language, and Academic

Development• EDUC 511 Introduction to Second

Language Acquisition (3)• EDUC 515 Teaching Diverse Student

Populations in U.S. Schools (3)• EDUC 564 Methods for Multilingual,

Multicultural Students (3)• EDUC 565 Fieldwork in Evaluation of

Multilingual, Multicultural Education (3)(B) Professional Clear Credential



• EDUC 589 Technology for Educators (3)• EDUC 520 Experiences with Exceptional

Children and Youth (3)• EDUC 527 Health Education (3)(C) Interdisciplinary Course EmphasisCourses are selected by the student, withapproval of the program director for Curricu-lum and Instruction.

II. Pupil Personnel Services, CounselingThis program provides technical and theo-retical training in counseling, consultation,and helping relationships. The program maybe taken for general counseling preparationfor public or private service, or it can lead toobtaining the Professional Clear PupilPersonnel Services Credential (PPS).

Although a California teaching credentialis not a prerequisite for the PPS Credential,successful completion of the California BasicEducational Skills Test (CBEST) is a prereq-uisite to the program. All candidates for thePPS program must apply for a Certificate ofClearance when they initially enroll in theprogram.

Pupil Personnel Services Credential (PPS)This program is for applicants who alreadyhave a master’s degree in a counseling-related field and who wish to receive just thePPS Credential. They must complete thefollowing courses:• EDUC 651 Group Counseling and

Consultation (3)• EDUC 653 Techniques of

Counseling and Consultation (3)• EDUC 654 Information Services

and Career Counseling (3)• EDUC 655 Counseling Systems (3)• EDUC 658A Practicum:

Fieldwork in Counseling (3)• EDUC 659 Learning Theory

and Student Assessment (3)• EDUC 670 Program Administration and

Management (3)• EDUC 674 School Politics and Law (3)• EDUC 675 Curriculum and Program

Development (3)

Some of these courses may be waived ifalready taken in an approved master’s degreein counseling.

Master of Arts degree with the PupilPersonnel Services CredentialTo obtain the Master’s degree along with theProfessional Clear Pupil Personnel Services(PPS) Credential, candidates must take allthe courses listed above for the PPS Creden-tial as well as the following:• EDUC 600 The Reflective Educator (3)• EDUC 601 Interpersonal Relationships (3)• EDUC 602 Pluralism in Education (3)• EDUC 603 Research and Evaluation (3)• EDUC 637 Master’s Seminar (3)• EDUC 658B Practicum:

Fieldwork in Counseling (3)

III. Administrative ServicesThis program bridges the theory and practiceof school management and leadership, andprepares educational leaders for both publicand private sectors of education.

There are two options possible in thisprogram: (1) the Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential or (2) the Master of Artsalong with the Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential.

Candidates for either option must possessa basic credential (i.e., teaching or services),pass the CBEST, interview with the programdirector, and meet all graduate educationadmissions requirements. Candidates mustalso apply for a Certificate of Clearance whenthey enroll in the program.

Preliminary Administrative Services CredentialIn order to become an administrator in Cali-fornia K-12 public schools, candidates need togain the competencies and meet the stan-dards of the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing (CCTC). The follow-ing courses are approved by the CCTC toattain a Preliminary Administrative ServicesCredential or a Certificate of Eligibility.• EDUC 601 Interpersonal Relationships (3)• EDUC 602 Pluralism in Education (3)• EDUC 670 Program Administration and

Management (3)

School of Education



• EDUC 671 Leadership (3)• EDUC 673 School Finance (3)• EDUC 674 School Politics and Law (3)• EDUC 675 Curriculum and Program

Development (3)• EDUC 676 School Personnel

Management (3)• EDUC 678 Practicum: Fieldwork in

Administration (3). Candidates employedas administrative interns must enroll inEDUC 679 Preliminary AdministrativeInternship Practicum (1-3).

Additionally, in order to receive the credentialwhen coursework is completed, a studentmust have worked under the authority of abasic credential for three years and mustpass the exit interview at the end of theprogram.

Master of Arts and Preliminary Adminis-trative Services CredentialTo receive the Master of Arts degree alongwith the Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential, a candidate mustcomplete all of the courses and requirementslisted for the Preliminary AdministrativeServices Credential as well as the followingthree courses:• EDUC 600 The Reflective Educator (3)• EDUC 603 Research and Evaluation (3)• EDUC 637 Master’s Seminar (3)

Professional AdministrativeServices Credential (PASC)The PASC program assists current schooladministrators in developing their profes-sional skills and competencies throughseveral options of study approved andsupported by a mentor, their employer, andthe program director. Candidates currentlyemployed as school administrators requiringthe Preliminary Administrative ServicesCredential may enroll in an individuallydesigned program, and must successfullycomplete the following 4 credits:• EDUC 720 Professional Administrative

Services Credential Assessment: PlanDevelopment and Mentoring (2)

• EDUC 726 Professional AdministrativeServices Credential Assessment: Exit (2).

Further, students must develop an academicplan of at least 12 credits of approved grad-uate coursework (see below) and either 150hours of approved professional developmentor 8 credits of approved coursework or acombination of professional developmentand coursework. The academic plan mustaddress the principles of administrativepractice in five thematic areas required byCCTC: organizational and cultural environ-ment, dynamics of strategic issues manage-ment, ethical and reflective leadership,analysis and development of public policy,management of information systems, andhuman and fiscal resources. The following12 credits of coursework are designed toaddress these thematic areas:• EDUC 722 Learning and

Leadership (3)• EDUC 723 Communication in an

Environment of Diversity (3)• EDUC 724 Organizational

Systems in Education (3)• EDUC 725 Resource Management

in Schools (3).

NUMBERING SYSTEM0–99 Freshman level (not counted

toward degree credit)100–199 Freshman level (included in

degree grade point ratio)200–299 Sophomore level300–399 Junior level400–499 Senior level500–599 Credential and other post-

baccalaureate courses. Continu-ing education courses are also offered in this series.

600–699 Graduate level700–799 Post-graduate credential courses

not otherwise offered as gradu-ate courses

Definition of Academic CreditOne semester credit is awarded for the amountof work an average student would accomplishin a minimum of 40 hours (undergraduate)and 45 hours (graduate), including the hoursspent in the laboratory or classroom.



Explanation of Course MarkingsCourse numbers• Separated by a comma can be scheduled

in any sequence;• Separated by a hyphen must be taken in

sequence as the first is a prerequisite forthe one following; and

• Separated by a slash indicate that under-graduate and graduate courses areoffered together. Undergraduates registerfor the courses numbered 001-499, whilegraduates register for the 500- or 600-level courses.

School of Education



EDUCATION (EDUC)The courses listed here are credential and/orgraduate-level courses. Undergraduateprograms and courses in education areoffered through the College of Arts andSciences and are listed in the Educationsection under the College of Arts andSciences in this Catalog.

511 Introduction to Second Language Acquisition. (3).For teachers and prospective teachers seek-ing the teaching credential with CLADemphasis. Theories and research on languagelearning, language structure, and factors infirst- and second-language development arestudied. Examination of effective teachingstrategies that empower teachers whileteaching second-language learners. Equiva-lent to EDUG 310/310E.

515 Teaching Diverse Student Populationsin U.S. Schools. (3).Examination of issues of diversity and multi-culturalism in public schools. Focus on howdiverse backgrounds and experiences ofstudents and teachers impact classroom rela-tions. Theoretical perspectives on individual,cultural, and institutional bias in educationare examined. Practical strategies to addressissues of diversity are explored. Equivalent toREST 315.

516 Spanish for Educators. (3).A continuing development of vocabulary,structures, and speaking/reading/writingstrategies essential to basic language use.Situation-based practice in asking andanswering questions; identifying, comparing,and describing people and things; expressingfeelings, wants, and needs; and discussingplans. Some practice in narration of present,past, and future events, and also in express-ing opinions. Prerequisite: transcripted oneyear of Spanish.

520 Experiences with Exceptional Childrenand Youth. (3).Emphasis on assessment, diagnosis, prescrip-tion, curriculum materials, and teachingstrategies. Meets the special education

requirement for the Professional Clear Multi-ple Subject and Single Subject credentials.Equivalent to EDUG 320.

525 Democratic Classroom Management. (3).Examination of various approaches to class-room management designed to model democ-racy, promote equity, and maintain safeschool environments. Equivalent to EDUG 425and EDUC 625.

527 Health Education. (3).Understanding the many topics of health andwellness in today’s society is important to thedevelopment of curriculum and teachingmethods for sound classroom practices.Topics include wellness, exercise, nutrition,death, dying, addictive disease, substanceabuse, HIV, AIDS, human sexuality, stressreduction, time management, CPR, and basicfirst aid. Meets the Professional ClearCredential requirement. Equivalent toEDUG 327.

531 Child Development. (3).Cognitive, social, and linguistic developmentof children from birth through adolescence.Various learning theories and their implica-tion for the timing of instruction. Develop-mental implications for teaching the wholechild. Equivalent to EDUG 331.

532 Foundations of Education. (3). Students explore the major philosophies ofeducation and their impact on currentthought and practice in the United States,including historical, philosophical, cultural,and political aspects of education. Equivalentto EDUG 432.

534 The Teaching of Reading: K-12. (3).Field and related course experiences addressall levels in the public school. Principles ofreading, reading-readiness factors, develop-mental reading, phonemic awareness, phon-ics instruction, reading in content areas, andremedial reading are included. Prerequisite:permission from the School of Education.Equivalent to EDUG 434.

School of Education Course Descriptions


535 Teaching Math and Science in Elementary Schools. (3).Designed to provide pre-service teachers andin-service intern teaching candidates withthe foundations of math and science curricu-lum, fundamental teaching strategies, meth-ods appropriate for instruction, and tools topromote successful learning in a crosscul-tural and linguistically diverse classroom.Equivalent to EDUG 435.

536 Teaching in the Content Area. (3).Designed to prepare candidates for studentand intern teaching experiences by focusingon specific content areas. Focus encompassesongoing changes in schools, curriculum,secondary learners, and effective teaching formiddle, junior high, and senior high schoolsin crosscultural and linguistically diverseclassrooms. Equivalent to EDUG 436.

543 Elementary Curriculum and Methods:ELD and SDAIE. (3).Examination of the complexity of contempo-rary teaching, beliefs about learning, curricu-lum and instructional methods, and theimpact teachers have on student learning, aspertaining to the elementary school. Focusincludes theories and methodologies ofEnglish Language Development (ELD) andSpecially Designed Academic Instruction inEnglish (SDAIE) . Equivalent to EDUG 443.

544 Secondary Curriculum and Methods:ELD and SDAIE. (3).Examination of the complexity of contempo-rary teaching, beliefs about learning, curricu-lum and instructional methods, and theimpact teachers have on student learning, aspertaining to middle and secondary schools.Focus includes theories and methodologies ofEnglish Language Development (ELD) andSpecially Designed Academic Instruction inEnglish (SDAIE). Equivalent to EDUG 444.

560 Student Teaching: K-12. (12).Student teaching experiences under super-vision in multiple subject and single subjectareas in kindergarten and grades 1-12. A fullday of student teaching is required for onesemester. Because this constitutes a full-time

job, student teachers are advised to scheduleonly EDUC 532 concurrently with EDUC560. Prerequisite: permission from the School ofEducation.

562 Educator’s Workshop. (1-4).Designed to reflect curriculum trends andissues in education, while current and topical.

563 Teaching Internship in Grades K-12. (15).Culminating experience for students withsuperior achievement in both courseworkand teaching. Signed contractual agreementbetween the intern and the school districtleads to full classroom responsibility for oneschool semester. Meets Professional ClearCredential requirements. Prerequisites:EDUC 534 and School of Education andpublic school approval. CN only.

564 Methods for Multilingual, MulticulturalStudents. (3).Theories and methodologies of English devel-opment in the content areas for K-12 schools.Topics include the role of primary language,theories of ELD and SDAIE strategies,assessment, and program models. Studentteachers discuss personal experiences inclassroom management, education law, anddevelopment of a professional portfolio.

565 Fieldwork in Evaluation of Multilingual,Multicultural Education. (3).Theory and practice of effective first andsecond language assessment. Emphasis onCalifornia mandated instruments and guide-lines for language assessment of studentswho are acquiring English. Authentic andalternative assessment methods and recom-mendations incorporated. Twelve hours offieldwork are part of the course contracthours. Prerequisites: EDUC 511 and aCalifornia teaching credential. NU only.

589 Technology for Educators. (3).Designed to prepare teachers in K-12 class-rooms to become critical users of technology;to use appropriate hardware, software appli-cations, and media to evaluate information,analyze and solve problems and communi-cate ideas to enhance student learning; and

School of Education



to respond to individual student learningstyles, socio-economic background, culture,ethnicity, or geographic location. Requiredprior to admission to the Basic TeachingCredential program and meets the CCTCrequirement for the preliminary teachingcredential.

600 The Reflective Educator. (3).Master’s candidates develop a reflective port-folio as a comprehensive assessment of allwork. Additional topics include foundations ofeducation, adult learning theory, reflectivepractice, current trends and issues. Normallymeets one Saturday each term with additionalgroup and individual work (.5 credits eachterm x 6 = 3 credits). CN only.

601 Interpersonal Relationships. (3). Examination of the principles involved inhelping relationships. Emphasis on impli-cations and applications of such conceptsfor people who work in various helpingprofessions.

602 Pluralism in Education. (3).Examination of the relationship of ethnicity,gender, class, and culture on student success inclassrooms, schools, and educational systems.Cultural proficiency provides a model for studyand practice. Corequisite: field practice.

603 Research and Evaluation. (3).Proposal development of a qualitative orquantitative research study or evaluationproject. Includes a review of the literatureproblem definition, methodology, data analy-sis, and timeline planning. The use of dataanalysis in current school practice is empha-sized.

621 Instructional Strategies for Adult Learners. (3).Designed for individuals who are engaged inadult education or training. Exploration ofadult learning development with the intentto develop strategies for self-direction, reflec-tion, and transformation. Students gain prac-tice in effective teaching and learningstrategies and accessing resources throughthe World Wide Web.

622 Trends and Issues in Adult Education. (3).Designed for individuals engaged in adulteducation or training. Investigates adultlearning development, life-span learning, andissues in current adult education. The classselects topics of interest, such as distancelearning, training, continuing education, andadult literacy.

623 Designing Curriculum for Adult Learners. (3).Designed for individuals engaged in adulteducation or training. Studies various modelsof adult education and training with atten-tion to the variety of delivery modes.Students learn to access resources throughelectronic sources.

625 Democratic Classroom Management. (3).Examination of various approaches to class-room management designed to model democ-racy, promote equity, and maintain safeschool environments. Equivalent to EDUC525 and EDUG 425

637 Master’s Seminar. (3).Culminating experience of the program.Opportunity to identify, explore, and study aproblem area in depth and to communicatefindings to the professional community.Prerequisite: permission from the School ofEducation.

651 Group Counseling and Consultation. (3).Introduction to the theory and practice ofsmall-group work. Emphasis on the develop-ment of leadership skills.

653 Techniques of Counseling and Consultation. (3).Consideration of the theoretical foundationsof counseling and consultation. Applicationsof basic consulting and counseling techniquesin individual and group processes. Corequi-site: field practice.



654 Information Services and Career Counseling. (3).Philosophy of and methods for identifyingand providing information regarding educa-tion and careers.

655 Counseling Systems. (3).Designed for those planning to work in schoolsettings, where often the need to have a solidtheoretical understanding of the systematicapproach to counseling is essential. Studentswill learn to apply basic concepts from familyor relational therapy to issues most oftenencountered in school. Prerequisites: EDUC651, 653, and 659.

658A Practicum: Fieldwork in Counseling. (3).Introduction and exploration of fieldworkrequirements in school counseling. Interactivelaboratory experience to prepare students forfieldwork in K-12 settings. Guest lecturersspecializing on systemic approaches in schoolcounseling. Basic Empowerment Skills Train-ing (B.E.S.T. Program) to co-facilitate alcoholand drug group counseling sessions.

658B Practicum: Fieldwork in Counseling. (3).Review and critique of fieldwork experiencefrom a public or equivalent setting, under thejoint supervision of an on-site supervisor andfaculty member.

659 Learning Theory and Student Assessment. (3).Emphasis on individual learning styles,learning processes, meeting educationalobjectives, and the design of tools for studentevaluation. Discussion of the state-mandatedtesting program and interpretation of scores.

662 Educator’s Workshop. (1-4).Designed to reflect curriculum trends andissues in education, while current and topical.

670 Program Administration and Management. (3).Emphasis on the theoretical perspectives ofmanagement and program design. Introduc-tion to organizational theory and manage-

ment, team learning in school environment,and curriculum programming. Application ofwork required in a program proposal includ-ing design, implementation, and evaluationstrategies.

671 Leadership. (3).Features individual leadership assessments,administrative styles, employee motivation,and leadership theory. Emphasis on schoolimprovement, decision-making and planningskills, and the sociology of organizations.

673 School Finance. (3).Sound fiscal procedures and budgeting areintroduced, including an examination offederal, state, and local educational financing.Resource management and setting budgetarypriorities at the school site are studied.

674 School Politics and Law. (3).Federal and state laws, as well as court deci-sions and legal opinions, are presented andanalyzed as they relate to educational poli-cies and procedures. Contract law and lawsdealing with school operations are high-lighted. Exploration of the field of schoolgovernance and politics in relation to positiveschool climate and improvement.

675 Curriculum and Program Development. (3).Consideration of the philosophical and histor-ical elements of curriculum, as well as emerg-ing issues. Specific attention given to planning,developing, implementing, and evaluatingprograms. Additional topics include currentresearch in teaching practices, specialprograms, and the process of change within aschool.

676 School Personnel Management. (3).Examination of techniques and styles forselecting, supervising, and evaluating schoolpersonnel. Includes opportunities to observeand monitor staff performance and offersvarious professional in-service approaches.Employee relations, motivation, and negotia-tions included as students develop skills inpersonnel management.

School of Education



678 Practicum: Fieldwork in Administration. (3).Designed to fulfill major fieldwork require-ments. Consists of a semester’s work in educa-tional settings to enable the student to applyadministrative skills learned throughout theprogram. Students work under the joint super-vision of an on-site supervisor designated bythe school district and an approved facultymember in education.

679 Preliminary Administrative InternshipPracticum. (1-3).Designed to provide support and guidancefor candidates who have been hired by schooldistricts on administrative internship creden-tials. Expectations are the same as EDUC678. Enrollment required every term exceptwhen enrolled in EDUC 678. CN only.

681 Foundations of Technology and Learning. (3).First in a four-course series, this is an intro-duction to instructional technology/learningthrough the study of current research/data.Standards-based instruction, assessment,accountability, IIUSP, and data analysis willbe discussed using student/school site data(STAR, API, District Multiple Measures,CBEDS, etc).

682 Technology and Learning: From Research to Practice (Part I). (3).Second in a four-course series. Focus on theimpact of technology on instruction andstudent achievement. Key issues: brain-basedlearning, instructional delivery models, learn-ing modalities/multiple intelligence, problem-based vs. “drill and kill,” assessment tools,and Internet. Prerequisite: EDUC 681.

683 Technology and Learning: From Research to Practice (Part II). (3).Third in a four-course series. Participantsapply their understanding of technology andinstruction to make informed decisions aboutinstructional hardware, software, andmanagement. Existing technology andemerging technology will be addressed.Prerequisites: EDUC 681, 682.

684 Technology, Learning, and Planning for the Future. (3).Final course in the series. Focus on applica-tion of learning from the previous threecourses. Students will analyze data gatheredin the previous courses to develop andpresent a plan for the future use of technol-ogy for their learning community. Prerequi-sites: EDUC 681, 682, 683.

688 Integrating Technology and Learning in K-12 Classrooms. (3).Designed for current teachers in K-12 class-rooms to enhance their skills to integrateappropriate use of technology in designingcurriculum and instruction, and in creatingproductivity, communication, research, andlearning in response to individual learning,socio-economic background, culture, ethnic-ity, or geographic location of students. Prereq-uisite: EDUC 589 or equivalent.

720 Professional Administrative ServicesCredential Assessment: Plan Developmentand Mentoring. (2).Required of all Professional AdministrativeServices Credential (PASC) candidates.Working with a mentor, students mustcomplete all assessment activities anddevelop and obtain approval of an inductionplan addressing organizational and culturalenvironments, dynamics of strategic issuesmanagement, ethical and reflective leader-ship analysis and development of publicpolicy, management of information systems,and human and fiscal resources. CN only.

722 Learning and Leadership. (3).Topics include instructional leadership,learning, and instructional research andtheory; evaluation of teaching effectiveness,staff performance, and pupil achievement;staff development; site-based decision-making; and current trends and issues. CNonly.

723 Communication in an Environment of Diversity. (3).Topics include effective interpersonal commu-nication skills, effective oral and writtenpresentation, cultural values and language


School of Education Course DescriptionsS

chool of Education


diversity, demographics of the local commu-nity, the politics of language, restructuring,and coalition building. CN only.

724 Organizational Systems in Education. (3).Topics include theory and function of humanorganizations, schools as systems (political,social, cultural, economic), management oforganizations for change, and leadership inorganizational settings. CN only.

725 Resource Management in Schools. (3).Topics include sound practices in themanagement of fiscal, material, and humanresources within a legal framework; district-level funding and budgeting; current prob-lems affecting school financing; short- andlong-term planning; appropriate assignmentof personnel; and developing and imple-menting effective personnel policies. CN only.

726 Professional Administrative ServicesCredential Assessment: Exit. (2).Required of all Professional AdministrativeServices Credential (PASC) candidates.Students must complete all parts of the induc-tion plan, a self-assessment of expectations,and an exit assessment interview. Thestudent’s mentor and the program directormust verify that the student met the planexpectations. CN only.

780 Special Studies. (2).Individually designed activity that mightinclude approved professional development,research or evaluation problems, directedreadings or tutorial, or an internship consis-tent with an approved professional develop-ment plan. CN only.


School of Education Graduation Requirements

GRADUATE PROGRAMSRequirements vary among graduateprograms. Students should consult the appro-priate departmental listing in this Catalogfor specific requirements. However, thefollowing regulations pertain to graduatestudents in all programs at the University ofRedlands.


Application for GraduationStudents complete a formal application fordiploma thirty days prior to completion of alldegree requirements. Applications may beobtained from the student’s academic advisor.

CommencementThe School of Education enrolls studentsthroughout the year and has studentscompleting at various points during the year.Students may commence in the academicyear in which they complete their degreerequirements if their degree requirementsare completed by March 1. An application toparticipate in commencement must becompleted and postmarked by February 15.

Students enrolled in a degree programwith a Schedule of Instruction (SOI) that iscompleted by August 31 may apply to partic-ipate in commencement that year providedthere are 3 (or fewer) credits to be completedin addition to the remaining courses in theSOI. Students whose SOIs were completedprior to March 1 and with as many as 6 cred-its still needed may also apply to participatein commencement. An application mustinclude a reasonable plan for completing theremaining credits by August 31 and shouldbe sent to one’s academic advisor, postmarkedby February 15.

Minimum Credit and CurriculumRequirementsThe minimum number of credits requiredvaries according to the program. See individ-ual department listings for this information.

Curricula for School of Education graduatedegree programs may be subject to changeeach year. School of Education studentsshould consult the annual supplementarypublication.


The following schedules list the principalexpenses and regulations concerning thepayment of fees for the 2001-2002 academicyear. Expenses are subject to change.When such changes are made, notice will begiven as far in advance as possible.


TUITION, FEES, AND EXPENSESNumbers in columns indicate dollaramounts.

Tuition, per credit

EducationBasic Teaching Credential . . . . . . . . . . . 328CLAD Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Technology and Learning Certificate . . . 401M.A., Education/Credential:

Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Counseling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Curriculum and Instruction . . . . . . . . 401Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Professional Administrative Services Credential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Audit or Independent Study, per creditAudit and independent Study courses arebilled at the current per-credit rate for thedegree program in which the course resides.

Repeat Courses, per creditRepeated courses are billed at the student’sper-credit program rate, provided he or she iscurrently enrolled in his or her core program.All other courses will be billed at the currentper-credit rate for the degree program inwhich the course resides.

Other Fees

TextbooksStudents purchase textbooks through MBSDirect at market price at the time of purchase.Students enrolled in the Professional Admin-istrative Services Credential Program will becharged a materials fee of $150.Student Services Fee,per course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Cross-registration with Arts & SciencesFull-time School of Education students maycross-register for one Arts and Sciencescourse per term as part of their degreeprogram with the approval of their academicadvisor, provided the course does not dupli-cate a School of Education offering. Classesmust be at the intermediate or advancedlevel (courses numbered 50 through 199).Arts and Sciences registration cards must besigned by the student’s academic advisor andthe registrar. Part-time students are subjectto the same regulations applicable to full-time students.

Other Special Costs

Duplicate Diploma Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Examination for Credit in Lieu ofCoursework, per course . . . . . . . . . . 250

Available only to full-time students who havenot previously audited or attended the course.

Late Registration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Matriculation Fee (not refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Encompasses costs incurred by the Univer-sity for maintenance of students’ permanentrecords.

Degree Completion Extension Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350When an extension is granted to a studentfor degree completion, all options for gainingearned and certified credit will remain opento the student during the time of the exten-sion. The extension for degree completion willbegin on the date of the student’s originallyscheduled deadline.

Placement File FeeFee includes the establishment of the place-ment file plus 10 files to be sent in the acad-emic year of establishment (July 1 throughJune 30).Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Alumni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

School of Education Tuition and FeesS

chool of Education

School of Education Tuition and Fees

For fees relating to maintenance or modifi-cation of files, contact the Student ServicesCenter.

Re-enrollment Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Thesis Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Transcripts of Records,each copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Methods of PaymentAll students must pay a minimum $140prepayment at the time of registration;prepayment is applied to the student’saccount. Tuition and fees are billed course-by-course with payment due 45 days fromthe invoice date.

Students with past due balances on theirUniversity account are subject to dismissalfrom the University. The University will notrelease transcripts or a diploma until thepast due balance is paid in full. Students willnot be permitted to enroll in subsequentcourses until the past due balance is paid infull. The University may contact creditbureaus, creditors, or personal references toobtain information concerning a debtorscurrent address, phone number, or place ofbusiness. For information regarding loanprograms, please refer to Financial Aid in theSchool of Education section of this Catalog.For information regarding the tuition installmentplan (AMS), please contact the Office of Business andFinance—Student Accounts.

Policy on RefundsRefund policies at the University of Redlandsare established in compliance with the 1992amendments to the Higher Education Act of1965. The University has adopted the Federalrefund policy guidelines as its institutionalpolicy. Refund policies are subject to changeat any time, according to Federal and Stateregulations. When such changes are made,notice will be given as far in advance aspossible. To obtain a refund or a separatepublication outlining examples of refundpolicy requirements and calculations, pleasecontact the Office of Business andFinance—Student Accounts.

Refunds are calculated from the date ofofficial withdrawal or approved leave of

absence. Students who withdraw unofficiallyor at the request of the University are notentitled to refunds for the student’s semesterof enrollment at the time of withdrawal. Awithdrawal or leave is considered officialwhen written notice has been provided to theregistrar stating the intention of the studentto discontinue the course(s) in which he orshe is registered, and the withdrawal hasbeen approved by both the student and theregistrar.

Official WithdrawalRefunds are determined by the date of official withdrawal.

If a student fails to attend or stops attend-ing class but fails to withdraw in writingthrough the Office of the Registrar, thestudent will be administratively dismissed(withdrawn from the program) after thesecond consecutive course and will becharged in accordance with the University’sRefund Policy.

A student dropping or being dropped froma second consecutive course, or a studentdropping or being dropped from three courseswithin a twelve-month period will be admin-istratively dismissed (withdrawn from theprogram) and will be charged in accordancewith the University’s Refund Policy.

Returning StudentsStudents re-enrolling after withdrawal fromthe University will be charged current ratesand fees based on the start date of new regis-tration.

Noncompliance with Admission DeadlinesStudents who begin coursework and then aredenied admission because of failure tocomplete their admissions files by the end ofthe first course will be charged in accordancewith the University’s Refund Policy.

Denial of AdmissionStudents who are denied admission to aprogram after beginning their courseworkmay immediately withdraw, or continue, thecurrent course. Students will be liable for100% of the course costs for all courses


School of Education Tuition and Fees

completed. Course costs include per-credittuition, matriculation fees, and related coursefees. Academic credit will be received for allcompleted courses. A withdrawal is consid-ered official when written notice is providedto the Office of the Registrar stating thestudent’s intention to withdraw.

Loan RecipientsStudents who are withdrawing and are recip-ients of a Federal Stafford Loan (GSL) shouldbe aware of the following:1. The University must notify the lending

institution immediately when enrollmentis discontinued or drops below half-timestatus.

2. The student is also responsible for noti-fying the lender of her/his withdrawal.

3. Refunds of tuition and/or fees from theUniversity may be sent directly to thelender.

4. Students who re-enroll are responsiblefor providing enrollment verification tothe lending institution.

Tuition Liability and Refund ScheduleA Change of Status form, or a letter of with-drawal must be sent to the Office of theRegistrar, to withdraw officially from theprogram.

The matriculation fee is non-refundable.

Repayment PolicySome students receiving financial aid willreceive cash for living expenses in addition tohaving their tuition and registration chargespaid by their financial aid. If a student with-draws completely or is disqualified, a portionof the cash disbursement may need to berepaid. Based upon the amount of aidreceived offset by the prorated cost of atten-dance up to the point of withdrawal,a repayment calculation is performed todetermine the amount of aid the studentmust repay.

School of Education



GENERAL INFORMATIONFinancial need is calculated as the differencebetween the cost of attending college and theexpected contribution from students andtheir families. Financial aid is an award froma scholarship, grant, or loan that will assistin meeting this need.

Every effort has been made to ensure theaccuracy of this information at the time ofpublication. However, due to frequent changesin program regulations mandated by the U.S.Congress, Department of Education, and theState of California, the information containedherein is subject to change without notice.

Financial Aid VocabularyAcronyms and initials are frequently used indiscussing financial aid; many appear in thispublication. Familiarity with the followingterms is helpful when investigating poten-tial financial aid programs:CAL GRANT A State of California GrantCAL GRANT B State of California GrantCOA Cost of AttendanceEFC Expected Family

ContributionFAFSA Free Application for

Federal Student AidFFELP Federal Family Educa

tion Loans ProgramFSL Federal Stafford LoanPLUS Parent Loan for

Undergraduate StudentsGPA Grade Point AverageIRS Internal Revenue ServiceSEOG Supplemental


SAR Student Aid Report

ELIGIBILITYTo receive need-based financial aid, a studentmust meet each of the following conditions:1. The applicant must be a United States


2. The applicant must have demonstratedfinancial need according to the currentneed-analysis procedure.

3. The applicant must be registered with the

Selective Service if the applicant is a male,at least 18 years old, and not a currentmember of the active armed forces.



OUTSIDE FUNDING SOURCES

Veterans AssistanceThe University of Redlands has been desig-nated by the Veterans Administration as oneof the qualified institutions veterans mayattend and receive benefits under the follow-ing U.S. Codes:• Chapter 30, Montgomery G.I. Bill—

Active Duty • Chapter 31, Veterans and Vocational

Training and Rehabilitation Act (PublicLaws 894 and 97-815)


Assistance Act• Chapter 1606, Montgomery GI Bill—

Select ReserveVeterans and widows and children of deceasedveterans who wish to inquire about theireligibility for benefits should contact theregional office of the Veterans Administra-tion by calling 1-800-827-1000.

LOANS

Federal Perkins LoanThis federal loan carries an interest rate of 5 percent repayable starting nine monthsafter graduation, upon termination of anacademic program, or enrolling in fewer than6 credits during a semester. Repaymentextends over a maximum of 10 years at aminimum monthly payment of $40. An addi-tional 10 years may be requested for low-income individuals based upon criteriadeveloped by the U.S. Secretary of Education.

Eligibility. Students with extreme financialneed, which is demonstrated by a maximumPell Grant and Supplemental Educational

School of Education Financial Aid


Opportunity Grant, will be eligible for thePerkins Loan Program.

Federal Subsidized Stafford Student LoanThis long-term student loan is available frombanks, savings and loan associations, andcredit unions. No interest is charged nor isrepayment required while the borrower isenrolled at least half time. The interest rateis variable and is capped at 8.25 percent.Students are eligible for this loan if theydemonstrate a financial need using stan-dards established by the U.S. Secretary ofEducation.

Eligibility. Full-time and half-time studentsare eligible to apply. Eligibility is determinedthrough needs analysis, documented via theFAFSA form. Eligibility is limited to U.S. citi-zens and qualified non-citizens. Also, thestudent must be officially admitted andregistered in a specific learning group beforethe loan can be certified.

Loan Limits. Full-time and half-time grad-uate students may borrow up to $8,500 peracademic year. Post-baccalaureate studentsmay borrow up to $5,500 per academic year.Maximum aggregate loan amounts for agraduate or professional student are$138,500. Repayment of principal and inter-est begins six months after leaving school orif enrollment is less than half time, with upto 10 years for repayment. All loans areassessed a federal origination fee on theamount of the loan. Some states also chargea loan insurance fee. Stafford applicationsare mailed from the Financial Aid office wheneligibility is determined. Submit a currentFAFSA to the Federal Student Aid Program.These forms are obtainable from the regionalcenters or the Financial Aid office. A FAFSAshould be mailed in its enclosed envelope sixto eight weeks prior to the starting date of astudent’s academic program.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student LoanThis long-term loan is available from banks,savings and loan associations, and credit

unions. The same terms and conditionsapply as to Federal Subsidized StaffordLoans, except that the borrower is responsi-ble for the interest that accrues duringdeferment periods (including time in-school)and during the six-month grace period. Thestudent’s options in handling the intereston the loan are:1. Pay the interest and principal;2. Pay the interest quarterly and defer the

principal; or3. Defer the interest and principal until the

student goes into repayment. (Interestwill accrue while the student is enrolledand in the grace period. Interest will becapitalized to the loan when the studentgoes into repayment.)

Eligibility. Eligibility requirements are thesame as for the Federal Subsidized StaffordLoan. This loan is available to students whodo not qualify for Federal Subsidized StaffordLoans. The combined total of subsidized andunsubsidized loans cannot exceed Staffordlimits. The maximum combined total peracademic year is $18,500 for graduatestudents and $10,500 for post-baccalaureatestudents.

Loan Limits. Full-time and half time grad-uate students may borrow up to $10,000 peracademic year. Post-baccalaureate studentsmay borrow up to $5,000 per academic year.

NEED-BASED GRANTS

Cal Grant TCalifornia residents must apply directly to theCalifornia Student Aid Commission for theCal Grant T. The GPA verification for the CalGrant T and the FAFSA must be submittedby June 1 each year. Forms are available atall college financial aid offices.

SATISFACTORY ACADEMICPROGRESSAs required by federal regulations, theUniversity of Redlands defines satisfactoryacademic progress on the basis of the numberof credits and approved degree requirementssatisfactorily completed, as well as the

School of Education



students’ cumulative grade point average(GPA). To receive financial aid at the Univer-sity of Redlands and maintain satisfactoryacademic progress, students must meet thefollowing minimum standards based on atwelve-month calendar year.

Full-time Status—Post-baccalaureateAcademic year completed 1 2Minimum number of academic creditssatisfactorily completed 24 48Minimum cumulative GPA 2.0 2.0

Full-time Status—GraduateAcademic year completed 1 2Minimum number of academic creditssatisfactorily completed 18 36Minimum cumulative GPA 3.0 3.0

Half-time Status—Post-baccalaureateAcademic year completed 1 2 Minimum number of academic credits satisfactorily completed 12 24 Minimum cumulativeGPA 2.0 2.0

Half-time Status—GraduateAcademic year completed 1 2 Minimum number of academic credits satisfactorily completed 9 18 Minimum cumulativeGPA 3.0 3.0

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIESThe rights and responsibilities of all financialaid recipients, as specified by federal andstate regulations, are outlined below.

A student has the right to know:• The deadlines for submitting an applica-

tion for each of the available programs.• How your financial need was determined.• How much of your financial need has

been met.

• What resources were considered in thecalculation of your need.

• What financial aid programs are avail-able and their exact requirements.

• How eligibility for financial aid programsis determined, how decisions on eligi-bility are made, the basis for these deci-sions, and the procedures for appealingdecisions if you believe you have beentreated unfairly.

• What portion of your financial aid is aloan, and what portion is a grant. If theaid is a loan, you have the right to knowthe total amount that must be repaid, theamount of each payment, the interestrate, the length of time you have to repaythe loan, and when repayment is tobegin.

• What it costs to attend the University ofRedlands, and what the University’srefund policy requires of the Universityand of you.



Responsibilities students accept:• You should carefully read all information

regarding programs at the University ofRedlands.





• You are required to report to the Office of



Financial Aid if you drop below full-timestatus.

• You must return all additional documen-tation, verification, corrections, and/ornew information requested by either theOffice of Financial Aid or by any agencyto which you submitted an application.

• You have to update information concern-ing name change, address change, with-drawal, or graduation as they occur.Notify the Office of Financial Aid or anyagency that has awarded you funds.

• You must accept responsibility for read-ing, understanding, and keeping copies of all forms that you are asked to sign.

• You must comply with applicable all policies and regulations when you acceptfinancial aid from any source.


• If you have received a federal PerkinsStudent Loan or a Federal Stafford Loanfrom the Office of Financial Aid, youmust complete an exit interview asrequired by federal law before graduating,transferring, or withdrawing from theUniversity of Redlands.

• If you receive additional funds from anysource before or after you receive financialaid from the University, you must reportthe source and value of the award to theOffice of Financial Aid. Receipt of addi-tional funds frequently require anadjustment in the University’s award toavoid an “overaward” as defined byfederal and state regulations.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES

How to apply for financial aid:• Complete the Free Application for

Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) atwww.fafsa.gov.

• All California residents who wish toapply for a Cal Grant A must do so byMarch 2, and for Cal Grant T by June 1,prior to the academic year of anticipatedentrance.

DEADLINES

Free Application for Federal StudentAid (FAFSA)March 2 prior to the academic year of antici-pated entrance, if applying for a Cal Grant A.

GPA Verification Form for Cal Grant AMarch 2 prior to the academic year of antic-ipated entrance.

GPA Verification Form for Cal Grant TJune 1 prior to the academic year of antici-pated entrance.

Send application(s) to:Free Application for Federal StudentAid (FAFSA)May be mailed by paper format or

submitted on-line at www.fafsa.ed.gov

Students can obtain information regardingthe following by referring to other sections inthis Catalog:• refund policy;• available degree programs;• course listings by department;• instructional facilities;• faculty and instructional personnel;• special facilities/services available to

disabled students; and• names of associations, agencies, and

governmental bodies that accredit,approve, or license the University and itsprograms.

UNIFORM CRIME REPORTINGFor information regarding compliance withfederal regulations on uniform crime report-ing, please refer to the Legal Statementssection at the end of this Catalog.

DRUG-RELATED CONVICTIONSAND STUDENT INELIGIBILITYTitle IV eligibility is suspended for studentsconvicted of violating State or Federal drugpossession or sale laws.• For drug possession convictions, eligi-

bility is suspended:one year for the first offense,

School of Education



two years for the second offense, andindefinitely for the third offense.

• For drug sale convictions, eligibility issuspended: two years for the first offense,and indefinitely for the second offense.

• A student’s Title IV eligibility may beresumed before the end of the ineligi-bility period if: the student satisfactorilycompletes a drug rehabilitation programwhich complies with criteria establishedby the Secretary and such a programincludes two unannounced drug tests; orthe conviction is reversed, set aside, orotherwise rendered nugatory.

FINANCIAL AID APPEAL COMMITTEEAny student wishing to appeal a financialaid decision must do so in writing to theUniversity of Redlands, Office of FinancialAid in Redlands, California.

Director of Financial AidUniversity of RedlandsOffice of Financial Aid P.O. Box 3080Redlands, CA 92373-0999

INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCEFor further information about financial aid orfor assistance in completing any of the appli-cation forms, write: Director of Financial Aid,Office of Financial Aid, University ofRedlands, P.O. Box 3080, Redlands, CA92373-0999; or call Monday through Friday,8 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., at (909) 335-4037 or (909)335-4049.



School of Education AwardsS

chool of Education

Alpha Delta Kappa, Outstanding Student Teaching AwardAlpha Delta Kappa is an honorary educa-tional organization which promotes educa-tional and charitable projects, sponsorsscholarships, and works toward promotingexcellence in the teaching profession.

Burdett Endowed Scholarship AwardPresented annually to a graduate candidatefor a teaching credential who demonstrates astrong commitment to education and thepotential to become an outstanding educator.

Iola Threatt Elementary Teaching AwardGiven annually to a candidate for a multiplesubject teaching credential who possesses thequalities of creativity, conscientiousness,insight, perception, and commitment toteaching.

Stanley Combs Secondary Teaching AwardPresented annually to a candidate for asingle subject teaching credential who bestexemplifies the moral and spiritual qualities,poise, humility, and professional attitudecharacteristic of a good teacher.

WHITEHEAD LEADERSHIP SOCIETYThe purpose of the Whitehead LeadershipSociety (WLS) is to recognize academic lead-ership achievement or potential and toprovide an enriching environment of collabo-rative learning between students and facultyof the Schools of Education and Business.

Whitehead Leadership Society membersparticipate in programs designed to enrichtheir experience at the University ofRedlands. As proponents of professionaleducation and lifelong learning, individualmembers provide active service to theUniversity community, foster an academicclimate to enhance student achievement, andhonor the traditions of liberal education.

Selection to the WLS is achieved througha student’s application, accompanied by a500-word essay, articulating his or hercommitment to strengthen the mission andideals of the Society, as well as a completedand signed questionnaire from three Schoolof Business or School of Education facultymembers, or two School of Business or Schoolof Education faculty members and onecurrent WLS student member. A minimumcumulative GPA of 3.5 and at least 12 cred-its completed at the University of Redlandsare requisites for selection. All full-timefaculty are invited to join the society. Adjunctfaculty may join the organization by complet-ing a brief questionnaire.


(Dates indicate first year of full-time service.)J. Henry Acquaye, Associate Professor of

Chemistry, 1992; B.S. University of CapeCoast, Ghana; M.S., Brock University,Ontario, Canada; Ph.D, State Universityof New York, Buffalo

Jeremy Anderson, Visiting Instructor ofPhilosophy, 2001; B.A., University ofRedlands; M.A., University of California,Irvine

Nephelie Andonyadis, Associate Professorof Theatre, 2001; B.S., Cornell University;M.F.A., Yale University

Ralph M. Angel, Edith R. WhiteDistinguished Professor of English andCreative Writing, 1981; B.A., Universityof Washington; M.F.A., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

Benjamin Aronson, Assistant Professor ofBiology, 1998; B.A. Williams College;Ph.D., Purdue University

Arturo Arias, Professor of Latin AmericanStudies, 2000; B.A., M.A., BostonUniversity; Ph.D., Ecole de Hautes enSciences Sociales, Paris

Sangeeta Arora, Instructor of Business,1995; B.Com., Sydenham College ofCommerce and Economics; M.B.A.,Northeast Louisiana University

Graeme Auton, Professor of Government,1987; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Santa Barbara

Rasool Azari, Assistant Professor ofBusiness, 1997; B.S., California StateUniversity, Sacramento; M.S., Universityof California, Los Angeles; M.B.A., D.Sc.,George Washington University

Julius Bailey, Assistant Professor ofReligious Studies, 2001; B.A., OccidentalCollege; M.A., University of NorthCarolina at Chapel Hill

Sunny JoAnn Baker, Assistant Professorof Business, 2000; B.A., M.A. San JoseState University; Ph.D., Arizona StateUniversity

Gregory H. Barton, Assistant Professor ofHistory, 1999; B.A. Warner PacificCollege; M.A. Portland State University;M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University

Roger M. Baty, Professor of Anthropology,1969; B.A., University of Montana; B.A.,M.A., Merton College, Oxford University;Ph.D., Stanford University

Chris Beach, Associate Professor ofTheatre, 1993; B.F.A., VirginiaCommonwealth University; M.F.A.,University of California, Los Angeles

Sawa Becker, Assistant Professor ofAnthropology, 2000; B.A., LinfieldCollege; M.A., University of Chicago,Illinois; Ph.D., University of Colorado,Boulder

Janet L. Beery, Professor of Mathematics,1989; B.S., University of Puget Sound;M.A., Ph.D., Dartmouth College

James Bentley, Associate Professor ofMathematics, 2001; B.A., PomonaCollege; M.S., University of Washington;Ph.D., University of California, Riverside

Lee S. Bertrand, Lecturer in Business,1999; B.S., M.B.A., Western MichiganUniversity

Greg Bills, Assistant Professor of Englishand Creative Writing, 1998; B.A.,University of Utah; M.F.A., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

James R. Blauth, Associate Professor ofBiology, 1999; B.A., Dartmouth College;Ph.D., Cornell University

Susan L. Blauth, Assistant Professor ofBiology, 1999; B.S., Ph.D., CornellUniversity

Michael J. Bloxham, Professor ofMathematics, 1982; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,Cambridge University

Randall A. Bluffstone, Assistant Professorof Economics, 1999; B.S. MiamiUniversity; M.A., Ph.D., BostonUniversity

Mary E. Boyce, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 1990; B.A., University ofTennessee; M.A., Azusa PacificUniversity; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute

Hector Brasil-Laurenzo, AssistantProfessor of Spanish, 2000; B.A.,Brigham Young University; M.A.,California State University, Los Angeles;M.A., University of California, SantaBarbara; Ph.D., The Ohio State University

The Faculty 2001–2002


Francis T. Bright, Associate Professor of French, 1993; B.A., University of NotreDame; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University

Leslie Brody, Assistant Professor ofEnglish and Creative Writing, 1998; B.A.,San Francisco State University; M.A.,Ph.D., University of Connecticut

John Brownfield, Professor of Art, 1965;B.F.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;M.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago

Elaine S. Brubacher, Professor of Biology,1980; B.A., Mount Holyoke College;Ph.D., University of Michigan

Leslie J. Canterbury, Associate Librarian,1990; B.A., M.L.S., University of Arizona

Nancy E. Carrick, Professor of English,1980; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University ofArizona

Rochelle Casolaro, Visiting Lecturer ofBusiness, 2001; B.S., Wilmington College;M.H.A., Chapman University

Kimberly Cass, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 2001; B.A., Colorado StateUniversity; M.S., University of Arizona;Ph.D., University of Arizona

Joe Castino, Associate Professor ofEducation, 1992; B.A., Colorado StateUniversity; M.A., San Diego StateUniversity; Ph.D., University ofPittsburgh

Anne Cavender, Woodrow WilsonPostdoctoral Fellow in the Humanities,2000; B.A., Middlebury College; M.A.,Ph.D., University of Washington

Pani Chakrapani, Associate Professor ofComputer Science, 1985; B.S., M.S.,University of Madras, India

Mussaddequddin Chowdhury, AssociateProfessor of Economics, 1994; B.S., M.S.,University of Dhaka; M.A., Ph.D.,University of Southern California

Kirsti Copeland, Woodrow WilsonPostdoctoral Fellow in the Humanities,2001; A.B., Princeton University; M.T.S.,Harvard Divinity School

Portia Cornell, Senior Lecturer inMathematics, 1987; B.A., University ofRedlands; M.A., Claremont GraduateUniversity

Patricia K. Cornez, Lecturer in ComputerScience, 1999; B.S., University of NewMexico; M.A., California State University,San Bernardino

Richard N. Cornez, Professor ofMathematics, 1988; B.S., Case WesternReserve University; M.S., Ph.D.,University of New Mexico

Aaron J. Cox, Professor of Physics, 1970;B.S., M.S., University of New Mexico;Ph.D., University of Arizona

Emily Culpepper, Professor of Women’sStudies and Religious Studies andDirector of Women’s Studies Program,1989; B.A., Emory University; M.Div.,Th.D., Harvard University

Robert Denham, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Education, 2000; B.A.,M.A.T., University of Redlands; Ph.D.,Claremont Graduate University

Alan DeWeerd, Assistant Professor ofPhysics, 1998; B.S., University ofCalifornia, Irvine; M.S., Ph.D., Universityof Wisconsin, Madison

James Ducey, Associate Professor ofPhysical Education, Head Women’sBasketball Coach, Director of Men’s andWomen’s Tennis, 1991; B.S., University of Redlands; M.S., Claremont GraduateUniversity

Robert Y. Eng, Professor of History, 1980;B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Berkeley

Hamid Falatoon, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 1991; B.A., National IranianOil Company College; M.B.A., CaliforniaState Polytechnic University, Pomona;Ph.D., Texas A&M University

Pavel Farkas, Artist Professor of Music,1994; Bratislava Conservatory andAcademy of Music

Rafat Fazeli, Associate Professor ofEconomics, 1989; B.S., Tehran University;M.A., Ph.D, New School for SocialResearch

Anne-Marie Feenberg, Associate Professorof Business, 1995; Licence d’Anglais,Diplome d’Etudes Superieures, Universityof Paris, Sorbonne; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, San Diego



Lawrence Finsen, Professor of Philosophy,1979; B.A., Lake Forest College; Ph.D.,State University of New York at Buffalo

Caryl A. Forristall, Associate Professor ofBiology, 1994; B.S., Newton College;Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley

Allison Fraiberg, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 1996; B.A., McGill University;M.A., Tulane University; Ph.D., Universityof Washington

Carol Ann Franklin, Professor ofEducation, 1976; B.S., IndianaUniversity; M.A., Western MichiganUniversity; Ed.D., Indiana University

Candice Fredrick, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Education, 2000; B.A.,University of Massachusetts, M.T.S.,Harvard University; Ph.D., ClaremontGraduate University

Lorenzo Garbo, Associate Professor ofEconomics, 1996; Laurea in Economics,University of Venice; M.A., M.Phil.,Ph.D., Columbia University

Patricia Geary, Associate Professor ofEnglish and Creative Writing, 1987; B.A.,Vassar College; M.F.A., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

Valerie Gilman, Assistant Professor of Art,1999; B.A., Earlham College; M.F.A., TheSchool of the Art Institute of Chicago

John Glover, Assistant Professor ofHistory, 2000; B.A., Bradley University;M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois atChicago

Susan B. Goldstein, Associate Professor of Psychology, 1990; B.A., Oberlin College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Hawaii

Olga González, Professor of Spanish, 1969;D.L., University of Havana; M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Riverside

Frances Grace, Assistant Professor ofReligious Studies, 1999; B.S., B.A., HardingUniversity; M.A., University of Texas,Austin; M.Div., Austin PresbyterianTheological Seminary; Th.M, Ph.D.,Princeton Theological Seminary

Gerald M. Groshek, Associate Professor of Business, 1999; B.A., ValparaisoUniversity; M.A, Ph.D., University ofDenver

Thomas F. Gross, Professor of Psychology,1980; B.A., University of California,Berkeley; M.A., California StateUniversity, Fresno; Ph.D., University ofMaine

Lamont C. Hempel, Professor ofEnvironmental Studies, 1999; B.A.,University of Minnesota, Minneapolis;M.A., Ph.D., Claremont GraduateUniversity

Jorge Hernandez, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Spanish, 2001; B.A., M.A.,University of California, Irvine; M.A.,Ph.D., Cornell University

Veronica Herrera, Lecturer in Spanish,2000; Professor of State, CatholicUniversity, Santiago, Chile

S. Eric Hill, Assistant Professor of Physics,2001; B.A., Carleton College

Paula Horner, Assistant Professor ofCommunicative Disorders, 2001; B.A.,M.S., Minot State University; Ph.D. OhioState University

Robert C. Howlett, Visiting Professor ofBusiness, 2000; B.A., Occidental College;M.B.A., Pepperdine University

Robert N. Hudspeth, Professor of English,1992; A.B., University of Texas; M.A.,Ph.D., Syracuse University

William B. Huntley, Will C. and Effie M.Crawford Professor of Religion, 1974;B.A., Duke University; B.D., YaleUniversity; Ph.D., Duke University

Claudia Ingram, Associate Professor of English and Director of Composition,1997; B.A., St. John’s College; J.D.,University of California, Berkeley; M.A.,Ph.D., University of Oregon

Robert J. Jackson, Fletcher JonesProfessor of American Politics, 1997; B.A.,M.A., University of Western Ontario;Ph.D., Oxford University

Angela Jelliffe, Assistant Professor of Music, 2001; B.A., University ofRedlands; M.A., California StateUniversity, Los Angeles; Ph.D.,University of California, Los Angeles

Kathie Jenni, Professor of Philosophy,1988; B.A., University of Montana; M.A.,Ph.D., University of California, Irvine



Xinyan Jiang, Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy, 2000; B.A., M.A., PekingUniversity; M.A., Ph.D., University ofCincinnati

Mahmoud A. Kaboudan, AssociateProfessor of Business, 2001; B.S., CairoUniversity, M.A., Ph.D., West VirginiaUniversity; M.B.A., Marshall University

Stacy Kamehiro, Assistant Professor ofArt, 1998; B.A., University of California,San Diego; M.A., University of California,Los Angeles; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Los Angeles

Yukiko Kawahara, Assistant Professor of Asian Studies, 1999; B.A., HiroshimaJogakuin College; M.A., Ph.D., Universityof Arizona

James H. Keays, Professor of Music, 1972;B.S., University of Redlands; B.M., M.M.,D.M.A., University of Illinois

Jennifer D. Keene, Assistant Professor of History, 1996; B.A., M.A., The GeorgeWashington University; Ph.D., CarnegieMellon University

Karen Kemp, Associate Professor ofEnvironmental Studies, 2000; B.Sc.,University of Calgary; M.A., University of Victoria; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Santa Barbara

William Kennedy, Associate Librarian,1980; B.A., University of Redlands,M.S.L.S., University of SouthernCalifornia

Daniel Kiefer, Associate Professor ofEnglish, 1991; B.A., Boston University;M.A., Ph.D., Yale University

Allen Killpatrick, Professor ofMathematics, 1969; A.B., MillikinUniversity; Ph.D., Brigham YoungUniversity

Angelynn King, Associate Librarian, 1996;B.A., University of Virginia; M.L.S.,Catholic University of America

Heather King, Visiting Assistant Professorof English, 2000; B.A., Boston University;M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison

Alexander Koonce, Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1993; B.A., DartmouthCollege; Ph.D., Stanford University

Timothy P. Krantz, Assistant Professor of Environmental Studies, 1997; B.A.,University of Redlands; M.A., StanfordUniversity; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Berkeley

Barbara McEwan Landau, AssociateProfessor of Education, 1999; B. of Ed.,University of Toledo; Ed.D., Oregon StateUniversity

Sharon D. Lang, Assistant Professor ofSociology and Anthropology, 1997; B.A.,Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., HarvardUniversity

Victoria A. Lewis, Assistant Professor ofTheatre, 2000; B.A., Dunbarton College;M.A., Columbia University TeachersCollege; Ph.D., University of California,Los Angeles

Qingfeng Liu, Instructor of Business,2001; Bachelor of Economics, ShenzhenUniversity; M.B.A., University of Kansas

Louanne Fuchs Long, Professor of Music,1962; B.M., Oberlin College Conservatoryof Music; M.M., Northwestern University

Teresa Longin, Assistant Professor ofChemistry, 1998; B.S., Ithaca College;Ph.D., California Institute of Technology

Denise M. MacNeil, Assistant Professor ofBusiness, 1999; B.A., Evergreen StateCollege; M.A., M.F.A., ChapmanUniversity; Ph.D., Claremont GraduateUniversity

Joseph Magedanz, Visiting AssistantProfessor of German, 2000; B.A., YanktonCollege; M.A., Ph.D., University ofNebraska-Lincoln

James R. Malcolm, Professor of Biology,1981; B.A., Oxford University; Ph.D.,Harvard University

Joy Manesiotis, Associate Professor ofEnglish and Creative Writing, 1989;B.F.A., Virginia CommonwealthUniversity; M.F.A., Warren WilsonCollege

Frank Marvasti, Professor of BusinessAdministration, 1987; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute



Michael C. Maynard, Professor ofPhysical Education and Head FootballCoach, 1988; B.S., Illinois WesleyanUniversity; M.S., United States SportsAcademy

Donald W. McCormick, AssociateProfessor of Business, 1999; B.A.,University of California, Santa Cruz;Ph.D. Case Western Reserve University

William E. McDonald, Professor ofEnglish and Hunsaker DistinguishedTeaching Chair, 1969; B.A., ColgateUniversity; M.A., Ph.D., ClaremontGraduate University

Penny McElroy, Professor of Art, 1986;B.A., Alma College; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, Madison

Marjo Mitsutomi, Assistant Professor of Education, 1998; B.A., AndersonUniversity; Ph.D., Ball State University

Wali I. Mondal, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 2000; B.A., M.A., RajshahiUniversity; M.A., Boston University;Ph.D., Ohio State University

Ronald D. Morgan, Clinical Professor ofEducation, 1999; B.S., M.S., Loma LindaUniversity; Ed.D., La Sierra University

Steven Morics, Associate Professor ofMathematics, 1995; B.A., St. Olaf College;M.S., Ph.D., University of Virginia

Barbara J. Morris, Assistant Professor ofGovernment, 1996; B.A., San Diego StateUniversity; M.A., C. Phil., Ph.D.,University of California, Santa Barbara

Judith A. Morrison, Professor ofCommunicative Disorders, 1981; B.A.,Washington State University; M.S.,University of Washington

Daniel Murphy, Associate Professor ofMusic, 1993; B.M., Hartt School of Music;M.M., University of Rhode Island; D.M.,University of Colorado

Barbara Murray, Associate Professor ofChemistry, 1993; B.A., M.A., M.S.,Stephen F. Austin State University;Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana

Klaus Musmann, Librarian and Director ofArmacost Library, 1984; B.A., Wayne StateUniversity; M.A.L.S., University of Michigan;M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D.,University of Southern California

Anna Marie Napoli, Associate Professor of Psychology, 1969; B.A., Queens College;M.S., Ph.D., Tulane University

Jeanne M. Neil, Visiting Lecturer inBusiness Administration and Accounting,1999; B.A., M.B.A., California StateUniversity, San Bernardino

Michael Ng-Quinn, Professor ofGovernment, 1985; B.A., University ofChicago; Ph.D., Harvard University

Christopher J. Niggle, Professor ofEconomics, 1983; B.A., Arizona StateUniversity; M.A., New School for SocialResearch; Ph.D., University of California,Riverside

Tyler E. Nordgren, Assistant Professor of Physics, 2001; B.A., Reed College; M.S.,Ph.D., Cornell University

Kathy J. Ogren, Professor of History and Director of Johnston Center forIntegrative Studies, 1985; B.A., ScrippsCollege; M.A., Ph.D., The Johns HopkinsUniversity

Kevin O’Neill, Professor of Philosophy,1969; A.B., Georgetown University;M.A., Ph.D., Yale University

Keith Osajima, Associate Professor ofEducation and Director of Race andEthnic Studies, 1995; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Berkeley

Jack Osborn, Hunsaker Endowed Chairof Management, Professor of BusinessAdministration and Accounting, 2001;L.L.B., University of Edinburgh; L.L.B.,Christ’s College

David E. Petrie, Instructor of Business,1999; B.S., Colorado State University,Fort Collins; M.S., Claremont GraduateUniversity; M.B.A., University ofColorado, Boulder

Roberto Pedace, Assistant Professor ofEconomics, 2001; B.A., California StateUniversity, San Bernardino; Ph.D.,University of California, Riverside

Barbara Pflanz, Professor of German,1964; B.A., University of Pennsylvania;M.A., University of Washington; Diploma,Staatliche Hochschule für Musik, Berlin;D.M.A., University of Southern California



James B. Pick, Professor of Business,1991; B.A., Northwestern University;M.S.Ed., Northern Illinois University;Ph.D., University of California, Irvine

Marcela Pierola, Lecturer in Spanish,2000; B.A., M.A., California StateUniversity, Los Angeles

Laura Polich, Assistant Professor ofCommunicative Disorders, 1999; B.A.,M.S., University of Washington, Seattle;M.S. Eastern Washington University;Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin

Fredric E. Rabinowitz, Professor ofPsychology, 1984; B.A., Ithaca College;M.A., Loyola College; Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia

Julie Ann Rathbun, Assistant Professor of Physics, 2001; B.S., State University ofNew York at Buffalo; M.S., Ph.D., CornellUniversity

Phillip R. Rehfeldt, Professor of Music,1969; B.M., University of Arizona; M.M.,Mt. St. Mary’s College; D.M.A.,University of Michigan

Cheryl A. Rickabaugh, Professor ofPsychology, 1988; B.A., California StateUniversity, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Riverside

Jeffrey H. Rickard, Associate Professor of Music and Director of University Choir,1970; B.M., M.M., University of Redlands

Larry Rider, Professor of CommunicativeDisorders, 1973; B.S., Winona StateCollege; M.S., Colorado State University;Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison

Lydia Rivera, Clinical Professor ofEducation, 1998; B.A., M.A., CaliforniaState University, Los Angeles; Ph.D.,University of California, Riverside

Thomas C. Rohrer, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 1993; B.S., Gannon University;M.B.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D.,University of Auckland, New Zealand

G. Keith Roberts, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Business, 2001; B.B.A., J.D.,University of Oklahoma; L.L.M. GeorgeWashington University

Justin Saldana, Assistant Professor ofEducation, 1999; B.A., California StateUniversity, Sacramento; M.A., NationalUniversity; Ph.D. Universidad NacionalAutonoma de Aguascalientes

Linda Salem, Associate Librarian, 1992;B.A., Wichita State University; M.L.S.,Emporia State University

James A. Sandos, Professor of History and Farquhar Professor of the AmericanSouthwest, 1981; B.A., M.A., CaliforniaState University, Fresno; Ph.D.,University of California, Berkeley

Sara Schoonmaker, Associate Professor of Sociology, 1995; B.A., Earlham College;Ph.D., Boston College

David P. Schrum, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1999; B.S., University ofWisconsin, Stevens Point; Ph.D., PurdueUniversity

Keith Schubert, Visiting AssistantInstructor of Computer Science, 2000;B.S., University of Redlands; M.S.,University of California, Los Angeles

W. Hubbard Segur, Professor of Business,1989; B.S., Trinity College; M.A., BowdoinCollege; M.S., Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Davis

Jodye Selco, Professor of Chemistry, 1987;B.S., University of California, Irvine;Ph.D., Rice University

Lorraine Troy Sheffield, VisitingAssistant Professor of Education, 2000;B.A., Willamette University; M.A.T.,Alaska Pacific University; Ed.D.,University of Southern California

Julia Ferrè Shuler, Associate Professor of Communicative Disorders and ClinicalSupervisor, 1994; B.A., University ofRedlands; M.S. University of Washington,Seattle

Francisco Silva, Assistant Professor of Psychology, 1996; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,University of Manitoba

Linda Silveira, Associate Professor ofBiology, 1993; B.S. Cornell University;Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley

Alisa Slaughter, Visiting Lecturer inEnglish, 2000; M.A., University ofArizona; M.F.A., Warren Wilson College



Danièle Chatelain Slusser, AssociateProfessor of French, 1990; Licence, M.A.,Université de Strasbourg; M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Riverside

Eddie R. Smith, Professor of Music, 1991;B.M.E., Florida State University; M.A.,University of South Florida; Ph.D.,Florida State University

Gary H. Smith, Professor of PhysicalEducation and Head Men’s BasketballCoach, 1971; B.A., M.S., University ofRedlands

Lowell Kent Smith, Professor of Biology,1967; B.A., Knox College; Ph.D., StanfordUniversity

Suzette Soboti, Assistant Professor ofAthletics and Physical Education, 1998;B.A., Skidmore College; M.A., MontclairState University

Susan Sordon, Professor of CommunicativeDisorders, 1970; B.S., Miami University,Ohio; M.A., Ph.D., NorthwesternUniversity

David P. Soulsby, Instructor in Chemistry,2001; B.Sc., Lancaster University

William Southworth, Professor of Speechand Debate Coach, 1972; B.A., SanFernando Valley State College; M.A.,University of California, Los Angeles

James C. Spee, Associate Professor ofBusiness, 1995; B.S., University ofWashington; M.B.A., Ph.D., ClaremontGraduate University

James V. Spickard, Associate Professor ofSociology, 1989; B.A., Stanford University;M.A., New School for Social Research;Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union

Michael F. Sproul, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Economics, 2001; B.A, M.A.,Ph.D., University of California, LosAngeles

Vernon Stauble, Visiting AssistantProfessor of Business Administration andAccounting, 2000; B.A., California StateUniversity, San Bernardino; M.B.A.,University of California, Riverside; Ph.D.,Claremont Graduate University

Robert Lee Stuart, Professor of English,1969; B.A., Stanford University; Th.M.,School of Theology at Claremont; M.A.,Ph.D., Stanford University

Arthur G. Svenson, Professor ofGovernment, 1981; B.A., California StateUniversity, Fresno; M.A., Ph.D.,University of California, Santa Barbara

Jean Swanson, Librarian, 1987; B.A.,Syracuse University; M.L.S., RutgersUniversity

David Tharp, Associate Professor ofHistory, 1982; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., IndianaUniversity

Melissa Tosh, Assistant Professor of Music,1999; B.M., M.A., California StateUniversity, Sacramento; D.M.A.,University of Oregon

Judith A. Tschann, Professor of English,1978; B.A., University of Minnesota;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brook

Ivonne C. Vailakis, Professor of Spanish,1991; B.A., M.A., San Diego StateUniversity; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

Tamara B. Veenstra, Assistant Professorof Mathematics, 2001; B.S., University ofNorth Carolina, Chapel Hill; A.M., Ph.D.,Dartmouth College

Daniel B. Wacks, Associate Professor of Chemistry, 1991; B.A., NorthwesternUniversity; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Berkeley

Christopher N. Walker, Professor ofCommunicative Disorders, 1978; B.A.,California Lutheran College; M.A.,California State University, Northridge;Ph.D., University of Iowa

Patricia L. Wasielewski, Professor ofSociology and Women’s Studies, 1982;B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A.,Ph.D., Washington State University

Stephen I. Welborn, Professor ofAccounting, 1982; B.S., M.P.A.,Mississippi State University; C.P.A., NewYork

Kimberly Welch, Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies, 2000; B.A.,Rutgers University; M.A., University ofMinnesota; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, San Diego




Thomas T. Whittemore, AssociateProfessor of Physical Education andAquatics Coach, 1989; B.A., Claremont-McKenna College; M.A., ClaremontGraduate University

Cynthia Wineinger, Associate Professor of Communicative Disorders, 1990; B.S.,Northwestern University; M.S.,University of Redlands

Edward Wingenbach, Assistant Professorof Government, 2000; B.A., Lake ForestCollege; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame

Mara B. Winick, Associate Professor ofBusiness Administration, 1991; B.A.,Trinity University; M.B.A., University ofTexas, San Antonio; Ph.D., Texas A&MUniversity

Tekle M. Woldemikael, AssociateProfessor of Sociology and Anthropology,1994; B.A., Addis Ababa University; M.A.,Ph.D., Northwestern University

John M. Ysursa, Visiting AssistantProfessor of History, 1998; B.A., BoiseState University; M.A., Ph.D., Universityof California, Riverside


(Dates indicate years of service.)

Eugene E. Dawson, President Emeritusof the University of Redlands, 1970–1978

A. Keith Barnes, Emeritus HunsakerProfessor of Management, 1984–1997

Wayne R. Bohrnstedt, Professor Emeritusof Music, 1953–1993

Douglas Bowman, Professor Emeritus of Religion, 1969–1997

Frederick S. Bromberger, ProfessorEmeritus of English, 1948–1984

Richard F. Carlson, Professor Emeritus of Physics, 1967–2001

Margaret Clark, Associate ProfessorEmerita of Art, 1948–1970

Eileen Cotter, Associate Professor Emeritaof English, 1969–1978

Alice B. Crabtree, Librarian Emerita,1959–1977

Frances Crenshaw, Acquisition LibrarianEmerita, 1953–1968

Vernon E. Dornbach, Professor Emeritusof Art, 1957–1986

Maurice J. Durall, Professor Emeritus of Communicative Disorders, 1967–1999

Douglas G. Eadie, Emeritus Will C. andEffie M. Crawford Professor of Religion,1947–1981

John L. Golz, Professor Emeritus of Music,1953–1981

Frank L. Greenway, Jr., ProfessorEmeritus of Economics and BusinessAdministration, 1946–1980

Wilbur S. Gregory, Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1947–1974

Marcia L. Halvorsen, Professor Emeritaof Economics, 1975–1996

Lawrence Harvill, Professor Emeritus of Engineering and Applied Mathematics,1964–1998

James D. Hester, Emeritus Will C. andEffie M. Crawford Professor of Religion,1967–1998

J. Leland Hollenberg, Professor Emeritusof English, 1959–2001

Howard S. Hurlbut, Professor Emeritus of English/Russian Studies, 1963–1991

Jerome H. Johnson, Professor Emeritusof Engineering, 1958–1977

James R. Jorgenson, Professor Emeritusof Music, 1957–1988

Harold D. Kirchner, Professor Emeritusof Business Administration, 1954–1983

William J. Klausner, Professor Emeritusof Sociology, 1948–1979

Donald C. Kleckner, Dean Emeritus of Alfred North Whitehead College,1978–1985

Paul Little, Professor Emeritus of TheatreArts, 1970–1986

H. Peter Madler, Professor Emeritus ofEuropean Studies and Resident Directorof Salzburg Program, 1963–1965,1969–1999

Héctor P. Márquez, Professor Emeritus of Spanish, 1979–1999

Irene Mathews, Librarian Emerita,1970–1987

Josette Melzer, Professor Emerita of French, 1969–1993

Leon F. Moburg, Professor Emeritus of Art, 1958–1992

Eugene Ouellette, Professor Emeritus of Communicative Disorders, 1964–1997

Yasuyuki Owada, Professor Emeritus ofAnthropology and Director of JohnstonCenter for Integrative Studies,1969–1999

Lester H. Phillips, Professor Emeritus of Political Science, 1947–1976

Alexandra Pierce, Professor Emerita of Music, 1968–2001

Rebecca Rio–Jelliffe, Professor Emeritusof English, 1958–1996

Julian L. Roberts, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, 1961–1999

C. Alton Robertson, Associate ProfessorEmeritus of Liberal Studies, 1982–1999

Ted Runner, Professor Emeritus ofPhysical Education, 1953–1988

Erwin E. Ruff, Professor Emeritus of Music, 1942–1981

Judson Sanderson, Jr., ProfessorEmeritus of Mathematics, 1956–1988

Mary E. Scherer, Professor Emerita of Mathematics, 1985–2001

Betti Sherman, Professor Emerita of Physical Education, 1958–1981

Paul L. Taylor, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education, 1959–1983

Faculty Emeriti

Faculty Emeriti


Iola T. Threatt, Professor Emerita of Education, 1964–1982

Alvis Lee Tinnin, Professor Emeritus of French, 1969–1990

J. Kenneth Trolan, Professor Emeritus of Physics, 1964–1981

James E Verdieck, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education, 1946–1983

Dora Van Vranken, Professor Emeritus of German, 1965–1999

Drage H. Watson, Professor Emeritus of Education, 1973–1997

Glenn E. Whitlock, Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1969–1982

Edward K. Williams, Professor Emeritusof Liberal Studies, Alfred NorthWhitehead College, 1969–1989

Donald F. Winter, Professor Emeritus of Physics, 1986–1997

Harold Wright Woodrow, ProfessorEmeritus of Chemistry, 1930–1962


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

ArtBetty Porter, Art of Children; M.A.,

University of California, Los Angeles

Business AdministrationJack Clark, Business Law; M.B.A.,

California State University, SanBernardino; CPA, California

English: Writing and LiteratureJulia Brett; M.A., University of California,

Riverside

HistoryLarry Burgess; Ph.D., Claremont

Graduate University

MusicRamona Allen, Theory; D.M.A., Claremont

Graduate SchoolSara Andon, Flute; M.M., Yale School of

MusicCarolyn Beck, Bassoon; D.M.A.,

Manhattan School of MusicDa’Venche Burks, DanceFrancisco Castillo, Oboe; M.M.,

University of Southern CaliforniaKyle Champion, Cello; M.M., University

of Southern CaliforniaTimothy Emmons, Electric Bass; B.A.,

University of California, Santa BarbaraFred Greene, Tuba; M.M., University of

Southern CaliforniaNancy Helms, DanceDominique Piana, Harp; M.A., Claremont

Graduate UniversityMark Pratt, Guitar; M.M., University of

Southern CaliforniaAngelica Prodan, Piano; D.M.A.,

University of Southern CaliforniaPatricia Shanahan-Gee, Voice; M.M.,

University of RedlandsMarco Schindelmann, Voice; B.A.,

California State University, FullertonDavid Scott, Trumpet; D.M.A., University

of Southern CaliforniaPhillip M. Keen, Trombone; M.M.,

University of Michigan

William Schlitt, Percussion; B.A.,California State Polytechnic University,Pomona

Barbara Dixon Stewart, AccompanyingCoordinator; M.M., University ofRedlands

W. Scott Vance, Recording/AudioEngineering; M.M., University ofRedlands

Kenton Youngstrom, Jazz Guitar; M.M.,University of Southern California

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

David L. Caminiti; M.A., University of Redlands

Richard P. Fragale; M.Ed., WesternMaryland College

Phil Mirci; Ph.D., Claremont GraduateUniversity

Nancy Norton; M.A., University ofRedlands

Ernie Owen; M.A., University of RedlandsJudy Pelka; M.A., California State

University, San BernardinoBarbara Phelps; M.A., University

of DelawareBarry R. Pulliam; Ed.D., University

of La VerneLeslie A. Pulliam; M.A., University

of RedlandsMilly M. Strain; M.A., University of

RedlandsDrage “Bud” Watson; Ed.D., University

of New Mexico

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Paul N. Almond; M.B.A., Golden GateUniversity

Mercedes E. Anderson; M.A., Universityof Redlands

William A. Anderson; M.S., West CoastUniversity

Robert B. Arnold; Ph.D., United StatesInternational University, San Diego

Gordon Baird; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Riverside

David E. Balch; Ed.D., Ph.D., UnitedStates International University

Adjunct Faculty 2001–2002


Robert Baldwin; M.A., AmericanUniversity

Robert L. Balsley; M.A., CaliforniaBaptist Theological Seminary

Timothy L. Becker; D.B.A., United StatesInternational University, San Diego

Will S. Bell; M.B.A., California StatePolytechnic University, Pomona

Timothy Bettner; M.B.A., California StateUniversity, Long Beach

Allen E. Beutel; Ph.D., University of Southern California

W. Robert Blanck; M.A., University of Redlands; M.S., California StatePolytechnic University, Pomona

Paul A. Brennan; J.D., NorthropUniversity School of Law

Lauren Weiss Bricker; Ph.D., Universityof California, Santa Barbara

Bayani Buclatin; M.B.A., San Diego StateUniversity

Ling Cao; M.S., Claremont Graduate SchoolHenry L. Clemons; M.S., California State

University, Dominguez HillsRobert Cohen; M.A., California State

University, Los AngelesVivian Corr-Mason; M.S., University

of La VerneJames S. Coulson; M.B.A., University

of Southern CaliforniaWilliam Cowperthwaite; M.A., San Diego

State UniversityMilford C. Decker; M.B.A., Golden Gate

UniversityCarey E. Dermer; M.B.A., University of

Southern CaliforniaVish Dixit; Ph.D., University of Southern

CaliforniaJohn Economos; Ph.D., University

of MichiganGregor Edwards; Ed.D., University

of California, Los AngelesKari G. Elliott; Ph.D., University of

California, San DiegoDavid K. Erlanger; M.A., American

Graduate School of InternationalManagement

Harry A. Fink; M.A., California StateUniversity, Northridge

Jaqueline Freedman; M.A., University of California, Irvine

Joel Greenman; M.S., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

Marla Beth Greenman; M.S., ClaremontGraduate School

Bradley A. Heath; M.B.A., NationalUniversity

Ana-Mari Hamada; M.A., ClaremontGraduate School

Jay Hamilton; M.A., University ofCalifornia, Riverside

Larry E. Henderson; M.B.A., CaliforniaState University, San Bernardino

Craig E. Ihde; M.B.A., University ofSouthern California

Alyce M. Jackson; Ph.D., The ClaremontGraduate School

Ronald A, Jensen; J.D., Western StateUniversity College of Law

Charles N. Johnson; M.B.A., CaliforniaLutheran University

Robert N. Jones, Jr.; M.A., University of California, Riverside

Joseph Eugene Justin; M.S., Ohio StateUniversity

Stuart G. Karasik; Ph. D., La JollaUniversity

Clifford Kettembrough; M.B.A.,University of LaVerne

William J. Key; M.B.A., Washington StateUniversity

Malek Khazaee; Ph.D., ClaremontGraduate School

Sally Kilbourne; M.A., University of theWitwatersrand, Johannesburg

John D. King; Ed.D., United StatesInternational University California

Claire Langham; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, San Diego

Richard Lawrence; Ph.D., Texas TechUniversity

Barry J. Last; Ed.D., University ofSouthern California

Elijah Levy; Ph.D., California School of Professional Psychology

Gene E. Little; M.A., University of La Verne

Mary L. Maher; M.A., Professional Schoolof Psychological Studies

Cindy S. Malone; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles



J. Hicks Marlowe; Ph.D., University of Washington, Seattle

Bijan Massrour; D.B.A., United StatesInternational University, San Diego

Bruce Matlock; J.D., SouthwesternUniversity School of Law

Michelle Grace McBride; M.A.,University of Redlands

Todd E. Menzing; M.A., University of California, San Diego

Walter J. Michalski; Ed.D., PepperdineUniversity

Michael Morozov; M.S., Toraspol StateUniversity

Kurt W. Mueller; M.A., Loyola MarymountUniversity

Anthony J. Mulkern; Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin

Sally Norton; Ph.D., University of Southern California

Judy Olson; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

Shahrokh Parvini; M.S., Oklahoma StateUniversity

Susan A. Peterson; M.B.A., EastTennessee State University

Roger Pigeon; M.B.A., ChapmanUniversity

Kathleen C. Pinckard; J.D., Western StateUniversity College of Law

Ted Price; Ph.D., University of SouthernCalifornia

Karin Reiakvam; J.D., Western StateUniversity College of Law

Herminia Reyes; M.A., FordhamUniversity

Kevin Rice; M.B.A., University of La VerneJill L. Robinson; M.B.A., California State

University, San BernardinoLaura A. Rodriguez-O’Quinn; J.D.,

Western State University College of LawRaymond P. Roschmann; M.B.A.,

Northwestern UniversityScott Randall Rose; M.S., California

Polytechnic University, Pomona Farajollah Sadeghian; M.S., Oklahoma

State UniversityJon S. Sager; Ph.D., University of

MichiganRichard S. Savich; Ph.D., University

of Illinois

Shirley A. Sayles; M.S., California StateUniversity, Los Angeles

Jeff Schieberl; J.D., Southwestern Schoolof Law

Lorene Schwarzbach-Rodriguez; M.S.,University of Scranton

Jaqueline Scoones; M.A., University ofCalifornia, Irvine

George K. Sharghi; D.B.A., United StatesInternational University, San Diego

Harry Lee Sharp; M.S., University of Southern California

Richard L. Sherman; M.P.S., University of Colorado, Boulder

Adolf Singh; M.I.M, American GraduateSchool of International Management

James C. Sikra; Ph.D., Rutgers UniversityAhmad Sohrabian; Ph.D., University

of California, Santa BarabaraRoland Sprague; M.S., Pennsylvania State

UniversityClarence E. Stone; M.P.A., University

of Southern California; M.P.A., GoldenGate University

Barbara Switzer; M.Ed., University ofArizona

Seth Taylor; M.F.A., San Diego StateUniversity

Michael A. Thorburn; Ph.D., Oregon StateUniversity

Jon R. Torp; M.A., Pepperdine UniversityDawn E. Trook; M.F.A., University of

California, IrvineJohn T. Valenty; M.A., Naval Postgraduate

SchoolD. Rick Van Schoik; M.S., San Diego State

UniversityDennis Villacorte; M.A., University

of California, Los AngelesLawrence F. Walsh; Ph.D., University

of California, BerkeleyMadeleine S. Waters; M.A., Loma Linda

University, Loma LindaKraig Westra; M.B.A., University of

Southern CaliforniaLewis Williams; M.A., Northwestern

UniversityJohn Wyatt III; J.D., University of DaytonAnthony Zambelli; J.D., National

University



OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENTJames R. Appleton, President;

A.B., Wheaton College, Illinois;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University

ACADEMIC AFFAIRSPhilip A. Glotzbach, Vice President

for Academic Affairs; B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,Yale University

College of Arts and SciencesNancy E. Carrick, Dean of the College

of Arts and Sciences; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,University of Arizona

Lawrence Finsen, Associate Dean of theCollege of Arts and Sciences; B.A., LakeForest College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo

H. Ben Dillow, Dean of Special CollegePrograms; B.A., Parsons College; M.A.,Northwestern University

Donald W. Beckie, Director of the School of Music; B.M., University of the Pacific;M.M., D.M., Indiana University

Barbara Murray, Director of the Center for Science and Mathematics; B.A., M.A.,M.S., Stephen F. Austin State University;Ph.D., University of California, Riverside

Kathy J. Ogren, Director of JohnstonCenter for Integrative Studies; B.A.,Scripps College; M.A., Ph.D., JohnsHopkins University

Sue de Bord-Sanders, Director of LiberalStudies; B.A., University of Redlands;M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Riverside

School of BusinessPatricia W. Meyers, Dean of the School of

Business; B.A., Mercy College of Detroit;M.A. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor;M.B.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University

Stuart Noble-Goodman, Associate Dean of the School of Business; B.A.,University of California, Berkeley; M.A.,Ph.D., Duke University

Douglas Moore, Director of Administrationand Operations, Interim Director ofAdmissions; B.A., California StateUniversity, Fullerton; M.A., University of Redlands

John N. Gaskins III, Regional AcademicDirector, Inland Empire Region; B.A.,Ohio State University; M.B.A., Ph.D.,University of Houston

Bruce Rawding, Regional AcademicDirector, Los Angeles Region; B.A., AcadiaUniversity; B.Ed, J.D., DalhousieUniversity; M.B.A., University ofRedlands

Stanford I. Storey, Regional AcademicDirector, Orange County Region; B.S.,United States Naval Academy; M.A.,Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School

School of EducationWilliam B. Stanley, Dean of the School

of Education; B.A., Kean College; M.A.,Ed.D., Rutgers University

Patsy W. Oppenheim, Director ofAdministration and Enrollment Services;B.S., Montana State University; M.S.,Montana State University; Ph.D.,University of Northern Colorado

Armacost LibraryKlaus Musmann, Director; B.A., Wayne

State University; M.A.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan StateUniversity; Ph.D., University of SouthernCalifornia

RegistrarCharlotte M. Lucey, Registrar;

B.A., Holy Names College;M.A., University of Redlands

Beverly A. Niss, Associate Registrar;B.A., University of California, Riverside;M.A., University of Redlands

Teresa A. Area, Johnston AssistantRegistrar; B.S., Loyola MarymountUniversity

Administrators

Administrators

Admissions

College of Arts and SciencesPaul M. Driscoll, Dean of Admissions;

B.A., Loyola University, Chicago; M.A.,University of Redlands

Mark Bottoroff, Associate Dean ofAdmissions; B.A., M.A., WesternWashington University

School of BusinessDean of Admissions, Appointment

PendingFrancisco S. Barron, Associate Dean

of Admissions, Los Angeles CountyRegional Center; B.A., California StateUniversity, Long Beach

Joseph B. Mueller, Associate Dean ofAdmissions, Inland Empire RegionalCenter; B.S., M.A., University ofRedlands

Judith L. Myers, Associate Dean ofAdmissions, San Diego County RegionalCenter; B.S., Eastern MichiganUniversity; M.A., M.S., NationalUniversity

Kathie Rawding, Associate Dean ofAdmissions, Orange County RegionalCenter; B.C., Dalhousie University;M.B.A., University of Redlands

FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATIONPhillip L. Doolittle, Vice President

for Finance and Administration; B.A.,University of Redlands; M.B.A., WillametteUniversity

Business and FinanceKathleen Wetherell, Associate Vice

President for Finance and Administration;B.Comm., University of Alberta

Patricia M. Caudle, Controller andDirector of Financial Operations; B.A.,California State University, Fullerton;M.A., University of Redlands

John Borden, Director of Budget andFinancial Analysis; B.A., ColumbiaCollege; M.B.A., University of Redlands

Administrative ServicesCory R. Nomura, Director; B.S., California

State University, Long Beach; M.B.A.,University of Redlands

BookstoreDirector, Appointment Pending

Food ServicesBrett Martin, General Manager,

Bon Appetit

Financial AidBethann Corey, Director; B.A., M.A.,

M.B.A., University of Redlands

Human ResourcesRoberta Dellhime, Director; B.A., M.P.A.,

University of Southern CaliforniaKevin J. Edwards, Equal Employment

Opportunity and Employee RelationsManager; B.S., Brigham YoungUniversity; M.S.H.R., ChapmanUniversity; M.A., University of Redlands

Information Technology ServicesHamid Etesamnia, Executive Director and

Chief Information Officer; B.S., Arya-MehrUniversity; B.S., M.S., California StateUniversity, Long Beach

Linda D. Spugnardi, Director of AcademicComputing and Instructional TechnologyServices; B.A., M.A., University ofMichigan

Physical PlantFred H. Weck, Director; B.S., California

State University, Long Beach; M.S.,Air Force Institute of Technology

David Kohler, Associate Director; B.S.,University of Texas, Arlington

Public SafetyBill Cranfill, Director; B.S., Southern

Illinois University, Carbondale; M.S.,La Salle University

STUDENT LIFECharlotte Gaylord Burgess, Dean; B.A.,

M.A., University of Redlands


Administrators

Valerie Sponheim, Associate Dean ofStudent Life; B.A., M.A., University ofRedlands

Ruben Robles, Assistant Dean of StudentLife; B.S., University of California,Riverside; M.S., California StateUniversity, San Bernardino

AthleticsJeff Martinez; Director of Athletics and

Physical Education; B.A., Utah StateUniversity; M.S., University of Arizona

Rob Becerra; Director of RecreationalSports; B.A., California State University,San Bernardino; M.A., University ofRedlands

Leslie Evans; Senior Woman’sAdministrator/Associate Director ofAthletics; B.A., University of Redlands;M.S., University of Redlands

Rachel Johnson; Assistant Director ofAthletics-Sports Information; B.S.,College of William and Mary

ChaplainJohn Walsh, Chaplain; B.A., Southeast

Missouri State University; M.Div.,Pacific School of Religion, Berkeley;M.A. California State University,San Francisco; M.Thd., Harvard DivinitySchool.

Conference ProgramsAnita Savacool, Director

Health ServicesMary Boyd, Director; B.S.N., Hunter

College

Multicultural AffairsJuan Carlos Astorga, Director; B.A.,

University of California, San Diego;M.A. San Diego State University

Residence LifeDenise LaFourcade, Director of Residence

Life; B.S., M.A., University of Redlands

Student Leadership and Involvement/Community ServiceTony D. Mueller, Director of Community

Service Learning; B.S., Mankato StateUniversity; M.A., University of Redlands

Melanie Rotz, Director of StudentLeadership and Involvement; B.A.,College of St. Scholastica; M.S. MinnesotaState University

Mark Hartley, Assistant Director ofStudent Leadership and Involvement;B.A., University of Redlands

Ilaria Pesco, Assistant Director of StudentLeadership and Involvement; B.A.,University of Redlands; M.A., Universityof Redlands

Student ServicesJudy Moore Bowman, Director of

Academic Support Services; B.A., M.A.,University of Redlands

Sue Irish-Zelener, Director of Counseling;M.A., Loma Linda University; Psy.D.,United States International University

Jeannie Serbein, Director of StudentEmployment

Diana J. Sommer, Director ofInternational Student Services; B.A.,Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A.,University of Redlands

Amy Wilms, Director of CareerDevelopment; B.A., Grove City College;M.Ed., University of Maryland, CollegePark

UNIVERSITY RELATIONSRonald J. Stephany, Vice President for

University Relations; B.A., Ohio WesleyanUniversity

Advancement ServicesSue Gilleland, Director of Advancement

Services; B.A., University of Redlands

Alumni RelationsSharilyn Bailey, Director of Alumni

Relations; B.A., University of Redlands


Administrators

DevelopmentNeil Macready, Associate Vice President

for Development; B.A., University ofSouthern California; M.S., University ofMassachusetts

David J. Coons, Director of Corporate andFoundation Relations; B.A., University ofWisconsin; M.A., Princeton University

Jo Greenslet, Director of Redlands Fund;B.A., Salisbury State University

John G. Serbein, Director of PlannedGiving; B.A., Stanford University; M.M.,J. L. Kellogg Graduate School ofManagement

Public RelationsLinda Granell, Director; B.A., California

State University, Chico



Richard N. Fisher, Chairperson; Partner,O’Melveny & Myers, Los Angeles*

Terry W. Kupfer, First Vice-Chairperson;Retired, Arcadia*

Richard C. Hunsaker, Second Vice-Chairperson; President, HunsakerManagement, Inc., Irvine*

William T. Hardy, Jr., Secretary;President, Renown, Redlands*

Irvin S. Atkins, Irvin Atkins Agency,Beverly Hills

Harrison M. Bains, Jr., Vice President andTreasurer, Bristol-Myers SquibbCompany, New York*

Carol Baker, Owner, Baker’s Interiors,San Bernardino

David D. Banta, Senior Vice President,Portfolio Manager, Saloman SmithBarney, Newport Beach

Wendell Barner, Senior Vice President,Pacific South Multilines/Global BrokingMARSH, Los Angeles

Carole Beswick, Owner, Partner, PaperPartners, Inc., Redlands

Larry Burgess, Director, A. K. SmileyPublic Library, Redlands*

Jan R. Cloyde, Executive Vice PresidentCity National Bank, Beverly Hills

Henry W. Coil, Jr., Past President/CEO,Tilden-Coil Constructors, Inc., Riverside*

Alan Dale, Retired Business Owner, BlueJay

John L. Demmon, American ExpressFinancial Advisors, Colorado Springs;President, U of R Alumni Association*

John B. De Nault III, Private Investor,Fullerton

Robert E. Evans, S.E.S. InsuranceServices, Inc., Irvine

Becky Campbell Garnett, PasadenaAlice M. Greenthal, Private Investor,

Beverly Hills*Debbie J. Heap, Associate Vice President,

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, Los AngelesPeter A. Konrad, JFM Foundation, DenverAnn Stuart Lucas, Community Service

Volunteer, Los AngelesAnna Claire Mauerhan, Community

Service Volunteer, AnaheimPatrick J. Morris, Judge, Superior Court,

San Bernardino*

Robert C. Oda, Senior Vice President,Halekulani Corporation, Honolulu

Cathy Ransom, Oceanside; Past President,U of R Alumni Association

Darren S. Rose, Managing Partner, Roseand Tuck, Boston; President Elect, U of RAlumni Association

Roger V. Salazar, Deputy Press Secretaryfor the Governor of California,Sacramento

H. Jess Senecal, Senior Partner, Lagerlof,Senecal, Bradley Gosney & Kruse,Pasadena*

Janet L. Shikles, Private Consultant,Portland

Linda Nelson Simms, Sales Associate,Realty Executives, Carlsbad

Ronald C. Troupe, Los Angeles BranchManager, Unisys Corporation, Los Angeles*

Steadman Upham, President, ClaremontGraduate University, Claremont

Jack VanderKnyff, Private Consultant,Oceanside

Stan C. Weisser, Retired CEO andPresident, Network Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,Redlands

W. Richard West, Director, NationalMuseum of the American Indian,Smithsonian Institution,Washington, D.C.

Margaret B. Wilkerson, Director, Media,Arts & Culture, The Ford Foundation,New York

Robert M. Woollacott, Professor, HarvardUniversity, Cambridge

*Executive Committee

Officers of the UniversityJames R. Appleton, President of the

University, Executive Committee of theBoard of Trustees, ex officio

Phillip L. Doolittle, Treasurer and VicePresident for Finance and Administration

Ronald J. Stephany, Vice President forUniversity Relations

Philip A. Glotzbach, Vice President forAcademic Affairs

Legal CounselMcPeters, McAlearney, Shimoff & Hatt,

Redlands

Board of Trustees

Lloyd F. Christensen, M.D., HanfordEugene J. Ellis, M.D., Los AngelesDonald D. Farquhar, BurbankLeland C. Launer, Newport BeachWilliam J. Moore, NapaRobert S. Putnam, Palos Verdes EstatesAnn Shaw, L.H.D., Los AngelesHarold W. Thompson, OceansideJohn H. Townsend, D.D., Los AngelesDorothy Wallichs, Toluca LakeCharles N. Ziilch, Redlands


Trustees Emeriti

ACCREDITATIONThe University of Redlands is accredited bythe Western Association of Schools andColleges and has, in addition, programmaticaccreditation by the National Association ofSchools of Music, the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, and theAmerican Chemical Society. The Universityis approved by the Commission on TeacherCredentialing for the State of California.

STATEMENT REGARDINGCHANGESThe University generally reserves the rightto modify, delete, or supplement the terms,provisions, or policies set forth or referred toin this Catalog.

FACILITIES AND SERVICESFOR DISABLED STUDENTSThe University has taken action to ensurethat its educational program is accessible to disabled students.

Ramps in parking lots and buildingspermit general mobility of disabled studentson campus, and easily accessible parkingspaces are reserved for disabled students.

Classes will be scheduled to providedisabled students the same opportunity asother students to choose from the wide vari-ety of classes offered. Reasonable accommo-dations for quizzes, examinations, and othercourse evaluations are available to studentswho have sensory, manual, or speakingdisabilities. Disabled students may use elec-tronic aids in classrooms and/or guide dogs incampus buildings. The University makeshousing available to disabled students that isconvenient, accessible, comparable to, andintegrated with other student housing.

The Armacost Library and all studentservices are fully accessible. When no directaccess to wheelchairs is available, Office ofFinancial Aid personnel and all other admin-istrative offices arrange to meet with differ-ently abled students at readily accessiblelocations on campus.

The University has a general policyprohibiting discrimination on the basis ofdisability, thus ensuring full participation ofdisabled students in all campus activities,

including extracurricular activities. Thisincludes membership in fraternities andsororities.

NOTICE OF NON-DISCRIMINATIONThe University is committed to the positionthat all students, faculty, employees, andapplicants shall receive equal considerationand treatment. All student, faculty, and staffrecruitment is on the basis of the qualifica-tions of the individual for the positions beingfilled regardless of race, color, religion,national origin, age, sex, marital status,sexual orientation, non-disqualifying disabil-ity, or whether the individual is a disabledveteran or a veteran of the Vietnam Era.

The University fully conforms to state andfederal laws and regulations such as Execu-tive Order 11246 as amended, Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VII of theCivil Rights Act of 1964 as amended, Title IXof the Education Amendments of 1972, aswell as the Americans with Disabilities Act of1990 (ADA), and regulations issued thereun-der, which bar discrimination on the basis ofrace, color, religion, national origin, age, sex,marital status, non-disqualifying disability,or status as a disabled veteran or a veteranof the Vietnam Era.

Under the American with Disabilities Act(ADA), the University will make reasonable accommodations on an individual basis forthe known physical and mental limitationsof a qualified individual with a disability,unless the provision of such an accommoda-tion imposes an undue hardship on theUniversity, all as defined in the ADA and itsregulations.

The University of Redlands has been andremains committed to acting affirmatively toensure equal opportunity. The objective of theEqual Opportunity Program is, whereverpossible, to recruit actively and include forconsideration for employment and asprospective students, members of minoritygroups, females, veterans, and the disabled.All decisions on employment and promotionsmust be made solely on the individual’smerits and qualifications as compared withbona fide occupational requirements, which


Legal Statements

take into account any reasonable adjust-ments for the job in question.

Personnel actions are analyzed to ensurethe adherence of the policies described above.Regular reports are prepared for review ofcompliance.

Inquiries concerning the application ofUniversity policies or federal and state lawsand regulations described above should bemade to the Human Resources/Equal Oppor-tunity Office (909-335-4040).

University of RedlandsP.O. Box 3080Redlands, CA 92373-0999FAX: (909) 335-5154

STUDENT RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACTInformation on the University of Redlandsgraduation and retention rates, disclosed in compliance with the Student Right-to-KnowAct, Public Law 101-542, as amended, may beobtained by writing to the Office of the Regis-trar, University of Redlands, P.O. Box 3080,Redlands, CA 92373-0999.

The University of Redlands undergradu-ate degree programs are normally completedin four years. The University of Redlandsoffers no athletically related financial aid.

JEANNE CLERY DISCLOSURE OFCAMPUS SECURITY POLICY ANDCAMPUS CRIME STATISTICS ACTIn response to the Jeanne Clery Disclosure ofCampus Security Policy and Campus CrimeStatistics Act, the Department of Education(DOE) requires that all eligible institutionsparticipating in any program under section

485(f) of the Higher Education Act mustprepare, publish, and distribute, throughappropriate publications and mailings, to allcurrent students and employees, and to anyapplicant for enrollment or employment,upon request an annual security report. Insupport of this, the University Public SafetyOffice publishes an annual security reportthat includes all reportable crime statisticsand campus security policies. All notices anddisclosures for the annual security report aresent to all enrolled or prospective students,and current or prospective employees of theUniversity. The annual security report is alsomade available to students and employeesfrom the offices of Public Safety, Student Life,Human Resources, Financial Aid, and Admis-sions. The crime statistics provided cover themost recent calendar year, along with the twopreceding years.

Additional information concerning theJeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus SecurityPolicy and Campus Crime Statistics Act canbe obtained by contacting the University ofRedlands Public Safety Office, (909) 335-4000.

NOTICE OF EQUITY IN ATHLETICSIn accordance with the requirements of theEquity in Athletics Disclosure Act, theUniversity of Redlands has prepared anannual report on its intercollegiate men’s andwomen’s athletic program participation ratesand financial support data. The report is onfile with and may be obtained by any student,prospective student, or member of the publicfrom the Office of the Athletic Director andthe Office of the Registrar.

Legal Statements


Index

Academic Calendar, 31Academic Credit, Unit of, 29Academic Disqualification, 8, 10Academic Honesty, 12Academic Information, Release Policy, 19Academic Probation, 8, 10Academic Records, 19Academic Review Board, 11Academic Standards (Policies), 8Academic Warning, 8, 10Accounting, 52Accreditation of the University, 325Administrators, 319Admissions

College of Arts and SciencesGraduate

Communicative Disorders, 85Music

UndergraduateApplication Procedure, 33Common Application, 35Dates and Deadlines, 36Guest Students, 35International Students, 35Johnston Center, 35Part-time Students, 35Readmission, 35Selection Criteria, 33Transfer Students, 34

School of BusinessGraduate, 239Undergraduate, 239

School of EducationBasic Teaching Credential, 283Master's Degrees, 286

Advanced Placement, 28African American Association, 41Anthropology, 190Appealing Grades, 11Application for Graduation

College of Arts and Sciences, 213School of Business, 272School of Education, 296

Armacost Library, 7Art and Art History, 56Artist Diploma in Music, 166Asian Pacific-Islander Student Association,

41Asian Studies, 64Assessment Center, School of Business, 243

Associated Students of the University ofRedlands, 40

Athletic Activities, 45Athletics, 174Attendance, 20Auditing, 20Awards and Honors

School of Business, 282School of Education, 305

Basic Teaching Credential Program, 100, 284Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 67Biology, 68Business Administration, 74Business, School of, 6, 241Cal Grants, 226, 279, 301Calendar. See Academic CalendarCareer Development, 42Catalog Changes, 325Certificate Programs, 285

Crosscultural, Language, and AcademicDevelopment Certificate, 285

Environmental Management, 246Finance, 246Globalization, 247Information Systems, 246Technology and Learning Certificate, 285

Challenge Examination. See Credit byExamination

Chaplain, 42Chemistry, 79Chinese, 66Class Attendance


Class Level, 20Classification of Students, 20College of Arts and Sciences, 5Commencement

School of Business, 272School of Education, 296

Communicative Disorders, 83Community Service Activity, 212Community Service Learning, 44Comprehensive Examinations, 219Computer Center, Academic, 7Computer Science, 91Computing Across the Curriculum (CA), 213Concurrent Coursework, 22Confidential Information, 19Table of Contents, 1


Index

Convocation Series, 40Counseling, 42Course Descriptions

College of Arts and Sciences. SeeAppropriate Department

School of Business, 248School of Education , 290

Course Numbering SystemCollege of Arts and Sciences, 51School of Business, 247School of Education, 288

Creative Process (CP), 214Credential Program, 100Credentials

Basic Teaching Credential, 284Mutliple Subject Credential, 284Preliminary Administrative Services

Credential, 287Professional Administrative Services

Credential, 288Professional Clear Credential, 285Pupil Personnel Services Credential, 287Single Subject Credential, 284

Credit by Examination, 23Credit Obsolescence, 23Credit/No Credit Grading, 25Declaration of a Major Field, 216Declaration of a Minor Field, 218Degrees, Recording of, 20Directed Study, College of Arts and Sciences,

26Disabled, Facilities for, 325Dismissal, 23Diversity, 41Dominance and Difference (DD), 214Economics, 94Education, 100Education, School of, 6Engineering, 210English as a Second Language, 210English: Writing and Literature, 104Environmental Studies, 112Equity in Athletics, Notice of, 326Examinations, 23Experiential Learning credit, 243Extended Studies, 247Faculty

Adjunct, 316Emeriti, 314Full-time, 306

Faculty Technology Center, 7

Financial AidCollege of Arts and Sciences, 225

Application Procedure, 232Dates and Deadlines, 232Eligibility, 225Graduate Assistantships, 233Grants, 226Loans, 226, 233Outside Funding Sources, 225Scholarships, 227Student Rights and Responsibilities,

230Veteran’s Assistance, 225Work, 227

School of Business, 277Application Procedures, 281Dates and Deadlines, 281Grants, 279Loans, 277Outside Funding Sources, 277Veterans Assistance, 277Vocabulary, 277

School of Education, 300Application Procedures, 303Dates and Deadlines, 303Eligibility, 300Loans, 300Outside Funding Sources, 300Vocabulary, 300

Financial Economics, 94First-year Seminar, 212Food Service, 43Foreign Language (FL), 214Forensics, 40Fraternities, 44French, 117Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, Straight Union, 41General Education Requirements, School of

Business, 271German, 119Government, 122Grade Point Average Requirements

College of Arts and SciencesUndergraduate, 8

Graduate Programs, 10Johnston Center for Integrative Studies,

9School of Business Undergraduate, 10

Grades, Disputed, 11Grading System, 24


Index

Graduation RequirementsCollege of Arts and Sciences, 212

Application for Graduation, 213Community Service Activity, 212First-year Seminar, 212Graduate Programs, 218Interim, 212Liberal Arts Foundation, 213Quantity and Quality of Work, 212Residence, 212

School of BusinessGraduate, 273Undergraduate

Application for Graduation, 272Catalog Requirement, 271Commencement, 272General Education, 271Quantity and Quality of Work, 271

School of Education, 296Application for Graduation, 296Commencement, 296

Grants. See Financial AidGuest Student Status, 21Hawaii Club, 41Health Center, 44Hillel, 42History, 127Honesty Policy, 12Honors, 26Housing, 43Human Behavior (HB), 214Humanities History (HH), 214Humanities Literature (HL), 215Humanities Philosophy (HP), 215Incomplete Grades, 25Individualized Study


Information Systems, 243Insurance, 221Intercultural Awareness Programming

Board, 41Interim, 212International Baccalaureate, 28International Relations, 133International Students, 42International Study, 46Internships, College of Arts and Sciences, 26Introduction to the University, 5Japanese, 66

Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus SecurityPolicy and Campus Crime Statistics Act,326

Jobs, On and Off-Campus, 227Johnston Center for Integrative Studies, 5,

37Course Contracts, 37Graduation Contracts, 37

Latin American Studies, 134Latina Network, 41Leave of Absence, 27Liberal Arts Foundation, 213Liberal Studies, 139Library, Armacost, 7Loans, 277, 300. See Financial AidMaster's Degrees

Communicative Disorders, 85Education

Administrative Services, 287Curriculum and Instruction, 286Pupil Personnel Services, 287

Geographic Information Systems (GIS),116

Interactive Telecommunications, 245M.B.A., 244Management, 245Music, 164

Mathematics, 142Mathematics and Science (MS), 215Minor Requirements, 218Mission Statement, inside front coverMovimiento Estudiantil Chicano de Aztlan,

41Multiple Majors and Minors, 216Music Fees, 222Music, Graduate Study, 163Music, Undergraduate Study, 147Non-Discrimination, Notice of, 325Off-Campus Study, 46Oral Examinations, 219Overloads, 27Part-Time Student Status

College of Arts and SciencesGraduate, 21Undergraduate, 21

School of BusinessGraduate, 21

School of Education, 21Graduate, 21

Pell Grants, 226, 279Philosophy, 171


Index

Physical Education and Athletics, 174Physics, 177Plagarism, 12Prelaw, 207Premed, 208Prerequisites, 27Probation, Academic, 8Professional Administrative Services

Credential, 288Proudian Interdisciplinary Honors Program,

208Psychology, 181Public Information, 19Pupil Personnel Services, 287Race and Ethnic Studies, 184Rangi Ya Giza, 41Re-enrollment, 27Recording of Degrees, 20Records, Student Academic, 19Refund Policy


Registration, 239College of Arts and Sciences

Release of Academic Information, 19Religious Activities, 42Religious Studies, 187Repeating Courses, 25Residence Halls, 43Room and Board, 43ROTC, 225Sacramento Semester, 49Salzburg Semester, 47Scholarships, 227School of Business

Admissions, 239Awards and Honors, 282Course Descriptions, 248Financial Aid, 277Graduation Requirements, 271Programs of Study, 241Refund Policy, 275Tuition and Fees, 274Whitehead Leadership Society, 282

School of EducationAdmissions, 283Advising, 283Awards, 305Certificate Programs

Crosscultural, Language, and

Academic Development Certificate,285

Technology and Learning Certificate,285

Course Descriptions, 290Financial Aid, 300Graduation Requirements, 296Programs of Study, 283Refund Policy, 298Tuition and Fees, 297

Second Bachelor’s Degree, Requirements for,218

Social Science Program, 209Sociology and Anthropology, 190Sororities, 44Spanish, 197Special Status Non-Degree Students, 21Speech, 210Sports, 45, 174State and Economy (SE), 215Student Governance, 40Student Leadership and Involvement

Center, 44Student Life, 40Student Right-to-Know Act, 326Student Services, College of Arts and

Sciences, 42, 211Study Abroad. See International StudySyllabi, 22Telephone Numbers. See inside back coverTheatre Arts, 201Thesis Guidelines, 219Transcripts, 19Transfer Credit

College of Arts and Sciences, 28School of Business Graduate, 29School of Business Undergraduate, 29School of Education Graduate, 29

TransfersCollege of Arts and Sciences, 28School of Business, 29School of Education, 29

Trustees, 323Tuition and Fees


Tutoring Center, 42Unit of Academic Credit, Definition of, 29University Activity, 210


Index

University Telephone Numbers. See insideback cover

Veteran's Assistance, 225, 277, 300Wadda Wa Rangi Wengi, 41Washington Semester, 49Whitehead Leadership Society, 282, 305Withdrawal, 29Women’s Studies, 204Work, On and Off-Campus, 42, 227, 278Writing Across the Curriculum (WA, WB),

215


Notes


General information address: Visit the U of R Website at:1200 E. Colton Ave., P.O. Box 3080 www.redlands.eduRedlands, California 92373-0999

Telephone number: (909) 793-2121

University-wide OfficesAcademic Affairs 335-4072Academic Computing 335-4029Alumni Relations 335-4011Armacost Library 1-800-992-8637Financial Aid 335-4047Gifts to the University 793-2121, Ext. 3840Housing, Student Life 335-4053President's Office 793-2121, Ext. 3390Public Events, Use of Facilities 335-5294Public Relations 335-4070Public Safety, Parking 335-4000Registrar 335-4054

College of Arts and SciencesAcademic Programs—Dean’s Office 335-4080Admissions Advising and Processing

(Undergraduate only) 335-4074Admissions and Financial Aid

(Undergraduate only) 1-800-455-5064Graduate Admissions

Communicative Disorders 335-4061Music 335-4014

School of BusinessAcademic Programs—Dean’s Office 335-4041Admissions Processing 335-4056Assessment Center 335-4017Extended Studies 335-4036Student Accounts 335-4026Pre-admission counseling

Inland Empire 335-4060San Fernando Valley (818) 884-3600Los Angeles (310) 523-2727Orange County (714) 833-2006San Diego (619) 284-9292

School of EducationAcademic Programs—Dean’s Office 335-4010Admissions Processing 335-4056Student Accounts 335-4026Extended Studies 335-4036

Communication with the University

CATALOG - University of Redlands · Convocation Series, University High Tables, Visiting Writers...

Documents

Transcript of CATALOG - University of Redlands · Convocation Series, University High Tables, Visiting Writers...